Catalogo Schneider
Catalogo Schneider
Catalogo Schneider
DigestPLUS
6 Surge Protective Devices
DigestPLUS provides one location to access the most current Digest updates available in 7 Miniature and Molded Case
HTML5 and PDF formats, plus many links to additional technical product information to assist Circuit Breakers
with specifying and selecting Schneider Electric products. DigestPLUS is a simple portal into
all things Digest related. 8 Operator Mechanisms and
Disconnect Switches
www.schneider-electric.us/digestplus
9 Panelboards
Field Services for Every Step of the Lifecycle
10 Power Solutions: Integrated
From planning and inception to modernization and end-of-life, Schneider Electric helps you
ensure optimal technical and business performance. Our services engineers combine
decades of manufacturer-level experience with the latest technology to bring innovation to 11 Switchboards and Switchgear
every level of our offer, and every step of your project.
With our IoT-enabled EcoStruxure™ Power solutions, we can help proactively empower
facilities with system-health analyses and maintenance service recommendations to
12 Busway
optimize performance and help deliver more reliable and efficient power.
www.schneider-electric.us/services 13 Wire Management
For Distributors
18 IEC Contactors and Starters
Distributors Login to mySE and access all the Schneider Electric Support Tools for the fastest 19 Push Buttons and
answers. Need more tailored support? Click CHAT under the support tab and an agent will Operator Interface
quickly deliver the answer you need.
20 Electronic Sensors and
www.myseus.schneider-electric.com/mySchneider
Machine Cabling
LayoutFAST: a Revit MEP Plugin that's going to help you select, configure and insert
27 Automation Products
the most updated Schneider Electric product models from the cloud into your design
without leaving your Revit project. 28 Universal Enclosures
www.schneider-electric.us/en/partners/resources/layoutfast/
29 EcoStruxureTM
Table of Contents
Section 1
Load Centers
LOAD CENTERS
EZ Selector - Selection Assistance 1-2
1
QO/Homeline Load Center Value Packs and Accessories 1-27
QO™ Load Centers Solar Ready Plug-On Neutral (PoN) CSEDs 1-44
CSEDs Servicepak™
Wiser Energy™ Power Outlet
Smart Home Panels
Class 1140
QO 1 8 16 M 100 P C
Type Covers and Construction
QO = QO Q = Qwik-Grip
HOM = Homeline C = Combination cover included
Blank = No cover, order cover separately
Phase (only applies to QO) R = Rainproof
Blank or 1 = Single-phase B = Hub ready
3 = Three phase T = Ground bar factory installed
G = Ground bar included, field installed
Spaces DF = Flush cover with door included
Maximum number of full-size single-pole DS = Surface cover included
circuit breaker spaces. F = Flush cover included
Circuits1 FT = Feed-thru lugs factory installed
NM = Non-metallic
Maximum number of single-pole circuits when CU = Copper bus
using tandem circuit breakers. GP = Generator panel
Note: Number of circuits minus number of spaces WG = Wide gutter
equals number of tandem circuit breakers accepted. RBR = Rainproof accepts B-hubs with generator receptacle
Mains Type EP = Service upgrade ready
M = Main circuit breaker VP = Value Pack with standard circuit breakers included
L = Main lugs AF = (3) 15 A arc fault circuit breakers included
MS = 300 A or 400 A main circuit breaker 1A = (1) 15 A arc fault circuit breaker included
MQ = Three-phase main circuit breaker Ampacity Plug-on Neutral
DM = Dual mains Mains rating P = Plug-on Neutral Ready
Blank = Does not accept Plug-On Neutral Circuit Breakers
Additional Information
• See Circuits [1].
• Search “Load Centers” from our technical FAQs page: www.schneider-electric.us/en/
faqs/home/
• Refer to catalog 1100CT0501.
[1] QO Plug-on neutral load center catalog numbers indicate the number of spaces only. The tables in this document containing QO plug-on neutral load centers list the maximum number of
single-pole circuits when using tandem breakers.
1-2
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801
LOAD CENTERS
centers, NQOD and NQ panelboards, NQOD and NQ OEM interiors or Speed-D™
switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD and
NQ panelboards or interiors. [1]
The Square D exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a
second, is standard on all 1P 15 and 20 A QO circuit breakers.
1
30 A QO130 [4] QO230 [4] QO230H QO330 [4]
35 A QO135 [4] QO235 [4] — QO335 [4]
40 A QO140 [4] QO240 [4] QO240H QO340 [4]
45 A QO145 OBS QO245 [4] — QO345 [4]
50 A QO150 [4] QO250 [4] QO250H OBS QO350 [4]
QO 1P 60 A QO160 [4] QO260 [4] QO260H OBS QO360 [4]
1 Space Required QO170 [4] QO270 [4] QO370 [4]
70 A QO270H OBS
80 A — QO280 [4] QO280H OBS QO380 [4]
90 A — QO290 [4] QO290H OBS QO390 [4]
100 A — QO2100 [4] QO2100H QO3100 [4]
110 A — QO2110 [4] — —
125 A — QO2125 [4] — —
150 A — QO2150 [4] [6] [7] — —
175 A — QO2175 [4] [6] [7] — —
200 A — QO2200 [4] [6] [7] — —
Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac — QO200 QO300 OBS
Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac — QO2000 OBS QO3000 OBS
22 k AIR [4]
15 A QO115VH [5] QO215VH [8] — QO315VH [8]
QO 2P 20 A QO120VH [5] QO220VH [8] — QO320VH [8]
2 Spaces Required
25 A QO125VH OBS QO225VH [8] — QO325VH [8]
30 A QO130VH QO230VH [8] — QO330VH [8]
40 A QO140VH QO240VH [8] — QO340VH [8]
50 A QO150VH QO250VH [8] — QO350VH [8]
60 A QO160VH QO260VH [8] — QO360VH [8]
70 A QO170VH QO270VH [8] — QO370VH [8]
80 A — QO280VH [8] — QO380VH [8]
90 A — QO290VH [8] — QO390VH [8]
100 A — QO2100VH [8] [9] — QO3100VH [8]
110 A — QO2110VH [8] [9] — —
125 A — QO2125VH [8] [9] — —
150 A — QO2150VH [6] [8] [7] — —
175 A — QO2175VH OBS — —
QO 3P 200 A — QO2200VH [6] [8] [7] — —
3 Spaces Required
42 k AIR [4]
40 A — QOH240 OBS — —
45 A — QOH245 OBS — —
50 A — QOH250 OBS — —
60 A — QOH260 [10] — —
70 A — QOH270 — —
80 A — QOH280 — —
90 A — QOH290 — —
100 A — QOH2100 — —
110 A — QOH2110 [10] — —
125 A — QOH2125 — —
65 k AIR [4]
15 A QH115 OBS QH215 OBS — QH315 OBS
20 A QH120 [5] QH220 — QH320 OBS
25 A QH125 OBS QH225 OBS — QH325 [10]
QO2200 2P 200 A 30 A QH130 OBS QH230 — QH330 OBS
4 Spaces Required OBS This product is obsolete.
[1] See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors.
[2] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[3] UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems.
[4] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[5] UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
[6] Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
[7] Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
[8] UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QOT, QO-AFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level.
[9] 100 A maximum branch mounted opposite.
[10] Order only. Contact your local Field Office.
1-3
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers
Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801 www.se.com/us
1
Table 1.5: QOT Tandem Circuit Breakers (CTL)—Not Compatible with Plug-on
Neutral Systems
Ampere Rating [11] Cat. No. [12]
1P—120/240 Vac
15 A and 15 A QOT1515
15 A and 20 A QOT1520
20 A and 20 A QOT2020
2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip
Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles.
QOT 1P Tandem
1 Space Required Table 1.6: QO Tandem Circuit Breakers (non-CTL)—Compatible with Plug-on
Neutral Systems
Ampere Rating [11] Cat. No. [12]
1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required
15 A and 15 A QO1515
15 A and 20 A QO1520
20 A and 20 A QO2020
Mounting Cam
Rail Bead 20 A and 30 A QO2030
30 A and 20 A QO3020
Pan Rail Slot Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required
15 A and 15 A Order two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit breakers and
15 A and 20 A handle tie QOTHT
20 A and 20 A —
20 A and 30 A QO20303020 [13]
30 A and 20 A —
[11] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[12] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[13] Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT.
1-4 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801
LOAD CENTERS
Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will
trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for people protection. Do not connect
to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance
tripping.
1
25 — — QO225GFI —
Ground-Fault
Circuit 30 QO130GFI QO130VHGFI OBS QO230GFI QO330GFI
Interrupter 35 — — QO235GFI —
(Pigtail 40 — — QO240GFI QO340GFI
Neutral)
45 — — QO245GFI —
50 — — QO250GFI QO350GFI
60 — — QO260GFI [15] —
Plug-On 15 QO115PGFI[16] — — —
Neutral
Ground-Fault
Circuit 20 QO120PGFI[16] — — —
Interrupter
OBS This product is obsolete.
1P QO-DF 1P QO-DF
Plug-on Neutral Pigtail
[14] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[15] Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection.
[16] New Plug-On Neutral
[17] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[18] For 120/240 V only, not for 208Y/120 V.
[19] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[20] See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON prefix.
[21] Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection.
[22] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
1-6 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801
LOAD CENTERS
Table 1.14: QO-HM Circuit Breakers
120 Vac—10 k AIR
Ampere Rating [23] 1P
15 A QO115HM [24] [25]
20 A QO120HM [24] [25]
1
Table 1.15: QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches, 240 Vac 10 kA
Ampere Rating 2P 3P
60 QO200 QO300
100 QO2000 OBS QO3000
OBS This product is obsolete.
[23] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[24] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[25] UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P QO1HT
Handle Tie QOTHT DE2E
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P DE2E
QO3HT
Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position QO1LO DE2E
Handle Clamp Clamp for holding QO or Q1 either 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position HLO1 DE2E
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position QOHPL DE2E
Loose attachment QO1PA
Fixed attachment DE2E
Handle Padlock Attachment For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position QOTHPA OBS DE2E
for Padlocking in ON or OFF
position For padlocking 2P QO-GFI circuit breakers in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment. GFI2PA DE2A
For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position. QO1HPL
Loose attachment DE2E
QO1PL DE2E
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment. QO1PAF DE2E
Handle Padlock Attachment For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. QO2PAF DE2E
for Padlocking in OFF
position For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-CAFI, QO-DF and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. QOGFI1PAF DE2E
For padlocking 2P QO-GFI, QO-CAFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. QOGFI2PAF DE2E
Ring Terminal Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option. See Section 7 DE2A
60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu) QO60SL OBS DE2A
125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) QO2125SL DE2A
Sub-feed Lugs 225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu) QO2225SL [26] DE2A
125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) QO3125SL DE3
Mechanical Interlock For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only
one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU) QO2DTI DE2E
Attachment
With Retaining Kit QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual
power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. QO2DTIM DE2E
OBS This product is obsolete.
[26] Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
1-8 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
QO Indoor Load Centers, Single Phase QO™ Load Centers
www.se.com/us Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
LOAD CENTERS
GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown
below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and
3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers
will accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on
miniature circuit breakers. Factory-installed accessories are not available for QO-AFI or
QO-CAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, QO-CAFI, QO-DF, or QO-PDF circuit breakers, or
on QO2150, QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers.
1
circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will Application
operate at 55% or more of rated 12 Vac/Vdc 60 VA -1042 Auxiliary 1A 120 Vac 5A -1200
voltage. All other shunt trips will
24 Vac/Vdc 168 VA Switches • Auxiliary switch terminals accept (2) 14–12
AWG Cu leads.
1B 120 Vac 5A -1201
operate at 75% or more of rated
voltage.
Application
• Leads (EH): Yellow for “A’’, Blue for “B’’,
Striped common 18 AWG Cu.
Shunt Trip
• For use with momentary or
maintained push button. Used with control circuits and is actuated only
when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard
• Not available on QO-GFI, QO-
EPD. QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-
120 Vac
208 Vac
72 VA
228 VA -1021 Alarm construction includes a normally-open contact.
Application 1A 120 Vac 5A -2100
Switches
DF, or QO-PDF. 240 Vax 288 VA
Table 1.18: Convertible Main Lugs Plug-on Neutral Load Center (Compatible with QO Plug-on Circuit Breaker and QO Plug-on Neutral
Circuit Breakers)
Max. Load Center Covers
Single Max. Equipment
Mains Tandem Load Center Box No.
Spaces Pole Al CU Ground Bar Kit
Rating Circuit Box and Interior Flush/Surface Mono-Flat (Factory-Included) [2]
Circuits
[1] Breakers
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Copper Bus
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
QOC16UF[3]
12 24 12 QO112L125PG — 6–2/0 PKGTALP1 6
QOC16US
QOC24UF[3]
16 24 8 QO116L125PG — 6–2/0 PKGTALP1 7
QOC24US
QOC20U100F[3]
125 A 20 24 4 QO120L125PG QOC20U100S — 6–2/0 PKGTALP1 6
QOC24UF[3]
24 34 10 QO124L125PG QOC24US — 6–2/0 PK15GTAL 7
30 34 4 QO130L125PG QOC30U125C — 6–2/0 PK23GTAL 9
I QO132L125PG QOC32UF[3]
N 32 38 6 — 6–2/0 PKGTALP1 8
D Convertible Mains— Factory-installed Main Lugs, 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Copper Bus
O QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
O QOC30UF[3] QOCMF30UCW
R 12 24 12 QO112L200PG [3] 4–300 4–250 PKGTALP1 9
QOC30US
QOC30UF[3] QOCMF30UCW
24 36 12 QO124L200PG QOC30US [3] 4–300 4–250 PKGTALP1 9
200 A
QOC30UF[3] QOCMF30UCW
30 40 10 QO130L200PG [3] 4–250 PK23GTAL 9
QOC30US
QO140L200PG QOC40UF[3]
40 60 20 QOC40US — 4–300 4–250 PKGTALP2 10
QOC42UF[3] QOCMF42UCW
42 52 10 QO142L225PG QOC42US [3] 4–300 PK23GTAL 11
225 A
QOCMF54UCW
54 64 10 QO154L225PG QOC54UF[3] 4–300 PK23GTAL 11
[3]
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
[1] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[2] See page 1-33
[3] Available in gray and white. For white equivalencies, add the “W” suffix to the reference, or see page 1-29.
60 A 100–125 QOM60VH
70 A 100–125 QOM70VH
80 A 100–125 QOM80VH
12–2/0 Al or Cu
90 A 100–125 QOM90VH
QOM1 Frame Size 100 A 100–125 QOM100VH
50–125 Amperes
110 A 125 QOM110VH
125 A 125 QOM125VH
Table 1.20: QOM2 Frame Size—Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only
Convertible 22 k AIR [5]
Main Circuit Breaker Lug Wire Size [6]
Load Center Mains
Rating [4] Rating Main Circuit Breaker [7] AWG/kcmil
100 A 150–225 QOM2100VH
125 A 150–225 QOM2125VH
150 A 150–225 QOM2150VH
4–300 Al or Cu
175 A 200–225 QOM2175VH
200 A 200–225 QOM2200VH
QOM2 Frame Size 225 A 225 QOM2225VH
100–225 Amperes
Table 1.21: Convertible Main Breaker Plug-on Neutral Load Centers (Compatible with QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers and QO Plug-on
Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Load Center Covers Equipment
Mains Max. Max. Ground Bar Kit Box No.
Spaces Load Center Box
Rating 1P Tandem and Interior Al Cu (Order [8]
Circuits Breakers Flush/Surface Mono-Flat
Separately)
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker— 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see QO Standard Plug-On Circuit Breakers, page 1-3) [5],
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
QO112M100P QOC12UF
12 24 12 QOC12US — 6-2/0 6–1 PK9GTA 5
QOC20U100F[9]
16 24 8 QO116M100P — 6-2/0 6–1 PK9GTA 6
QOC200U100S
100 A QOC20U100F[9]
20 24 4 QO120M100P — 6-2/0 6–1 PK9GTA 6
QOC200U100S
QOC24UF[9]
24 34 10 QO124M100P QOC24US — 6-2/0 PK15GTA 7
32 38 6 QO132M100P QOC32UF[9] — 6-2/0 PK15GTA 8
QOC24UF[9]
24 34 10 QO124M125P QOC24US — 6-2/0 PK15GTA 7
125 A
32 38 6 QO132M125P QOC32UF[9] — 6-2/0 PK15GTA 8
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker— 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see QO Standard Plug-On Circuit Breakers, page 1-3) [5],
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
QOC30UF[9] QOCMF30UCW[9]
I 20 30 10 QO120M150P 4-250 PK15GTA 9
QOC30US
N QOC30UF[9]
D 24 36 12 QO124M150P QOCMF30UCW[9] 4-250 PK15GTA 9
QOC30US
O 150 A
O QOC30UF[9] QOCMF30UCW[9]
30 40 10 QO130M150P 4-250 PK15GTA 9
R QOC30US
QOC40UF[9]
32 40 10 QO132M150P QOC40US — 4-300 4-250 PK15GTA 10
LOAD CENTERS
Use on Lug Wire Size [12]
Main Lugs Convertible Load Center
Rating [11] Cat. No. AWG/kcmil
with Mains Rating Al or Cu
125 A 100–125 A QOL125 [13] 6–2/0
125 A 100–125 A QOL125VD [13] 6–4/0
225 A 150–225 A QOL225 [13] 6–300
QOL125 QOL225
1
The Square D QO plug-on neutral load centers with Qwik-Grip simplify rough-in by
eliminating the need to remove knockouts, install wire connectors, and blindly pull wire
into the load center. A quick bend of the wire using the wire bend guide on the Qwik-Grip
insert and the wire slides into the slot. Once inserted, the Qwik-Grip shield snaps on to
keep the wire behind the router for a secure, code-compliant installation.
QO Plug-on Neutral
Load Center with Qwik-Grip™
Table 1.23: Plug-on Neutral Load Centers with Qwik-Grip (Compatible with QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers and QO Plug-on Neutral Circuit
Breakers)
Indoor Cover with Door (Order Main Wire Size
Mains Max. Single Max. Tandem Circuit Load Center Box and Separately) AWG/kcmil Equipment Box
Rating Spaces
Pole Circuits Breakers Interior Gound Bar Kit No.
Flush/Surface Mono-Flat Al Cu
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs, 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Copper Bus, QOM1 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
QOC24UF[14] PK15GTAL
24 34 10 QO124L125PQG — 7Q
QOC24US Included
125 A 6–2/0
QO130L125PQG QOC30U125C PK23GTAL 9Q
30 34 4 — Included
Convertible Mains-Factory—Installed Main Lugs, 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Copper Bus, QOM2 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
QOC30UF[14] QOCMF30UCW PK23GTAL
200 A 30 40 10 QO130L200PQG [14] 9Q
I QOC30US Included
N 6–300
QOC42UF[14] QOCMF42UCW
D 42 52 10 QO142L225PQG QOC42US [14] PK23GTAL 9Q
O 225 A
O QOCMF54UCW PK23GTAL
54 72 18 QO154L225PQG QOC54UF[14] 6–300 12Q
R [14] Included
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Copper Bus, QOM2 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker
QOC30UF[14] QOCMF30UCW PK23GTA (Order
30 40 10 QO130M200PQ [14] separately) 11Q
QOC30US
4–250
QOC42UF[14] QOCMF42UCW PK23GTA (Order
200 A 42 52 10 QO142M200PQ QOC42US [14] separately) 11Q
QOCMF54UCW PK23GTA (Order
54 72 18 QO154M200PQ QOC54UF[14] 4–250 separately) 12Q
[14]
Rating Current Spaces Circuits Circuit Box, Interior, and Al Cu Ground Bar Kit [17]
Rating [15] Breakers Cover
QO112L125PGC PKGTALP1
65 kA 12 24 12 6-2/0 1
Included
125 A 65 kA 20 24 4 QO120L125PGC 6-2/0 PKGTALP1
Included 1
QO124L125PGC PK15GTA,
65 kA 24 34 10 6-2/0 LK100AN Included 2
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs [18]—QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-3)—Copper Bus
QO130L200PGC PK23GTA,
200 A 65 kA 30 40 10 4-250 LK100AN Included 9
QO142L225PGC PK23GTA,
65 kA 42 52 10 4-300 11
LK100AN Included
225 A
QO154L225PGC PK23GTA,
65 kA 54 72 18 4-300 12
LK100AN Included
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-24 or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-3)—Copper Bus [8][19]
22 kA 12 24 12 QO112M100PC 6–2/0 6–1 PK9GTA 5
22 kA 16 24 8 QO116M100PC 6–2/0 6–1 PK9GTA 6
100 A
22 kA 20 24 4 QO120M100PC 6–2/0 6–1 PK9GTA 6
22 kA 24 34 10 QO124M100PC 4-300 PK15GTA 7
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-24 or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-3)—Copper Bus [8][19]
22 kA 30 40 10 QO130M150PC 4-250 PK15GTA 9
150 A
22 kA 42 52 10 QO142M150PC 4-300 PK18GTA 11
22 kA 30 40 10 QO130M200PC 4-250 PK15GTA 9
22 kA 40 60 20 QO140M200PC 4-300 4-250 PK23GTA 10
200 A
22 kA 42 52 10 QO142M200PC 4-300 PK18GTA 11
22 kA 54 72 18 QO154M200PC 4-300 PK23GTA 12
Table 1.25: Convertible Main Lugs Plug-on Neutral Load Center (Compatible with QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers and QO Plug-on Neutral
Circuit Breakers)
Max. Max. Equipment
Mains Tandem Load Center Box No.
Spaces Single Pole Al Cu Ground Bar Kit
Rating Circuit Box and Interior [20]
Circuits [15] (Factory Included)
Breakers
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating [21][18][22]
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker — Equipment Ground Bar Included
R 12 24 12 QO112L125PGRB 6–2/0 PKGTALP1 3R
A 125 A 16 24 8 QO116L125PGRB 6–2/0 PKGTALP1 4R
I
N 24 34 10 QO124L125PGRB 6–2/0 PK15GTA 4R
P Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating [21][18][22]
R QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker — Equipment Ground Bar Included
O 12 24 12 QO112L200PGRB 4–300 4–250 PKGTALP1 5R
O
F 200 A 30 40 10 QO130L200PGRB 4–250 PK23GTAL 6R
40 60 20 QO140L200PGRB 4–300 4–250 PKGTALP2 7R
225 A 42 52 10 QO142L225PGRB 4–300 PK23GTA, LK100AN 8R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
[15] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[16] Order F for flush device or S for surface device.
[17] See page 1-33
[18] UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
[19] [9]22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault
current.
[20] See Table 1.77 Enclosure Dimensions, page 1-35 or Indoor Enclosure Dimensions and Knockout Information, page 1-33
[21] UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
[22] Side hinge door device; allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
1-12 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
QO Load Centers, Rainproof, Single Phase QO™ Load Centers
www.se.com/us Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
LOAD CENTERS
Plug-on Neutral connection on every unit.
Table 1.26: Convertible Main Breaker Plug-on Neutral Load Center (Compatible with QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers and QO Plug-on
Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Max. Max. Equipment
Mains Tandem Load Center Box No.
Rating Spaces Single Pole Al Cu Ground Bar Kit
Circuit Box and Interior (Order Separately) [24]
Circuits [23]
Breakers
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-3)[25]
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
12 24 12 QO112M100PRB 6–2/0 PK9GTA 3R
16 24 8 QO116M100PRB 6–2/0 PK9GTA 4R
100 A
R 20 24 4 QO120M100PRB 6–2/0 PK9GTA 4R
A 24 34 10 QO124M100PRB 6–2/0 PK15GTA 4R
1
I 125 A 24 34 10 QO124M125PRB 6–2/0 PK15GTA 4R
N Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
P Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-3) [25]
R QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
O
O 20 30 10 QO120M150PRB 4–300 4–250 PK15GTA 5R
150 A
F 30 40 10 QO130M150PRB 4–250 PK15GTA 6R
20 30 10 QO120M200PRB 4–300 4–250 PK15GTA 5R
30 40 10 QO130M200PRB 4–250 PK15GTA 6R
200 A
40 60 20 QO140M200PRB 4–300 4–250 PK23GTA 7R
42 52 10 QO142M200PRB 4–300 PK18GTA 8R
225 A 42 52 10 QO142M225PRB 4–300 PK18GTA 8R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
[23] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[24] See Table 1.77 Enclosure Dimensions, page 1-35 or Indoor Enclosure Dimensions and Knockout Information, page 1-33
[25] 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QOPL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems up to 22
kA
Main
Mains Max. Single Max. Equipment Grounding Bar Wire Size
Rating Load Center Kit Box No.
Spaces Pole Tandem Circuit AWG/kcmil [27]
(A) Circuits [26] Box, Interior and Cover (Order Separately)
Breakers
Al Cu
Generator Panels—Manual Transfer for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 1 (Indoor)
I Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
N 30 4 8 4 QO48M30DSGP 14–8 14–8 4
D PK7GTA
O 60 4 8 4 QO48M60DSGP 8–2 8–2 4
O Split Bus Plug-on Neutral Load Centers—Manual Transfer for use with Temporary Backup Power Source Applications NEMA 1 (Indoor)
R 48 48 0 QO122X26M200PC PK23GTA 4–250 4–250 12
200
36 69 34 HOM1427X2242M200PC PK27GTA 4–250 4–250 12
R Generator Panels—Manual Transfer with Generator Power Inlet Plug for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 3R (Outdoor)
A Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
I
N 4 8 4 QO1DM10020TRBR — 17R
P 100 4 8 4 QO1DM10030TRBR Factory-Installed — 8–2 17R
R 4 8 4 QO1DM10050TRBR — 17R
O
O Split Bus Plug-on Neutral Load Centers—Manual Transfer for use with Temporary Backup Power Source Applications NEMA 1 (Indoor)
F 200 48 48 0 QO122X26M200PC PK23GTA — 4–250 12
QOCGK2C
[26] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[27] See page 1-33 or page 1-35
1-14 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
QO Special Constructions, Single Phase QO™ Load Centers
www.se.com/us Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
LOAD CENTERS
1Ø3W—120/240 Vac Special Applications—UL Listed
Table 1.29: Low Amperage Fixed Main Lugs Indoor Load Centers (Accepts Only QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers - Not compatible with QO
Plug-on Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Max. Indoor Cover with Door Main Wire Size Equipment
Mains 1P Max. Tandem (Order Separately) Box
Spaces Load Center AWG/kcmil Ground Bar Kit No.
Rating Circuits Circuit Box and Interior
Breakers Flush Surface Al Cu (Order Separately) [29]
[28]
Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating [30]
30 A 2 2 0 QO2L30S [31] [32] Cover Included—Without Door 12–10 14–10 PK3GTA1 1
70 A 2 4 2 QO24L70F / S [33] [34] Cover Included—Without Door 12–3 14–4 PK4GTA 2
I 6 12 6 QO612L100F / S [33] [35] Cover Included—Without Door PK7GTA 4
N
D 6 12 6 QO612L100DF / S [33] [35] Cover Included—With Door PK7GTA 4
O 8 16 8 QO816L100F / S [33] [35] Cover Included—Without Door
1
O 100 A 8–1 PK7GTA 4
R 8 16 8 QO816L100DF / S [33] [35] Cover Included—With Door
6 12 6 QO612L100DFCU / SCU [33] [35] [36] Cover Included—With Door PK7GTA 4
8 16 8 QO816L100DFCU / SCU [33] [35] [36] Cover Included—With Door PK7GTA 4
125 A 4 8 4 QO148L125GF / S [33] [37] Cover Included—Without Door 12–2/0 14–2/0 PK7GTA [38] 21
Table 1.30: Low Amperage Fixed Mains Indoor Load Centers with Factory Installed Ground Bar (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit
Breakers - Not compatible with QO Plug-on Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Short Equipment Ground Bar Main Wire Size
Mains Circuit Current Max. 1P Max. Tandem Load Center [33] Kit AWG/kcmil Box No.
Rating Spaces
Rating Circuits [28] Circuit Breakers Box, Interior, and Cover (Order Separately) [39]
Al Cu
Manufactured Housing: 1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified
30 A[40] 10 kA 2 2 0 QO2L30TTS [41] 12–10 14–10 1
Factory-installed
50 A 10 kA 2 4 2 QO24L50TTS [42] — 14–6 2
I 1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Circuit Breaker—CSA Certified
N 30 A 10 kA 3 5 2 QO35FM30TTF / S Factory-installed [43] 3
D 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified
O
O 70 A 10 kA 2 4 2 QO24L70TS [42] 12–3 14–4 2
R 6 12 6 QO612L100TF OBS 4
6 12 6 QO612L100DTF / S [44] Factory 4
100 A 10 kA Installed 4–1
8 16 8 QO816L100TF / S [44] 4
8 16 8 QO816L100DTF / S [44] 4
OBS This product is obsolete.
Table 1.31: High Amperage Fixed Main Breaker and Main Lugs Indoor Load Centers (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers - Not
compatible with QO Plug-on Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Max. 1P Max. Tandem Indoor Cover with Door Main Wire Size Equipment Box
Mains Load Center (Order Separately) AWG/kcmil Ground Bar Kit
Rating Spaces Circuits Circuit No.
[28] Box and Interior (Order Separately) [29]
Breakers Flush Surface Al Cu
QONQ42MS300 (Int) [45] (1) 4–500
300 A 42 42 0 NC62NQVF NC62NQVS PK27GTA [46] 16
MH62 (Box) [47] or (2) 4–3/0
or
I QONQ42MS400 (Int) [45] (1) 4–500 PK15GTA6
400 A 42 42 0 NC62NQVF NC62NQVS 16
N MH62 (Box) [47] or (2) 4–3/0
D Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating [30] [48]
O
O QONQ30LS400 (Int) [45]
R 30 30 0 NC50NQVF NC50NQVS PK27GTA [46] 15
MH50 (box) [47] (1) 1/0–750
400 A or (2) 1/0–300 or
QONQ42LS400 (Int) [45] PK15GTA6
42 42 0 NC50NQVF NC50NQVS 15
MH50 (box) [47]
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
[28] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[29] See page 1-33
[30] UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
[31] Will not accept QO-EPD or Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breakers.
[32] Mains rated 25 A when Al wire is used.
[33] Order F for flush device or S for surface device.
[34] Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers.
[35] 70 A Max. branch circuit breaker and 100 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
[36] CU indicates copper bus.
[37] Copper bus.
[38] Factory-included.
[39] See Table 1.75 Knockout Information, page 1-33
[40] Mains rating 25 A when Al wire is used.
[41] Will not accept Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breaker.
[42] Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers.
[43] Main circuit breaker is a field-installed standard QO single pole circuit breaker. Order separately from page 1-2, page 1-3.
[44] 70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
[45] Interior only, order box separately.
[46] PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu lug.
[47] PE1A Discount Schedule.
[48] UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
Table 1.32: Fixed Main Lugs Rainproof Load Centers (Accepts Only QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers - Not compatible with QO Plug-on
Neutral Circuit Breakers)
LOAD CENTERS
Max. Main
Max. Wire Size Equipment
Mains Tandem Load Center Box No.
Rating Spaces Single Pole AWG/kcmil Ground Bar Kit
Circuit Box and Interior (Order Separately) [50]
Circuits [49]
Breakers Al Cu
Non-Metallic Enclosure
Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
60 A 2 4 2 QO24L60NRNM 14–4 14–4 Factory-installed 1NM
R Metallic Enclosure
A Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
I 40 A 2 2 0 QO2L40RB [51] 12–6 14–6 PK3GTA1 1R
N
P 70 A 2 4 2 QO24L70RB [51] 12–3 14–4 PK4GTA 1R
R 6 12 6 QO612L100RB[52] PK7GTA 2R
O 6 12 6 QO612L100TRB[52] Factory-installed 2R
O
F 100 A 8 16 8 QO816L100RB [52] 8–1 PK7GTA 2R
6 12 6 QO612L100RBCU[52] [53] PK7GTA 2R
8 16 8 QO816L100RBCU[52] [53] PK7GTA 2R
125 A 4 8 4 QO148L125GRB [53] 12–2/0 14–2/0 PK7GTA Factory-included 15R
Table 1.33: Convertible Main Breaker Load Centers (Accepts Only QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers - Not compatible with QO Plug-on
Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Max. Max. Equipment
Mains Tandem Load Center Box No.
Spaces Single Pole Al Cu Ground Bar Kit
Rating Circuit Box and Interior [50]
Circuits [49] (Order Separately)
Breakers
Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker with Feed-thru Lugs, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-24 or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-3) [54], [55]
R QOM1 or QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
A
I 125 A 6 12 6 QO1612M125FTRB [56] 4–2/0 PK12GTA 3R
N
P
R
O 150 A 8 16 8 QO1816M150FTRB [56] 4–250 PK15GTAL 4R
O
F
200 A 8 16 8 QO1816M200FTRB [56] 4–250 PK15GTAL 4R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
[49] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[50] See page 1-35 or Indoor Enclosure Dimensions and Knockout Information, page 1-33
[51] Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers.
[52] 70 A Max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
[53] Copper bus.
[54] Side hinge door device; allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
[55] 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QOPL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems up to 22
kA
[56] QO1612M125FTRB provided with QOM1 frame main circuit breaker. QO1816M150FTRB and QO1816M200FTRB provided with QOM2 frame main circuit breaker.
1-16 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
QO Special Constructions, Single Phase QO™ Load Centers
www.se.com/us Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
QO Riser Panels
1Ø3W—120/240 Vac Special Applications—UL Listed
LOAD CENTERS
Table 1.34: Riser Panels for Offset Interior for Wide Gutter—30 A Maximum Branch Circuit Breaker on Left Side of Interior [57] , [58]
(Compatible with QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers and QO Plug-on Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Equipment Main Wire Size
Max. Load Center Cover
Mains Max. Tandem Circuit Load Center Box and Ground Bar Kit AWG/kcmil Box No.
Rating Spaces Single Pole (Order
Breakers Interior [60]
Circuits [59] Flush Mono-Flat Separately) Al Cu
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs, 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM1 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page ) when used
with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
QOC20UFWG NQC20FWGW
12 24 12 QO112L125PWG [61] [61] PK15GTA 14
125 A 6–2/0
QOC20UFWG NQC20FWGW
I 20 24 4 QO120L125PWG [61] [61] PK15GTA 14
N
D Convertible Mains-Factory—Installed Main Lugs, 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM2 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page ) when used
O with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
O QOC30UFWG NQC30FWGW
R 200 A 30 40 10 QO130L200PWG [61] [61] PK23GTA 4–250 23
1
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (See page )
or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page )when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
QO124M200PWG125 QOC30UFWG NQC30FWGW
200 A 24 36 12 [62] [61] [61] PK23GTA 4–250 23
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
[57] UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
[58] UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
[59] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[60] See page 1-33
[61] Available in gray and white. For white equivalencies, add the “W” suffix to the reference, or see page 1-29.
[62] Comes with 125 A main circuit breaker factory installed.
[63] Order catalog number PK4FL for field-installed lock kit.
[64] One tap kit required for each riser wire.
[65] When used with B300 bolt-on hubs.
Table 1.37: Main Lugs and Main Breaker Load Centers (Accepts Only QO Plug-on Circuit Breakers—Not compatible with QO Plug-on
Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Max. Number Load Center Indoor Cover with Door Main
Wire Size Equipment
Mains of 1P QO Box and Interior (Order Separately) Ground Bar Kit Box No.
Rating circuit AWG/kcmil [66]
(Order Separately)
breakers Cat. No. Flush Surface Al Cu
Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating [67]
Cover Included With Load Center (No
60 A 3 QO403L60NF/S Door) — 10–6 PK4GTA 13
12 QO312L125G [68] QOC16UF QOC16US Factory-incl. [69] 6
125 A 20 QO320L125G [68] QOC24UF QOC24US 6–2/0 6–2/0 Factory-incl. [69] 7
24 QO324L125G [68] QOC24UF QOC24US Factory-incl. [69] 7
18 QO318L200G [68] QOC30UF QOC30US Factory-incl. [70] 9
I 200 A 6–250 6–250
N 30 QO330L200G [68] QOC30UF QOC30US Factory-incl. [70] 9
D 225 A 42 QO342L225G [68] QOC42UF QOC42US 6–300 6–300 Factory-incl. [70] 11
O
O Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Rating [71]
R 100 A 27 QO327M100 [72] QOC30UF QOC30US 4–2/0 4–2/0 PK15GTA 9
125 A 30 QO330MQ125[73] [68] QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 4–300 4–300 PK18GTA 12
30 QO330MQ150[73] [68] QOC342MQF QOC342MQS PK18GTA 12
150 A 4–300 4–300
42 QO342MQ150[73] [68] QOC342MQF QOC342MQS PK23GTA 12
30 QO330MQ200[73] [68] QOC342MQF QOC342MQS PK18GTA 12
200 A 4–300 4–300
42 QO342MQ200[73] [68] QOC342MQF QOC342MQS PK23GTA 12
225 A 42 QO342MQ225[73] [68] QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 4–300 4–300 PK23GTA 12
Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating [67] [74]
60 A 3 QO403L60NRB — 10–6 PK4GTA 10R
12 QO312L125GRB Factory Incl. [69] 3R
125 A 6–2/0 6–2/0
20 QO320L125GRB Factory Incl. [69] 4R
R Cover Included
18 QO318L200GRB Factory Incl. [70] 6R
A 200 A 6–250 6–250
I 30 QO330L200GRB Factory Incl. [70] 6R
N 225 A 42 QO342L225GRB 6–300 6–300 Factory Incl. [70] 8R
P
R Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Rating [71] [74]
O 100 A 27 QO327M100RB [72] 4–2/0 4–2/0 PK15GTA 6R
O 125 A 30 QO330MQ125RB [73] 4–300 4–300 PK18GTA 14R
F
150 A 30 QO330MQ150RB [73] 4–300 4–300 PK18GTA 14R
Cover Included
30 QO330MQ200RB[73] PK18GTA 14R
200 A 4–300 4–300
42 QO342MQ200RB [73] PK23GTA 14R
225 A 42 QO342MQ225RB [73] 4–300 4–300 PK23GTA 14R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
LOAD CENTERS
breakers. They are designed to plug into HomeLine load centers.
1
70 A 10 kA — HOM270 [2]
80 A 10 kA — HOM280 [2]
90 A 10 kA — HOM290 [2]
100 A 10 kA — HOM2100 [2]
110 A 10 kA — HOM2110 [2]
125 A 10 kA — HOM2125 [2]
150 A 10 kA — HOM2150BB [2][3]
HOM2200BB
Branch Circuit Breaker 175 A 10 kA — HOM2175BB [2][3]
4 Spaces Required 200 A 10 kA — HOM2200BB [2][3]
[1] UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
[2] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[3] Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu). Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
[4] New Plug-on Neutral
[5] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[6] For 120/240 V only, not for 208Y/120 V.
1-20 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
Homeline Plug-On Circuit Breakers HomeLine™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
LOAD CENTERS
15 and 15 A 10 kA HOMT1515 [8]
15 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT1520 [8]
20 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT2020 [8]
30 and 15 A 10 kA HOMT3015 [8]
30 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT3020 [8]
1
HOMT Quad
Circuit Breaker (2) 15 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT1515250
2 Spaces Required (2) 20 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT2020220
(2) 20 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT2020225
(2) 20 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT2020230
(2) 20 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT2020240
(2) 20 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT2020250
OBS This product is obsolete.
NOTE: Typical catalog no. (e.g. HOMT 1515230) represents two 1P, outer poles (two
15 A 1P CBs) and one 2P inner circuit breaker with common trip (one 30 A 2P CB).
Table 1.48: HOMT Quad Tandem 2P Circuit Breakers
Ampere Rating [7] (2) 2P Tandem—120/240 Vac
AIR (Two Spaces Required)
2P 2P
15 A 15 A 10 kA HOMT215215
15 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT215220
15 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT215225
15 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT215230
15 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT215240
15 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT215250
20 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT220220
20 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT220225
20 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT220230
20 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT220240
20 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT220250
25 A 25A 10 kA HOMT225225
25 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT225230
25 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT225240
25 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT225250
30 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT230230
30 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT230240
30 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT230250
NOTE: Typical catalog no. (i.e. HOMT215230) represents two 2P; outer poles (one
15 A 2P with common trip) and inner poles (one 30 A 2P with common trip).
[7] 15– 20 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 25– 50 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC
conductors only.
[8] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
1P
40–50 A 8–2 AWG 8–2 AWG
14–8 AWG or
15–30 A 14–8 AWG (2) 14–10 AWG
HOM 35–70 A 8–2 AWG 8–2 AWG
2P
80–125 A 4–2/0 AWG 4–2/0 AWG
150–200 A 4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil
HOMT and Quad 15–30 A 14–8 AWG 14–8 AWG
Quad Only 40–50 A 6–12 AWG 6–14 AWG
HOM-GFI - 1P 15–20 A 14–10 AWG 14–10 AWG
HOM-GFI - 2P 15–50 A 12–4 AWG 14–6 AWG
[9] 15–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 40–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[10] 50–125 A QOM1 frame size; 100–225 A QOM2 frame size.
[11] Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu). Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
1-22 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
Homeline Load Centers, Indoor, Single Homeline™ Load Centers
Phase
www.se.com/us Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
LOAD CENTERS
Table 1.51: Fixed Main Lugs Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-on Circuit Breakers - Not compatible with HOM Plug-on Neutral
Circuit Breakers)
Max. Max. Main Wire Size Equipment Ground
Mains Single Tandem Load Center AWG/kcmil Bar Kit Box No.
Rating Spaces
Pole Circuit Box, Interior and Cover [2] (Order Separately) [3]
Circuits [1] Breakers Al Cu
I Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Order HOM Circuit Breakers (See page 1-19) Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs
N HOM24L70F/S [4] [5]
D 70 A 2 4 2 12–3 14–4 PK3GTA1 2
O 100 A 6 12 6 HOM612L100F/S [4] [6] 8–1 PK7GTA 4
O
R 125 A 4 8 4 HOM48L125GC 12–2/0 14–2/0 PK7GTA Included 21
1
1Ø3W—120/240 Vac Indoor—UL Listed
Table 1.52: Convertible Main Lugs Plug-on Neutral Load Centers (Compatible with HOM Plug-on Circuit Breakers and HOM Plug-on
Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Max. Max. Main Wire Size Equipment Ground
Mains Single Tandem Load Center AWG/kcmil Box No.
Rating Spaces Bar Kit
Pole Circuit Box, Interior and Cover [2] (Order Separately) [3]
Circuits [1] Breakers Al Cu
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-26)
8 16 8 HOM816L125PC 6–1 PK9GTA 6
12 24 12 HOM1224L125PC 6–1 PK15GTA 6
125 A 16 32 16 HOM1632L125PC 6–2/0 6–1/0 PK15GTA 8
20 40 20 HOM2040L125PC 6–1/0 PK18GTA 8
30 60 30 HOM3060L125PC 6–2/0 PK23GTA 10
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-26)
30 60 30 HOM3060L225PC PK23GTA 10
40 80 40 HOM4080L225PC PK27GTA 12
I 225 A 4–300 4–250
N 42 84 42 HOM4284L225PC PK27GTA 12
D 60 120 60 HOM60120L225PC PK27GTA 25
O Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Ground Bar Included
O QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-26)
R
8 16 8 HOM816L125PGC 6–1 PKGTALP1 Included 6
12 24 12 HOM1224L125PGC 6–1 PKGTALP1 Included 6
125 A 6–2/0
20 40 20 HOM2040L125PGC 6–1/0 PKGTALP1 Included 8
24 48 24 HOM2448L125PGC 6–1/0 PKGTALP2 Included 8
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Ground Bar Included
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-26)
30 60 30 HOM3060L225PGC PKGTALP2 Included 10
16 32 16 HOM1632L225PGC PKGTALP1 Included 9
225 A 20 40 20 HOM2040L225PGC 4–300 4–250 PKGTALP1 Included 9
40 80 40 HOM4080L225PGC PKGTALP3 Included 12
42 84 42 HOM4284L225PGC PKGTALP3 Included 12
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
[1] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers.
[2] C at end of catalog number indicates combination flush/surface cover included with device.
[3] See page 1-33
[4] F/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device. The cover does not have a door.
[5] HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire.
[6] 70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker.
[7] Do not exceed the load center mains rating.
[8] 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current.
[9] Wire range listed for QOM circuit breaker kits is the wire range of that circuit breaker. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see Main Wire Size in that
load center table.
Table 1.54: QOM2 Frame Size—Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only
Convertible 22 k AIR [11]
Main Circuit Breaker Load Center Mains Lug Wire Size [12]
Rating [10] Main Circuit Breaker [13] AWG/kcmil
Rating
100 A 150–225 QOM2100VH
125 A 150–225 QOM2125VH
LOAD CENTERS
LOAD CENTERS
The Square D Homeline plug-on neutral load centers with Qwik-Grip simplify rough-in by
eliminating the need to remove knockouts, install wire connectors, and blindly pull wire
into the load center. A quick bend of the wire using the wire bend guide on the Qwik-Grip
insert and the wire slides into the slot. Once inserted, the Qwik-Grip shield snaps on to
keep the wire behind the router for a secure, code-compliant installation.
HOM Plug-on Neutral
Load Center with Qwik-Grip
Table 1.57: Plug-on Neutral Load Centers with Qwik-Grip (Compatible with HOM Plug-on Circuit Breakers and HOM Plug-on Neutral
Circuit Breakers)
Max. Tandem Main Wire Size AWG/
1
Main Max. 1P Load Center kcmil Equipment Box
Ratings Spaces Circuit
Circuits Box, Interior and Cover Ground Bar Kit No.
Breakers Al Cu
24 48 24 HOM2448L125PQGC 6–2/0 6–1/0 PKGTALP2 Included 8Q
125 A
30 60 30 HOM3060L125PQGC 6–2/0 6–2/0 PKGTALP2 Included 10Q
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs, 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating— QOM2 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
I 30 60 30 HOM3060L225PQGC 4–250 PKGTALP2 Included 10Q
N
D 225 A 40 80 40 HOM4080L225PQGC 4–250 PKGTALP3 Included 12Q
O 42 84 42 HOM4284L225PQGC 4–250 PKGTALP3 Included 12Q
O Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating— QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker
R
30 60 30 HOM3060M200PQC 4–250 PK23GTA (Order separately) 10Q
200 A 40 80 40 HOM4080M200PQC 4–250 PK27GTA (Order separately) 12Q
42 84 42 HOM4284M200PQC 4–250 PK27GTA (Order separately) 12Q
Table 1.58: Service Upgrade Load Centers with Removable End Walls
(Compatible with HOM Plug-on Circuit Breakers and HOM Plug-on Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Max. Extra Long Cover with Door Main Wire Size Equipment
Mains Max. 1P Tandem Load Center (Order Separately) AWG / Kcmil Ground Bar Kit Box No.
Rating Spaces Circuits [21] (Order [22]
Circuit Box and Interior
Breakers Flush Surface Al Cu Separately)
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—22KA
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-19)—Copper Bus [23]
INDOOR 200 A 30 60 30 HOM3060M200PCEP [24] HOMC30UFL — 4-250 PK23GTA 10
[21] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[22] See page 1-33
[23] 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current.
[24] Ships with standard length cover.
www.se.com/us
Table 1.59: Fixed Main Lugs Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-on Circuit Breakers - Not compatible with HOM Plug-on Neutral
LOAD CENTERS
Circuit Breakers)
Equipment Ground
Max. Single Max. Tandem Load Center Main Wire Size Bar Kit
Mains Rating Spaces Box, Interior and Cover AWG/kcmil Box No.
Pole Circuit (Order Separately) [26]
Circuits [25] Breakers
Cat. No. (DE3C) Al Cu Cat. No. (DE3A)
R Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
A Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs, 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
I HOM24L70RB [27]
70 A 2 4 2 12–3 14–4 PK4GTA 1R
N
P 100 A 6 12 6 HOM612L100RB [28] 8–1 PK7GTA 2R
R
O
O 125 A 4 8 4 HOM48L125GRB 12–2/0 14–2/0 PK7GTA Included 15R
F
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
Table 1.60: Convertible Main Lugs Plug-on Neutral Load Centers (Compatible with HOM Plug-on Circuit Breakers and HOM Plug-on
Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Equipment Ground
Max. Single Max. Tandem Load Center Main Wire Size Bar Kit
Mains Rating Spaces Box, Interior and Cover AWG/kcmil Box No.
Pole Circuit (Order Separately)
Circuits [25] [26]
Breakers
Cat. No. (DE3C) Al Cu Cat. No. (DE3A)
Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs [29], QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
8 16 8 HOM816L125PRB PK9GTA 3R
R 12 24 12 HOM1224L125PRB PK15GTA 3R
125 A 6–2/0 6–1
A 20 40 20 HOM2040L125PRB PK18GTA 4R
I 24 48 24 HOM2448L125PRB PK23GTA 6R
N Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs [29], QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
P
R 12 12 0 HOM12L225PRB PK9GTA 5R
O 16 32 16 HOM1632L225PRB PK15GTA 6R
O 20 40 20 HOM2040L225PRB PK18GTA 6R
F 225 A 4–300 4–250
30 60 30 HOM3060L225PRB PK23GTA 7R
40 80 40 HOM4080L225PRB PK27GTA 14R
42 84 42 HOM4284L225PRB PK27GTA 14R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
Table 1.61: Convertible Main Breaker Plug-on Neutral Load Centers (Compatible with HOM Plug-on Circuit Breakers and HOM Plug-on
Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Equipment Ground
Max. Single Max. Tandem Load Center Main Wire Size Bar Kit
Mains Rating Spaces Box, Interior and Cover AWG/kcmil Box No.
Pole Circuit (Order Separately)
Circuits [25] [26]
Breakers
Cat. No. (DE3C) Al Cu Cat. No. (DE3A)
Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible Mains with Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) [30]
8 16 8 HOM816M100PRB PK9GTA 3R
100 A 12 24 12 HOM1224M100PRB 6–2/0 6–1 PK15GTA 3R
20 40 20 HOM2040M100PRB PK18GTA 4R
8 16 8 HOM816M125PRB PK9GTA 3R
R 125 A 6–2/0 6–1
24 48 24 HOM2448M125PRB PK23GTA 6R
A Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker , QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
I
N 150 A 30 60 30 HOM3060M150PRB 4–250 PK23GTA 7R
P 12 12 0 HOM12M200PRB PK9GTA 5R
R 20 40 20 HOM2040M200PRB PK18GTA 6R
O 200 A 4–250
O 30 60 30 HOM3060M200PRB PK23GTA 7R
F 40 80 40 HOM4080M200PRB PK27GTA 14R
Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker with Feed-thru Lugs,
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) [29]
150 A 8 16 8 HOM816M150PFTRB 4–250 PK15GTA 6R
200 A 8 16 8 HOM816M200PFTRB 4–250 PK15GTA 6R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
[25] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers.
[26] See page 1-35
[27] HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire.
[28] 70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker.
[29] Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
[30] 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current.
1-26 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
Value Packs QO/Homeline Load Center Value Packs and
www.se.com/us Accessories
Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
LOAD CENTERS
Equipment
Max. 1P Max. Load Center Ground Bar Kit Main Box
Mains Spac- Tandem Box, Interior, Cover and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order Wire Size|
Rating Circuits No.
es [1] Circuit Separately) AWG/kcmil| [2]
Breakers Al/Cu
Cat. No. Included Load Center/Circuit Breakers Cat. No.
QO (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) QO—Copper Bus; Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs (See page 1-11) or QOM Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-23)
125 A 24 34 10 QO124L125PGCVP (1) QO124L125PGC, (3) QO120, (2) QO230 PK15GTA Included 6–2/0 7
225 A 42 52 10 QO142L225PGCVP OBS (1) QO142L225PGC, (3) QO120, (2) QO230 PK23GTA Included 4–300 11
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-26)
24 34 10 QO124M100PCVP (1) QO124M100PC, (3) QO120, (2) QO230 PK15GTA 6–2/0 7
100 A
32 38 6 QO132M100PCVP (1) QO132M100PC, (3) QO120, (2) QO230 PK18GTA 6–2/0 8
42 52 10 QO142M200PCVP (1) QO142M200PC, (3) QO120, (2) QO230 PK23GTA 11
200 A 4–300
42 52 10 QO142M200PCAFVP (1) QO142M200PC, (3) QO120, (2) QO230, (3) QO115PCAFI PK23GTA 11
1
HomeLine (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers); Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs,
10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to appropriate QOM 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-26)
PKGTALP1
125 A 12 24 12 HOM1224L125PGCVP (1) HOM1224L125PGC, (2) HOM120 6–2/0 6–1 6
I Included
N 225 A PKGTALP2 4– 4–
30 60 30 HOM3060L225PGCVP (1) HOM3060L225PGC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230 10
D Included 300 250
O Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
O 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-26)
R (1) HOM2040M100PC, (2) HOM120, (1) HOM230
20 40 20 HOM2040M100PCVP PK18GTA 6–1 6–3 7
100 A 20 40 20 HOM2040M100PC1AVP (1) HOM2040M100PC, (2) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM115PCAFI PK18GTA 6–1 6–3 7
(1) HOM2448M100PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230 6–1/
24 48 24 HOM2448M100PCVP PK23GTA 6–2/0 8
0
150 A 30 30 30 HOM3060M150PCVP (1) HOM3060M150PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230 PK23GTA 4–250 10
20 40 20 HOM2040M200PCVP (1) HOM2040M200PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230 PK18GTA 9
30 60 30 HOM3060M200PCVP (1) HOM3060M200PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230 PK23GTA 10
30 60 30 HOM3060M200PC1AVP (1) HOM3060M200PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230, (1) HOM115PCAFI PK23GTA 10
HOM3060M200P- (1) HOM3060M200PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230, (3) HOM115PCAFI
200 A 30 60 30 PK23GTA 4–250 10
CAFVP
40 80 40 HOM4080M200PCVP (1) HOM4080M200PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230 PK27GTA 12
40 80 40 HOM4080M200PC1AVP (1) HOM4080M200PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230, (1) HOM115PCAFI PK27GTA 12
HOM4080M200P- (1) HOM4080M200PC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230, (3) HOM115PCAFI
40 80 40 PK27GTA 12
CAFVP
OBS This product is obsolete.
Table 1.63: Plug-on Neutral with Qwik-Grip Indoor Load Center Value Packs (Compatible with Plug-on and Plug-on Neutral Breakers)
Max. Equipment Main
Main Load Center Ground Bar Kit Box
Rat- Spaces Max. 1P
Tandem| Box, Interior, Cover and Branch Circuit Breakers Wire Size| No.
Circuits
Circuit (Order Separately) AWG/kcmil|
ings [3]
Breakers Cat. No. Included Load Center/Circuit Breakers Cat. No. Al/Cu
QO Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs, up to 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Copper Bus, QOM1 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
(1) QO124L125PQGC, (3) QO120, (2) QO230 and (1) PKQGA PK15GTAL
125 A 24 34 10 QO124L125PQGCVP Qwik-Grip assembly kit 6–2/0 7Q
Included
QO Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Copper Bus, QOM2 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker
I (1) QO142M200PQC, (3) QO120, (2) QO230 and (1) PKQGA PK23GTA
200 A 42 52 10 QO142M200PQCVP Qwik-Grip assembly kit (Order separately) 4–250 11Q
N
D HomeLine Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Copper Bus, QOM1 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Main Circuit
O Breaker
O (1) HOM2040M100PQC, (2) HOM120, (1) HOM230 and (1) PK18GTA
R 100 A 20 40 20 HOM2040M100PQCVP PKQGA Qwik-Grip assembly kit (Order separately) 6–2/0 6–1 7Q
(1) HOM3060M200PQC, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230 and (1) PK23GTA
30 60 30 HOM3060M200PQCVP PKQGA Qwik-Grip assembly kit (Order separately) 4–250 10Q
200 A
(1) HOM4080M200PQC, (2) HOM120, (1) HOM230 and (1) PK27GTA
40 80 40 HOM4080M200PQCVP PKQGA Qwik-Grip assembly kit (Order separately) 4–250 12Q
Table 1.64: Plug-on Neutral Rainproof Load Center Value Packs (Compatible with Plug-on and Plug-on Neutral Circuit Breakers)
Max. Equipment Main
Main Load Center Ground Bar Kit Box
Rat- Spaces Max. 1P Tandem Box, Interior, Cover and Branch Circuit Breakers Wire Size No.
Circuits Circuit (Order Separately) AWG/kcmil
ings [3]
Breakers Cat. No. Included Load Center/Circuit Breakers Cat. No. Al/Cu
R Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
A Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
I 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-26)
N (1) HOM1224M125PRB, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230
P 125 A 12 24 12 HOM1224M125PRBVP PK23GTA 6–2/0 6–1 3R
R
O 200 A 30 60 30 HOM3060M200PRBVP (1) HOM3060M200PRB, (3) HOM120, (2) HOM230 PK23GTA 4–250 7R
O
F
[1] Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
[2] See page 1-33 or page 1-35
[3] See page 1-33
Indoor 225 60 30 HOM3060L225PGCSVP2 (1) Plug-on Neutral HOM250PSPD, Cover & Ground Bar PK18GTAL (included) 4-300 4-250 10
(1) HOM816M200PFTRB & (1) Plug-on Neutral PK15GTA
Rainproof 200 16 8 HOM816M200PFTRBSP2 (order separately) 4-250 6R
HOM250PSPD
Retaining Kit for Secures 3P circuit breaker without accessories to left side of interior when used as a back-fed main. For 3Ø load centers PK3MB DE3A
Breakers Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main for 2P QO 150–200 A circuit breakers PK5RK OBS DE3A
Used as Back-fed Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
Mains For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02 PK4MB2LA DE3A
Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02 PK4MB2HA DE3A
QO / Homeline 1Ø 100–125 A QOM1 convertible main load centers PKSB1LA DE3A
QO / Homeline 1Ø 150–225 A QOM2 convertible main load centers PKSB1HA DE3A
Service Entrance QO 3Ø convertible main load centers PKSB3 DE3A
Barriers
QO 1Ø back-fed main breaker applications PKSB1QOBF DE3A
QO 3Ø back-fed main breaker applications PKSB3BF DE3A
QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P main circuit
breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. QOCRBGK1C DE3A
Generator Circuit For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a
load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. QOCGK2C DE3A
Breaker Interlock Kit
For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P
(15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. QORBGK2C DE3A
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit QO2DTI
breaker can be “ON’’ at a time. DE2E
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual power supply
applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. QO2DTIM DE2E
Manual Transfer Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up power supply
Equipment Kit applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. PK4DTIM4LA DE3A
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up power supply
applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. PK4DTIM4HA DE3A
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up power supply
applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. PK4DTIM4LAL DE3A
OBS This product is obsolete.
LOAD CENTERS
PKGTAB PK3MB QOFP
1
PK6FL and PK8FL PK4FL 4028345850K
LOAD CENTERS
Gray White Gray
HOMC30UC
30 [5] HOMC30UCW
—
40 HOMC42UC — —
42 HOMC42UC — —
60 HOMC60UC — HOMCMF60UC
16 HOMC20UC HOMC20UCW —
20 HOMC20UC HOMC20UCW —
30 HOMC30UC HOMC30UCW —
225A
40 HOMC42UC — —
42 HOMC42UC — —
60 HOMC60UC — HOMCMF60UC
1
Table 1.72: Qwik-Grip Load Center Accessories
Description Cat. No. Schedule
Qwik-Grip replacement shield (1) Qwik-Grip shield PKQGS DE3A
Qwik-Grip fillers (4) Qwik-Grip fillers PKQGFP DE3A
Qwik-Grip replacement insert (1) Qwik-Grip insert PKQGI DE3A
Qwik-Grip assembly kit (4) Qwik-Grip shields, (4) Qwik-Grip fillers PKQGA DE3A
HEPD50 HEPD80
LOAD CENTERS
Dimensions Dimensions
Box W H D Box W H D
No. in. mm in. mm in. mm No. in. mm in. mm in. mm
1 3.81 97 6.72 171 3.00 76 13 5.88 149 13.12 333 3.38 86
2 4.81 122 9.30 236 3.19 81 14 14.25 362 20.92 531 3.75 95
3 4.81 122 9.30 236 3.19 81 15 20.00 508 50.00 1270 5.75 146
4 8.88 226 12.57 319 3.80 97 16 20.00 508 62.00 1727 5.75 146
5 14.25 362 14.92 379 3.75 95 17 20.00 508 53.00 1346 5.75 146
6 14.25 362 17.92 455 3.75 95 18 5.88 149 16.12 409 3.38 86
7 14.25 362 20.92 531 3.75 95 19 7.56 192 23.12 587 4.25 108
8 14.25 362 26.04 661 3.75 95 20 9.62 244 26.12 663 4.75 121
9 14.25 362 29.86 758 3.75 95 21 8.88 226 14.80 376 3.80 97
10 14.25 362 33.78 858 3.75 95 22 8.55 217 23.92 608 3.95 100
11 14.25 362 37.98 965 3.75 95 23 14.25 362 29.86 758 3.75 95
12 14.25 362 39.37 1000 3.75 95 24 14.25 362 43.15 1096 3.75 95
B,C,D,E 25 14.25 362 48.50 1235 3.75 95
1
Table 1.75: Knockout Information
Knockouts
Symbol A B C D E F G H I
Conduit
1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2
Size
D,E,F,G
D,E,F,G
B,C,D,E
B,C,D,E
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G D,E,F,G
D,E,F,G
C,D,E,F
Table 1.76: Indoor Knockout Information and Enclosure Dimensions for Qwik Grip
Loadcenters
Dimensions
W H D
Box No.
in. mm in. mm in. mm
7Q 14.25 362 20.92 531 3.75 95
LOAD CENTERS
A,B A,B
A,B
A A
B,C
A,B
A,B
A,B
A
A
A
LOAD CENTERS
Dimensions
W H D
Box No.
in. mm in. mm in. mm
1NM 6.52 166 8.79 223 3.90 99
1R [1] 4.88 124 9.38 238 4.00 102
2R 8.88 226 12.65 321 4.27 108
3R 14.75 375 18.92 481 4.52 115
4R 14.75 375 22.06 560 4.52 115
5R 14.75 375 26.04 661 4.52 115
6R 14.75 375 29.86 758 4.52 115
7R 14.75 375 33.78 858 4.52 115
8R 14.75 375 37.98 965 4.52 115
9R 4.56 116 6.50 165 3.88 99
10R 6.92 176 13.18 335 4.12 105
11R 7.56 192 23.24 590 4.75 121
12R 9.62 244 26.24 666 5.50 140
1
13R 6.92 176 16.18 411 4.12 105
14R 14.75 375 39.37 1000 4.52 115
15R 8.88 226 14.80 376 4.27 108
16R 8.55 217 24.75 629 4.16 106
17R 8.88 226 12.65 321 4.27 108
Bolt-On Hubs
Square D equipment with “R’’ or “RB’’ suffix, designated NEMA 3R rainproof
construction, utilizes bolt-on hubs listed below. “RB’’ devices will accept 3/4 in. through 2-
1/2 in. bolt-on hubs without the use of reducers. Off-center conduit thread openings and
elongated mounting holes provide quick and easy adjustment to eliminate costly conduit
offsets and bends. Catalog suffix “R’’ devices require 3 in. through 4 in. field cut opening.
Hubs are suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread.
R HOM Ringless
Socket Type
C QO Ring type
S HOM Ring type
Blank Field Installed
Service Disconnect Install
Q Factory Installed
Blank Combination overhead/underground
C Combination overhead/underground
O Overhead only
Service Feed
U Underground only
RA “A” Hub provision in top endwall
RB “B” Hub provision in top endwall
Spaces (Service Discounts # Maximum # of 1-pole circuits
or Branches) # Maximum # of 1-pole spaces
D Dual main service disconnects (feed-thru lugs on meter mains only)
F Single main service disconnect with feed-thru lugs
Interior
L Main lug interior (service disconnects field installed)
M Single main service disconnect
100 100 A
125 125 A
150 150 A
Amperage Rating
200 200 A
225 225 A
400 400 A
C Surface mount or convertible to semi-flush (use appropriate flange kit)
F Semi-flush mount only
R Reverse mount only
Enclosure Mounting Style
S Surface mount only
PF Home PoN semi-flush mount device
PS Home PoN surface mount device
H Horn by-pass
K K-4 bolt-on, no by-pass
L Class 320 with lever by-pass
Meter Socket Bypass Type N Class 320, No by-pass
B Class 320 Manual by-pass
Blank No by-pass
X 2 piece lever by-pass cover
S Solar ready
Application FMG Florida Meter Group
MEG Meter Equipment Group
This table is for interpreting existing part number only. All possible combinations are not
available.
Table 1.82: Catalog Numbers Square D™ Energy Center
Number Segment Character Description QO W C 60 M 200 P F Y
Architecture platform QO QO architecture platform
Wiser Energy W Wiser Energy
Socket Type C QO Ringless
Spaces # Number of Spaces
Interior M Single main service disconnect
Amerpage Rating 200 200 A
Plug-on-neutral P Plug-on-neutral ready
Enclosure mounting style F Semi-flush mount only
Meter Socket Bypass Type
Application Y Universal — compatible with any solar inverter
LOAD CENTERS
Load Center and Branch Line
Current Rating
Service (Order separately [1])
separately [2])
Main Ground Each
Bypass Type
Short Circuit
(Type of Feed)
Rating Max.
Rating Max.
Max. Quantity Lugs Lug| (Lbs)
Cat. No. AWG/ AWG/| and
2P Type 1P
Ampere
Ampere
Spaces
Circuits (Order kcmil kcmil| Pallet
UL and (Al/ (Al/Cu) Qty.
(Max.) separately [3]) Tan-
UL EU- Circuits dems Cu)
SERC
Ring Type, QOTM
Surface Mount Only
125 A None OH/UG — 10 kA C125RB 1 QOM1-VH 125 A — — — — B 4–1/0 8–1/0 15, 54
OH/UG — 22 kA CM200S 1 QOM2-VH 200 A — — — — A 4–250 (2)8–2/0 26, 24
— 1 QOM2-VH 200 A — — — — (2)8–2/0
200 A None OH/UG 22 kA C2M200S A 4–250 27, 20
— 1 QO-VH 50 A — — — —
OH/UG — 10 kA C4L200S 2 QO 100 A — — — — A 4–250 (2)8–2/0 27, 28
1
Ring Type, HomelineTM
Surface Mount Only
125 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC8L125S 4 HOM 125 — — — — A 6–2/0 6–2/0 31, 24
A
200 A
200 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC12L200S 6 HOM [4] — — — — A–L 4–250 8–2/0 40, 10
Semiflush Mount only
A or 37, 20
125 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC8L125F 4 HOM 110 A — — — — 6–2/0 6–2/0
B300
OH [5]/ OH [5]/ 200 A
200 A None 10 kA SC12L200F 6 HOM [6] — — — — A–L 4–250 8–2/0 47, 10
UG UG
Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
— SC816D150C [7] [8] 1 HOM2150 [9] 150 A 100 A
150 A None OH/UG 10 kA 8 16 8 [10] A or A–L 6–300 8–1/0 48, 18
UG SU816D150C [7] [8] 1 HOM 50 A
— SC816D200C [7] [8] 1 HOM2200 [9] 200 A 100 A
200 A None UG 10 kA 8 16 8 [10] A or A–L 6–300 8–1/0 48, 18
UG SU816D200C OBS 1 HOM 50 A
Ringless, QOTM
Surface Mount Only
None 22 kA RC200S [11] 1 QOM2-VH 200 A A 6–350 (2)8–2/0 26, 24
Lever 10 kA RCM200SL [11] [12] 1 QOM2-VH 200 A A 6–350 8-1/0 60 / 14
None RC2M200S [11] 1 QOM2-VH 200 A A 6–350 (2)8–2/0 27, 20
22 kA QO-VH 50 A
Horn RC2M200SH [11] 1 A 6–350 (2)8–2/0 27, 20
200 A OH/UG — 1 QOM2-VH 200 A — — — — 8-1/0
Lever 10 kA RC2M200SL [11] [12] A 6–350 60 / 14
1 QO-VH 50 A 8-1/0
None 22 kA QC12L200S [11] [12] 6 QO-VH 200 A A 6–350 8–2/0 43, 21
200 A
None 22 kA QC12L200C [11] 6 QO-VH [6] A 6–350 12-2/0 40, 21
Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
QC816F100CH [7] [11] QOM2100VH
100 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA [12] 1 [9] 100 A 8 16 8 100 A 6–350 12-2/0 40, 21
QOM2125VH
None OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F125S OBS 1 [9] 125 A 8 16 8 100 A 6–350 8–2/0 43, 21
125 A
QOM2125VH
None OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F125C [7][11] 1 125 A 8 16 8 100 A 6–350 12-2/0 40, 21
[9]
QC816F150S [7][11] QOM2150VH 150 A
None OH/UG — 22 kA [12] 1 [9] 150 A 8 16 8 [13] A 6–350 8–2/0 43, 21
[1] To order branch circuit breakers, see QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, page 1-3
[2] To order hubs, see Accessories and Hubs for CSEDs, page 1-47
[3] To order service disconnects, see Circuit Breakers for CSEDs, page except as noted)
[4] Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A breakers.
[5] Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK20). Order separately.
[6] Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
[7] Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors.
[8] Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately).
[9] Service disconnect supplied factory-installed.
[10] A 100 A circuit breaker can be installed in bottom position only, all other positions are limited to 70 A max.
[11] Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed.
[12] 5th jaw factory-installed.
[13] Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers.
[14] Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories).
[15] 125 A HomeLine™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other positions are limited to 100 A max.
separately [17])
Ampere Rating
Current Rating
Service (Order separately [16]) Main Ground Each
Bypass Type
Short Circuit
(Type of Feed)
Rating Max.
Rating Max.
Max. Quantity Lugs Lug| (Lbs)
Cat. No. Type AWG/ AWG/| and
2P 1P
Ampere
Ampere
(Order
Spaces
Circuits kcmil kcmil| Pallet
LOAD CENTERS
[16] To order branch circuit breakers, see QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, page 1-3
[17] To order hubs, see Accessories and Hubs for CSEDs, page 1-47
[18] To order service disconnects, see Circuit Breakers for CSEDs, page except as noted)
[19] Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed.
[20] Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
[21] Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors.
[22] 5th jaw factory-installed.
[23] Service disconnect supplied factory-installed.
[24] Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers.
[25] Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see Table 1.90 Accessories, page 1-47, check with local utility for approval.
[26] Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately).
[27] Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories).
[28] A 100 A circuit breaker can be installed in bottom position only, all other positions are limited to 70 A max.
1-38 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
Rainproof, All-In-Ones, 100 to 225 A Combination Service Entrance Devices
Maximum (CSEDs)
www.se.com/us Class 4120
LOAD CENTERS
Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals
where noted may be used for equipment grounding wires.
• UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment
• Semiflush-reverse design available, supplied with load
• Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2
• Meets EUSERC standards center (indoor access)
(Order separately )
Circuit Breakers Line
Service Weight
Ampere Rating
Current Rating
Service Service Disconnect(s) (Order separately [29]) Side Ground Each
Rating Max.
Cat. No. Max. Quantity Lug (Lbs)
of Feed) Lugs
(DE3A) 1P AWG/ and
UL and AWG/
Ampere
Spaces
kcmil kcmil Pallet
EUSERC 2P Type Ampere (Al/Cu) Qty.
Circuits (Factory Circuits Tan- (Al/Cu)
Rating dems
(Max.) Installed) Max.
Ring Type, Homeline™
™
Surface Mount Only
1
100 A None OH/UG 10 kA SC1624M100S 1 HOM2100 100 A 16 24 8 100 A
125 A A 6–2/0 6–2/0 32, 24
125 A None OH/UG 10 kA SC1624M125S 1 HOM2125 125 A 16 24 8 [31]
200 A None OH/UG 10 kA SC2040M200C [32] A or 6–300 8–1/0 47, 18
1 HOM2200 200 A 20 40 20 100 A A-L
200 A None UG 10 kA SU2040M200C OBS A or 6–300 8–1/0 47, 18
1 HOM2200 200 A 20 40 20 100 A A-L
Semiflush Mount Only
100 A None OH/UG 10 kA SC1624M100F 1 HOM2100 100 A 16 24 8 100 A A or
B30- 6–2/0 6–2/0 44, 20
125 A None OH/UG 10 kA SC1624M125F 1 HOM2125 125 A 16 24 8 110 A 0
Surface Mount Only
100 A None OH[33] 10 kA SO1020M100S 1 HOM2100 100 A 10 20 10 80 A A 6–1 8–4 20, 42
200 A None OH[33] 22 kA SO2040M200S 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 20 40 20 200 A A 6–350 8–2/0 43, 21
REVERSE All-In-One—Semiflush Mount with Service Disconnect (outdoor access) and Load Center (indoor access)
200 A None UG 10 kA SU3040M200R OBS 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 200 A A or
30 40 10 [34] B30- 6–300 12–1/0 60, 15
225 A None UG 10 kA SU3040M225R OBS 1 QOM2225VH 225 A 0
Ringless, Homeline
Surface Mount Only
100 A RC1624M100S 1 HOM2100 100 A 100 A
OH/UG
None [33] 10 kA 16 24 8 125 A 6–2/0 6–2/0 32, 24
125 A RC1624M125S OBS 1 HOM2125 125 A [31]
125 A Horn OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC2040M125CH[35][36] 1 QOM2125VH 125 A 20 40 20 125 A 40, 21
Horn OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC2040M150SH [35] 1 QOM2150VH 150 A 20 40 20 150 A 43, 21
150 A Horn OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC2040M150CH [35][36] 1 QOM2150VH 150 A 20 40 20 150 A 40, 21
Lever OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC3040M150SL [37] 1 QOM2150VH [31] 200 A 30 40 10 150 A A 76 / 12
None OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC2040M200S [35] 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 20 40 20 200 A 43, 21
None OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC2040M200C [35] 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 20 40 20 200 A 40, 21
Horn OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC2040M200SH OBS 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 20 40 20 200 A 43, 21
200 A
Horn OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC2040M200CH [35] 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 20 40 20 200 A 40, 21
Lever OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC3040M200SL [37] 1 QOM2200VH [31] 200 A 30 40 10 200 A 76 / 12
None OH/UG[33] 22 kA RC2040M200CGP 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 20 40 20 200 A 48 / 21
Ringless, QO
Surface Mount Only
150 A Horn OH/UG[33] 22 kA QC2442M150SH OBS 1 QOM2150VH 150 A 24 42 18 150 A 43, 21
None OH/UG[33] 22 kA QC2442M200S OBS 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 43, 21
None OH/UG[33] 22 kA QC2442M200C [35] 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 40, 21
200 A
Horn OH/UG[33] 22 kA QC2442M200SH[35] 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A A 6–350 8–2/0 43, 21
Horn OH/UG[33] 22 kA QC2442M200CH [35][36] 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 40, 21
None OH/UG[33] 22 kA QC3040M200S 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 30 40 10 200 A 40, 21
200 A
Hom OH/UG[33] 22 kA QC3040M200SH 1 QOM2200VH 200 A 30 40 10 200 A 40, 21
OBS This product is obsolete.
[29] To order branch circuit breakers, see QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, page 1-3
[30] To order hubs, see Accessories and Hubs for CSEDs, page 1-47
[31] 125 A HomeLine™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other positions are limited to 100 A max.
[32] Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately).
[33] Device does not meet EUSERC Specifications.
[34] Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
[35] Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed.
[36] 5th jaw factory-installed.
[37] Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, (see Table 1.90 Accessories, page 1-47, check with local utility for approval.
Energy Center
Current Rating
of Feed) Max. Quantity Main Ground Each
Bypass Type
Short Circuit
Lugs Lug (Lbs)
Rating Max.
Cat. No. 1P AWG/ AWG/ and
Hub Type
LOAD CENTERS
Ampere
Spaces
UL and Ampere (Al/ (Al/Cu) Qty.
Cir- Type Rating Tan-
UL EU- cuits (Order separately Circuits Cu)
SERC (Max.) dems
(Max.) [40])
Square D™ Energy Center
Semi-flush Mount Only
60
200 QOWC60M200PFY QOM2[41] [4- A30- 6— 14 — 2/ 116,2
UG 22 kA 200 A 61 10 200 A 0L 250 0
A 2]
[38] To order branch circuit breakers, see QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, page 1-3
[39] To order hubs, see Accessories and Hubs for CSEDs, page 1-47
[40] To order service disconnects, see Circuit Breakers for CSEDs, page except as noted)
[41] One service disconnect with 2 — 110 A sub-main feeds.
[42] Nine spaces are used for factory-installed components, leaving 51 available spaces for branch circuits.
1-40 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones, Combination Service Entrance Devices
300–400 A (CSEDs)
www.se.com/us Class 4119, 4120
LOAD CENTERS
Service disconnects are supplied factory-installed, except where noted
• Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available
• Supplied with 100% branch neutrals; all unused terminals may be used for equipment
• UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment grounding wires
• Meets EUSERC standards where indicated. • Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2
Meter Mains: Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed,
suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R Enclosure
Current Rating
of Feed) Max. Quantity Main Groun- Each
Bypass Type
Short Circuit
d (Lbs)
Rating Max.
Cat. No. 1P Lugs Lug and
Hub Type
AWG/
2P AWG/ Pallet
Ampere
Spaces
UL and Type Ampere kcmil kcmil Qty.
Cir- Cir- Tan- (Al/Cu)
UL EU- (Order separately Rating
1
cuits cuits dems (Al/Cu)
SERC (Max.) [46]) (Max.)
Ring Type, QO
Surface and Semiflush Mount [43]
25 CU12L400CN [47] QDL22200 [48] (2) 98, 4
400 A None UG UG 1 200 A — — — — A–L Studs 4–250
kA
Class CU12L400CB [47] [49] 1 QDL22200 [48] 200 A — — — —
320 25 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [50] 200 A — — — — (2)
400 A Manual UG — A–L 4–250 98, 4
kA CU12L400FB OBS QO, QO-VH or QOH Studs
Bypass 4 125 A [52] — — — —
[51]
25 CU816D400CN[47] [53] QDL22200 [48] (2) 98, 4
400 A None UG UG A–L 4–250
kA Studs
Class 200 A 8 16 8 200 A
1
320 25 CU816D400CB[47] [52] (2)
400 A Manual UG — QDL, QGL, QJL [50] A–L 4–250 98, 4
kA [49] Studs
Bypass
Class
320 65
kA CUM400CB [47] [49] LJL36400U31X [48] 2 [54] (2) 115, 4
400 A Manual UG — 1 400 A — — 200 A A–L 4–250
[43] Studs
Bypass
Ringless Type, QO
1 QDL22200 [48] 200 A — — — —
Class QDL, QGL, QJL [50]
25 QU12L400SL [55] [49] 1 200 A — — — — (2) 98, 4
400 A 320 UG — A–L Studs 4–250
Lever kA QO, QO-VH or QOH
4 125 A [52] — — — —
[51]
Class 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [50] 200 A — — — — 4–600
OH/ 25 QCD400SL [55] 75, 4
400 A 320 UG — A–L (2) 12–2/0
Lever kA 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [50] 200 A — — — — 1/0–350
Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
QU816D400SL [52] [55] QDL22200 [48]
[56] 25 [49] (2) 98, 4
400 A UG — 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [50] 200 A 8 16 8 200 A A–L Studs 4–250
kA QU816D400CK [53] [49]
Class OH/ QC816D400SL [52][53] 1 QDL22200 [48] 200 A 4–600
400 A 320 25 8 16 8 200 A A–L (2) 12–2/0 77, 4
UG — [55]
Lever kA 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [50] 200 A 1/0–350
Surface and Semiflush Mount [43]
1 QDL22200 [48] 200 A — — — —
25 QU12L400CL [55] [57] 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [50] 200 A — — — — (2)
400 A UG — [49] A–L 4–250 98, 4
Class kA QO, QO-VH or QOH Studs
4 [51] 125 A [52] — — — —
320
Lever QU816D400CL [55] [52]
25 1 QDL22200 [48] (2)
400 A UG — [57] [49] 200 A 8 16 8 200 A A–L 4–250 98, 4
kA Studs
QU816D400FL OBS 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [50]
Class 65
400 A UG — kA QUM400CL [55] [49] LJL36400U31X [48] 400 A — 2 [54] (2) 4–250 120, 4
320 1 — 200 A A–L Studs
Lever [43]
K-4 Bolt-
On 65kA LJL36400U31X [48] 2 [54] (2)
400 A UG — [43] QUM400CK OBS 1 400 A — — 200 A A–L 4–250 123, 4
Studs
None
Ringless Type, Homeline
Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
Class 1 QDL22200 [48] 4–600
400 A 320 OH/ 25 RC816D400SL [53][55] 200 A 8 16 8 200 A A–L (2) 12–2/0 77, 4
UG —
Lever kA 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [50] 1/0–350
OBS This product is obsolete.
[43] UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker installed.
[44] To order branch circuit breakers, see QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, page 1-3
[45] To order hubs, see Accessories and Hubs for CSEDs, page 1-47
[46] To order service disconnects, see Circuit Breakers for CSEDs, page except as noted)
[47] For use only on 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W system (4-jaw meter socket).
[48] Service disconnect supplied factory-installed.
[49] Device configuration is not included in EUSERC standards. Consult applicable utility for acceptance.
[50] Additional service disconnect for field-installation: order prefix QBL at 10 kA, QDL at 25 kA, QGL at 65 kA, or QJL at 100 kA. Order separately. For complete circuit breaker catalog number,
see Digest Section 7.
[51] Order two pole circuit breakers for field installation: order catalog designation QO for 10 kA, QO-VH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA short circuit current rating. See Table 1.1 Plug-On Circuit
Breakers, page 1-3 or Table 1.89 Circuit Breakers for use with Meter Mains and All-In-One Devices, page 1-46.
[52] QO panel is rated 200 A maximum.
[53] Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs for 6 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors.
[54] Option for field installation of two Q-frame, 200 A max. 2-pole branch circuit breakers used as mains for two downstream load centers. Purchase installation kit BMK2Q400 and two Q-frame
circuit breakers separately. Order QBL prefix at 10 kA, QDL prefix at 25 kA, or QGL prefix at 65 kA.
[55] Fifth jaw factory-installed.
[56] Device with suffix L has Class 320 lever bypass and device with suffix K has a K-4 bolt-on, no bypass.
[57] Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Table 1.90 Accessories, page 1-47).
Manual [61] 1
SU3040D400CN [59]
[60] 1 QDL22200 [62] 200 A
400 A None UG UG 25 kA 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4
QDL, QGL, QJL [63] 200 A
SU3040D400FN [59][60] 1
SU3040D400CB [59][60]
Class [61] 1 QDL22200 [62] 200 A
400 A 320 UG — 25 kA 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4
Manual SU3040D400FB [59][60]
1 QDL, QGL, QJL [63] 200 A
[61]
Ringless, Homeline
RU3040D400CL [60][64]
Class [61] 1 QDL22200 [62] 200 A
400 A 320 UG — 25 kA 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4
Lever RU3040D400FL [60][64]
[61] 1 QDL, QGL, QJL [63] 200 A
RU3040D400CK [60]
K-4 Bolt- [61] 1 QDL22200 [62] 200 A (2) Studs
400 A UG — 25 kA QDL, QGL, QJL [63] 30 40 10 200 A A–L 4–250 100, 4
on 200 A
RU3040D400FK OBS 1
OBS This product is obsolete.
[58] UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker installed.
[59] For use only on 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W system (4-jaw meter socket).
[60] Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories).
[61] Device configuration is not included in EUSERC standards. Consult applicable utility for acceptance.
[62] Service disconnect supplied factory-installed.
[63] Additional service disconnect for field-installation: order prefix QBL at 10 kA, QDL at 25 kA, QGL at 65 kA, or QJL at 100 kA. Order separately. For complete circuit breaker catalog number,
see Digest Section 7.
[64] 5th jaw factory-installed.
1-42 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
Dimensions for CSEDs Combination Service Entrance Devices
(CSEDs)
www.se.com/us Class 4119, 4120
LOAD CENTERS
14.97 28.28 Symbol A B C D E F G H I J
“A” Hub 718
380 B,C,D
C,D,F A Conduit Size
(in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4
7.14 7.50
181 191 ▲ Driphood supplied factory-installed and is required for surface mount installation. For semi-flush installation,
remove driphood and install flange kit SC200F (order separately).
Drip Hood Semi-Flush End Wall
■ Unit supplied with blank top endwall (factory-installed) for surface mount installation. For semi-flush installation,
install flange kit FK400 (order separately). Kit includes replacement top endwall (with knockouts) and flanges.
♦ Unit supplied with semi-flush top endwall factory installed and semi-flush flanges factory included.
6.44 8.00
7.44 10.70 164
1
203
189 272
12.80 18.23
325 463 20.79
528
A,B C,D,E,F
A,B E,F,G,H 41.25
C,D,E,F 1048
A
Lever ByPass
Lever ByPass Devices
Devices
A
21/2" Max
14.81
A,B B,C 376
“A” Hub A,B A
D,F,G B,C D,F,G A,B
21/2"Max E,F,G,H
A,B “A” Hub or A,B,C
C,D,F D,E,F,G B300
SC8L125S (Shown) A,B,C 32.23
C,D,E,F 819
RC8L125S RC816F100SH C,D,E,F QC816F100SH
QC12L200C SC8L125F (Shown) RC816F125SH QC816F125SH
SC1624M100S QC816F100CH C,D,E,F SC1624M100F RC816F150SL QC816F150S,SH (Shown)
SC1624M125S QC816F125C RC816F150S,SH
RC1624M100S
RC816F200C SC1624M125F QC816F150SL
QC816F150C RC816F200CH RC816F200SL
RC1624M125S QC816F200C QC816F200SL
RC2040M125CH RC816F200S,SH
QC816F200CH C,D,E,F RC12L200S QC816F200S,SH
RC12L200C RC2040M150CH QC12L200S
A,B RC2040M125SH A B,C
RC816F100CH RC2040M200C A RC2040M150SH QC2442M200SH
RC816F125CH RC2040M200CH RC2040M200S,SH SO2040M200S C,E,F,G,H A,B
C,D,F A,B A 3.40 21/2" Max
RC816F150C QC2442M200C 86 RC3040M150SL QC3040M200SH “A-L” Hub
RC816F150CH QC2442M200CH RC3040M200SL
B,C C,D,E,F B,C
14.85
14.62 7.90 377 SU816D150Cq
371 201 7.50 Blank End Wall
191 SU816D200Cq
SU2040M200Cq
28.25 RC816D200CH q
CL 718
Top SC816D150C q
Branch SC816D200C q (Shown)
Circuit
Breaker 8.00
203 21/2" Max “A” Hub
31.61 39.60
803 27.00 35.40 1006 5.80
686 899 147
21.50
48.00 546
1219
41.25
1048
10.30
SC3040M200S
262 11.10
CL 282
Meter
Socket
29.50
SC40M200S
B,C B 749
32.30
C,E,F,G,H 820
21/2" Max A
“A-L” Hub
A 37.30
947
B,C B A 4.40 C,D,E,F G,H,I,J
“A” Hub or 112 “A-L” Hub
B 3.50 SC816F200F
B300 Hub 89 35.40 SC2040M125F
899 SC2040M200F (Shown) C,D,F B,C C,D,E,F A
D,F,G B C,D
SC3040M200F SU3040D400CBc (Shown) SU3040D300CBc C,E,F,G,H
SU3040M200R (Shown) RU3040D400CLc 21/2" Max B,C
SC3040M2225F SU3040D400CNc “A-L” Hub
SU3040M225R SC2636M200FPV RU3040D400CKc RU3040D400FLf
39.60 SU3040D300FBf
1006 SC2636M225FPV RU3040D400FK f B
SU3040D400FBf CUM400CB c SC12L200S SC40M200S
SU3040D400FNf QUM400CL c SC816F150S SC2040M200S (Shown)
QUM400CK c SC816F200S SC3040M200S
Bypass type
Hub Type
Line
Service Side Service
Tandems
(Type of Cat. No. Ground
Circuits
Spaces
Type (Factory Ampere Main
Feed) 2P Lugs Lug
installed except Rating
Circuits where noted) Max.
Ring Type, QO
Surface Mount Only
100 A None UG 22 kA CU816F100PS[1][2] 1 QOM2100VH 8 16 8 70 A
CU48F200PS[1][2] QOM2200VH 14-2/0 CU
200 A 225 A None UG 22 kA 1 4 8 4 110 A A-L 4-250 12-2/0 AL
200 A None UG 22 kA CU816F200PS[1][2] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
Ring Type, Homeline
Surface Mount Only
100 A None UG 22 kA SU816F100PS[1][2] 1 QOM2100VH 8 16 8 70 A
SU48F200PS[1][2] QOM2200VH 14-2/0 CU
200 A None UG 22 kA 1 4 8 4 110 A 12-2/0 AL
200 A None UG 22 kA SU816F200PS[1][2] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
150 A None OH/UG 22 kA SC816F150PS[1][2] 1 QOM2150VH 8 16 8 150 A
225 A A-L 4-250
200 A None OH/UG 22 kA SC816F200PS[1][2] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 200 A
200 A None OH/UG 22 kA SC2040M200PS[2] 1 QOM2200VH 20 40 20 200 A 8-2/0
200 A None OH/UG 22 kA SC3042M200PS[2] 1 QOM2200VH 30 42 12 200 A
200 A None OH/UG 22 kA SC42M200PS[2] 1 QOM2200VH 42 42 0 200 A
Semiflush Mount Only
200 A None OH[3]/UG 22 kA SC816F200PF[1][2] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 200 A
125 A None OH[3]/UG 22 kA SC2040M125PF[2] 1 QOM2125VH 20 40 20 110 A
200 A 225 A None OH[3]/UG 22 kA SC2040M200PF[2] 1 QOM2200VH 20 40 20 200 A A-L 4-250 8-2/0
200 A None OH[4]/UG 22 kA SC3042M200PF[2] 1 QOM2200VH 30 42 12 200 A
225 A None OH[4]/UG 22 kA SC3042M225PF[2] 1 QOM2225VH 30 42 12 200 A
Ringless, QO
Surface Mount Only
100 A None UG 22 kA QU48F100PS[1] 1 QOM2100VH 4 8 4 70 A
100 A Lever UG 22 kA QU48F100PSL[1] 1 QOM2100VH 4 8 4 70 A
125 A None UG 22 kA QU48F125PS[1] 1 QOM2125VH 4 8 4 70 A
150 A None UG 22 kA QU48F150PS[1] 1 QOM2150VH 4 8 4 110 A
QU48F200PS[1] 14-2/0 CU
200 A 225 A None UG 22 kA 1 QOM2200VH 4 8 4 110 A A-L 4-250 12-2/0 AL
150 A None UG 22 kA QU816F150PS[1] 1 QOM2150VH 8 16 8 110 A
200 A None UG 22 kA QU816F200PS[1] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
200 A Lever UG 22 kA QU816F200PSL[1] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
200 A None UG 22 kA QU816M200PS 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
Ringless, Homeline
Surface Mount Only
100 A None UG 22 kA RU48F100PS[1] 1 QOM2100VH 4 8 4 70 A
100 A Lever UG 22 kA RU48F100PSL[1] 1 QOM2100VH 4 8 4 70 A
125 A None UG 22 kA RU48F125PS[1] 1 QOM2125VH 4 8 4 70 A
150 A None UG 22 kA RU48F150PS[1] 1 QOM2150VH 4 8 4 110 A
200 A None UG 22 kA RU48F200PS[1] 1 QOM2200VH 4 8 4 110 A 14-2/0 CU
225 A A-L 4-250
150 A None UG 22 kA RU816F150PS[1] 1 QOM2150VH 8 16 8 110 A 12-2/0 AL
200 A None UG 22 kA RU816F200PS[1] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
200 A Horn UG 22 kA RU816F200PSH[1] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
200 A Lever UG 22 kA RU816F200PSL[1] 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
200 A None UG 22 kA RU816M200PS 1 QOM2200VH 8 16 8 110 A
[1] Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4AWG-250 kcmil Al/Cu conductors.
[2] Meets EUSERC requirements.
[3] Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTKP20). Check with local utility for approval and order separately.
[4] Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTKP30). Check with local utility for approval and order separately.
1-44 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/2022
Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones, Solar Ready Plug-On Neutral (PoN) CSEDs
125 to 225 A Maximum
www.se.com/us Class 4120
C,D,E,F
A,B
A
3.40
86
LOAD CENTERS
B,C 14.85
377 21/2" Max “A” Hub
5.80
147
21.50
546
42.60 11.10
SC3042M200PS
38.40 1006 282
899
SC42M200PS
29.50
749
32.30
8/16 - 20/40
820
.
30/42
37. 30
1
947
10 30
262
B,C B
C,D,E,F A
C,E,F,G,H C,E,F,G,H
21/2" Max A 21/2" Max B,C
“A-L” Hub “A-L” Hub
C,D,E,F B
Semiflush Mount type "SC-" (Ring Type, no bypass) Surface Mount type "SC-" (Ring Type, no bypass)
NOTE: See each catalog number’s associated technical drawing online for additional dimensions and enclosure details.
www.se.com/us
LOAD CENTERS
Description Cat. No.
Generator Kit: Interlocks main service disconnect and generator circuit breaker (order separately). For :
Homeline™ CSED Devices RC816F-, RC2040M-, SO2040M- containing suffix -C or -CH RCGK2
QO CSED Devices QC816F-, QC2442M- containing suffix -C or -CH QCGK3
Backfed inverter circuit breaker retaining kit for SC2636M225FPV PK2SCPV OBS
Meter Main Types: C, RC, SC, QC
Fifth Jaw Kit for: All-In-One Types: SC, SU (100–225 A), QC, RC, SO 5J
Bypass (Horn Type) for Ringless Type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (100–200 A)
(except for RC8L125S, RC1624M100S and RC1624M125S–use RCHB). MMHB
Lexan Meter Socket Cover Plate for:
Ring and Ringless Type Meter Mains 29007
Ring and Ringless Type All-In-Ones
Meter Socket Sealing Rings for Ring Type Meter Mains and All-In Ones:
Snap Type Aluminum (Std.) 2920910001
Screw Type Aluminum 29008W
Snap Type Stainless Steel ARP00026
1
Anti-Inversion Kit . For use ONLY on 400 A Meter Mains and All-In-Ones with lever bypass. MMLRK
Trim Kit for 2 in. X 6 in. stud wall, used with Reverse All-In-Ones, SU3040M200R, and SU3040M225R SU2X6TRIM
Barrel Lock Kit (Barrel Lock not included), supplied with bracket and mounting screw, refer to listings for where used. SCBRLLOCK
Semiflush Flange Kit for: Meter Mains: SC816D150/200C and RC816D200CH
SC200F
All-In-Ones: SC2040M200C
Semiflush Flange Kit for ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (400 A Only) FK400
Lug Kit includes (4) lugs, for use with 2 AWG–600 kcmil Al/Cu conductors. Lugs are for standard 2-Hole mounting. Meter Main and All-In-One units supplied with
(2) studs per phase and neutral will accept one lug per phase and neutral. Not for use on 400 A devices with “K” suffix. CMELK4
Branch Circuit Breaker Field Installation Kit for two Q-Frame Circuit Breakers (QBL, QDL, or QGL, order separately). For CUM400CB, QUM400CL or QUM400CK -
includes (2) mounting pans, (4) wires. BMK2Q400
Overhead Feed Trough for 400 A ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones. OCK400
Touch-Up Paint (ASA49 Gray) PK49SP
Ground Bar Kit, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones QC, RC, and SC (100–225 A) PK15GTA
Filler Plate for: Meter Main Types: QC, CU All-In-One Types: QC QOFP
Filler Plate for: Meter Main Types: RC, SC All-In-One Types: SC, RC, SU HOMFP
Neutral Lug (6-2/0 AWG) for: Meter Main Types: RC, SC, QC All-In-One Types: SC, SU, QC, RC LK100AN
Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Ringless & Horn Bypass in RC/QC Devices OHBS OBS
Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Lever Bypass RC/QC Devices OHBL
Solar Ready Kit for Type SC Semiflush Mounted Solar Ready Devices (includes lugs and replacement UL67 barrier) SR69064AF
Solar Ready Kit for Type SC Surface Mounted Solar Ready Devices (includes lugs and replacement UL67 barrier) SR69064AS
Energy Center Manual Transfer Kit QO2DTEC
Energy Center Hold-Down Bracket Kit QOCRBGK2EC
Solar Ready Kit for UG 200 A Max Meter Mains SRKUGMM
Generator Kit for RU- SU- 200 A Max Meter Mains RUSUGK
Generator Kit for QU- CU- 200 A Max Meter Mains QUCUGK
OBS This product is obsolete.
www.se.com/us
LOAD CENTERS
Short Circuit Commercial Included in
Enclosure Mains Rating
Rating Reference Package
Factory Installed: (1)
QDL22150, (1)
service entrance
Rainproof 150 A 25 kA Q2150MRBE barrier, (1)
NEMA 3R emergency
disconnect label &
(1) service
disconnect label
Factory Installed: (1)
QDL22200, (1)
service entrance
Rainproof 200 A 25 kA Q2200MRBE barrier, (1)
NEMA 3R emergency
disconnect label &
(1) service
disconnect label
1
Factory Installed: (1)
emergency
disconnect label &
Rainproof (1) service
70-200 A 10-100 kA Q2200RBE [1]
NEMA 3R disconnect label
Factory Included: (1)
service entrance
barrier[2]
Table 1.94: Replacement Kit for Residential Enclosed Circuit Breakers with
PowerPacT Q Frame
Mains Rating Short Circuit Rating Commercial Reference Included in Package
(1) Service entrance
70 -200 A 10-100 kA PKSB1Q2 barrier & (1) emergency
disconnect label.[3]
Table 1.95: PowerPacT Q-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers for Residential
Enclosed Circuit Breakers
Type 3R — Short Circuit Rating
Rainproof Ampere
Service Circuit rating
Breaker not 10 k AIR 25 k AIR 65 k AIR 100 k AIR
included
70 A QBL22070 QDL22070 QGL22070 QJL22070
80 A QBL22080 QDL22080 QGL22080 QJL22080
90 A QBL22090 QDL22090 QGL22090 QJL22090
100 A QBL22100 QDL22100 QGL22100 QJL22100
2P 240 Vac Q2200RBE 110 A QBL22110 QDL22110 QGL22110 QJL22110
Maximum
125 A QBL22125 QDL22125 QGL22125 QJL22125
150 A QBL22150 QDL22150 QGL22150 QJL22150
175 A QBL22175 QDL22175 QGL22175 QJL22175
200 A QBL22200 QDL22200 QGL22200 QJL22200
[1] Suitable ONLY for breakers from 70A-200A. Not compatible with 225A breakers.
[2] Suitable only for 2P Q Frame MCBs only.
[3] Suitable ONLY for breakers from 70A-200A. Not compatible with 225A breakers
overcurrent protection
Ampere Box. No.
Service Rating General Purpose Rainproof
[4]
QO200TR 2, 9R[7]
240 Vac 60 A[5] [6] QO260NATS QO200TRNM 1NM
QO260NATR 1R
Table 1.97: Enclosed GFCI Circuit Breakers, GFCI Circuit Breaker Included—10 kA
Short Circuit Current Rating
Ampere Type 3R—Rainproof Circuit Breaker Box. No.
Service Rating Circuit Breaker Only [4]
Included
QOE250GFINM QO250GFI
50 A 1NM (Non-metallic)
120/240 Vac HOME250SPA HOM250GFI 1R (Metallic)
QO200TRNM 60 A QOE260GFINM QO260GFI3W
Table 1.98: 2-Pole Circuit Breaker Enclosures—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Ampere Box. No.
Service [9] Rating General Purpose [10] Rainproof
[4]
QO3100BNF
With Cover Removed
LOAD CENTERS
Type 1 Type 3R
Service General Purpose
Rainproof Box No. Ampere 22 k AIR
[16] [17] Rating
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.[18]
100 A QOM2100VH
125 A QOM2125VH
150 A QOM2150VH
QOM22225NF/S QOM22225NRB 22, 16R
175 A QOM2175VH
2P 240 Vac
Maximum 200 A QOM2200VH
225 A QOM2225VH
1
Q22200NS
QOM22225NS With Cover Removed Q23225NF
With Cover Removed
(Order Q-Frame circuit breaker separately)
LOAD CENTERS
Provide electrical power to individual recreational vehicle park sites.
20 A 125 V 2W and Grd.
NEMA 5-20R • Each receptacle protected by appropriate GFI or Standard QO™ circuit breaker.
30 A 125 V 2W and Grd
ANSI 73.13
• All receptacles and circuit breakers included.
50 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd. • 10 kA short circuit current rating.
NEMA 14-50R
20 A 250 V 2W and Grd.
• UL Listed.
NEMA 6-20R • All enclosures are rainproof.
30 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd.
NEMA 14-30R
• No neutral bonding provisions.
50 A 250 V 2W and Grd. • Loop-feed provisions.
NEMA 6-50R
All non-pedestal devices have provisions to field-install a Type “B’’ hub Table 1.102: Recreational Vehicle Park Panels
on the bottom endwall for bottom feed from a conduit riser. Order Type Mains Main Wire Size
Power Outlet Serv- Receptacles AWG/kcmil [7]
“B’’ bolt-on hub (B250 Max.) and two mounting screws Am- Circuit Breaker (Included) [6]
(Cat. No. 8002505501) and two hex nuts (Cat. No. 2340102000). Configura- ice pere (Included) Cat. No.
tion [5] Phase and Neutral
Rating A B C Cu Al
1
Underground or Overhead Loop-Feed Terminals—Non-Pedestal [8] [9]
11C 1Ø2W 40 A (2) QO120GFI 2 PAK11CTG 14–6 12–6
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO130 1 1 PAK41CTGFI
12C 1Ø2W 50 A 12–1
(2) QO130 1 1 PAK41CTG
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO250 PAK75CTGFI
1 1 1 (Not Loop Feed)
(1) QO130
14C 1Ø3W 100 A 14–1 12–1
(1) QO250
PAK75CTG
(1) QO130 1 1 1
(1) QO120GFI (Not Loop Feed)
Pedestal Mounted—Underground Loop-Feed Terminals [10]
11C 1Ø2W 40 A (2) QO120GFI 2 PAK11PG
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO130 1 1 PAK41PGFI
12C 1Ø2W 50 A
(2) QO130 1 1 PAK41PG
(1) QO120GFI
(2) QO130 1 2 PAK61PGFIOBS
13C 1Ø2W 75 A
(3) QO130 (2) 6–250
1 2 PAK61PGOBS
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO250 1 1 1 PAK75PG FI
(1) QO130
14C 1Ø3W 100 A
(1) QO250
(1) QO130 1 1 1 PAK75PG
(1) QO120GFI
OBS This product is obsolete.
Section 2
Metering Equipment
Meter Sockets 2-2
METERING EQUIPMENT
Ring and Ringless Devices 2-5
Ring and Ringless Type Devices 2-5
Individual Meter Socket
Tenant Circuit Breakers 2-7
Accessories for MP Meter-Pak Meter Centers 2-7
Dimensions and Knockouts for MP Meter-Pak Meter Centers 2-8
EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 2-9
2
3 Phase Main Devices (Busway Side Tap) 2-19
3 Phase Main Devices (Busway Center Tap) 2-20
Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories 2-21
Dimensions 2-22
Enclosures 2-24
5/16/2022
Meter Sockets Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter
Sockets
Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 schneider-electric.us
UTRS202B UTH5203T
UTRS101B (Cover not shown) (Cover not shown) URTRS213B
METERING EQUIPMENT
UT2R1121B before installing. Contact your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog
numbers, if required by utility.
Table 2.2: Ringless Type, 1Ø3W, 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release
Branch Ratings Main Lugs Top Endwall [12]
Mains Branch Lugs
Socket Phase and Neutral Hub Type Closing Plate
Amperes No. of Service Rating Cat. No. Al/Cu Phase and Neutral Box No. [13]
Jaw (A) Al/Cu (AWG) (Order (Order
[14] Positions Qty. [15] Type (AWG/kcmil) Separately) Separately)
2 200 UT2R1121B 6–250 13R
3 205 UT3R1121B 6–250 13R1
100 A 4 4 OH/UG 205 UT4R1131B 6–350 8–2/0 Series A ACP 14R
5 250 UT5R1131B 6–350 15R
6 300 UT6R1131B 6–350 16R
2 205 UT2R2122B 6–250 Series A ACP 17R
4 360 UT4R2352T 1/0–500 Series A-L ACPL 18R
1/0–500 or
200 A 5 4 OH/UG 500 UT5R2392TU 8–250 Series A-L ACPL 19R
(2)1/0–350
1/0–500 or
2
6 620 UT6R2392TU Series A-L ACPL 20R
(2)1/0–350
Adapter To allow the use of a Series A Hub on a For Series A (steel) ACP
device that is setup for a series A-L AAP For Series A (aluminum)
Plate Hub. Closing Plates ACPA
(to seal hub openings) For Series A-L (steel) ACPL
For use on meter sockets supplied with Line, Load, and
Neutral Studs only. Be sure to order enough lugs for For Series A-L (aluminum) ACPLA
each device (a typical 1Ø device requires 6 lugs).
1.00 inch A100
Includes one, two-barrel lug (6-250 1.25 inch A125
kcmil) ARP00118
Lug Kits Series A 1.50 inch A150
Includes one, single barrel lug (4-600 2.00 inch A200
kcmil) ARP00129
Hubs 2.50 inch A250
Includes three, two-barrel lugs (6-350 (listed by 2.00 inch A200L
kcmil) ARP00427
conduit size) 2.50 inch A250L
Snap-on Aluminum (Standard) 2920910001 Series A-L 3.00 inch A300L
Sealing
Snap-on Stainless Steel (Non-standard) ARP00026 3.50 inch A350L
Ring
Screw Type Aluminum (Non-standard) 29008W 4.00 inch A400L
Series B 3.00 inch B300
Hub Opening
D W Hub D W Hub Opening
Opening D W
Meter
Socket Meter Meter
Socket Main Socket Main
G,H,I,J H Lugs H Lugs H
S A S A
Meter Socket
Left position omitted on
5-Gang unit (15R) Hub Opening
D W
Hub Opening
D W
7.50 Supplied with (2)
191 ACP Closing Plates.
Main
Meter
Lugs H Order A-Hubs
Socket Main 22.44 separately for
Lugs H 570
S A
overhead service
S A
feed.
Main
Lugs H
S A A,B
METERING EQUIPMENT
• Surface mount, convertible to semi-flush with field installed flange kit.
• Ring type devices supplied with 4-jaw meter sockets (5th jaw kits available, order
separately).
• Ringless type devices supplied with 5-jaw meter sockets, available with and without
horn or lever bypass.
• Provisions for mounting 2-pole circuit breaker for each meter socket position (order
circuit breakers separately).
• Mounting channel supplied, except for box 1R (125 A, 2-position).
MP44125
• Combination overhead/underground feed.
2
H Ringless with Horn Bypass and 5th Jaw
L Ringless with Lever Bypass, Jaw Release and 5th Jaw
2 200 A
3 300 A
4 400 A
Bus Ampacity
5 500 A
6 600 A
8 800 A
2 2-Positions MP, MPH, MPL, and MPR
3 3-Positions MP, MPH, MPL, and MPR
Number of Meter Sockets 4 4-Positions MP, MPH, MPL, and MPR
5 5-Positions MP, MPH and MPR
6 6-Positions MP, MPH, MPL and MPR
125 125 A
Max. Tenant Circuit Breaker Amperage 200 200 A
225 225 A
2-5
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
MP Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Ring and Ringless Devices
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
Table 2.10: Ring Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kA Maximum SCCR) or 200 A (22 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter
Socket Positions
Factory-Installed
Main Lugs Main Bus Line Lug Wire Circuit Semi-Flush
Amperes No. of Ampacity Breaker Type Box
per Pos. Ampacity Cat. No. Size Al/Cu Hub Prov. [2] Flange Kit Wt Lbs
Positions (A) (2P) No.
(alternate lugs [1]) AWG/kcmil
2 200 200 MP22125 [3] (1) 4–250 A/B300 MPSF12 46 1R
(1) 1/0–600 or
3 300 300 MP33125 [4] (2) 1/0–250 A-L MPSF14 95 2R
(1) 1/0–600 or QO,
2
(1) 1/0–600 or
3 400 400 MP43200 [4] (2) 1/0–250 MPSF23 99 4R
QOM2-MM, (4) A-L
200 (1) 1/0–600 or QOM2-MVH
4 400 600 MP64200 [4] (2) 1/0–250 MPSF24 135 5R
5 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MP85200 [4] (2) 3/0–500 MPSF26 173 6R
6 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MP86200 [4] (2) 3/0–500 MPSF26 173 6R
Table 2.11: Ringless Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kAMaximum SCCR) or 200 A Type MPR, MPH (22 kA
Maximum SCCR) or 225 A Type MPL (100 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions
Factory-Installed Line Lug Circuit Breaker
Amperes No. Main Lugs Main Bus Horn Lever Type Hub Semi-Flush
Per of No. Bypass Bypass Bypass Wire Size Wt Box
Ampacity Ampacity Cat. No. Al/Cu (2P) Prov. [2] Flange Kit Lbs No.
Pos. Pos. (alternate lugs [1]) Cat. No. Cat. No. [5].
AWG/kcmil
2 200 200 MPR22125 MPH22125 — (1) 4–250 A/B300 MPSF12 46 1R
(1) 1/0–600 or
3 300 300 MPR33125 MPH33125 — (2) 1/0–250 MPSF14 95 2R
A-L
(1) 1/0–600 or QO,
4 400 400 MPR44125 MPH44125 — (2) 1/0–250 QO-VH, MPSF14 97 2R
125
400 Al (1) 1/0–600 or QOH
5 500 MPR55125 MPH55125 — (2) 1/0–250 MPSF16 130 3R
500 Cu
(2) A-L
400 Al (1) 1/0–600 or
6 600 MPR66125 MPH66125 — (2) 1/0–250 MPSF16 132 3R
500 Cu
2 400 400 MPR42200 MPH42200 MPSF23 99 4R
(1) 1/0–600 or QOM2-MM,
200 3 400 400 MPR43200 MPH43200 — (2) 1/0–250 QOM2-MVH MPSF23 99 4R
4 400 600 MPR64200 MPH64200 MPSF24 135 5R
2 350 350 — — MPL32225 QBP-TM, N/A 105 7R
3 400 500 — — MPL53225 QDP-TM, N/A 147 8R
(1) 1/0–600 or QGP-TM or
QJ-TM (2) A-L
225 (2) 1/0–250
4 400 600 — — MPL64225 QO [6], N/A 200 9R
QO-VH [6]
or QOH [6]
5 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MPR85200 MPH85200 — (2) 3/0–500 QOM2-MM, MPSF26 173 6R
200 QOM2-MVH
6 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MPR86200 MPH86200 — (2) 3/0–500 MPSF26 173 6R
NOTE: UL Listed short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of
circuit breaker installed.
METERING EQUIPMENT
70 QO270 QO270VH —
80 QO280 QO280VH QOH280 [7] —
90 QO290 QO290VH QOH290 —
100 QO2100 QO2100VH QOH2100 —
125 QO2125 QO2125VH QOH2125 —
QOM2200MVH For use in 200 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
100 QOM2100MM QOM2100MVH — —
125 QOM2125MM QOM2125MVH — —
150 QOM2150MM QOM2150MVH — —
175 QOM2175MM QOM2175MVH — —
200 QOM2200MM QOM2200MVH — —
Amperes 10 k AIR 25 k AIR 65 k AIR 100 k AIR
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
For use in 225 A MPL Lever Bypass Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
40 QO240 [8] QO240VH [7] [9] [8] QOH240 [10] [8] —
QO2100VH 50 QO250 [8] QO250VH [7] [9] [8] QOH250 [10] [7] [8] —
2P, Plug-on Type 60 QO260 [8] QO260VH [7] [9][8] QOH260 [10] [7] [8] —
Circuit Breaker 70 QBP22070TM QDP22070TM QGP22070TM QJP22070TM
2
80 QBP22080TM QDP22080TM QGP22080TM QJP22080TM
90 QBP22090TM QDP22090TM QGP22090TM QJP22090TM
100 QBP22100TM QDP22100TM QGP22100TM QJP22100TM
110 QBP22110TM QDP22110TM QGP22110TM QJP22110TM
125 QBP22125TM QDP22125TM QGP22125TM QJP22125TM
150 QBP22150TM QDP22150TM QGP22150TM QJP22150TM
175 QBP22175TM QDP22175TM QGP22175TM QJP22175TM
200 QBP22200TM QDP22200TM QGP22200TM QJP22200TM
225 QBP22225TM QDP22225TM QGP22225TM QJP22225TM
QDP22200TM
2P, Plug-on Type
Circuit Breaker
18.50 11.19
470 C,D,F 284
C,D,F 11.19
C,D,F 284
C,D,F
E,F,G,H,I,J and A,B
C,D,F C,D,F A-L Hub Provision
D,F,G and A or
B300 Hub Provision
A E,F,G,H,I,J and
A A-L Hub Provision
Box 1R Box 2R A,B Box 3R
A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates
A-L Hub Opening Supplied
A-L Hub Opening Supplied 8.28 with ACPL Closing Plates
210
with ACPL Closing Plates
8.28
8.28 29.44 210
210 748
46.68
29.44 1186
748
Top Left
Top Position 9.00 Position
229
Omitted on Typ. Omitted on
2-Gang Unit 5-Gang Unit
9.00
9.00 229
229 Typ.
Typ. 52.00
1321
43.41
43.41 1103
1103
12.22
12.22 C,D,F 12.22 310
310 310 C,D,F
C,D,F
35.37
898
14.00
356
53.12 67.37
1349 1711
60.25
1530
14.00 14.00
356 356
34.00 Typ. Typ.
864
C,D,E,F C,D,E,F
13.43 13.43
C,D,E,F 341 341
Knockouts
Symbol A B C D E F G H I J
Conduit Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4
2-8
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
• 400, 600 and 800 A main disconnects may be end-mounted with branch units having
240 Vac Maximum, for use on AC systems, suitable 800 A or 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus.
for use as Service Equipment. • 1000 and 1200 A main disconnect or terminal box must be center mounted when
used with branch devices with main bus rated 800 A continuous.
Utility Company Requirements Review local
utility requirements to ensure that metering • 1600 A main disconnect or terminal box must be center mounted.
equipment meets their standards. • 2000 A main disconnect must be center mounted and requires use of branch units
having 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus.
METERING EQUIPMENT
EZ Meter-Pak meter center enclosures meet NEC • 400, 800 and 1200 A Type EZM-TBU terminal boxes supplied with lug landings to
meet EUSERC requirements.
wire bending requirements, and are designed for
wall mounting only (not suitable for floor mounting). Main Circuit Breaker ratings: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 and 2000 A
All unmetered conductor compartments may be Main Fusible Switch ratings: 400, 600, 800, and 1200 A (1Ø3W only)
sealed by the utility company. Main Lugs Terminal Box ratings: 225, 400, 600, 800, 1200, 1600, and 2000 A
2
units (Examples: EZMR315225 or EZMR315225CU). Plug-in style residential meter
Incoming Service to Main Device 120/240 Vac, sockets are available as ring type EZM without bypass, ringless type EZMR without
1Ø3W bypass, and ringless type EZMH with horn bypass.
Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream Tenant circuit breakers must be ordered separately for these branch units. 125 A
panelboards: max. units make use of Type QO, QO-VH or QO-H two-pole tenant circuit breakers
• 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W (40–125 A). 225 A max. units make use of Type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGP-TM and
QJP-TM two-pole tenant circuit breakers (70–225 A), and may also make use of two-
(4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit
breakers), pole Type QO (40–125 A at 10 kA max.), two-pole Type QO-VH (40–60 A at 100 kA
(5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit max.), or two-pole Type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA max.) tenant circuit breakers.
breakers). • 225 A commercial branch units are available in ring type or ringless type
Incoming Service to Main Device 240/120 Vac, construction and are supplied with 1200 A copper horizontal cross bus with
3Ø4W Delta aluminum vertical connectors as standard (Example: EZML314225). For optional
Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing, add suffix “CU” to catalog number (Example:
panelboards: EZML314225CU). Plug-in style commercial meter sockets are available as ring type
• 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W (Fed from transformer’s “A-
Phase” and “C-Phase” only.) NOTE: Connection
EZMT with test block bypass (meets EUSERC requirements), ringless type EZMR
without bypass, and ringless type EZML with lever bypass.
to High-Leg “B-Phase” not permitted for this
service 225 A max. units make use of type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGP-TM and QJP-TM two-
(4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit pole or three-pole tenant circuit breakers (70– 225 A), and may also make use of
breakers) two-pole type QO (40–125 A at 10 kA max.), two-pole type QO-VH (40–60 A at 100
(5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit kA max.), or two-pole type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA max.) tenant circuit breakers.
breakers) Note: QO, QO-VH and QO-H tenant circuit breakers used in 225 A branch units
Standard 3Ø IN/1Ø OUT branch units are not require the use of adapter EZM125QOA (purchased separately).
suitable for use on this Delta System. Special • 400 A branch units are available in ringless type construction only, and are supplied
branch units are available for this System by with 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing as standard (Example: EZML332400).
adding suffix: “CA” to catalog number (Typical These branch units are supplied with factory-installed type LJL tenant circuit
Examples: EZM313125CA, EZM313125XCA, breakers that have a field adjustable ampere rating trip setting from 125 A min. to
EZM313125CUXCA, EZM314225CA, 400 A max.
EZM314225XCA, EZM314225CUXCA, A tamper-evident seal kit is available where needed, order seal kit MICROTUSEAL
EZM315225CA, EZM314225CUCA, etc.). (refer to NEC 240-6 [c]). 400 A branch units are available as Type EZML with plug-in
• 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Delta (7-jaw meter sockets, style lever bypass type meter sockets, or Type EZMK with bolt-on style with manual
bypass type meter sockets.
three-pole circuit breakers).
Incoming Service to Main Device 208Y/120 Vac,
3Ø4W
• Units having 800 A continuous horizontal cross bus WILL CONNECT with units
having 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus.
Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream
panelboards: • Single phase units (three bus bars in horizontal cross bus) WILL NOT CONNECT
with three phase units (four bus bars in horizontal cross bus).
• 120/208 Vac, 1Ø3W (5-jaw meter sockets, two-
pole circuit breakers) For Load Center Three-Tiered Series Ratings used downstream from Metering
Equipment, refer to Data Bulletins: 4100DB0301 and 2700DB9901.
• 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W (7-jaw meter sockets, three-
pole circuit breakers).
2-9
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
800 A
Mains Rating
1000 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
CB Main Circuit Breaker
FS Main Fusible Switch
METERING EQUIPMENT
2-10
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
Selection Information EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
Selection Information
• Review local utility
requirements to ensure that
• Using the SCCR table:
– Select meter center configuration, main lugs only (Six Disconnect Rule), or remote main, main circuit
metering equipment meets breaker, or main fusible switch.
their standards. – Read down to select SCCR equal to, or greater than desired rating.
• Check local utility to determine – Read across to select branch unit tenant circuit breaker type.
available fault current at the
meter center. – Continue reading across to select EZM main device type.
Table 2.16: UL Listed Meter Center Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR) [1]
EZM Meter Center Overcurrent Protection Devices
METERING EQUIPMENT
Short Circuit
Current Rating EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breaker
Figures (240 Vac Types Available (Branch Unit Amperes
EZM Main Device with Integral Mounted Main, Remote Mounted Main
Maximum) [2] max., or without an Upstream Mounted Main (Six Disconnect Rule)
[3] Number of Poles, Tenant Circuit Breaker
Amperes Rating Range)
EZ Meter-Pak (Six Disconnect Rule Applications)—See Figure 1
EZM Branch Units QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Load
Service Centers 10 kA QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A) [5]
Disconnects (Main Lugs) QB (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
(6 Max.)
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A )
22 kA QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5]
Transformer 400–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box
25 kA QD (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
(Tenant Circuit Breakers used as Service Disconnects—6 maximum)
QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
EZM Main Lugs 42 kA QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5]
Terminal Box
Figure 1 [4] 65 kA QG (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QJ (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) [6]
100 kA LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7]
EZ Meter-Pak 225–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box Applications Protected by Remote Main—See Figure 2
2
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A) [5] Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 10 k AIR
10 kA QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) minimum
LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7]
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5] Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 22 k AIR
22 kA minimum
LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7]
QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 25 k AIR
25 kA LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7] minimum
QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5] Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 42 k AIR
EZM Main Lugs Terminal Box LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7] minimum
EZM Branch Units 42 kA
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LA (400 A max.) or
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5] MA
QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) (1000 A max.) Rated 42 k AIR minimum
QG (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 65 k AIR
LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7] minimum
Tenant 65 kA QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Load Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LH (400 A max.);
Transformer Circuit Centers QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5]
Breakers QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) MG or MJ (800 A max.); MH (1000 A max.); PG or PJ (1200 A max.); RG or
(Main Lugs)
RJ (2000 A max.).
Upstream Disconnection LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7]
Means and Overcurrent
Protection as Required QJ (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A ) [6] Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 100 k AIR
LJL (125–400 A 2P or 3P) [7] minimum
Figure 2 [4]
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600
A max.); Class J (600 A max); Class T6 (800 A max.); Class T3 (1200 A
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5] max.) or Class L (1200 A max.).
100 kA
Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A) A max.); Class J (600 A max); Class T6 (800 A max.); Class T3 (1200 A
LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7] max.) or Class L (1200 A max.) fuses or by a Square D circuit breaker Type
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A) [6] MJ (800 A max.); MHF (1000 A max.); PJ (1200 A max.); or RJ (2000 A
max.) rated 100 k AIR minimum.
EZ Meter-Pak—Main Circuit Breaker Applications—See Figure 3
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
10 kA QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A) [5]
QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) 400–2000 A EZM Main Device with Type LH (400 A max.); MG or MJ (800
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) A max.); MH (1000 A max); PG or PJ (1200 A max.); RG or RJ (2000 A
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5] max.)
65 kA QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7]
EZM Circuit Breaker Main QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
or EZM Main Fusible Switch QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5]
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A) 1000 A Main Device with catalog number suffix "CBU" supplied with Type
EZM Branch Units MHF circuit breaker.
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A) [6]
100 kA LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7]
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A)
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A) [6] 800–2000 A EZM Main Device with Type MJ (800 A max.); MHF (1000 A
max.); PJ (1200 A max.) or RJ (2000 A max.)
LJL (125–400 A 2P or 3P) [7]
Transformer
Tenant Load
EZ Meter-Pak—Main Fusible Switch Applications—See Figure 3
Circuit Centers QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Breakers (Main Lugs) QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A) [5] 400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses
10 kA
QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) installed.
Figure 3 [4]
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A) [5]
QD (225 A 2P, only, 70–225 A) 400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses
100 kA
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A) [6] installed.
LJL (125–400 A, 2P or 3P) [7]
[1] Tenant circuit breakers of same frame size having higher AIR values may replace tenant circuit breakers as listed in this table and maintain the series rating.
[2] Meter center short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest short circuit current rating given in table for any circuit breaker installed in any meter panelboard in the meter center.
[3] Short circuit current rating is measured at the LINE SIDE terminals of the integral mounted or remote mounted main providing overcurrent protection for the EZM metering equipment lineup.
[4] For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin 4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22.
[5] Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately).
[6] 3P only tenant circuit breaker(s) are limited to: 100 kA Max. at 208Y/120 Vac or 65 kA Max at 240/120 Vac.
[7] Supplied with factory-installed circuit breaker(s), with an adjustable trip range of 125–400 A.
2-11
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 1 Phase Main Devices
Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains in branch unit from Table 2.33 and
Table 2.34.
4. Select accessories as required from Table 2.35.
5. Dimensions; see page 2-22 and page 2-23.
Select Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction
Table 2.17: 1Ø Main Devices
Horizontal Cross Factory-Installed Line Side Lug
Ampere Service Width
Rating Bus Rating and Cat. No. [8] (in.) (Conductors per Phase and Neutral)
Feed Wire Size (AWG/kcmil)
Bus Bar Material
Main Circuit Breaker (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)
65 kA 100 kA
400 OH/UG 400 A, Al EZM1400CB — 18.66 (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
600 OH/UG 600 A, Al EZM1600CB — 18.66 (3) 3/0–500
800 OH/UG 800 A, Al EZM1800CB — 18.66 (3) 3/0–500
1000 OH/UG 1200 A, Cu EZM11000CB — 18.66 (3) 3/0–500
1200 OH 1200 A, Al EZM11200GCBT [9] EZM11200JCBT [9] 23.69 (4) 3/0-500
1200 UG 1200 A, Al EZM11200GCBU [9] [10] EZM11200JCBU [9] [10] 23.69 (4) 3/0–500
1600 UG 1200 A, Al/Cu EZM11600GCBU [9] [11] EZM11600JCBU [9] [11] 22.48 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
1600 OH/UG 1200 A, Al/Cu EZM11600GCBC [9] [11] EZM11600JCBC [9] [11] 30.19 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
2000 OH/UG 1200 A, Al/Cu — EZM12000CB [11] 30.19 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
2000 UG 1200 A, Al/Cu — EZM12000CBU [11] 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400 OH/UG 400 A, Al — EZM1400FS 18.66 (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
600 OH/UG 600 A, Al — EZM1600FS 18.50 (3) 3/0–500
600 UG 600 A, Al — EZM1600FSU 20.46 2 (Order Lugs Separately)
800 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM1800FS 18.50 (3) 3/0–500
800 UG 800 A, Al — EZM1800FSU 20.46 2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200 OH 1200 A, Al — EZM11200FST 23.69 (4) 3/0–500
1200 UG 1200 A, Al — EZM11200FSB[10] 23.69 (4) 3/0–500
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)
225 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM1225TB [12] 11.66 (1) 4–300
400 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM1400TB [13] 17.15 (2) 3/0–500
EZM11200FST 600 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM1600TB [13] 17.15 (2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300
800 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM1800TB [13] 18.66 (4) 3/0–500
800 OH/UG 800 A, Cu — EZM1800TBCU [13][14] 24.08 (4) 3/0–500
1600 OH/UG 1200 A, Al/Cu — EZM11600TB [13][14] 22.48 (6) 1/0-600 or (12) 1/0-300
2000 OH/UG 1200 A, Cu — EZM12000TB [13] [11] 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Circuit Breaker (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) with Energy Reduction Maintenance (ERMS)
1200 UG 1200 A, Al EZM11200GCBUMS EZM11200JCBUMS 26.39 (4) 3/0–500
1200 OH 1200 A, Cu EZM11200GCBTMS EZM11200JCBTMS 23.69 (4) 3/0–500
1600 OH/UG 1200 A, Cu EZM11600GCBCMS EZM11600JCBCMS 30.19 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
1600 UG 1200 A, Al EZM11600GCBUMS EZM11600JCBUMS 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
2000 OH/UG 1200 A, Cu EZM12000CBMS — 30.19 (6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-250
2000 UG 1200 A, Al EZM12000CBUMS — 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
METERING EQUIPMENT
400 UG 400 A, Al — EZM1400FSU 20.46 1 (Order Lugs Separately)
600 UG 600 A, Al — EZM1600FSE 18.36 2 (Order Lugs Separately)
800 UG 800 A, Al — EZM1800FSE 18.36 2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200 UG 1200 A, Al — EZM11200FSE 32.39 3 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)
400 UG 800 A, Al — EZM1400TBU [19] 17.16 1 (Order Lugs Separately)
800 UG 800 A, Al — EZM1800TBU [19] 25.16 2 (Order Lugs Separately)
EZM11200GCBE 1200 UG 1200 A, Al/Cu — EZM11200TBU [19] 33.16 3 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Circuit Breaker (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) with Energy Reduction Maintenance Switch (ERMS)
1200 UG 1200 A, Al EZM11200GCBEMS EZM11200JCBEMS 32.39 3 (Order Lugs Separately)
[15] For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG– 600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical
Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R.
[16] Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult local Field Office (allow 6 weeks for delivery).
[17] Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
[18] Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker.
[19] Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use as required. Refer to page 2-11 for
appropriate short circuit current ratings.
2-13
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 1 Phase Branch Devices
Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
Circuit 800 A Al EZM115125 [23] EZMR115125 [23] EZMH115125 [23] EZML115125 [23]
5
Breakers 1200 A Cu EZM115125CUX EZMR115125CUX EZMH115125CUX EZML115125CUX
800 A Al EZM116125 [23] EZMR116125 [23] EZMH116125 [23] EZML116125 [23]
6
1200 A Cu EZM116125CUX EZMR116125CUX EZMH116125CUX EZML116125CUX
225 A Maximum Branch Units (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately) [24]
800 A Al EZM112225 [23] EZMR112225 [23] EZMH112225 [23] — —
2
1200 A Cu EZM112225CUX EZMR112225CUX EZMH112225CUX — —
800 A Al EZM113225 [23] EZMR113225 [23] EZMH113225 [23] — —
1Ø3W 3
120/240 Vac 1200 A Cu EZM113225CUX EZMR113225CUX EZMH113225CUX — —
2P Branch 800 A Al EZM114225 [23] 17.38 EZMR114225 [23] 17.38 EZMH114225 [23] 17.38 — —
Circuit 4
1200 A Cu EZM114225CUX EZMR114225CUX EZMH114225CUX — —
Breakers
1200 A Al/Cu EZM115225 EZMR115225 EZMH115225 — —
EZMH114125 5
1200 A Cu EZM115225CU EZMR115225CU EZMH115225CU — —
6 1200 A Cu EZM116225 EZMR116225 EZMH116225 — —
EZMT111225
EZML113225
METERING EQUIPMENT
3. Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM
or 3P QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM branch circuit breakers for use as
tenant mains in branch unit; from Table 2.33 and Table 2.34.
4. Select accessories as required, from page 2-21.
5. Dimensions see page 2-22.
3 Phase Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction
Table 2.22: 3Ø Main Devices
Factory-Installed Line Side
Ampere Horizontal Cross Width Lug (Conductors per Phase
Service Bus Rating and Bus Cat. No.[31]
Rating Feed (in.) and Neutral) Wire Size (AWG–
Bar Material kcmil)
Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)
65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (400–1600 A Max.), 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (2000 A Max.)
Short Circuit Rating 65 kA 100 kA
400 OH/UG 400 A, Al EZM3400CB — 18.66 (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
2
600 OH/UG 600 A, Al EZM3600CB — 18.66 (3) 3/0–500
800 OH/UG 800 A, Al EZM3800CB — 18.66 (3) 3/0–500
1000 OH/UG 1200 A, Al EZM31000CB — 18.66 (3) 3/0–500
1200 OH 1200 A, Al EZM31200GCBT [32] EZM31200JCBT [32] 23.69 (4) 3/0-500
1200 UG 1200 A, Al EZM31200GCBU [33] [32] EZM31200JCBU [33] [32] 23.69 (4) 3/0-500
1600 OH/UG 1200 A, Al/Cu EZM31600GCBC[32] [34] EZM31600JCBC[32] [34] 30.19 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
1600 UG 1200 A, Al/Cu EZM31600GCBU [32][34] EZM31600JCBU [32][34] 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
2000 OH/UG 1200 A, Al/Cu — EZM32000CB [34] 30.19 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
2000 UG 1200 A, Al/Cu — EZM32000CBU [34] 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400 OH/UG 400 A, Al — EZM3400FS 18.66 (1) 1–600 or (2 )1–250
600 OH/UG 600 A, Al — EZM3600FS 18.66 (3) 3/0–500
800 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM3800FS 18.66 (3) 3/0–500
1200 OH 1200 A, Al — EZM31200FST 23.69 (4) 3/0–500
1200 UG 1200 A, Al — EZM31200FSB [33] 23.69 (4) 3/0-500
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)
225 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM3225TB [35] 11.66 (1) 4–300
400 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM3400TB [36] 17.15 (2) 3/0–500
600 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM3600TB [36] 17.15 (2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300
800 OH/UG 800 A, Al — EZM3800TB [36] 18.66 (4) 3/0–500
EZM31200FST 800 OH/UG 800 A, Cu — EZM3800TBCU [36] [37] 24.08 (4) 3/0–500
1600 OH/UG 1200 A, Al/Cu — EZM31600TB [34] [37] [36] 22.48 (6) 1/0-600 or (12) 1/0-300
2000 OH/UG 1200 A, Cu — EZM32000TB [36] 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) with Energy Reduction Maintenance Switch (ERMS)
1200 OH 1200 A, Cu EZM31200GCBTMS EZM31200JCBTMS 23.69 (4) 3/0–500
1200 UG 1200 A, Cu EZM31200GCBUMS EZM31200JCBUMS 23.69 (4) 3/0–500
1600 OH/UG 1200 A, Cu EZM31600GCBCMS EZM31600JCBCMS 30.19 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
1600 UG 1200 A, Cu EZM31600GCBUMS EZM31600JCBUMS 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
2000 OH/UG 1200 A, Cu EZM32000CBMS — 30.19 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
2000 UG 1200 A, Cu EZM32000CBUMS — 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately)
2-15
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 3 Phase Main Devices
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
[38] For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG– 600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical
Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R.
[39] Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult your nearest Field Sales Office (allow 6 weeks for delivery).
[40] Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker.
[41] Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use as required. Refer to page 2-11 for
appropriate short circuit current ratings.
2-16
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
3 Phase Branch Devices EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
METERING EQUIPMENT
3Ø4W 4 800 A Al EZM314125M10 [46] — — —
208Y/120 Vac 1200 A Cu EZM314125CUX EZMR314125CUX EZMH314125CUX EZML314125CUX
5-Jaw-Meter Socket 12.25 12.25 12.25 15.56
2P Branch 800 A Al EZM315125 [42] EZMR315125 [42] EZMH315125 [42] EZML315125 [42]
Circuit Breakers 5 800 A Al EZM315125M10 [46] — — —
1200 A Cu EZM315125CUX EZMR315125CUX EZMH315125CUX EZML315125CUX
800 A Al EZM316125 [42] EZMR316125 [42] EZMH316125 [42] EZML316125 [42]
6 800 A Al EZM316125M10 [46] — — —
1200 A Cu EZM316125CUX EZMR316125CUX EZMH316125CUX EZML316125CUX
225 A Maximum (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately) [47]
800 A Al EZM312225 [42] EZMR312225 [42] EZMH312225 [42] — —
2
1200 A Cu EZM312225CUX EZMR312225CUX EZMH312225CUX — —
800 A Al EZM313225 [42] EZMR313225 [42] EZMH313225 [42] — —
3
3Ø4W 1200 A Cu EZM313225CUX EZMR313225CUX EZMH313225CUX — —
208Y/120 Vac 800 A Al EZM314225 [42] EZMR314225 [42] EZMH314225 [42] — —
5-Jaw-Meter Socket 4 17.38 17.38 17.38
1200 A Cu EZM314225CUX EZMR314225CUX EZMH314225CUX — —
2P Branch 1200 A Al/Cu EZM315225 EZMR315225 EZMH315225 — —
Circuit Breakers 5
1200 A Cu EZM315225CU EZMR315225CU EZMH315225CU — —
2
1200 A Al/Cu EZM316225 EZMR316225 EZMH316225 — —
6 1200 A Cu EZM316225CU EZMR316225CU EZMH316225CU — —
1200 A Al/Cu EZM316225CA EZMR316225CA EZMH316225CA — —
[42] For 1200 A main cross bus, add suffix “X” to catalog number. Example: EZMR313125X.. Allow 6 weeks for delivery.
[43] Snap-On aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard.
[44] Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
[45] Compatible with a branch terminal box accommodating a maximum conductor size of 300 kcmil when voltage drop calculations require sizes over 2/0, see Table 1.35: Accessories, page 2-
21.
[46] Distance between meter sockets as measured from centerline to centerline is 10 inches.
[47] 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using EZM125QOA adapter kit, see page 2-21.
[48] For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains the same as the base catalog
number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery).
[49] 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to .
[50] Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications to feed this device. Supplied with
copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
[51] Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above ground when the device is
mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum.
For 400 A maximum Commercial Branch Units, see page 2-18.
2-17
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 3 Phase Branch Devices
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
Starting Position Step 2: Loosen hex nut from AØ line side meter socket jaw Step 1: Remove hex nut from AØ line side connection to
Meter Socket Phaseing: AØ and CØ and slide “Z” connector down to free connector from stud. vertical bus.
Step 3: Rotate “Z” connector to right and align with stud on BØ Step 4: Slide “Z” connector up to engage stud on BØ vertical
vertical bus. bus. Torque hex nut of meter socket jaw to 75 lb-in (8 N•m). Step 6: Replace hex nut (removed in Step 1) onto stud of BØ
vertical bus and torque to 75 lb-in (9 N•m).
Phase balancing of meter socket is complete: BØ and CØ.
[52] Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Use anti-inversion clip kit, catalog number MMLRK, if required. See page 2-21.
[53] LJL circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 125-400 A. Use seal kit MICROTUSEAL, if required. LJL circuit breaker terminal lug kit factory-installed and accommodates (2) 2/0-500
kcmil Cu-Al per phase. Alternate lug kit AL400L61K3 for LJL circuit breaker is available, see page 2-21.
[54] For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZML312400CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains the same as the base catalog
number. “Order only” branch units, not stocked in PDS (4–6 week delivery). Order point Lexington.
2-18
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
3 Phase Main Devices (Busway Side Tap) EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
METERING EQUIPMENT
Mounting Mounting
Channel Channel Step 2: Determine side of EZM main section for busway tap to extend from (busway tap
(See Note)
EZM EZM (See Note) is an integral part of the main and extends to the left or right on the EZM device as
Bus Tap Bus Tap viewed from the front).
56.11 56.11
1425 1425 Step 3: Check phasing of busway riser to insure that it matches phasing of busway tap
CL of Busway CL of Busway
Plug-in Opening Plug-in Opening on main section (indicated as neutral front or neutral back as viewed from the front).
31.11 31.11
4.11 790 790 4.11 Step 4: Select Cat. No. from tables below.
104 104
Step 5: Busway main devices are build to order specials and require 4 to 6 weeks for
Floor Level Floor Level delivery.
EZM3800CBNFBTR EZM3800FSNBBTL
2
400 A
600 A
Mains Rating 800 A
1000 A
1200 A
CB Main Circuit Breaker
FS Main Fusible Switch
Main Type
GB Main Circuit Breaker (65 kAIC)
JB Main Circuit Breaker (100KAIC)
NF Neutral Front
Neutral Position
NB Neutral Back
BTL Bus Tap Left
Bus Tap Location
BTR Bus Tap Right
This table is for interpreting existing part numbers only. All possible combinations are not
available.
Table 2.29: 1200 A EZM Mains with Busway Side Tap (Three Phase Only—Note positioning left or right below)
Ampere Width Horizontal Cross Busway to LEFT of EZM Metering Equipment Lineup Busway to RIGHT of EZM Metering Equipment Lineup
Rating (in.) Bus Rating Neutral Front Neutral Back Neutral Front Neutral Back
Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap
65,000 RMS Symmetrical Amperes Maximum Short Circuit Current Rating
400 18.66 400 A Al EZM3400CBNFBTL EZM3400CBNBBTL EZM3400CBNFBTR EZM3400CBNBBTR
600 18.66 600 A Al EZM3600CBNFBTL EZM3600CBNBBTL EZM3600CBNFBTR EZM3600CBNBBTR
800 18.66 800 A Al EZM3800CBNFBTL EZM3800CBNBBTL EZM3800CBNFBTR EZM3800CBNBBTR
1000 18.66 1000 A Al EZM31000CBNFBTL [55] EZM31000CBNBBTL [55] EZM31000CBNFBTR [55] EZM31000CBNBBTR [55]
1200 23.36 1200 A Cu EZM31200GBNFBTL [55] EZM31200GBNBBTL[55] EZM31200GBNFBTR [55] EZM31200GBNBBTR [55]
100,000 RMS Symmetrical Amperes Maximum Short Circuit Current Rating
1200 23.36 1200 A Cu EZM31200JBNFBTL [55] EZM31200JBNBBTL [55] EZM31200JBNFBTR [55] EZM31200JBNBBTR [55]
Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap Requires Class T (300 Vac) Fuses - Order Separately
100,000 RMS Symmetrical Amperes Maximum Short Circuit Current Rating
400 18.66 400 A Al EZM3400FSNFBTL EZM3400FSNBBTL EZM3400FSNFBTR EZM3400FSNBBTR
600 18.66 600 A Al EZM3600FSNFBTL EZM3600FSNBBTL EZM3600FSNFBTR EZM3600FSNBBTR
800 18.66 800 A Al EZM3800FSNFBTL EZM3800FSNBBTL EZM3800FSNFBTR EZM3800FSNBBTR
1200 22.36 1200 A Cu EZM31200FSNFBTL [55] EZM31200FSNBBTL [55] EZM31200FSNFBTR [55] EZM31200FSNBBTR [55]
NOTE: Dimensions shown position the centerline of top meter socket of a 125 A, 5-
Gang or 6-Gang branch unit at 72" above floor level. Check with utility to meet local
requirements.
Busway Transition Section
EZM busway transition section provides no overcurrent protection for the downstream
16.11 16.11 EZM branch units.
409 409
Width Width
Tenant main circuit breakers in these branch units must be selected as “fully rated”
4.11
104
4.11
104
equipment. (Examples: QO for 10 kA, QO-VH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA.)
EZM EZM
Bus Tap Bus Tap
Top of EZM
Table 2.30: EZM Busway Transition Sections (3Ø only)
1.00 1.00 Top of EZM
Mounting 25 25 Mounting Ampere Width
Channel Channel I-Line™ Busway location Neutral Front Neutral Back
Rating (in.)
CL of Busway CL of Busway
Plug-in Opening Plug-in Opening 1200 RIGHT of EZM Transition Section EZM3BUSRF EZM3BUSRB 12.00
56.11 55.11 55.11 56.11 1200 LEFT of EZM Transition Section EZM3BUSLF EZM3BUSLB 12.00
1425 1400 1400 1425
[55] Requires use of branch units supplied with 1200 A horizontal cross bus.
2-19
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 3 Phase Main Devices (Busway Center Tap)
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
schneider-electric.us
applications. The mains are connected "inline" with the Busway column conserving
precious electrical room space.
1. The Part Number Coding Table is to be used for interpreting existing part numbers
only. All possible combinations are not available. Please contact product support for
additional references needed.
2. Outgoing Feeder Bus Joint-Pak is included with each EZM CTM Section.
METERING EQUIPMENT
2-20
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers
Accessories
schneider-electric.us Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
METERING EQUIPMENT
Table 2.34: 225 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers
Poles Ampere Rating 10 k AIR 25 k AIR 65 k AIR 100 k AIR
40 QO240 [56] QO240VH [56] [57] QOH240 [56] [58] —
50 QO250 [56] QO250VH [56] [57] QOH250 [56] [58] —
60 QO260 [56] QO260VH [56] [57] QOH260 [56] [58] —
70 QBP22070TM QDP22070TM QGP22070TM QJP22070TM
80 QBP22080TM QDP22080TM QGP22080TM QJP22080TM
90 QBP22090TM QDP22090TM QGP22090TM QJP22090TM
2 100 QBP22100TM QDP22100TM QGP22100TM QJP22100TM
110 QBP22110TM QDP22110TM QGP22110TM QJP22110TM
125 QBP22125TM QDP22125TM QGP22125TM QJP22125TM
150 QBP22150TM QDP22150TM QGP22150TM QJP22150TM
175 QBP22175TM QDP22175TM QGP22175TM QJP22175TM
200 QBP22200TM QDP22200TM QGP22200TM QJP22200TM
225 QBP22225TM QDP22225TM QGP22225TM QJP22225TM
70 QBP32070TM QDP32070TM QGP32070TM QJP32070TM [59]
80 QBP32080TM QDP32080TM QGP32080TM QJP32080TM [59]
90 QBP32090TM QDP32090TM QGP32090TM QJP32090TM [59]
100 QBP32100TM QDP32100TM QGP32100TM QJP32100TM[59]
2
QDP22200TM 110 QBP32110TM QDP32110TM QGP32110TM QJP32110TM [59]
3 125 QBP32125TM QDP32125TM QGP32125TM QJP32125TM [59]
150 QBP32150TM QDP32150TM QGP32150TM QJP32150TM [59]
175 QBP32175TM QDP32175TM QGP32175TM QJP32175TM [59]
200 QBP32200TM QDP32200TM QGP32200TM QJP32200TM [59]
225 QBP32225TM QDP32225TM QGP32225TM QJP32225TM [59]
EZM11200GCBTMS 46.93 23.69 13.63 13.75 EZM31200GCBEMS 66.27 32.39 13.70 50.09
EZM11200JCBUMS 65.30 23.69 13.63 49.12 EZM31200GCBTMS 46.93 23.69 13.63 13.75
EZM11200JCBEMS 66.27 32.39 13.70 50.09 EZM31200JCBUMS 65.30 23.69 13.63 49.12
H EZM11200JCBTMS 46.93 23.69 13.63 13.75 EZM31200JCBEMS 66.27 32.39 13.70 50.09
EZM11600G/JCBC 68.70 30.19 18.33 38.13 EZM31200JCBTMS 46.93 23.69 13.63 13.75
EZM11600G/JCBU 68.70 30.19 18.33 49.12 EZM31600G/JCBC 68.70 30.19 18.33 38.13
EZM11600TB 55.09 22.48 13.00 27.92 EZM31600G/JCBU 68.70 30.19 18.33 49.12
EZM11600GCBUMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50 EZM31600TB 55.09 22.48 13.00 27.92
EZM11600GCBCMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50 EZM31600GCBUMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50
EZM11600JCBUMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50 EZM31600GCBCMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50
EZM11600JCBCMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50 EZM31600JCBUMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50
EZM12000CB 68.70 30.19 18.33 44.25 EZM31600JCBCMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50
Main Device EZM12000CBU 68.70 30.19 18.33 44.25 EZM32000CB 68.70 30.19 18.33 44.25
EZM12000TB 71.09 30.19 21.46 37.62 EZM32000CBU 68.70 30.19 18.33 44.25
W EZM12000CBMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50 EZM32000TB 71.09 30.19 21.46 37.62
EZM12000CBUMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50 EZM32000CBMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50
T EZM1225TB [66] 21.81 11.66 6.37 13.00 EZM32000CBUMS 68.91 30.19 18.31 44.50
EZM1400CB 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30 EZM3225TB [66] 21.81 11.66 6.37 13.00
EZM1400CBU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37 EZM3400CB 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30
EZM1400FS 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30 EZM3400CBU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37
MC (Mounting Channel)
EZM1400FSU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37 EZM3400FS 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30
EZM1400TB 30.46 17.15 7.09 16.29 EZM3400FSU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37
EZM1400TBU 35.71 17.16 8.00 27.17 EZM3400TB 30.46 17.15 7.09 16.29
H EZM1600CB 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30 EZM3400TBU 35.71 17.16 8.00 27.17
EZM1600CBU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37 EZM3600CB 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30
EZM16000FS 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30 EZM3600CBU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37
EZM1600FSU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37 EZM36000FS 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30
EZM1600TB 30.46 17.15 7.09 16.29 EZM3600FSU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37
EZM1800CB 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30 EZM3600TB 30.46 17.15 7.09 16.29
B EZM1800CBU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37 EZM3800CB 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30
EZM1800FS 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30 EZM3800CBU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37
EZM1800FSU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37 EZM3800FS 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30
Branch Device EZM1800TB 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30 EZM3800FSU 69.03 20.46 11.50 49.37
EZM1800TBCU 51.76 22.48 7.09 28.01 EZM3800TB 53.97 18.66 11.50 34.30
EZM1800TBU 39.96 25.16 11.68 31.17 EZM3800TBCU 51.76 22.48 7.09 28.01
EZM1EXT [66] 19.34 11.66 6.37 11.85 EZM3800TBU 39.96 25.16 11.68 31.17
EZM1EXT6 [66] 19.34 6.00 6.37 11.85 EZM3EXT [66] 19.34 11.66 6.37 11.85
EZM1CORNER [64][66][67] 19.50 14.40 8.02 11.85 EZM3EXT6 [66] 19.34 6.00 6.37 11.85
EZM3BTB [68] 19.31 12.25 8.43 — EZM3CORNER [64] [66] [67] 19.50 14.40 8.02 11.85
EZM6BTB [64] 23.00 12.13 8.00 —
MC (Mounting Channel)
Branch
H Device
METERING EQUIPMENT
Table 2.37: Single Phase Branch Device Dimensions (in.) [69]
MC Top Bottom MC Top Bottom
Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth
(H) (W) (D) Channel Meter Meter (H) (W) (D) Channel Meter Meter
[available suffix] (MC) (T) (B) [available suffix] (MC) (T) (B)
EZM112225 [X, CUX] 43.41 17.38 8.09 32.34 22.18 12.23 EZML112225 [CU] 39.06 19.44 9.44 25.51 11.67 13.39
EZM113125 [X, CUX] 42.37 12.25 7.09 31.30 13.18 11.19 EZML112225D 39.06 19.44 9.44 25.51 11.67 13.39
EZM113225 [X, CUX] 43.41 17.38 8.09 32.34 13.18 12.23 EZML112400 69.61 23.21 9.44 37.81 20.64 21.53
EZM114125 [X, CUX] 48.12 12.25 7.09 31.30 9.93 11.19 EZML113125 [X, CUX] 45.06 15.56 9.48 34.23 12.84 12.22
EZM114225 [X, CUX] 52.00 17.38 8.09 32.34 12.77 12.23 EZML113225 [CU] 53.06 19.44 9.44 39.51 11.67 13.39
EZM115125 [X, CUX] 57.12 12.25 7.09 31.30 9.93 11.19 EZML113225D 53.06 19.44 9.44 39.51 11.67 13.39
EZM115225 [CU] 61.00 17.38 8.09 32.35 12.77 12.23 EZML114125 [X, CUX] 55.06 15.56 9.48 34.29 12.84 12.22
EZM116125 [X, CUX] 66.12 12.25 7.09 40.30 9.93 11.19 EZML114225 [CU] 67.06 19.44 9.44 39.51 11.67 13.39
EZM16225 69.94 17.38 8.09 41.33 12.72 12.22 EZML114225D 67.06 19.44 9.44 39.51 11.67 13.39
EZMH112225 [X, CUX] 43.41 17.38 8.09 32.34 22.18 12.23 EZML115125 [X, CUX] 65.06 15.56 9.48 34.29 12.84 12.22
EZMH113125 [X, CUX] 42.37 12.25 7.09 31.30 13.18 11.19 EZML116125 [X, CUX] 75.06 15.56 9.48 44.29 12.84 12.25
EZMH113225 [X, CUX] 43.41 17.38 8.09 32.34 13.18 12.23 EZMR112225 [X, CUX] 43.41 17.38 8.09 32.34 22.18 12.23
2
EZMH114125 [X, CUX] 48.12 12.25 7.09 31.30 9.93 11.19 EZMR113125 [X, CUX] 42.37 12.25 7.09 31.30 13.18 11.19
EZMH114225 [X, CUX] 52.00 17.38 8.09 32.34 12.77 12.23 EZMR113225 [X, CUX] 43.41 17.38 8.09 32.34 13.18 12.23
EZMH115125 [X, CUX] 57.12 12.25 7.09 31.30 9.93 11.19 EZMR114125 [X, CUX] 48.12 12.25 7.09 31.30 9.93 11.19
EZMH115225 [CU] 61.00 17.38 8.09 32.35 12.77 12.23 EZMR114225 [X, CUX] 52.00 17.38 8.09 32.34 12.77 12.23
EZMH116125 [X, CUX] 66.12 12.25 7.09 40.30 9.93 11.19 EZMR115125 [X, CUX] 57.12 12.25 7.09 31.30 9.93 11.19
EZMH116225 69.94 17.37 8.09 41.33 12.72 12.22 EZMR115225 [CU] 61.00 17.38 8.09 32.35 12.77 12.23
EZMK111400 45.55 27.56 9.74 37.81 24.51 21.04 EZMR116125 [X, CUX] 66.12 12.25 7.09 40.30 9.93 11.19
EZMK112400 72.99 27.56 9.74 37.81 22.26 21.04 EZMR116225 69.94 17.37 8.09 41.33 12.72 12.22
EZML111225 [CU] 39.06 19.44 9.44 25.51 25.67 13.39 EZMT111225 25.45 22.42 9.38 16.19 4.67 20.45
EZML111225D 39.06 19.44 9.44 25.51 25.67 13.39 EZMT112225 60.56 22.42 9.38 43.63 12.67 28.89
EZML111400 44.55 23.21 9.44 37.81 24.02 21.53 EZMT113225 79.56 22.42 9.38 48.25 12.67 28.89
Lock-On Provisions
Lock-off provisions are standard on all NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5 stainless steel and NEMA
Type 12, 12K circuit breaker enclosures. Provision for one inch hasp padlock is available
factory installed. This modification will allow the circuit breaker to be locked in the ON
position. When locked in the ON position, the external operator will not indicate if circuit
breaker is tripped. UL Listed.
Lock-On Provision
[1] Add suffix S or F for NEMA 1 surface mounted or NEMA 1 flush mounted, respectively. Add suffix RB for NEMA 3R with bolt-on hub provision (FHE prefix only) or suffix R for NEMA 3R with
a blank top endwall (LHE prefix only), respectively. Add suffix AWK for NEMA 12. Add suffix DS for NEMA 4/4X/5 stainless steel.
2-24
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Enclosures
Only
schneider-electric.us Class 736, 1130
Quoting
METERING EQUIPMENT
Contact local Field Sales office for catalog number, availability and pricing prior to
quoting a job.
Ordering
Order cannot be released for production until the following information has been
provided:
• End User—Company name, address
• Function of each lock (e.g., circuit breaker to be locked open with key removed, key
held when circuit breaker is closed)
• Existing Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with equipment already on
site, provide brand of existing lock and key number
• Other New Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with new equipment not
yet installed at the site, then provide contact person and phone number so that locks
may be coordinated
• Additional information may be required upon order entry
2
Diagram Symbols
. . . . . . . . Device normally open
. . . . . . . . Device normally closed
. . . . . . . . Direction of key transfer
A-1 A-2 A-3 . . . . . . . . Key interchange number
. . . . . . . . Key
Figure 1
Figure 2
2-25
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
Enclosures Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed
Only
Class 736, 1130 schneider-electric.us
2-26
© 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
5/16/2022
Table of Contents
Section 3
Safety Switches
EZ Selector - Selection Assistance 3-2
Light Duty General Duty—Up to 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 3-5
240 Volt—Single Throw Fusible Switches 3-5
240 Volt—Single Throw Non-Fusible Switches 3-5
UL Listed Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings — AC Only 3-5
Accessories and Lug Data 3-7
Field-Installed Fuse Puller Kits 3-7
Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kits 3-7
SAFETY SWITCHES
Equipment Grounding Kits 3-7
Field-Installed Lug Kit 400 A – 600 A 3-7
Terminal Lug Data 3-7
Dimensions for General Duty Safety Switches 3-8
Heavy Duty Safety Switches 3-9
3
Accessories and Special Features 3-16
Dimensions for Heavy Duty Safety Switches 3-22
NEMA Type 1 and 3R 3-22
NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, and 12 3-23
Double Throw Safety Switches 3-25
Two-wire Three-wire
Two-wire
(2 blades and fuse holder) (2 blades and fuse holder)
(2 blades)
SAFETY SWITCHES
Four-wire
(4 blades and fuse holders) Four wires (4 blades)
3
Six-wire Six-wires (6 blades)
(6 blades and fuse holders)
30 Plug L111N — — — —
L221N
3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac
SAFETY SWITCHES
600 [6] Cart. D226N D226NR DRK600 — — — — —
4 Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac Maximum
30 Cart. D321N D321NRB DRK30 — 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2
D223N 60 Cart. D322N D322NRB RFK03H Factory Included 3 7-1/2 [7] 10 15 [7]
100 Cart. D323N D323NRB RFK10 Factory Included 7-1/2 15 [7] 15 30 [7]
200 Cart. D324N [5] D324NRB [5] HRK1020 Factory Included 15 25 [7] — 60 [7]
400 Cart. D325N D325NR DRK40 LSBI02 — 50 — 125
400 [8] Class T D325NT D325NTR — LSBI02 — 50 — —
600 [6] Cart. D326N D326NR DRK600 LSBI02 — 75 — 150
600 [8] Class T D326NT D326NTR — LSBI02 — 75 — —
800 [8] Class T T327N T327NR — LSBI02 — 100 — —
3
NEMA Type 1 Indoor NEMA Type 3R Rainproof [9] Barriers[10] Horsepower Ratings (Max.)
System Amperes
Cat. No. Cat. No. 1Ø 3Ø
2 Wire (2 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum
30 — DU221RB LSBD202 3 —
60 — DU222RB LSBD202 10 —
60 QO260NATS [11] [12][13] QO200TR [11] [12] [13] LSBD202 10 —
100 QO2000NS [11] [12] QO2000NRB [11] LSBD202 20 —
200 Use 3P Switch Use 3P Switch — — —
400 Use 3P Switch Use 3P Switch — — —
600 Use 3P Switch Use 3P Switch — — —
3 Wire (3 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum
30 DU321 DU321RB LSBD202 3 7-1/2
60 DU322 DU322RB LSBD202 10 15
100 DU323 [14] DU323RB [14] [10] 15 30
200 DU324 [15] DU324RB [15] [10] 15 60
400 DU325 — LSBI02 — 125
600 DU326 [16] — LSBI02 — 150
[1] Bolt-on hubs —Refer to Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs, Table 1.27, page 3-16.
[2] When properly installed, the Class R Fuse Kit rejects all but Class R fuses.
[3] Factory included to prevent inadvertent contact with live parts per UL 869A and NEC Service entrance barrier requirements.
[4] For corner grounded delta systems, use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information.
[5] For 200% neutral, order (1) additional neutral kit SN20A and (1) neutral jumper kit SN20NI.
[6] Order Class J Fuse Kit GDJK600 if using Class J fuses.
[7] If corner grounded delta system, use outer switching poles for ungrounded conductors.
[8] D325NT, D325NTR, D326NT, D326NTR, T327N and T327NR accept only 300Vac Class T fuses.
[9] Bolt-on hubs—Refer to Hubs, page 3-16.
[10] Factory included to prevent inadvertent contact with live parts per UL 869A and NEC Service entrance barrier requirements.
[11] Enclosed molded case switch—Refer to Section 1.
[12] Includes factory-installed grounding kit.
[13] Not service entrance rated—Refer to Table 3.34 for more information.
[14] If a neutral assembly is required, order and field install SN0610.
[15] If a neutral assembly is required, order and field install a SN20A Neutral Assembly Kit. For a 200% neutral application, order and field install (2) SN20A Neutral Assembly Kits and (1)
SN20NI Neutral Jumper Kit.
[16] If a neutral assembly is required, order and field install D600SN.
[17] Only applicable to 200 A - 600 A except D325NT, D325NTR, D326NT and D326NTR.
[18] Only applicable to D325NT, D325NTR, D326NT, D326NTR, T327N and T327NR.
[19] Ampere rating of fuse or circuit breaker not to exceed switch ampere rating.
[20] Only applicable to DU324 and DU324RB. HD, JD = 25 kA maximum.
[21] SCCR = 50 kA, applicable to DU222RB, DU322 and DU322RB.
[22] Only applicable to DU323, DU323RB, DU325 and DU326.
3-6 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
January 2022
Accessories and Lug Data General Duty Safety Switches
www.se.com/us Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT1602
SAFETY SWITCHES
Equipment Grounding Kits
GTK0610 PKOGTA2
PK3GTA1
3
100 GTK0610 (2) 14 – 1/0 Cu or (2) 12 – 1/0 Al (2) 14 – 6 Cu or (2) 12 – 6 Al
200 PKOGTA2 (2) 10 – 2/0 Cu or (2) 6 – 2/0 Cu Al
400, 600 PKOGTA2 [29] (2) 10 – 2/0 Cu or (2) 6 – 2/0 Cu Al
800 PKOGTA3 (6) 6 – 3/0 Al/Cu Max.
[23] Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with -1 suffix indicate one normally open and one normally closed contact; -2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. Kits are
UL Listed.
[24] Single-pole single-throw interlock kits are rated 1/2 hp at 110 and 220 Vac.
[25] -1 Suffix uses a 9007A01 limit switch.
[26] -2 Suffix uses a 9007C03 limit switch.
[27] Light duty safety switches.
[28] 60 A non-fusible switches accept PK3GTA1.
[29] Two required if ground conductors are run in parrellel.
[30] Not suitable for use on 400 A NEMA Type 3R.
[31] 30–100 A switches suitable for 60oC or 75oC conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for 75oC conductors.
[32] Light duty switches only.
NEMA Type
4, 4X, 5
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 3R Stainless Steel NEMA Type 12
Visible blade heavy duty safety switches are designed for application where maximum performance and continuity of service are required. All heavy duty safety switches feature quick-make,
quick-break operating mechanism, a dual cover interlock and a color coded indicator handle. They are suitable for use as service equipment when equipped with a field- or factory-installed
neutral assembly or equipment grounding kit, unless a 600Y/347 V or 480 Y/277 V, 1000 A or greater, solidly grounded WYE system is used, per NEC 230-95. Heavy duty safety switches are UL
Listed (except as noted). Files E2875 and E154828 meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1. For UL Listed short circuit current ratings, see
UL Listed Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings-AC only, page 3-12.
SAFETY SWITCHES
2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
Factory Included 7-1/2
30 H221DS H221A H221AWK 1-1/2 3 [7] 3 5
[7]
30 — — H2212AWK [8] Factory Included 1-1/2 — 3 — 5
Use three-wire devices 7-1/2
60 For two-wire applications H222DS — H222AWK Factory Included 3 10 15 [7] 10
[7]
100 H223DS H223A H223AWK Factory Included 7-1/2 15 [7] 15 30 [9] 20
200 H224DS H224A H224AWK Factory Included 15 25 [7] — 60 [7] 40
400 H225 H225R H225DS — H225AWK LSBG202 — — — — 50
600 H226 H226R H226DS — H226AWK LSBG202 — 75 [7] — 200 [7] 50
800 H227 H227R[10] — — H227AWK LSBF202 50 — — — 50
1200 H228 H228R [10] — — H228AWK LSBF202 50 — — — 50
3-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
Factory Included 3 [7] 7-1/2
30 H221N H221NRB 1-1/2 3 [9] 5
3
See Field-Installed Neutral Assemblies, page 3-19 [7]
100 H223N H223NRB Factory Included 7-1/2 15 [7] 15 30 [7] 20
200 H224N H224NRB Factory Included 15 25 [7] — 60 [7] 40
400 H225N H225NR H225NDS — H225NAWK LSBG202 — 50 [7] — 125 [7] 50
600 H226N H226NR H226NDS — H226NAWK LSBG202 — 75 [7] — 200 [7] 50
800 H227N H227NR [10] — — H227NAWK LSBF202 50 — — — 50
1200 H228N H228NR [10] — — H228NAWK LSBF202 50 — — — 50
3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H321DS H321A H321AWK Factory Included 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5
60 Use four-wire devices H322DS H322A H322AWK Factory Included 3 7-1/2 10 15 10
100 For three-wire applications H323DS H323A H323AWK Factory Included 7-1/2 15 15 30 20
200 H324DS H324A H324AWK Factory Included 15 25 — 60 40
400 H325 H325R H325DS — H325AWK LSBG203 — 50 — 125 50
600 H326 H326R H326DS — H326AWK LSBG203 — 75 — 200 50
800 H327 H327R [10] — — H327AWK LSBF203 50 100 — 250 50
1200 H328 H328R [10] — — H328AWK LSBF203 50 100 — 250 50
4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H321N H321NRB Factory Included 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/ 5
2
60 H322N H322NRB Use three-wire devices, Factory Included 3 7-1/ 10 15 10
See Field-Installed Neutral Assemblies, page 3-19 2
100 H323N H323NRB Factory Included 7-1/2 15 15 30 20
200 H324N H324NRB Factory Included 15 25 — 60 40
400 H325N H325NR H325NDS — H325NAWK LSBG203 — 50 — 125 50
600 H326N H326NR H326NDS — H326NAWK LSBG203 — 75 — 200 50
800 H327N H327NR [10] — — H327NAWK LSBF203 50 100 — 250 50
1200 H328N H328NR [10] — — H328NAWK LSBF203 50 100 — 250 50
4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders)Use 600 Vac devices. See 600 Volt —Single Throw Fusible Switches, page 1–10.
[1] For Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs and Watertight Hubs see Hubs, page 3-16.
[2] Complete rating is NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. For NEMA Type 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
[3] See 316 Grade Stainless Steel—NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12, page 3-13.
[4] Also suitable for NEMA Type 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
[5] Factory included to prevent inadvertent contact with live parts per .UL 869A and NEC Service entrance barrier requirements.
[6] For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
[7] For corner grounded delta systems, use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information.
[8] 60 ampere switch with 30 ampere fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks.
[9] For corner grounded delta systems, use switching poles for ungrounded conductors.
[10] Suitable for NEMA Type 5 applications with drain screw installed.
100 H363 H363RB H363DS H363A H363AWK Factory included 25 60 30 100 — 50
200 H364 H364RB H364DS H364A H364AWK Factory included 50 125 60 150 40 50
400 H365 H365R H365DS — H365AWK LSBG602 100 250 125 350 50 50
600 H366 H366R H366DS — H366AWK LSBG602 150 400 200 500 50 50
800 H367 H367R [18] — — H367AWK LSBF602 200 500 250 500 — 50
1200 H368 H368R [18] — — H368AWK LSBF602 200 500 250 500 — 50
4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 H361N H361NRB Factory included 5 15 7-1/2 20 — 15
Use three-wire devices, Factory included
60 H362N H362NRB See Field-Installed Neutral Assemblies, page 3-19 15 30 15 50 — 30
100 H363N H363NRB Factory included 25 60 30 75 — 50
200 H364N H364NRB H364NDS H364NA H364NAWK Factory included 50 125 60 150 40 50
400 H365N H365NR H365NDS — H365NAWK LSBG602 100 250 125 350 50 50
600 H366N H366NR H366NDS — H366NAWK LSBG602 150 400 200 500 50 50
800 H367N H367NR [18] — — H367NAWK LSBF602 200 500 250 500 — 50
1200 H368N H368NR [18] — — H368NAWK LSBF602 200 500 250 500 — 50
4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc [20] 2Ø 2Ø 2Ø 2Ø
30 H461 — H461DS — H461AWK Factory included 7-1/2 20 10 25 5 15
60 H462 — H462DS — H462AWK Factory included 15 40 20 50 10 30
100 H463 — H463DS — H463AWK Factory included 25 60 30 75 20 30
200 H464 — H464DS — H464AWK Factory included 50 125 60 150 40 50
400 H465 — — — H465AWK QTY (2): LSBG602 100 250 125 350 50 50
600 H466 — — — — QTY (2): LSBG602 150 400 200 500 50 50
6-Wire (6 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac[20] 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø
100 — — H663DS — H663AWK Factory included 25 60 30 75 — —
For applications requiring motor disconnect capability, see Electrical Interlock
200 — — H664DS — H664AWK Factory included Kits, page 3-17
[11] For Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs and Watertight Hubs see Hubs, page 3-16.
[12] Complete rating is NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12..
[13] See 316 Grade Stainless Steel 3 Pole 600 Vac, 600 Vdc, page .
[14] Also suitable for NEMA Type 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
[15] Factory included to prevent inadvertent contact with live parts per UL 869A and NEC Service entrance barrier requirements.
[16] For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
[17] For corner grounded delta systems, use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information.
[18] Suitable for NEMA Type 5 applications with drain screw installed.
[19] 60 A switch with 30 A fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks.
[20] Not suitable for use as service equipment.
3-10 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
January 2022
600 Volt—Single Throw Non-Fusible Heavy Duty Safety Switches
www.se.com/us Switches
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT1602
Class H, R, J, and L Fuse Provisions:
Class H or K Fuse Provisions: Fusible Square D 30–600 A heavy duty safety switches accept Class H or K fuses as
standard. With Class H or K fuses installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault
current.
Class R Fuse Provisions: Fusible Square D 30–600 A heavy duty safety switches will accept Class R fuses as
standard. A field-installed rejection kit is available which, when installed, rejects all but Class R fuses. With the installation
of the rejection kit and Class R fuses, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current.
See Class R Fuse Kits, page 3-17.
Class J Fuse Provisions: Provisions for installing Class J fuses are included in 30–400 A 600 Volt, and 100–400 A 240
Volt, fusible heavy duty safety switches. Conversion to Class J fuse spacing requires relocating the load side fuse base
assembly from the standard Class H fuse location to an alternate position as marked in the enclosure. With Class J fuses
installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. Switches rated 600 A, 240
Class R Fuse or 600 Volt, require the addition of an adapter kit, H600J. One kit per three-pole switch.
Class L Fuse Provisions: Fusible 800 A and 1200 A safety switches use Class L bolt-in fuses and are rated for use on
systems with up to 200 kA at 600 Vac maximum. 1200 A switches accept class L fuses from 601–1200 A, 800 A switches
accept class L fuses from 601–800 A.
SAFETY SWITCHES
[21]
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 250 600
2-Wire (2 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 — — — — — — — — —
60 Use three-wire devices — — — — — — — — —
100 for two-wire applications. — — — — — — — — —
200 — — — — — — — — —
400 HU265 HU265R HU265DS — HU265AWK LSBG602 — 125 — 250 — — 50 50
600 HU266 HU266R HU266DS — HU266AWK LSBG602 — 200 — 400 — — 50 50
800 HU267 HU267R [27] — — HU267AWK LSBF602 — — — — 50 — — 50
1200 HU268 HU268R [27] — — HU268AWK LSBF602 — — — — 50 — — 50
3-Wire (3 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 HU361 HU361RB HU361DS HU361A HU361AWK [25] 5 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
HU361EI HU361RBEI HU361AWKEI
30 HU361DSEI [28] HU361AEI [28] [25] 5 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
[28] [28] [28]
30 — HU3612RB [29] — HU3612A[29] HU3612AWK[29] [25] 5 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
3
60 HU362 HU362RB HU362DS HU362A HU362AWK [25] 10 20 25 50 30 60 10 30
60 — — HU362DSEI[28] — — [25] 10 20 25 50 30 60 10 30
100 HU363 HU363RB HU363DS HU363A HU363AWK [25] 20 40 40 75 40 100 20 50
200 HU364 HU364RB HU364DS HU364A HU364AWK [25] 15 60 50 125 50 150 40 50
400 HU365 HU365R HU365DS — HU365AWK LSBG602 — 125 — 250 — 350 50 50
600 HU366 HU366R HU366DS — HU366AWK LSBG602 — 200 — 400 — 500 50 50
800 HU367 HU367R [27] — — HU367AWK LSBF602 — — — 500 50 500 — 50
1200 HU368 HU368R [27] — — HU368AWK LSBF602 — — — — 50 500 — 50
4-Wire (4 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc [30] 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø
HU461 HU461AWK [32] [25] 10[33] 15
30 [31] — HU461DS — 10 10 20 20 25 30 [33]
HU462
60 — HU462DS — HU462AWK [25] 20 20 40 50 50 60 10 30
[31]
HU463
100 [31] — HU463DS — HU463AWK [25] 30 40 50 75 50 75 20 30
HU464 [34]
200 [31] — HU464DS — HU464AWK 50 60 50 125 50 150 40 50
QTY (2):
400 HU465 — — — HU465AWK — 125 — 250 — 350 50 50
LSBG602
QTY (2):
600 HU466 — — — — — 200 — 400 — 500 50 50
LSBG602
6-Wire (6 Blades)—600 Vac [30] 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø
30 — — HU661DS — HU661AWK [25] — 10 — 20 — 30 — —
60 — — HU662DS — HU662AWK [25] — 20 — 50 — 60 — —
100 — — HU663DS — HU663AWK [25] — 50 — 75 — 75 — —
200 — — HU664DS — HU664AWK [25] — 60 — 125 — 150 — —
[21] For Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs and Watertight Hubs see Hubs, page 3-16.
[22] Complete rating is NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12.
[23] For 316 stainless, see 316 Grade Stainless Steel—NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12, page 3-13.
[24] Also suitable for NEMA Type 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
[25] Factory Included to prevent inadvertent contact with live parts per UL 869A and NEC service entrance barrier requirements.
[26] For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
[27] Suitable for NEMA Type 5 applications with drain screw installed.
[28] Switches with EI suffix are stocked with factory-installed electrical interlocks with one normally-open and one normally-closed contact.
[29] Use 60 A enclosure accessories, including electrical interlocks.
[30] Not suitable for use as service equipment.
[31] No knockouts are provided.
[32] Requires 60 A accessories. See NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, and 12, page 3-23 for series rating.
[33] HU461AWK (Series F6) is rated 5 hp@250 Vdc, 15 hp@600 Vdc.
[34] Factory Included to prevent inadvertent contact with live parts. UL 869A and NEC service entrance barrier requirements.
All Up to 10 kA
R,T,J,L 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA
With Upstream Circuit Breaker Protection
All Any brand circuit breaker 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA
30–100 HD 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA
30–100 HG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA
30–100 HJ 65 kA 35 kA 25 kA
30–100 HL 65 kA 35 kA 35 kA
SAFETY SWITCHES
30–100 HR 65 kA 35 kA 35 kA
30–100 FA 14 kA 14 kA 14 kA
30–100 FH 18 kA 18 kA 18 kA
200 HD, JD 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA
200 HG, JG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA
200 HJ, JJ 65 kA 35 kA 25 kA Up to 10 kA
200 HL, JL 65 kA 35 kA 35 kA
200 HR, JR 65 kA 35 kA 35 kA
400 LA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA
400 LH 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
400–600 LD 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA
400–600 LG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA
400–600 LJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA
400–600 LL 100 kA 65 kA 50 kA
400–600 LR 100 kA 65 kA 65 kA
[35] On 600 V, 200 A switches, 100,000 A max. on corner grounded delta when protected by Class J or R fuses.
[36] For NEMA Type 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester switches, see page 3-13.
[37] NEMA Type 7/9 SCCR 10 kAIR 600 Vac maximum.
[38] Ampere rating of fuse or circuit breaker not to exceed switch ampere rating.
3-12 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
January 2022
Special Applications Heavy Duty Safety Switches
www.se.com/us Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT1602
H363DF H361DX
H361SS
Table 3.18: 316 Grade Stainless Steel 3 Pole 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Horsepower Ratings– 3Ø
Amperes Cat. No Line Side Barriers[39] 480 Vac[40] 600 Vac [40] 600 Vdc [41]
Std. Max. Std. Max. Max.
Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 H361SS Factory Included 5 15 7-1/2 20 15
60 H362SS Factory Included 15 30 15 50 30
100 H363SS Factory Included 25 60 30 75 50
200 H364SS Factory Included 50 125 60 150 50
SAFETY SWITCHES
400 H365SS LSBG602 100 250 125 350 50
600 H366SS LSBG602 150 400 200 500 50
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 HU361SS Factory Included — 20 — 30 15
60 HU362SS Factory Included — 50 — 60 30
100 HU363SS Factory Included — 75 — 100 50
200 HU364SS Factory Included — 125 — 150 50
400 HU365SS LSBG602 — 250 — 350 50
600 HU366SS LSBG602 — 400 — 500 50
Table 3.19: Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Enclosures NEMA Type 4X 3 Pole 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
3
Horsepower Ratings– 3Ø
Class R Electrical Interlock Kits Line Side
Solid Neutral Barriers 600
Fuse Kits Field-Installed Cat. No. 480 Vac [43] 600 Vac [43] Vdc Hubs
Amperes Cat. No. Assembly Factory
[44] [42]
Kit Included
Cat. No. 1 NO/1 NC 2 NO/2 NC [39] Std. Max. Std. Max. Max.
Contacts Contacts
Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Factory
30 H361DF SN03 RFK06 9999TC10 9999TC20 5 15 7-1/2 20 15 3/4
Included
60 H362DF SN03 RFK06H 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory 15 30 15 50 30 1-1/4
Included
100 H363DF SN0610 RFK10 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory 25 60 30 75 50 2
Included
200 H364DF — HRK1020 9999R8 9999R9 — 50 125 60 150 50 2-1/2
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Factory
30 HU361DF SN03 — 9999TC10 9999TC20 — 20 — 30 15 3/4
Included
Factory
60 HU362DF SN03 — 9999TC10 9999TC20 — 50 — 60 30 1-1/4
Included
100 HU363DF SN0610 — 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory
Included — 75 — 75 50 2
200 HU364DF — — 9999R8 9999R9 — — 125 — 150 50 2-1/2
[39] Factory included to prevent inadvertent contact with live parts per UL 869A and NEC service entrance barrier requirements.
[40] Std.—Using fast acting, one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
[41] For switching dc use two switching poles.
[42] Two hubs and hub drilling template are provided for field installation.
[43] Std.—Using fast acting, one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
[44] For switching dc use two switching poles.
Table 3.20: KrydonTM Enclosures — NEMA Type 4X 3 Pole 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Class R Fuse Electrical Interlock Kits Horsepower Ratings– 3Ø
Solid Neutral Kits Field-Installed Cat. No. Line Side Barriers
Amperes Cat. No. Factory Included 480 Vac [47] 600 Vac [47] 600 Vdc [48] Hubs [46]
Assembly Kit 1 NO/1 NC 2 NO/2
Cat. No. [45] Std. Max. Std. Max. Max.
Contact NC Contacts
Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 H361DX H60SN RFK06 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory Included 5 15 7-1/2 20 15 3/4
60 H362DX H60SN RFK06H 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory Included 15 30 15 50 30 1-1/4
100 H363DX SN0610 RFK10 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory Included 25 60 30 75 50 2
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 HU361DX H60SN — 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory Included — 20 — 30 15 3/4
60 HU362DX H60SN — 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory Included — 50 — 60 30 1-1/4
100 HU363DX SN0610 — 9999TC10 9999TC20 Factory Included — 75 — 75 50 2
3
SAFETY SWITCHES
[45] Factory included to prevent inadvertent contact with live parts per UL 869A and NEC service entrance barrier requirements.
[46] Two hubs and hub drilling template are provided for field installation.
[47] Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
[48] For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
3-14 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
January 2022
Receptacle Switches Heavy Duty Safety Switches
www.se.com/us Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT1602
H362AWH
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Hubbell™
H362AWA Hubbellock Receptacle
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Appleton
Powertite Receptacle H362AWC
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Crouse-Hinds
Arktite Receptacle
SAFETY SWITCHES
circuit current rating or the enclosed safety switch catalog.
3
30 H361WA H361DSWA H361AWA ACP3034BC 5 15 7-1/2 20 5 —
60 H362WA H362DSWA H362AWA ACP6034BC 15 30 15 50 10 —
100 H363WA H363DSWA H363AWA ACP1034CD 25 60 30 75 20 —
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 HU361WA HU361DSWA HU361AWA ACP3034BC — 20 — 30 — 5
60 HU362WA HU362DSWA HU362AWA ACP6034BC — 50 — 60 — 10
100 HU363WA HU363DSWA HU363AWA ACP1034CD — 75 — 100 — 20
Table 3.22: Appleton Powertite 600 Vac Short Circuit Current Rating
Amperes 10 kAIR 100 kAIR 200 kAIR 14 kAIR 18kAIR
Fuses Fuses Fuses Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker
Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H, K — J, R — —
60 H, K — J, R — —
100 H, K — J, R — —
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H, K J, R, T [54] J, R, T FA FH
60 H, K — J, R, T FA FH
100 H, K — J, R, T FA FH
30 H, K — J, R — —
60 H, K — J, R — —
100 H, K — J, R — —
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H, K J, R, T [58] J, R, T FA FH
60 H, K — J, R, T FA FH
100 H, K — J, R, T FA FH
Hubbellock Receptacle
• UL Listed
• Available in 30 -100 A, 600 Vac/250 Vdc, fused or non-fused, NEMA Type 1, and NEMA Type 12
• Suitable for use as service equipment [59]
• Receptacles are zinc plated steel for NEMA Type 1 and 12 safety switches
• Short Circuit Current Rating for fusible switches is 10 kAIR maximum when used with Class H, K, J or R fuses
• Short Circuit Current Rating for non-fusible switches is 10 kAIR maximum when protected by Class H, K, J, R or T fuses
Square D by Schneider Electric brand heavy duty safety switches are UL listed for use with the following accessories:
[55] Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
[56] Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
[57] For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
[58] SCCR when using 60 Amp Max fuse.
[59] Receptacle only rated for NEMA Type 1 and 12 applications.
[60] Hubbell plug is furnished with a Kellems grip for 1-1/2 in. to 1-21/64 in. cable diameter.
[61] Gaskets are provided on 3 in. and larger hubs.
3-16 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
January 2022
Accessories and Special Features Heavy Duty Safety Switches
www.se.com/us Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT1602
Watertight Hubs
• UL Listed for dusttight and watertight applications
• Suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread
• Watertight hubs are field installed on NEMA Type 4/4X/5 stainless steel and NEMA Type 12/3R and 12K enclosures
• Watertight hubs are available in zinc or chrome plated finish
• Gaskets provided
SAFETY SWITCHES
(600 V) F5–F6
EIK2
60 EIK031
(240 V) F5–F6
EIK032
EIK1
100–200 F5–F6
EIK2
EIK2 Electrical Interlock Kit 30–100 EIK1
Receptable Switches F5–F7
EIK2
30–200 EIK1
Four- and Six-Pole Switches F5–F6
EIK2
EIK40601
400–1200 E4–E5
EIK40602
3
Amperes Series Number Class R Fuse Kit
Cat. No.
30 F5–F6 RFK03L
60 F5–F6 RFK03H
100 F5–F6 RFK10
200 F5–F6 HRK1020
400–600 E4–E5 HRK4060
240 V — 800 A
Line Side Barriers for Heavy Duty 240 V — 800 A
LSBF202 2 240 V — 1200 A
LSBF203 Line Side Barriers for Heavy Duty 3 240 V — 800 A
240 V — 1200 A
Line Side Barriers for Heavy Duty 600 V — 800 A
LSBF602 2 or 3 600 V — 1200 A
SAFETY SWITCHES
Table 3.34: Equipment Grounding Kits and Terminal Data [82] [83]
SAFETY SWITCHES
Amperes Standard Terminal Data Optional Copper Only Terminal Data
Series Number
Cat. No. AWG/kcmil Cat. No. AWG/kcmil
(2) 14-4 Cu or (2) 12-4 Al
30 F5–F6 GTK03 [84] or GTK03C [84] [85] (2) 14-6 Cu
(4) 14-12 Cu or (4) 12-10 Al
(2) 14-1/0 Cu or (2) 12-1/0 Al
F5–F6 (2) 14-1/0 Cu and
60 (600 V) GTK0610 and GTK0610C (2) 14-6 Cu
(2) 14-6 Cu or (2) 12-6 Al
(2) 14-4 Cu or (2) 12-4 Al
F5–F6 or (2) 14-6 Cu
60 (240 V) GTK03 GTK03C
(4) 14-12 Cu or (4) 12-10 Al
(2) 14-1/0 Cu or (2) 12-1/0 Al
(2) 14-1/0 Cu and
100 F5–F6 GTK0610 and GTK0610C
(2) 14-6 Cu or (2) 12-6 Al (2) 14-6 Cu
(2) 10-2/0 Cu or
200 F5–F6 PKOGTA2 PKOGTC2 (2) 14-4 Cu
(2) 6-2/0 Al
(2) 10-2/0 Cu or
400 and 600 E4–E5 PKOGTA2 [86] PKOGTC3 (4) 14-1/0 Cu
(2) 6-2/0 Al
3
800 E4 PKOGTA7 (4) 4-350 Al/Cu — —
1200 E4 PKOGTA8 (8) 4-350 Al/Cu — —
Touch-Up Paint
Description Cat. No.
12 oz. Aerosol Paint Can, Square D ANSI-49 Gray Touch-Up Paint PK49SP
NOTE: Standard package quantity is 6 cans.
[75] For series not shown in chart refer to the switch wiring diagram.
[76] For solid Neutral Assembly Kits for Krydon TM enclosure see Table 3.20.
[77] For Solid Neutral Assembly Kits for Fiberglass Reinforced Ployester enclosures see Table 3.19.
[78] Neutrals cannot be installed in 4 or 6 pole switches or receptable switches.
[79] See page 3-22 and page 3-23 for safety switch series.
[80] The following 30 A Series F5-F6 switches use SN0610 or SN0610C: H3612, H3612RB, H3612A, H3612AWK, HU3612, HU3612RB, HU3612A and HU3612AWK.
[81] For 200% neutral, order (2) SN20A Neutral Kits and (1) SN20NI Neutral Jumper Kit.
[82] For series not shown in table refer to the switch wiring diagram.
[83] Equipment Ground Kits (Al/Cu) are factory installed standard in 30-200 A Series F NEMA Type 4/4X/5 (stainless steel), 12 and 12K. Equipment Ground Kits are standard factory installed on
all receptacle switches and all Series F 30-200 A, 4 and 6 pole switches.
[84] H2212AWK accepts GTK03 or GTK03C. H3612A or AWK accepts GTK03C. H3612 and H3612RB accepts GTK0610 HU3612AWK accepts GTK03C. HU3612A accepts GTK0610C.
HU3612RB accepts GTK0610 or GTK0610C.
[85] Optional copper equipment grounding kit for the 4 and 6 pole 30 A F Series: H461DS, H461AWK, HU461DS, HU661DS and HU661AWK accepts GTK03C HU461AWK accepts GTK0610C.
[86] Two required if equipment grounding conductors are run in parallel.
Optional cover viewing window is positioned over the blades to allow visual verification of “ON-OFF” status. Available on 30 through 1200 A heavy duty switches, NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4/4X/5
Stainless Steel, 12 and 12K. (Not avaliable on NEMA Type 4X, Fiberglass, Krydon or NEMA Type 7 and 9 switches). Add VW suffix to the catalog number for factory installation.
Voltage Monitors
Voltage monitors installed on safety switches indicate when voltage is present, helping to prevent arc-flash hazards and electric shocks during maintenance work.
Voltage monitors can be combined with other safety features such as Key Interlock, Viewing Windows or Lock-ON provisions.
• UL Listed
SAFETY SWITCHES
• Not available for use on NEMA Type 4X Fiberglass, Krydon or NEMA Type 7 and 9 switches
• For field installation, order copper lug kits. See Table below
• For factory installation of copper lugs, add the suffix SLC to the standard catalog number
SAFETY SWITCHES
500 kcmil (CU)
3
200 [99] 1 6–250 (Al/Cu) 6–300 (Al/Cu) VCEL030516H1 VCELC030516H1
VCEL07512H1 VCELC07512H1
1 1/0–750 (Al/Cu) 1/0–750 (Al/Cu) or or
400 [100] or or or VCEL030516H1 [101] VCELC030516H1 [102]
2 1/0–300 (Al/Cu) 1/0–300 (Al/Cu) and and
VCEL05012H1 VCELC05012H1
600 2 3/0–500 (Al/Cu) 3/0–500 (Al/Cu) VCEL05012H1 VCELC05012H1
800 3 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) H8LKE2 [103] —
1200 4 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) H12LKE2 [103] —
[92] Kit contains 3 lugs. Order two kits for line and load lugs.
[93] 30–100 A switches suitable for 60°C or 75°C conductors. 200–1200 A switches suitable for 75°C conductors.
[94] Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ unless otherwise noted.
[95] For NEMA Type 1, 12/3R, 12K and 4/4X/5 stainless steel switches only.
[96] Order from Thomas and Betts.
[97] H60XFA and H60XFA1212 — use 75°C copper wire only. #6 AWG copper wire required for 60 A rating.
[98] H100XFA and H100XFA1212 — use 75°C copper wire only. #3 AWG copper wire required for 100 A rating.
[99] H225XJG and H225XJGAA — use 75°C copper wire only. Lug wire range is #3 AWG – 350 kcmil. Not UL Listed due to inadequate wire bending space (5” on ON end, 6” on OFF end).
[100] Maximum wire bending space allows for (1) 600 kcmil or (2) 300 kcmil Al/Cu on NEMA Type 4/4X/5 stainless steel and NEMA Type 12 switches.
[101] Order two PK516KN mounting kits when installing VCEL030516H1 lugs. Only one kit is required on 2 pole switches. PK516KN consists of (4) 5/16-18 Keps Nuts.
[102] Order two PK516KN mounting kits when installing VCEL030516H1 or VCELC030516H1 lugs. Only one kit is required on 2 pole switches. PK516KN consists of (4) 5/16-18 Keps Nuts.
[103] For 800 and 1200 A compression lug kits see Table 3.39 for additional information.
[104] Hubs and hub drilling templates are provided for field-installation.
[105] Threaded conduit opening.
H226N E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702 H365NR E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708
H226NR E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708 H366 E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702
H226R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708 H366N E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702
H227, N E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H366NR E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708
H227N E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H366R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708
H227NR E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H367 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H227R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H367N E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H228 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H367NR E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
SAFETY SWITCHES
H228N E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H367R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H228NR E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H368 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H228R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H368N E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H265 E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702 H368NR E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H265R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708 H368R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H266 E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702 H461 F5 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.85 174 16.13 410
H266R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708 H462 F5 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.85 174 16.13 410
H267 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H463 F5 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.85 174 16.13 410
H267R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H464 F5 29.00 737 23.25 591 8.75 222 24.88 632
H268 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H465 E4 50.25 1276 33.88 861 10.13 257 33.88 861
H268R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H466 E4 50.25 1276 33.88 861 10.13 257 33.88 861
H321N F5 14.60 371 6.50 165 4.88 124 7.55 192 HU265 E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702
H321NRB F5 14.88 378 6.63 168 4.88 124 7.55 192 HU265R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708
H322N F5 14.60 371 6.50 165 4.88 124 7.55 192 HU266 E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702
H322NRB F5 14.88 378 6.63 168 4.88 124 7.55 192 HU266R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708
H323N F5 21.25 540 8.50 216 6.38 162 10.50 267 HU267 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H323NRB F5 21.25 540 8.50 216 6.38 162 10.50 267 HU267R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H324N F5 29.00 737 17.13 435 8.25 210 18.50 470 HU268 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H324NRB F5 29.25 743 17.25 438 8.50 216 18.63 473 HU268R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H325 E4 50.25 1276 27.88 708 10.13 257 27.88 708 HU361 F5 14.60 371 6.50 165 4.88 124 7.55 192
H325N E4 50.25 1276 27.88 708 10.13 257 27.88 708 HU361RB F5 14.88 378 6.63 168 4.88 124 7.55 192
H325R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708 HU361WA F6 18.19 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267
H325NR E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708 HU361WC F6 18.19 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267
H326 E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702 HU362 F5 17.50 445 9.00 229 6.38 162 10.50 267
H326N E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702 HU362RB F5 17.50 445 9.00 229 6.38 162 10.50 267
H326R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708 HU362WA F6 18.19 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267
H326NR E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708 HU362WC F6 16.75 425 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267
H327 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU362WH F5 18.19 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267
H327N E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU363 F5 21.25 540 8.50 216 6.38 162 10.50 267
H327R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU363RB F5 21.25 540 8.50 216 6.38 162 10.50 267
H327NR E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU363WA F6 21.85 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267
H328 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU363WC F6 21.85 555 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267
H328N E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU364 F5 29.00 737 17.13 435 8.25 210 18.50 470
H328R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU364RB F5 29.25 743 17.25 438 8.50 216 18.63 473
H328NR E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU365 E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702
H361 F5 14.60 371 6.50 165 4.88 124 7.55 192 HU365R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708
H361N F5 14.60 371 6.50 165 4.88 124 7.55 192 HU366 E4 50.25 1276 27.63 702 10.13 257 27.63 702
H361-2 F5 17.50 445 9.00 229 6.38 162 10.50 267 HU366R E5 50.31 1278 27.76 705 9.53 242 27.88 708
H361NRB F5 14.88 378 6.63 168 4.88 124 7.55 192 HU367 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H361RB F5 14.88 378 6.63 168 4.88 124 7.55 192 HU367R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H361WA F6 18.19 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267 HU368 E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H361WC F6 18.19 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267 HU368R E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H362 F5 17.50 445 9.00 229 6.38 162 10.50 267 HU461 F5 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.85 174 16.13 410
H362N F5 17.50 445 9.00 229 6.38 162 10.50 267 HU462 F5 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.85 174 16.13 410
H362RB F5 17.50 445 9.00 229 6.38 162 10.50 267 HU463 F5 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.85 174 16.13 410
H362WA F6 18.19 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267 HU464 F5 29.00 737 23.25 591 8.75 222 24.88 632
H362WC F6 16.75 425 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU465 E4 50.25 1276 33.88 861 10.13 257 33.88 861
H362WH F5 18.19 462 9.00 229 6.81 173 10.50 267 HU466 E4 50.25 1276 33.88 861 10.13 257 33.88 861
SAFETY SWITCHES
H226DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 H368AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H226NDS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 H368NAWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H226NAWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 H461AWK F6 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.80 173 16.13 410
H227AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H461DS F6 20.82 529 15.08 383 6.97 177 16.85 428
H227NAWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H462AWK F6 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.80 173 16.13 410
H228AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H462DS F6 20.82 529 15.08 383 6.97 177 16.85 428
H228NAWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H463AWK F6 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.80 173 16.13 410
H265AWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 H463DS F6 20.82 529 15.08 383 6.97 177 16.85 428
H265DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 H464AWK F6 29.00 737 23.25 591 8.75 222 24.88 632
H266AWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 H464DS F6 29.00 737 23.75 603 8.88 226 25.25 641
H266A E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 H465AWK E5 46.25 1175 32.50 826 10.13 259 32.50 826
H266DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 H663AWK F6 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.80 173 16.13 410
H267AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H663DS F6 20.82 529 15.08 383 6.97 177 16.85 428
H267NAWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H664AWK F6 29.00 737 23.25 591 8.75 222 24.88 632
H268AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 H664DS F6 29.00 737 23.75 603 8.88 226 25.25 641
H268NAWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU265AWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H321AWK F6 14.60 371 6.63 168 4.96 125 7.55 192 HU265DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
3
H321A F6 14.60 371 6.63 168 4.96 125 7.55 192 HU266AWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H321DS F6 14.93 379 7.22 183 5.11 130 8.67 220 HU266DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H322AWK F6 14.60 371 6.63 168 4.96 125 7.55 192 HU267AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H322A F6 14.60 371 6.63 168 4.96 125 7.55 192 HU268AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H322DS F6 14.93 379 7.22 183 5.11 130 8.67 220 HU361AWA F7 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267
H323AWK F6 20.50 521 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU361AWC F7 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267
H323A F6 20.50 521 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU361A F6 14.60 371 6.63 168 4.96 125 7.55 192
H323DS F6 20.82 529 9.36 238 6.97 177 11.25 286 HU361AWK F6 14.60 371 6.63 168 4.96 125 7.55 192
H324A F6 29.00 737 17.25 438 8.75 216 18.63 473 HU361DS F6 14.93 379 7.22 183 5.11 130 8.67 220
H324AWK F6 29.00 737 17.25 438 8.75 216 18.63 473 HU361DSWA F7 16.87 428 8.92 227 5.11 130 10.81 275
H324DS F6 29.00 737 17.75 451 8.88 226 19.25 489 HU361DSWC F7 16.87 428 8.92 227 5.11 130 10.79 274
H325AWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU361DF F1 16.50 419 11.00 279 8.80 224 11.00 279
H325DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU361DX F1 19.40 493 11.40 290 8.60 218 11.40 290
H325NAWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU361SS F6 14.93 379 7.22 183 5.11 130 8.67 220
H325NDS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU362DSWA F7 16.87 428 8.92 227 5.11 130 10.81 275
H326AWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU362DSWC F7 16.87 428 8.92 227 5.11 130 10.79 274
H326DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU362DF F1 16.50 419 11.00 279 8.80 224 11.00 279
H326NAWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU362DX F1 19.40 493 11.40 290 8.60 218 11.40 290
H326DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU362SS F6 16.87 428 8.92 227 6.97 177 10.81 275
H326NAWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU363AWA F7 20.50 521 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267
H326NDS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667 HU363AWC F7 20.50 521 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267
H327AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU363A F6 20.50 521 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267
H327NAWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU363AWK F6 20.50 521 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267
H328AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU363DS F6 20.82 529 9.36 238 6.97 177 11.25 286
H328NAWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930 HU363DSWA F7 20.82 529 9.36 238 6.97 177 11.25 286
H361AWA F7 16.5 419 10.50 267 7.0 178 10.50 267 HU363DSWC F7 20.82 529 9.36 238 6.97 177 11.25 286
H361AWC F7 16.5 419 10.50 267 7.0 178 10.50 267 HU363DF F1 24.80 630 13.70 348 12.00 305 13.70 348
H361AWK F7 14.60 371 7.55 192 4.96 125 7.55 192 HU363DX F1 25.25 641 11.40 290 8.60 218 11.40 290
H361A F7 14.60 371 7.55 192 4.96 125 7.55 192 HU363SS F6 20.82 529 9.36 238 6.97 177 11.25 286
H361DS F6 14.93 379 8.67 220 5.11 130 8.67 220 HU364A F6 29.00 737 17.25 438 8.75 216 18.63 473
H361DSWA F7 16.87 428 8.92 227 5.11 130 10.81 275 HU364AWK F6 29.00 737 17.25 438 8.75 216 18.63 473
H361DSWC F7 16.87 428 8.92 227 5.11 130 10.79 274 HU364DF E1 31.30 795 26.30 668 11.80 300 26.30 668
H361DF F1 16.50 419 11.00 279 8.80 224 11.00 279 HU364DS F6 29.00 737 17.75 451 8.88 226 19.25 489
H361DX F1 19.40 493 11.40 290 8.60 218 11.40 290 HU364SS F6 29.00 737 17.75 451 8.88 226 19.25 489
H361SS F6 14.93 379 7.22 183 5.11 130 8.67 220 HU365AWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H361–2A F6 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU365DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H361–2AWK F6 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU365SS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H362AWA F7 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU366AWK E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H362AWC F7 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU366DS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H362AWH F6 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU366SS E5 46.25 1175 26.25 667 10.13 259 26.25 667
H362A F6 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU367AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H362AWK F6 16.50 419 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU368AWK E4 69.13 1756 36.62 930 17.75 451 36.62 930
H362DS F6 16.87 428 8.92 227 6.97 177 10.81 275 HU461AWK F6 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.80 173 16.13 411
H362DSWA F7 16.87 428 8.92 227 5.11 130 10.81 275 HU461DS F6 20.82 529 15.08 383 6.97 177 16.85 428
H362DSWC F7 16.87 428 8.92 227 5.11 130 10.79 274 HU462AWK F6 21.25 540 16.13 410 6.80 173 16.13 410
H362DF F1 16.50 419 11.00 279 8.80 224 11.00 279 HU462DS F6 20.82 529 15.08 383 6.97 177 16.85 428
H362DX F1 19.40 493 11.40 290 8.60 218 11.40 290 HU463AWK F6 20.50 521 14.75 375 6.80 173 16.13 410
H362SS F6 16.87 428 8.92 227 6.97 177 10.81 275 HU463DS F6 20.82 529 15.08 383 6.97 177 16.85 428
H363AWA F7 20.50 521 9.00 229 7.00 178 10.50 267 HU464AWK F6 29.00 737 23.25 591 8.75 222 24.88 632
SAFETY SWITCHES
30–100 A DT, DTU (Series F)
• Supplied as standard for switching one load between two power sources, and may be
field-converted to switch one power source between two loads.
NEMA Type 1
3
• UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment
• Horsepower rated only as footnoted
Field-Installable Accessories
• Neutral
• Electrical Interlock
82,000 Line
• Grounding Terminals
NEMA Type 1
Load
Load
Load
30 T4 92251 [7] — — — — — — — —
200 E 82254 DTU224NRB [7] [8] — H82254 15 — — — —
400 A DTU225 DTU225R — — — — — — 50
Non-Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc
Line 30 F DTU321 — — — — 3 [4] 5 [5] 10 [4] 5 [6]
60 F DTU322 — — — — — 10 [5] 15 [4] 10 [6]
Line
100 F DTU323 DTU323RB — — — — 15 [5] 30 [4] 20 [6]
Load
30 T4 92351 [7] — — — — — — — —
200 E 82354 [7] — — H82354 [7] — 15 — — —
200 E DTU324N [7] [8] DTU324NRB [7] [8] — — — 15 — — —
400 A DTU325 DTU325R — — — 125 — — 50
600 A DTU326 DTU326R — — — 125 — — 50
Non-Fusible—4P, 240 Vac
30 T4 92451 [7] — — — — — — — —
200 E 82454 [9] 82454R [9] — H82454 [10] — 15 [10] — — —
600 A DTU426 DTU426R — — — 125 — — 50
[1] The starting current of motors or more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics.
[2] Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
[3] For switching dc, use two switching poles.
[4] If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded conductors. See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information.
[5] Use outer switching poles.
[6] Maximum rating.
[7] 240 Vac only. Not Vdc rated.
[8] Neutral included with device.
[9] 240 Vac, 250 Vdc.
[10] Hp rating applies only to H82454.
3-26 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
January 2022
600 Volt — Double Throw Safety Switches Double Throw Safety Switches
www.se.com/us Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT1602
Line
25 60 50
100 F DT363 DT363RB — — — — [19] [19] 30 75 — [20]
Load
1Ø 3Ø 1Ø [13] 3Ø [14] 1Ø 3Ø
Non-Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc [13] [14] [13]
[21] [21] [21]
[21] [21] [21]
Line 30 F DTU361 DTU361RB — — 5 10 7.5 20 10 30 5 15
DTU362AWK[22] 20[23] 50 60
60 F DTU362 DTU362RB DTU362DS 10 25 [24] 30 [25] 10 30
SAFETY SWITCHES
Line
100
100 F DTU363 DTU363RB DTU363DS DTU363AWK[22] 20 40[26] 40 75[26] 40 20 50
[26]
Load
82344DS [27]
200 E 82344 [27] 82344RB [27] H82344 [27] — — — 15 [29] — — — —
[28]
400 A DTU365 DTU365R DTU365DS DTU365AWK — 125 — 250 — 350 50 —
600 A DTU366[30] DTU366R[30] — DTU366AWK[30] — 125 — 250 — 350 50 —
Non-Fusible 4P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø
Line DTU462AWK[22]
60 F DTU462[31] DTU462DS [31] 20 20 40 50 50 60 10 30
[31]
Use NEMA
Line Type 12 DTU463AWK [22]
100 F DTU463 [31] DTU463DS [31] 30 40 50 75 50 100 20 50
[31]
Load
3
H82444 [22] [31]
200 E 82444[30] 82444R[30] 82444DS[30] — — — — — — — —
[32] [30]
400 A DTU465[30] DTU465R[30] — — — 125 — 250 — 350 50 —
DTU466R
600 A DTU466 [30] [30] — — — 125 — 250 — 350 50 —
Non-Fusible 6P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø
Line DTU662AWK [22]
60 F — — — [31] — 20 — 50 — 60 10 30
[11] The starting current of motors of more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics.
[12] Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. (Non-fusible switches have max rating unless noted.)
[13] Use outer switching poles.
[14] If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded conductors.See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information.
[15] 480 Vac 1 Phase HP = 3 Std, 7.5 Max
[16] 10 Std, 15 Max
[17] 480 Vac 1 Phase HP = 5 Std, 20 Max
[18] 25 Std, 30 Max
[19] 480 Vac 1 Phase HP = 10 Std, 30 Max
[20] 40 Std, 50 Max
[21] Maximum HP
[22] Complete rating on switch is NEMA Type 3R, 5 or 12. For 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
[23] Maximum HP is 15 for corner grounded delta systems.
[24] Maximum HP is 30 for corner grounded delta systems.
[25] Use 75oC #4 Cu or #2 Al conductors only on DTU362 and DTU362RB.
[26] Use 75oC #1 Cu conductors only.
[27] 480 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum
[28] Not UL Listed.
[29] Standard Hp rating.
[30] 250 Vdc maximum.
[31] Not suitable for use as service equipment.
[32] 480 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum.
Accessories
Table 3.46: Electrical Interlocks (For Electrical Interlock Contact Ratings, see Supplemental Digest Section 2)
Switch Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kit Cat. No. [33]
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) EIK1, EIK2 [34][35]
200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) [36] [37]
400–600 A Type DTU (Series A) DS200EK2D
No.
30–60 A Type DT, DTU (3) 14-2 Al/Cu or
(Series F) Included (6) 14-10 Al/Cu
100 A Type DT, DTU
Included (3) 14 - 1/0 Al/Cu
(Series F)
30 A Type 92,000
DT30SG (4) 14-4 Al/Cu
(Series T4)
200 A Type 82000 and DTU
DT100SG (3) 14–1/0 Al/Cu
(Series E)
400–600 A Type DTU (2) 6–250 Al/Cu
(Series A) DS468GKD [40]
Viewing Windows: Accessory available on 30–100 A DT and DTU Series F switches only. Add the suffix VW to the catalog number.
Key Interlock Systems: For factory-installed key interlocks, refer to page 3-20.
Lock-ON Provisions: Standard feature on 30–100 A type DT and DTU (Series F), and type 92,000 switches.
Feature available as factory installed option for Type 82,000 (200 A only) and 200 A DTU (Series E) switches. Add the suffix SPLO to the catalog number.
[33] Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with “1” suffix indicate one normally open and normally closed contact; “2” indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. See
Electrical Interlock Kit, page for electrical interlock ratings.
[34] 30–100 and 600 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches contain (2) separate switching mechanisms. Each mechanism will accept an electrical interlock. Some applications may therefore
require (2) electrical interlocks.
[35] Double throw switches 92251, 92351, and 92451 are not available with factory or field installed electrical interlocks.
[36] Electrical interlock EK400DTU2 can be added to 200 A, 4-pole Type 82000 switches in the field.
[37] Type 82000 and DTU switches are available with electrical interlock factory-installed only. Not UL listed. Electrical interlocks are furnished with 2 N.O./N.C. contacts and are installed in both
“ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard switch catalog number.
[38] Neutral assembly catalog number DT200N can be added to 4P, 200 A, Type 82000 switches in the field.
[39] For 200 A Type 82000, a neutral assembly is available factory installed on 2P and 3P switches. Not UL Listed. To order, add suffix N to the standard catalog number. Neutral terminal lug
data = (3) #4 - 250 kcmil Al/Cu wire and (1) #4 - 250 kcmil Al/Cu service ground.
[40] (3) 6-250 ground lugs are provided as standard. DS468GKD provides an additional (2) 6-250 ground lugs.
3-28 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
January 2022
Accessories and Lug Data Double Throw Safety Switches
www.se.com/us Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT1602
Watertight Hubs
• UL Listed for dusttight and watertight applications
• Suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread
• Watertight hubs are field installed on NEMA Type 4/4X/5 stainless steel and NEMA Type 12/3R and 12K enclosures
• Watertight hubs are available in zinc or chrome plated finish
• Gaskets provided
SAFETY SWITCHES
Table 3.50: Watertight Hubs [41]
Conduit Size 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4
Watertight Hubs
Standard-Zinc
H050 H075 H100 H125 H150 H200 H250 H300 H350 H400
Hub Cat. No
Chrome Plated
H050CP H075CP H100CP H125CP H150CP H200CP — — — —
Hub Cat. No.
Line Fusible
Single Throw
Non-Fusible Switch or
Double Throw Circuit
Switch Breaker
Line Non-Fusible
Double
Load
Throw
Switch
Breaker Circuit
Breaker
Load Line
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
SAFETY SWITCHES
[42] Rating applies to AC only. The UL Listed short circuit current rating for non-fusible switches is based on the switch being used in conjunction with the corresponding fuse type. Evaluation of
non-fusible switches in conjunction with molded case circuit breakers has not been performed.
[43] Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the switch may be used ahead of a non-fusible safety switch when there is up to 10 kA short circuit current available.
[44] The DTU361 and DTU361RB are also suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than
(A) 18 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FH circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum or
(B) 14 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FA circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum.
3-30 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
January 2022
Terminal Lug Data Double Throw Safety Switches
www.se.com/us Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT1602
Table 3.53: Terminal Lug Data for Types 82,000 and for A and E-Series DTU devices [45]
Wires per Wire Range Wire Bending Space Lug Wire Range Optional Compression Lugs
Amperes Per NEC Table 373-6
Phase AWG/kcmil AWG/kcmil Field-Installed
12–2 Al
30 A (Series T4) 1 14–8 Al/Cu or —
14–2 Cu
200 1 6–300 Al/Cu 6–300 Al/Cu VCEL030516H1 [47]
1 1/0–600 Al/Cu 1/0 - 750 Al/Cu
400 or or or —
2 1/0–300 Al/Cu 1/0 - 300 Al/Cu
600 2 250–500 Al/Cu 250–500 Al/Cu —
SAFETY SWITCHES
240 V Double Throw: page 3-26
600 V Double Throw: page 3-27
Accessories: page 3-28
Dimensions, 30–100 A (Series F): page 3-32
Dimensions, 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A): page 3-32
[45] 30-100 A switches suitable for 60° C or 75° C conductors. 200-600 A switches suitable for 75° C conductors.
[46] Order from Thomas and Betts
[47] Hubbell Versa-CrimpTM catalog numbers.
SAFETY SWITCHES
3
Section 4
Power Monitoring and Control
PowerLogic™ Energy and Power Management Systems 4-2
CONTROL
System Integration 4-31
Factory Assembled Equipment 4-31
PowerLogic High Density Metering 4-33
Power Quality Improvement Solutions 4-34
4
AccuSine AccuSine AccuSine Current Transformers 4-42
PCS+ PFV+ VarSet Hybrid 4-44
Harmonic Filtration 4-45
AccuSine PCS+ Active Harmonic Filter (AHF) 4-45
AccuSine PCSn Active Harmonic Filter (AHF) 4-46
• Maximize facility uptime by reducing power outages • Identify, prioritize, and verify savings through
automated load management, benchmarking, and
and ensuring back-up power generation progress reporting
• Verify reliable power equipment operation and
proactively optimize power networks • Improve sustainability performance with greenhouse
gas emissions tracking and industry compliance
4
• Deliver enhanced network protection and control with • Encourage conservation among tenants,
departments, and processes through cost allocation
CONTROL
Application
Data Presentment & Management Data Acquisition, Alarms & Monitoring
Online Energy Supervisory Control & Power Monitoring System Tenant Submetering
Enterprise Analysis Data Acquisition
Data Centers; Water/Wastewater, Heavy Industrial, large Commercial Buildings,
Industrial Buildings, Property Utilities Process Industry, Data commercial buildings, Government Buildings,
Management, Utilities Centers, Critical Power Military Bases, Healthcare Military Bases
Meter Application
Automatic Meter Reading • •••• ••
Revenue Metering • •••• ••
WAGES Utility Pulses •••
Sub-billing ••• ••• ••••
Measurement &
Verification •••• •• •••
Cost Allocation & Utility Billing
Energy Usage Analysis •••• ••• • •• •
Cost Procurement Optimization •• ••• • •
Management
Allocate Energy Costs • •
Interval Benchmarking &
Profiling •••• ••• • ••
Total Load Aggregation ••••
Energy Efficiency
Emissions Tracking •• •••
Power Factor Correction • • •••
Peak Demand Reduction •• • ••• •••
Demand Response &
Curtailment ••• •••
Improve Maintenance Practices
Commissioning &
Troubleshooting ••• ••••
Equipment Monitoring:
transformers, MCCs,
switchgear, switchboards,
circuit breaker status,
protective equipment, ••• ••••
capacitors, generators,
panelboards, PDU, UPS,
etc.
CONTROL
Stress •••
Equipment Asset
Optimization •• •• •••
Improve Efficiency
Balance Circuit Loading •••
Balance Generator Usage •••
Optimize Chiller &
Mechanical Equipment •
System Monitoring & Analysis
Transient Voltage
Detection ••••
Sag/Swell Disturbance
Monitoring ••••
Power Quality & Harmonic
••••
4
Analysis
Network
Management Power Quality
Compliance •••• • •••
Alarm & System Diagnositics
Electrical Distribution
Alarm & Event Analysis • ••• ••••
Waveform capture
viewing ••••
Remote alarm notification •••• •••
Energy Services
Total Energy Control see Engineering
Services •••• Services, page •••
4-27
Peak Shaving/Generator see Engineering
Control •••• ••
Services, page 4-27
Load Management/ see Engineering Services, page 4-27
Shedding •••• ••
WAGES •••
Advanced Reliability Services
Auto Throw Over (ATO) •••• ••
Engineering Emergency Power Supply
System Test Reporting ••••
Services
Sequence of Events
Recording (1ms time/ see Engineering
see Engineering Services, page 4-27 •••• •••
stamp) Services, page 4-27
GPS Time Stamping •••• •••
Power System Control •••• •
Network Protection •••• ••
Consulting Services
System Studies (SC/TCC/
Arc Flash)
see Engineering Services, page 4-27
Power System
Assessments
Typical Applications
• Manage power quality, availability, and reliability
• Optimize use of your electrical and infrastructure • Monitor the facility electrical network to verify reliable operation and proactively
optimize performance
assets
• Drive energy efficiency initiatives and improve • Maximize facility uptime by improving response to power-related events and restore
operations quickly
financial performance
• Perform root cause analysis to power-related disturbances through sequence of
events reporting
• Analyze and isolate the source of power quality problems
• Analyze total energy use from all electrical and piped utilities identify waste and
reduce cost
• Improve sustainability performance with greenhouse gas emissions tracking and
industry compliance reporting
• Identify billing discrepancies and avoid contract penalties by validating utility bills to
4
verify accuracy
• Allocate energy costs to departments to drive accountability, awareness and support
energy action programs like ISO50001
• Reduce peak demand and power factor penalties with monitoring, alerts, and
corrective actions
POWER MONITORING AND
• Negotiate
programs
rates with energy suppliers and enable participation in demand response
Segment Editions:
Power Monitoring Expert also features segment-specific solutions for data centers,
healthcare, industry and buildings, delivering pre-engineered functionality customized to
meet your needs.
CONTROL
5 Device Pack for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWDANCZZNPEZZ
25 Device Pack for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWDBNCZZNPEZZ
50 Device Pack for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWDCNCZZNPEZZ
100 Device Pack for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWDDNCZZNPEZZ
200 Device Pack for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWDFNCZZNPEZZ
Unlimited Devices for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWDZNCZZSPEZZ
Engineering Client for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWCENCZZNPEZZ
Web Client for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWCWNCZZNPEZZ
Unlimited Engineering and Web Clients for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWCZNCZZSPEZZ
Event Notification Module for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWMVNCZZSPEZZ
Cost Allocation & Billing Module for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWMBNCZZSPEZZ
Breaker Performance Module for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWMXNCZZSPEZZ
Energy Analysis Module for Power Monitoring Expert software
4
PSWMZNCZZSPEZZ
Energy Awareness Module for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWMYNCZZSPEZZ
UPS Performance Module for Power Monitoring Expert software PSWMUNCZZSPEZZ
EPSS Module for Power Monitoring Expert software (HealthCare) PSWMENCZZSPEZZ
Generator Performance Module for Power Monitoring Expert software (Data
Centers) PSWMGNCZZSPEZZ
IT Billing Module for Power Monitoring Expert software (Data Centers) PSWMTNCZZSPEZZ
Power Capacity Module for Power Monitoring Expert software (Data Centers) PSWMPNCZZSPEZZ
Power Efficiency Module for Power Monitoring Expert software (Data Centers) PSWMNNCZZSPEZZ
SQL Server 2012 License - 2 COREs IE7SQLCZSNPEZZ
CONTROL
Telephone modem - - • • • - -
Modem-to-serial gateway - - • • • - -
Infrared port • • • •/• •/• • -
RS485/RS232 •/- •/- •/• •/• •/• •/- •/-
Misc: Web server / Email / SNMP / XML •/•/•/• •/•/•/• •/•/-/• •/•/-/• •/•/-/• •/•/•/• •/•/•/•
Protocols: Modbus / DNP / MV-90 / DLMS •/•/•/- •/•/•/- •/•/•/- •/•/•/- •/•/•/- •/•/•/- •/•/•/-
Protocols: IEC61850 / Jbus / M-Bus / LON / BACnet •/-/-/-/- •/-/-/-/- •/-/-/-/- •/-/-/-/- •/-/-/-/- •/-/-/-/- •/-/-/-/-
NOTE:
1. The ION8650 is two times more accurate than the 0.2 IEC/ANSI accuracy
classes according to the same conditions used to specify the 0.2 accuracy class.
2. ION8800, ION8650, ION8600, PM8000 also offer Modbus Master capabilities.
[1] Specifications represent maximum capabilities with all options installed. Some options are not available concurrently. This is not a complete feature list, please refer to detailed product
specifications.
• Harmonic analysis:
– THD and TDD per phase, min/max, custom alarming
– Individual harmonic magnitudes and angles on voltage and current, up to the 63rd
harmonic
• Disturbance detection and capture: sag/swell on any current and voltage channel,
alarm on disturbance event, waveform capture with per-event information
4
Metering precision:
• IEC 61557-12 PMD/SD/K70/0.2 and PMD/SS/K70/0.2 3000m (performance
measuring and monitoring devices (PMD))
• Class 0.1S accuracy IEC 62053-22, ANSI C12.20 Class 0.1 (active energy)
• Industry leading Class 0.5S accuracy for reactive energy (IEC 62053-24)
• Cycle-by-cycle RMS measurements updated every cycle
• Full ‘multi-utility’ WAGES metering support
• Net metering
• Anti-tamper protection seals and hardware metrology lock
Cybersecurity:
• Security events logging with Syslog protocol support
• HTTPS secure protocol
• Ability to enable or disable any communication port and any protocol per port
• Anti-tamper protection seals and hardware metrology lock
• User accounts with strong passwords
Used with Schneider Electric’s advanced software tools, provides detailed PQ
reporting across entire network:
• EN 50160 compliance report
• IEEE 519 harmonic compliance report
• IEC 61000-4-30 report
• Power quality compliance summary
Energy reports for consumption analysis and cost management
• WAGES dashboards and reports
Display of waveforms and PQ data from all connected meters
• Onboard web-based waveform viewer
• EcoStruxure Power Events Analysis, including alarm management, sequency of
events, and root cause analysis
Data and event logging:
• Onboard data and event logging
• 2 GB of standard non-volatile memory
• No data gaps due to network outages or server downtime
• Min/max log for standard values
• 100 user-definable data logs, recording up to 16 parameters on a cycle-bycycle or
other user definable interval
• Continuous logging or snapshot, triggered by setpoint and stopped after defined
duration
4-8 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
Power Quality Meters — ION9000 PowerLogic™ Energy and Power
www.se.com/us
Management Systems
CONTROL
ION9000 meter, high-speed transient capture, DIN METSEION95040
mount, 192 mm display, B2B adapter, HW kit
Remote display, color LCD, 96 x 96 mm METSEPM89RD96
Remote display, color touchscreen, 192 x 192 mm METSERD192
I/O module, 2 relay outputs, 6 digital inputs METSEPM89M2600
I/O module, 2 analog outputs, 4 analog inputs METSEPM89M0024
ION9000 meter hardware kit – plugs, terminal METSE9HWK
guards, spare grounding screw, DIN clips
ION9000 meter hardware kit for low voltage METSE9HWKLVCS
current sensor models
RD192 remote display hardware kit METSERD192HWK
ION9000 B2B adapter METSE9B2BMA
ION9000 USB cover hardware kit METSE9USBK
ION9000 Current Input hardware kit – terminal METSE9CTHWK
4
screws, CT covers
Battery replacement kit – ION7400/ION9000/ METSEPMBATK
PM8000
ION7x50 Mounting Adapter Kit METSE7x4MAK
[2] NOTE: Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for complete ordering information.
and ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, MV-90 protocols, IEC 61850
• C model limited to IR + 2 other ports at one time. Ports can be enabled/disabled by
user
• Dial-out capability when memory is near full
• Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized access to sensitive data for
POWER MONITORING AND
up to 50 users
• Data push capability through SMTP (email)
• 65 setpoints — math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas
CONTROL
4 CONTROL
[3] In addition to Infrared Optical port Feature Set C can use any two ports (configurable).
CONTROL
Time stamping ■
GPS synchronization (+/- 1 ms) ■
Memory (in Mbytes) 512
10 MB for Frameworks
Display and I/O
Front panel display 89 mm (3.5 in.) TFT ■
Wiring self-test ■
Pulse output 1
Digital 6 in / 2 out
Analogue 4 in / 2 out
1 digital
Digital or analogue outputs (max, including pulse output) 8 relay
8 analog
Communication
4
RS 485 port 1
10/100BaseTX 2
Serial port (Modbus, ION, DNP3) ■
Ethernet port (Modbus/TCP, ION TCP, DNP3 TCP, IEC 61850 [4]) ■
USB port (mini type B) ■
ANSI C12.19 Optical port ■
Standards
IEC 61000-4-30, IEC 61000-4-7, IEC 61000-4-15, IEC 61326-1, ANSI C12.20, IEC 62052-11, IEC 62053-22, CLC/
TR50579
CONTROL
bright red color LEDs of 14.2 mm height. Two columns of LEDs indicate the parameter
name chosen for display.
• LCD display type (PM2200 series): Monochrome graphical LCD of 128 x 128
resolution lets users read all three phase values simultaneously. The bright display
enables easy reading even in extreme lighting conditions and viewing angles with
intuitive menus, multi-language text, icons and graphics.
PM2130 and PM2230 meter models have provisions to attach one input/output
expansion module. Choose from: two digital inputs, two digital outputs; two analog
inputs, two analog outputs; or two digital inputs, two relay outputs.
PM2100 Series LED Display Meter
Table 4.10: PM2000 Series Power Meters and Options
Description Catalog Number
4
Meters
PM2110, THD, LED display, Energy pulse output, Class 1 METSEPM2110
PM2120, 15th Harmonic, LED display, Modbus RS485, Class 1 METSEPM2120
PM2130, 31st Harmonic, LED display, Modbus RS485, Class 0.5S METSEPM2130
PM2110, THD, LCD display, Energy pulse, Class 1 METSEPM2210
PM2220, 15th Harmonic, LCD display, Modbus RS485, Class 1 METSEPM2220
PM2230, 31st Harmonic, LCD display, Modbus RS485, Class 0.5S METSEPM2230
Optional Input/Output Modules
PM2X30 I/O Module - 2 Digital In, 2 Digital Out METSEPM2KDGTLIO22
PM2X30 I/O Module - 2 Analog In, 2 Analog Out METSEPM2KANLGIO22
PM2X30 I/O Module - 2 Digital In, 2 Relay Out METSEPM2K2DI2RO
Rogowski CT, 600 mm (24”), 600 Vac, 5 kA, U018 equivalent METSECTR60500
Rogowski CT, 900 mm (35”), 600 Vac, 5 kA, U018 equivalent METSECTR90500
CONTROL
Energy consumption log (day, week, month) •
Alarms with time stamping 5 5 15
Digital inputs/digital outputs 0/1 2/2
Communication
RS-485 port • •
Modbus protocol • •
4
PM3255 3PH energy meter, DIN rail mount, 1A or 5A CT, Class 0.5S, Modbus, THD,
two (2) DI, two (2) DO METSEPM3255
Schneider Electric’s Multi-Meter Unit (MMU) enclosures are the ideal complement for the
iEM3000 Series of energy meters. This compact solution saves wall space and is
scalable for the exact number of meters required. Factory-assembled, pre-wired, and
tested enclosures can speed installation, reduce the amount of field wiring, and save
time troubleshooting.
Multi-meter unit enclosures and iEM3000 meters provide the highest quality, best value
hardware for tenant sub-metering, and are designed for contractor convenience and
simplicity.
MMU enclosures are available in three sizes:
• Small MMU enclosures with capacity for up to 4 iEM3000 meters.
• Medium size MMU enclosures with capacity for up to 8 iEM3000 meters, plus one
CONTROL
Multi meter units are configured to order as described below.
4
Enclosure Capacity
2 = Prewired for three-phase 208Y/120V
04 = 4 meters, 16"H x 12"W x 6"D or 480Y/277V L-L-L-N metering
Special features
Custom programming - - - - - - - - - - -
Downloadable firmware • • • • • • • • • • •
Communications
CONTROL
Ports:
Ethernet: Copper / Fiber 2/ - 2/ - 1/- -/- -/- -/- -/- -/- -/- -/- -/-
Ethernet-to-serial gateway • • - - - - - - - - -
Telephone modem - - - - - - - - - - -
Modem-to-serial gateway - - - - - - - - - - -
Infrared port - - - - - - - - - - -
RS485/RS232 •/- •/- -/- •/- •/- •/- •/- -/- •/- •/- •/-
Misc: Web server / Email / SNMP / •/•/•/- •/•/•/- -/-/-/- -/-/-/- -/-/-/- -/-/-/- -/-/-/- -/-/-/- -/-/-/- -/-/-/- -/-/-/-
XML
Protocols: Modbus / DNP / MV-90 / •/-/-/- •/-/-/- •/-/-/- •/-/-/- •/-/-/- •/-/-/- •/-/-/- -/-/-/- •/-/-/- •/-/-/- •/-/-/-
DLMS
Protocols: IEC61850 / Jbus / M-Bus /
LON / BACnet -/-/-/-/• -/-/-/-/• -/-/-/-/• -/-/-/-/- -/-/-/-/- -/-/-/-/- -/-/-/-/- -/-/-/-/- -/-/-/-/• -/-/-/-/- -/-/•/•/•
[7] Specifications represent maximum capabilities with all options installed. Some options are not available concurrently. This is not a complete feature list, please refer to detailed product
specifications.
4-20 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
PowerLogic Energy Meter PowerLogic™ Energy and Power
www.se.com/us
Management Systems
CONTROL
200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT EMCT021
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 1 EMFP1 300 A, .90” x 1.90” ID, 1 CT EMCT032
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 2 EMFP2 400 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT EMCT043
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 3 EMFP3 800 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT EMCT083
Energy Meter Bonding Kit EMBOND 800 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT EMCT084
1600 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT EMCT164
NOTE: CT quantity and amperage must match meter model. Total of combined loads
must not exceed rating of meter. All additional CTs shipped with 6 ft. white and black
color-coded wire leads.
4
installation time, and material cost.
Designed to simplify the ordering process, the meter is available in two major options:
• System calibrated Enercept offers the simplest way to order. The meter comes with
pre-mounted low voltage (LVCT) or Rogowski coil current transducers, as well as pre-
mounted fuse packs. Ordering one part number provides a system calibrated 1%
overall accuracy metering system for 100 A, 200 A, 400 A, or 5,000 A range
applications.
[8] Energy Meter communication board (EMCB) can be used with all models of the Energy Meter. Order one EMCB for each Energy Meter where either kW demand and/or communication is
specified.
CONTROL
Description Catalog
Number
42-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), ¾ in. spacing BCPMA042S
84-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), ¾ in. spacing BCPMA084S
42-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 1 in. spacing BCPMA142S
84-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 1 in. spacing BCPMA184S
24-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMA224S
36-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMA236S
42-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMA242S
50 A CT 100 A CT 200 A CT 48-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMA248S
72-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMA272S
84-circuit solid-core power & energy meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMA284S
42-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), ¾ in. spacing BCPMB042S
4
84-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), ¾ in. spacing BCPMB084S
42-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 1 in. spacing BCPMB142S
84-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 1 in. spacing BCPMB184S
24-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMB224S
36-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMB236S
42-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMB242S
48-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMB248S
72-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMB272S
84-circuit solid-core branch current, mains power meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMB284S
42-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), ¾ in. spacing BCPMC042S
84-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), ¾ in. spacing BCPMC084S
42-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 1 in. spacing BCPMC142S
84-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 1 in. spacing BCPMC184S
24-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMC224S
36-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMC236S
42-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMC242S
48-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMC248S
72-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMC272S
84-circuit solid-core branch current meter, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPMC284S
42-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (2 strips), ¾ in. spacing BCPME042S
84-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (4 strips), ¾ in. spacing BCPME084S
42-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 1 in. spacing BCPME142S
84-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 1 in. mm spacing BCPME184S
24-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPME224S
36-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPME236S
42-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (2 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPME242S
48-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPME248S
72-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPME272S
84-circuit solid-core power & energy meter w/ Ethernet, 100 A CTs (4 strips), 18 mm spacing BCPME284S
200 A 30 x 31 mm LVCT00202S BCPM 200 A split core CTs, Quantity 1, 6 m lead lengths BCPMSCCT3R20
300 A 30 x 31 mm LVCT00302S
400 A 62 x 73 mm LVCT00403S
600 A 62 x 73 mm LVCT00603S Table 4.28: Additional Accessories for use with BCPM Products
800 A 62 x 73 mm LVCT00803S Description Catalog Number
800 A 62 x 139 mm LVCT00804S BCPM circuit board cover BCPMCOVERS
1000 A 62 x 139 mm LVCT01004S CT repair kit for solid core BCPM (includes one CT) BCPMREPAIR
1200 A 62 x 139 mm LVCT01204S Additional 100 A split core CT for use with solid core repair kit H6803R-0100
1600 A 62 x 139 mm LVCT01604S
Modbus to BACnet protocol converter E8951
2000 A 62 x 139 mm LVCT02004S
Flat Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 0.45 m CBL008
2400 A 62 x 139 mm LVCT02404S
Flat Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 1.2 m CBL016
Table 4.26: 1/3 V Low-Voltage Solid-Core CTs for Flat Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 1.5 m CBL017
Aux Inputs (Mains) Flat Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 1.8 m CBL018
Amperage Rating Inside Dimensions Catalog Flat Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 2.4 m CBL019
Number Flat Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 3.0 m CBL020
50 A 10 mm LVCT20050S Flat Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 6.1 m CBL021
100 A 10 mm LVCT20100S Round Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 0.5 m CBL031
200 A 25 mm LVCT20202S
Round Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 1.2 m CBL022
400 A 31 mm LVCT20403S
Round Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 2.4 m CBL033
Round Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 3 m CBL023
Round Ribbon cable (quantity 1) for BCPM, length = 6.1 m CBL024
CONTROL
be easily re-configured to any combination of 1–ph, 2–ph, or 3–ph meters (with ION
setup). Any unused channels can be used to measure netural current. Label overlays (to
re-number CT connections) are provided for 1–ph/2–ph applications.
4
Catalog No. EM4900 Multi-Circuit Meters
METSEEM4904A Multi-Circuit Meter – (4) 3-phase meters - Modbus RTU only
METSEEM4908A Multi-Circuit Meter – (8) 3-phase meters - Modbus RTU only
METSEEM4914A Multi-Circuit Meter – (14) 3-phase meters - Modbus RTU only
METSEEM4928A Multi-Circuit Meter – (28) 3-phase meters - Modbus RTU only
METSEEM4904E Multi-Circuit Meter – (4) 3-phase meters - Ethernet and Serial (Modbus, BACnet & SNMP)
METSEEM4908E Multi-Circuit Meter – (8) 3-phase meters - Ethernet and Serial (Modbus, BACnet & SNMP)
METSEEM4914E Multi-Circuit Meter – (14) 3-phase meters - Ethernet and Serial (Modbus, BACnet &
SNMP)
METSEEM4928E Multi-Circuit Meter – (28) 3-phase meters - Ethernet and Serial (Modbus, BACnet &
SNMP)
The Com’X 510 Energy Server further includes embedded web pages that display data
in a meaningful way so you can make informed decisions about your energy usage. Web
pages display real-time data in easy to understand tabular and summary formats. In
CONTROL
addition, you can access simple analysis of historical data in bar graph or trending
formats. Pages are accessible via any standard web browser without plug-ins or
additional components.
CONTROL
Security
• Secure user interface including user’s name and password for login
• Advanced security features to allow users to specify which Modbus TCP/IP master
devices may access attached serial slave devices
4
– Modbus TCP/IP filtering feature
– Allows user to specify the level of access for each master device as Read-only or
Full access
Engineered Solutions
Schneider Electric provides an engineered solution approach to your specific power
system applications. Our total solutions for power monitoring and power system controls
allow greater safety, reliability, and energy efficiency of your power systems. As a long
standing industry leader in Power Monitoring and Control Systems, we understand your
power system requirements and needs.
All of our Engineered Solutions are tailored to your specific system requirements.
Schneider Electric is your total solution provider.
The Basics of a Comprehensive Power and Energy Management System
Measure: Gather energy and power data throughout your facility. Stand-alone or
embedded meters measure, collect, and deliver essential data from key distribution
points across your entire electrical network.
Understand: Turn data into actionable information. Power management software brings
intelligent analytics and visualization to power and energy data.
Act: Use actionable information to make intelligent decisions and operational shifts to
create change or correct issues.
The Benefits of Power and Energy Management
Electric engineers provide Power System Control Applications with automated solutions
for addressing your system reliability and efficiency control needs. Our offer covers
Automatic Throwover Schemes, Load Shedding/Peak Shaving, and Load Preservation
and Mircrogrids.
• Automatic Throwover Systems – Automatic selection of available utility or generator
POWER MONITORING AND
• Time current coordination analysis showing both • Arc flash label affixation
existing and recommended over/current device
settings • NFPA 70E—Safe Workplace Practices Training
provided by OSHA authorized outreach instructors
• Short-circuit study to ensure adequacy of equipment
• Recommendations and solutions to reduce potential
• Onsite verification and documentation of equipment arc flash hazards
Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems • Identify disturbances originating on electric utility
system and improvements to reduce the number and
guidelines
severity
• Identify most cost-effective solution to power quality
problems
• Solve process disruptions due to power disturbances
CONTROL
best satisfies your needs.
For additional information on power system engineering services and pricing, contact
your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric office.
Advanced Microgrid Solutions and Distributed Energy Resource Management
With our custom solutions and proven expertise, we deliver advanced microgrids that
offer the advantages of grid independence – without forfeiting the benefits of being part
of the central grid. Our flexible microgrid architecture features a scalable set of grid
components designed to efficiently manage your entire energy infrastructure, including
distributed generation, energy storage, and load demand, while giving you the ability to
easily adapt the system to your changing needs. Learn more at www.schneider-electric.
us/en/work/solutions/microgrids/
4
Total Energy Control
Schneider Electric Certified Energy Managers (CEM’s) work on-site with knowledgeable
plant personnel to develop a long-term, comprehensive, “Energy Action Plan”, that
serves as the blueprint for energy savings. Unlike performance contracts or one-time
energy audits, the Total Energy ControlSM program offers a strategic partnership for
energy-intensive industrials who want to improve energy efficiency.
Total Energy Control
Microgrids deliver • Utility Analysis: evaluating both the commodity supply side and the demand side
areas of the operation.
energy flexibility
• Demand Side Usage: profiling facility loads and consumption patterns.
• Opportunity Identification / Prioritization: projects that make sense today and
those that should be considered in the future as energy prices change.
• Project Implementation: Client can choose which projects to implement or Square D
can provide turn-key implementation.
• Supply Management: forecasting and making adjustments to reflect current
conditions.
• On-Going Accountability: accountable along with you for the ongoing success of
your energy plan.
NOTE: Three Year Digital Service Plans are available at a discounted rate.
Power Management University (PMU)
Attending a PMU sponsored course will enable attendees to better utilize their
Schneider-Electric power monitoring solution thus enabling them to realize energy
savings as quickly as possible. PMU offers a variety of options with instructor led options
POWER MONITORING AND
being 80% hands-on, with each student having their own lab workstation. Below is a list
of the different training options offered by PMU.
Course Course Number Length
CONTROL
System Integration
System Design and Engineering
Our Power Solutions specialists can work with you to design or upgrade your existing
system to best achieve your energy and power management objectives and
informational needs. With expertise in electrical systems, communications, and
automatic control systems, we can integrate, install, and commission your system for
optimal performance.
CONTROL
• Assemblies include meters & devices wired to terminal blocks, disconnects, and
shorting blocks or test switches
• Tailored to any system voltage :
– 208/120 V, 480/277 V & 600/347 V Wye
– 240 V, 480 V & 600 V Delta
– Utilization of PT's required for higher voltage levels
• Wall mountable and easy to install using concealed holes in the back of the enclosure.
• Complete with necessary documentation and mounting hardware for quick and easy
installation
• Carbon steel construction, with industry standard ANSI 61 gray powder coat finish
• Equipped with concealed hinged door, and universal pad-lockable latch.
4
• Custom engraved nameplates available for all units.
Table 4.37: Industrial Enclosure Types 12 & 4, UL & CUL 508A Listed
Available Meter Types Digital Inputs Digital Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs
ION6200 N/A Up to 2/ Meter N/A N/A
PM5563RD Up to 4 / Meter Up to 2 / Meter N/A N/A
PM8244 Up to 15 / Meter Up to 5 / Meter Up to 4 / Meter Up to 2 / Meter
• Supports Single or Multiple Voltage Sources for Indoor (Types 1 and 12) & Outdoor
(Type 4) applications
• Available with 1–4 meters per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications are options
for all units
• EGX & ION RTU Communication Enclosures with 1–4 devices per panel also
available
• Industrialized PC’s, Touch Screens (Magelis), and Human Machine Interfaces (HMI’s)
with Custom System Graphics.
• Designed to fit any environment – Indoor (Type 1 & 12) & Outdoor (Type 3R & 4)
applications
For additional information and pricing please contact your local PowerLogic sales
specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales Support at 615-287-3535. Equipment pricing
and literature available for download on our website at www.powerlogic.com/
products/enclosures.
To better serve you please have the following information on hand when calling.
• Enclosure type (Indoor or Outdoor) and Environment details (Corrosive or Non-
Corrosive)
• Power
(AC))
System Voltage Level and Type (Direct Current (DC) or Alternating Current
CONTROL
applications
High Density Meter Enclosure with PM5560 meters; Dual wiring for both
HDM PM5560 1, 4 or 8 1–8 Type 1 or Type 3R Modbus RTU serial and Modbus TCP Ethernet communicaions; Ideal for
single or three phase indoor commercial building applications
4
7.42 7.12 1.43
[189] [181] [36]
1.95
[50]
8.5 16.0
Top View for 1X and 4X [406.4]
[215.9]
0.25 / [6.4]
13.8 0.38 / [9.7]
7.40 [350]
[188]
Dual Dimensions: in.
[mm]
Top View
30.8 0.33
1.95 [782]
[50] [8.382] 14.00
7.42 7.12 1.43 21.13 24.75 [355.6]
[189] [180.85] [36] [536.7] [628.7]
13.8
[350] 14.88
[378]
11.33 8.00
[288] [203]
4.75 4.8
Front View Side View Front View Side View 0.78 / [19.8]
[121] [122] 7.38 0.38 / [9.652]
Back View Back View [187.5] 21.88 / [555.8]
1X Enclosure Dimensions 4X Enclosure Dimensions 8X Enclosure Dimensions
[11] Meters Ordering Notes: Please indicate the number of meters to be pre-installed when placing your order. You may order any number of meters in the enclosure between one and the
maximum number of meters each cabinet will hold.
Power factor is a measure of how efficiently you are using electricity. In an electric power
system, a load with low power factor draws more current than a load with a high power
factor for the same amount of real power transferred. Utility customers with a low power
factor could realize an increase or penalty in their electric bill. Over time, these penalties
may reach into thousands of dollars, depending upon the utility’s rate structure.
Harmonics may disrupt normal operation of other devices and increase operating costs.
Symptoms of problematic harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors
4
and cables, thermal tripping of protective devices, logic faults of digital devices and
drives. Harmonics can cause vibrations and noise in electrical machines (motors,
transformers, reactors). The life span of many devices can be reduced by elevated
operating temperature.
As a leader in the field of power quality, Schneider Electric offers the products and
services needed to ensure that the most reliable and cost effective solution is
POWER MONITORING AND
applied within your facility. We can help you select the right solution for your
application, for greenfield or brownfield projects. Please visit us at https://www.se.
com/us/powerandenergy.
CONTROL
CONTROL
Choose Choose Choose
VarSet Standard VarSet Detuned VarSet Fast
Installation
Customer connection Top Entry
Auxiliary transformer 120 V included, no need for additional supply
5 VA - secondary 1 or 5 A
CONTROL
CONTROL
ModBus RS485
environmental profile available Installation
Customer connection Top Entry
Auxiliary transformer 120 V included, no need of additional supply
CT not included (see Current Transformer Selection, 5 VA - secondary 1 or 5 A
page 4-40) To be installed upstream of the load and capacitor bank
GenSet contact Available for disconnection with generator
Alarm contact Available for remote warning signal
4
• Other voltages and frequencies
• Outdoor arrangement - Built to NEMA 3R (AV/BV models only)
• Bottom cable entry to main lugs (AV models only)
• Bottom cable entry to main breaker (BV models only)
AV065046CV5F2N 650 50 50 + 6 x 100 13 7 (2324 x 1524 x 915 mm) 1404 kgs / 3100 lbs
AV070046AV8F2NN 700 100 7 x 100 7 7 1472 kgs / 3250 lbs
AV075046CV5F2N 750 50 50 + 7 x 100 15 8 1540 kgs / 3400 lbs
1608 kgs / 3550 lbs
CONTROL
CONTROL
Communication
ModBus RS485
Installation
AT6000 Transient Free Capacitor Bank Customer connection Top entry
Auxiliary transformer 120 V included, no need of additional supply
Environment 5 VA - secondary 1 or 5 A
CT not included ( See Current Transformer Selection,
• Installation: Indoor page 4-40) To be installed upstream of the load and capacitor bank
• Ambient temperature: 15 °F to 104 °F
(-10 °C to 40 °C)
GenSet contact Available for disconnection with generator
Alarm contact Available for remote warning signal
• Humidity: Up to 95%
• Maximum altitude: 6500 feet (2000 m)
Options available by request:
Standards
• CSA 22.2 No. 190 • Fixed stages (by controller programming )
4
• UL810, UL508a • Custom staging ratios
Environmental Certifications • Other voltages and frequencies
• Produced in 14001 certified plants, product • Outdoor arrangement - Built to NEMA 3R (AV/BV models only)
environmental profile available • Bottom cable entry to main lugs or main breaker requires incoming cubicle
Table 4.46: VarSet Fast Capacitor Banks
No. of electrical and Enclosure size
Catalog No. Power (kVAr) Smallest step Resolution physical steps (H*W*D) Max weight
With incoming circuit breaker
91.5 x 30 x 36 inch 900 kgs / 2000 lbs
BT045046AVBF2N 450 150 3 x 150 6 (2324 x 762 x 915 mm)
91.5 x 60 x 36 inch
BT060046AVBF2N 600 150 4 x 150 4 (2324 x 1524 x 915 mm) 1400 kgs / 3100 lbs
91.5 x 60 x 36 inch
BT090046AVBF3N 900 150 6 x 150 5 (2324 x 1524 x 915 mm) 1540 kgs / 3400 lbs
91.5 x 90 x 36 inch
BT120046AVBF3N 1200 150 8 x 150 6 2310 kgs / 5100 lbs
(2324 x 2286 x 915 mm)
With main lugs
91.5 x 30 x 36 inch
AT045046AVBF2N 450 150 3 x 150 6 770 kgs / 1700 lbs
(2324 x 762 x 915 mm)
91.5 x 60 x 36 inch (2324 x
AT060046AVBF2N 600 150 4 x 150 4 1360 kgs / 3000 lbs
1524 x 915 mm)
91,5 x 60 x 36 inch
AT090046AVBF3N 900 150 6 x 150 5 1500 kgs / 3300 lbs
(2324 x 1524 x 915 mm)
91,5 x 90 x 36 inch 2270 kgs / 5000 lbs
AT120046AVBF3N 1200 150 8 x 150 6 (2324 x 2286 x 915 mm)
CONTROL
EVCP060D5IP54 IP54
EVCP120D5IP00 IP00 (chassis) Wall Mount Bottom 3 249 (113)
79.0 @ 380 EVCP120D5N2 UL Type 2
83.1 @ 400 615 (279)
120[2] 86.3 @ 415 EVCP120D5IP31 IP31
Floor Standing Top or Bottom 4
99.8 @ 480 EVCP120D5N12 UL Type 12
646 (293)
EVCP120D5IP54 IP54
EVCP200D5IP00 IP00 (chassis) Wall Mount Bottom 5 377 (171)
131.6 @ 380 EVCP200D5N1 UL Type N1 11 800 (363)
138.6 @ 400 EVCP200D5N2 UL Type 2
200[3] 143.8 @ 415 846 (384)
EVCP200D5IP31 IP31 Floor Standing Top or Bottom
166.3 @ 480 6
EVCP200D5N12 UL Type 12
887 (402)
EVCP200D5IP54 IP54
EVCP300D5IP00 IP00 (chassis) Wall Mount Bottom 7 463 (210)
4
197.5 @ 380 EVCP300D5N1 UL Type N1 11 887 (402)
207.8 @ 400 EVCP300D5N2 UL Type 2
300[4] 215.6 @ 415 930 (422)
EVCP300D5IP31 IP31 Floor Standing Top or Bottom
249.4 @ 480 8
EVCP300D5N12 UL Type 12
961 (436)
EVCP300D5IP54 IP54
Table 4.49: AccuSine PCS+ and AccuSine PFV+ AccuSine+ Wall Mount Conversion Kit
Exterior Dimensions
Frame Exterior Dimensions • Converts IP00 (UL Type Open) to IP20 (UL Type 1) wall mounted enclosed
Size Height in (mm) Width in (mm) Depth in (mm)
assemblies.
1 51.18 (1300) 16.57 (421) 13.74 (349) • Includes HMI mounting plate and cable entry enclosure for mounting on the bottom of
the IP00 assemblies.
2 82.68 (2100) 31.50 (800) 19.69 (500)
3 55.12 (1400) 16.57 (421) 15.12 (384) Table 4.50: AccuSine+ Wall Mount Kits
4 82.68 (2100) 31.50 (800) 19.69 (500) IP20 Cable Entry
Assembled Dimensions — IP20 Assembly
5 52.09 (1323) 22.91 (582) 17.24 (438) Wall Mount Kit Enclosure
6 82.68 (2100) 35.43 (900) 23.62 (600) Reference Unit Rating Height Width Depth Weight Weight
(A) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) lb (kg) lb (kg)
7 61.42 (1560) 22.91 (582) 17.24 (438)
PCSPWMKIT60A 60 60.24 (1530) 16.57 (421) 13.7 (349) 214.51 (97.3) 19.18 (8.7)
8 82.68 (2100) 35.43 (900) 23.62 (600)
PCSPWMKIT120A 120 64.17 (1630) 16.57 (421) 15.12 (384) 269 (122) 20.5 (9.3)
9 82.68 (2100) 51.18 (1300) 19.69 (500)
PCSPWMKIT300A 200 64.64 (1642) 22. 64 (575) 17.13 (435) 396.83 (180) 19 (8.6)
10 82.68 (2100) 55.12 (1400) 23.62 (600)
PCSPWMKIT300A 300 74 (1882) 22.64 (575) 17.13 (435) 481.93 (218.6) 19 (8.6)
11 78.74 (2000) 31.50 (800) 23.62 (600)
[1] 60 A IP20/UL Type 1 configuration requires ordering two items: EVCP060D5IP00 and PCSPWMKIT60A; adds 9.12 in (232 mm) to length and 19.18 lb (8.7 kg).
[2] 120 A IP20/UL Type 1 configuration requires ordering two items: EVCP120D5IP00 and PCSPWMKIT120A; adds 9.13 in (232 mm) to length and 20.5 lb (9.3 kg).
[3] 200 A IP20/UL Type 1 configuration requires ordering two items: EVCP200D5IP00 and PCSPWMKIT300A; adds 10.75 in (273 mm) to length and 19 lb (8.6 kg).
[4] 300 A IP20/UL Type 1 configuration requires ordering two items: EVCP300D5IP00 and PCSPWMKIT300A; adds 10.75 in (273 mm) to length and 19 lb 8.6 kg).
Twisting motion opens to CT diameter of round CT and smaller distance of rectangular CT.
NOTE: Open split-core with a twisting motion only.
Reference Number by Secondary Current Inside diameter (ID) Burden Capacity (Ω) Weight
Maximum load (A)
5A 1A in (mm) - A 5A 1A lb (kg)
PCSPCTFCL50054 PCSPCTFCL50014 500 4 (101.6) 0.120 2.0 3.35 (1.6)
PCSPCTFCL100054 PCSPCTFCL100014 1000 4 (101.6) 0.200 10.0 3.53 (1.6)
CONTROL
Twisting motion opens to CT diameter of round CT and smaller distance of rectangular CT.
NOTE: Open split-core with a twisting motion only.
CONTROL
Table 4.55: Round Solid-Core Design
Reference Number by secondary current Maximum load Burden Capacity (Ω)
5 Amps 1 Amp (Amps) 5 Amp 1 Amp
— PCSPCT7RL2011 200 0.5 5.0
PCSPCT7RL3015 PCSPCT7RL3011 300 0.5 5.0
PCSPCT7RL4015 PCSPCT7RL4011 400 0.6 7.5
PCSPCT7RL5015 PCSPCT7RL5011 500 1.0 10.0
PCSPCT7RL6015 PCSPCT7RL6011 600 1.2 12.5
PCSPCT7RL7515 PCSPCT7RL7511 750 1.2 12.5
PCSPCT7RL8015 PCSPCT7RL8011 800 1.4 20.0
PCSPCT7RL1025 PCSPCT7RL1021 1000 1.4 25.0
PCSPCT7RL1225 PCSPCT7RL1221 1200 1.4 15.0
PCSPCT7RL1525 PCSPCT7RL1521 1500 1.6 20.0
4
PCSPCT7RL1625 PCSPCT7RL1621 1600 2.0 25.0
VarSet Hybrid
Rebranded
Power quality issues like harmonics and reactive power can cause problems including
equipment damage and reduced reliability. In industrial networks, highly fluctuating loads
Main like spot welders can cause voltage fluctuations and/or flicker that can lead to process
Breaker malfunctions. The detrimental effects are increased operating expenses, expensive
(Optional) downtime, overheating equipment or poor quality on manufactured parts.
VarSet Hybrid systems provide instantaneous and infinitely variable power factor
correction for industrial networks containing highly transient or unstable loads, as well as
system compensation for large AC motor inrush current.
The VarSet Hybrid system integrates conventional power factor correction systems and
the latest IGBT-based solutions to provide ultra rapid response and infinitely variable
kVAR control never before seen in a power factor correction product. Specifically
designed for the instantaneous support required by welding equipment, the VarSet
Hybrid eliminates voltage sags and voltage flicker while increasing system capacity,
providing energy savings and improving weld quality. It also provides current inrush
support for applications such as large horsepower motor starting. The VarSet Hybrid is
comprised of a Detuned Capacitor Bank with either an Active Harmonic Filter or an
Electronic Var Compensator.
AccuSine Active Harmonic Filters (AHF) are static power electronic products that employ digital
PFV+
logic and IGBT semiconductors to synthesize a current waveform that is injected into the
electrical network to cancel harmonic currents caused by nonlinear loads. AHF employ
current transformers to measure the load current to determine the content of harmonic
current present. By injecting the synthesized current, network harmonic currents are
100 kVAR 100 kVAR 100 kVAR 300 Ampere greatly mitigated, thus reducing the heating effects of harmonic current and reducing
voltage distortion.
PASSIVE ACTIVE
AHF also have the ability to correct for poor displacement power factor (DPF) and
Topology (Typical) provide for mains current balancing. DPF correction can be provided for either leading
(capacitive) or lagging (inductive) loads. Mains current balancing is achieved by
4
Main Features: measuring the negative sequence current present and injecting the inverse negative
• Ultra fast reactive current compensation for
transient or cyclical loads
sequence current to balance the current for the upstream network.
An Electronic Var Compensator (EVC) is a power electronic device consisting of
• Infinitely variable control insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBT) that switch into the AC lines to modulate the
• Instantaneous response for inrush support output to correct the displaced reactive current (leading or lagging) and balance the
POWER MONITORING AND
current for the power source (also known as negative sequence current).
• Independently compensates each phase
• Heavy duty dry capacitors provide no risk of fluid Detuned Capacitor Banks are automatic capacitor banks made of several capacitor
steps controlled by a power factor (PF) controller. They are able to adjust PF to any value
leakage, no environmental pollution, and no need
for drip pans between 0.8 lagging and unity. When the PF differs from the target setting for more than
CONTROL
1 second, the capacitor switching modules switch stages as needed to bring the PF as
• Detuned iron core reactors prevent resonance close as possible to the target PF. Switching can be accomplished by electro-mechanical
• IGBT based power electronic technology contactors or solid state switches.
• Stepless power factor correction The VarSet Hybrid is a custom solution that is engineered to order. Your local Schneider
• Best-in-class harmonic cancellation up to 50th Electric representative can help you select the correct hybrid solution for your specific
harmonic and less than 3% THDi needs. To learn more, visit us at https://www.se.com/us/powerandenergy.
• Energy efficient 3-level IGBT inverter technology
• All major components from Schneider Electric
CONTROL
• Full color touch screen HMI (Human Machine Interface)
• UL Type 1, UL Type 2, UL Type 12, IP31, and IP54 enclosures
• Seismic rated per ICC IBC and ASCE 7
• UL, CE, ABS, and CSA certified
• AccuSine PCS+ integrates with EcoStruxure™ Power’s edge control power
management and control software and analytics services that scale to your demands
and adapt to your needs.
AccuSine PCS+ Sizing: For proper sizing of AccuSine units, contact your local
Schneider Electric representative or visit us at https://www.se.com/us/powerandenergy.
To expedite the product selection process, please have a single line diagram and/or
details of the application including sizes of transformers, non-linear and linear loads, and
any existing filters and capacitors.
4
Table 4.56: PCS+ Active Harmonic Filter Selection
AccuSine PCS+ (380–480 V, 50/60 Hz)
Enclosure Weight
Rated Current KVAR Rating @ Voltage Catalog Number Frame
Rating Style Cable Entry lb (kg)
PCSP060D5IP00 IP00 (chassis) Wall Mount Bottom 1 194 (88)
39.5 @ 380 PCSP060D5N2 UL Type 2
41.6 @ 400 611 (277)
60[5] 43.1 @ 415 PCSP060D5IP31 IP31
Floor Standing Top or Bottom 2
49.9 @ 480 PCSP060D5N12 UL Type 12
642 (291)
PCSP060D5IP54 IP54
PCSP120D5IP00 IP00 (chassis) Wall Mount Bottom 3 249 (113)
79.0 @ 380 PCSP120D5N2 UL Type 2
83.1 @ 400 615 (279)
120[6] 86.3 @ 415 PCSCP120D5IP31 IP31
Floor Standing Top or Bottom 4
99.8 @ 480 PCSP120D5N12 UL Type 12
646 (293)
PCSP120D5IP54 IP54
PCSP200D5IP00 IP00 (chassis) Wall Mount Bottom 5 377 (171)
131.6 @ 380 PCSP200D5N1 UL Type N1 11 800 (363)
138.6 @ 400 PCSP200D5N2 UL Type 2
200[7] 143.8 @ 415 846 (384)
PCSP200D5IP31 IP31 Floor Standing Top or Bottom
166.3 @ 480 6
PCSP200D5N12 UL Type 12
887 (402)
PCSP200D5IP54 IP54
PCSP300D5IP00 IP00 (chassis) Wall Mount Bottom 7 463 (210)
197.5 @ 380 PCSP300D5N1 UL Type N1 11 887 (402)
207.8 @ 400 PCSP300D5N2 UL Type 2
300[8] 215.6 @ 415 930 (422)
PCSP300D5IP31 IP31 Floor Standing Top or Bottom
249.4 @ 480 8
PCSP300D5N12 UL Type 12
961 (436)
PCSP300D5IP54 IP54
[5] 60 A IP20/UL Type 1 configuration requires ordering two items: PCSP060D5IP00 and PCSPWMKIT60A; adds 9.13 in (232 mm) to IP00 length and 19.18 lb (8.7 kg).
[6] 120 A IP20/UL Type 1 configuration requires ordering two items: PCSP120D5IP00 and PCSPWMKIT120A; adds 9.13 in (232 mm) to IP00 length and 20.5 lb (9.3 kg).
[7] 200 A IP20/UL Type 1 configuration requires ordering two items: PCSP200D5IP00 and PCSPWMKIT300A; adds 10.75 in (273 mm) to IP00 length and 19 lb (8.6 kg).
[8] 300 A IP20/UL Type 1 configuration requires ordering two items: PCSP300D5IP00 and PCSPWMKIT300A; adds 10.75 in (273 mm) to IP00 length and 19 lb (8.6 kg).
NOTE: All dimensions are indicative. Please refer to the dimensions in the installation manual and engineering drawings for design
purposes.
[9] Applicable for TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S grounding systems. For detailed information please refer to the AccuSine PCSn installation manual.
4-46 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
Table of Contents
Section 5
Protection, Control, and Energy Automation
Introduction — Energy Automation Solutions 5-2
Protection Relays
Schneider Electric Energy Automation Solutions 5-2
Overview of System Protection Products 5-2
PowerLogic Easergy™
™ P Series Protection Relays 5-3
ENERGY AUTOMATION
MiCOM Transformer Applications 5-27
MiCOM Generator Applications 5-28
4400 3030 Magnum MiCOM Busbar Applications 5-29
MiCOM Distance Applications 5-30
MiCOM Line Differential Applications 5-31
Easergy™ T300 RTUs
MiCOM Railway Applications 5-32
SAGE RTUs (Remote Terminal Units) 5-33
Powerlogic Easergy P5
The Powerlogic Easergy P5 is a protective relay for more demanding medium voltage
applications. It offers users dedicated features for industry-leading protection relay
functionality to reduce risks, improve reliability, all with advanced connectivity. The P5
presents a major step forward for protection relays, bringing a number of best-in-class
features together in one device.
Built-in arc-flash protection functions
Arc flash events can occur when switching or during unexpected conditions. The
protection function detects if an arc-flash exists and takes action within milliseconds to
Powerlogic Easergy P5
isolate the connected circuit breaker.
Advanced cybersecurity
IEC 62443 compliant, the P5 has been designed with an advanced cybersecurity
package. This means reduced exposure to cyber threats and improved operational
security. Included by default are important security features such as password
5
reconnected.
Improved recovery time
When maintenance or testing is required, the P5 helps dramatically decrease your
outage recovery time. The backup memory can automatically restore settings, you can
continue your operations in as little as 10 minutes.
Greater connectivity
The P5 protection relay features a wide variety of communication protocols and can
support up to 3 Ethernet protocols simultaneously, including dual redundancy with PRP/
HSR and RSTP protocols. All communication modules can be added at any time,
including on-site, during the product life cycle to allow you to upgrade your device in line
with future network evolutions.
Powerlogic Easergy P3
The P3 is a complete range of protective relays for medium voltage applications. The
innovative package boasts more than 40 protection functions and a wide variety of
communication protocols for enhanced connectivity and interoperability, including:
Universal protection from a single box, with feeder, motor, and transformer
protection functions
Motor, transformer, generator, and line differential protection
Nine communication protocols in one box, including IEC 61850
Embedded virtual injection testing system
Built-in optical arc flash protection
Programmable logic and protection stages
An example of Schneider Innovation at Every Level, the built-in virtual injection testing
system enables a safer configuration process and gives you and your customers on-
going peace of mind. Additionally, the P3 allows you to monitor your protection relay and
Powerlogic Easergy P3 circuit breaker, enabling full visibility of the health of your electrical installation.
ECOFIT 50/51
The ECOFIT 50/51 Plug and Protect numerical relay is a direct replacement for many GE
IAC and IFC relays that are still in service today. No re-wiring is required. Remove the old
relay and install the ECOFIT 50/51 and its cover. The relay has 31 different overcurrent
curves built in and features an instantaneous element that can trip in as little as 1.5
cycles. Gain the benefits of waveform capture, sequence of events and metering that
were not possible with the older electromechanical relays.
ECOFIT 50/51
MiCOM Relays
ENERGY AUTOMATION
small power systems; simple or complex applications are all covered in the MiCOM line
of products.
MiCOM Relays
PowerLogic Easergy protective relays are a complete range of devices for medium
voltage applications, including feeder, motor, transformer, line, and generator protection.
Built on more than 100 years of experience in medium-voltage protection relays with
MiCOM, SEPAM, and Vamp, the new PowerLogic Easergy protective relays have been
designed to meet the most demanding needs for electrical protection, connectivity, and
safety, while taking a step forward in efficiency.
The PowerLogic Easergy P5 Range
Features and Benefits
5
• Built-in Arc flash protection
• Increased number of inputs and outputs for more possibilities
• Compliance to IEC62443 SL1 cybersecurity standard
• Nearby control via mobile app and embedded web-server
• Withdrawable design with secured CT connections while drawn-out
• Nine communication protocols out of the box
• Natively compliant to IEC61850 standard
• Modular design for communication port options and back-up memory
• Low Power Current Transformer (LPCT) / Voltage Transformer (LPVT) compatible
• Powerful logic configuration
• Built-in virtual injection testing
Refer to catalog NRJED313567EN for the PowerLogic Easergy P5 Series.
PowerLogic Easergy P5 Characteristics
Characteristics P5F30 P5M30
Feeder ● —
Application
Motor — ●
Measuring inputs Phase current 1/5A CT (x3) or LPCT (x3)
Voltage protection
Undervoltage 27 3 3
Overvoltage 59 3 3
Earth/ground fault overvoltage 59N 3 3
Negative sequence overvoltage 47 2 2
Frequency protection
Over and/or underfrequency 81 2 2
Underfrequency 81U 2 2
Rate of change of frequency 81R 2 —
Thermal protection
Thermal overload 49 1 1
Temperature monitoring 38 16 16
Power protection
Wattmetric earth/ground fault 32N 2 2
Directional active underpower 32/37N 2 2
Rotating machine protection
Frequent start inhibition 66 — 1
Motor start-up supervision, locked rotor 48/51LR — 1
Positive sequence undervoltage 27P — 2
Underspeed[4] 14 — 2
Overspeed[4] 12 — 2
Anti-backspin[4] ABS — 1
Line protection
Fault locator 21FL 1 —
Auto-Recloser 79 1 —
Transformer protection
Magnetizing inrush detection 68H2 1 1
Fifth harmonic detection 68H5 1 1
Capacitor protection
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Maximum and minimum values: currents ● ●
Maximum and minimum values: voltages ● ●
Maximum and minimum: frequency ● ●
5
Circuit breaker monitoring — 1 1
Relay monitoring — ● ●
Hardware dimensions (W/H/D) 171 x 176 x 214[11] mm / 6.73 x 264 x 177 x 208 mm / 10.39 x 6.97 x 8.19 in 264 x 177 x 208 mm / 10.39 x 6.97 x 8.19 in
6.93 x 8.43 in
ENERGY AUTOMATION
[6] P3U30 and P3F30 relays only. Consult us for other models
[7] Depends on optional module
[8] P3L30 can have 1 loop or 2 point sensors only
[9] Check the available power supply range from the device’s serial number label
[10] Consult us for availability
[11] 226 mm (8.90 in) with ring-lug connectors
[12] Using external RTD module
[13] 12 optional temperature sensors for P3U20
5-6 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
PowerLogic Easergy P3 Applications PowerLogic Easergy™
™ P Series Protection
Relays
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Control with Smart application ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
5
Energy values active and reactive — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Energy transmitted with pulse — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
outputs
Demand values: phase currents ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Demand values: active, reactive, — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
apparent power and power factor
Minimum and maximum demand ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
values: phase currents
Minimum and maximum demand ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
values: RMS phase currents
Minimum and maximum demand — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
values: active, reactive, apparent
power and power factor
Maximum demand values over the — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
last 31 days and 12 months: active,
reactive, apparent power
Minimum demand values over the — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
last 31 days and 12 months: active,
reactive power
[14] Not all protection functions have 4 setting groups. See details in the manual.
[15] Function available on both sets of CT inputs
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Mount Bracket
VAM4CSERL
current module
5
VYX 001 VYX 002
Surface Mounting Plate for sensors Surface Mounting Plate for sensors
www.se.com/us
The Schneider Electric ECOFIT 50/51 is a direct replacement for many GE IAC relays. The Schneider Electric ECOFIT 50/51 is a direct replacement for many GE IFC relays.
PROTECTION, CONTROL, AND
ENERGY AUTOMATION
www.se.com/us
www.se.com/us
78 Pole Slip ● ● ● ●
79 Reclosing ● ● ●
81H Overfrequency ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
81L Underfrequency ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
81R Rate of Change of Frequency ● ●
87M Machine Differential ● ●
87T 2 Winding Transformer Differential ● ● ●
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Power Factor -1 to +1 (CAP/IND) ±1%
Calculated Active Energy 0 to 2.1x108 MWH ±1% ±1 digit
Calculated Reactive Energy 0 to 2.1x108 MVARH ±1% ±1 digit
Temperature -22 to +392 °F (-30 to +200 °C ±1 °C from -20 to +140 °C
5
Active Power 0.008 Sn to 999 MW ±1%
Reactive Power 0.008 Sn to 999 MVar ±1%
Apparent Power 0.008 Sn to 999 MVA ±1%
Peak Demand Active Power 0.008 Sn to 999 MW ±1%
Peak Demand Reactive Power 0.008 Sn to 999 MVar ±1%
Power Factor -1 to +1 (CAP/IND) ±1%
Calculated Active Energy 0 to 2.1x108 MWH ±1% ±1 digit
Calculated Reactive Energy 0 to 2.1x108 MVARH ±1% ±1 digit
Temperature -22 to +392 °F (-30 to +200 °C) ±1 °C from -20 to +140 °C
Rotation Speed 0 to 7200 RPM ±1 RPM
[1] LPCT: low-power current transducer complying with standard IEC 60044-8.
[2] Control matrix for simple assignment of information from the protection, control and monitoring functions.
[3] Logipam ladder language (PC programming environment) to make full use of Sepam series 80 functions.
[4] Standard lithium battery 1/2 AA format 3.6 V front face exchangeable.
www.se.com/us
Sepam™ 20 Configuration
Table 5.18: Sepam Series 20 Configuration
Description Relay Base _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Model
Model
S24 S24 — Substation Relay SQ1S24
B22 B22 — Busbar Relay SQ1B22 Analog Synch
Display Current Coms I/O RTDs Logipam
M20 M20 — Motor Relay SQ1M20 Out Check
T24 T24 — Transformer Relay SQ1T24
Advanced Display A
DSM303 Remote Advanced Display R
Voltage Inputs Only (Required for Busbar Relays 0
CCA634 1A/5A CT inputs 1
CCA630 Alt. 1A/5A CT inputs (requires CSH120, 200 or 30) 2
CCA670 Low Power CT (LPCT) 3
MES114 10In/4Out, 24–48Vdc/120–250Vac A
MES114E 10In/4Out, 110–125Vdc/110Vac B
MES114F 10In/4Out, 220–250Vdc/220–220Vac C
ACE959 1 x RS485 1
ACE969TP2 2 x RS485 2
ACE969FO2 1 x RS485/ 1 x Fiber Optic 3
without (not available on Substation or Busbar relays) A
MET1482 8 Temp sensor inputs B
without 0
MSA141 1 x Analog 0–1mA, 0–10mA, 0–20mA, 4–20mA output 1
Without (80 Series Only) A
Without (80 Series Only) 0
www.se.com/us
Sepam 80 Configuration
Table 5.22: Sepam Series 40 Configuration
Description Relay Base _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Model
Model
S84 S84 - Substation Relay SQ1S84
B80 B80 - Busbar Relay SQ1B80
B83 B83 - Busbar Relay SQ1B83
G87 G87 - Generator Relay SQ1G87
G88 - Generator Relay SQ1G88 Display Analog Logipam Synch
G88 Current Coms I/O RTD's
Out Check
M87 M87 - Motor Relay SQ1M87
M88 M88 - Motor Relay SQ1M88
T87 T87 - Transformer Relay SQ1T87
C86 C86 - Capacitor Bank Relay SQ1C86
Advanced Display A
MimicBus MimicBus Display P
DSM303 Remote Advanced Display C
CCA634 1A/5A CT inputs 1
CCA630 Alt. 1A/5A CT inputs (requires CSH120, 200 or 30) 2
CCA671(80) Low Power CT (LPCT) 3
MES120 14In/6Out, 24-48Vdc D
2 x MES120 28In/12Out, 24-48Vdc E
3 x MES120 42In/18Out, 24-48Vdc F
MES120G 14In/6Out, 220-250Vdc G
2 x MES120G 28In/12Out, 220-250Vdc H
3 x MES120G 42In/18Out, 220-250Vdc I
MES120H 14In/6Out, 110-125Vdc J
2 x MES120H 28In/12Out, 110-125Vdc K
3 x MES120H 42In/18Out, 110-125Vdc L
ACE959 1 x RS485 1
ACE969TP2 2 x RS485 2
ACE969FO2 1 x RS485/ 1 x Fiber Optic 3
ACE850TP 2 x Ethernet Ports (Copper, IEC61850/ModbusTCP) 5
ACE850FO 2 x Ethernet Ports (Fiber, IEC61850/ModbusTCP) 6
without A
MET1482 8 Temp sensor inputs (One Module) B
2 x MET1482 16 Temp sensor inputs (Two Modules) C
without 0
MSA141 1 x Analog 0-1mA, 0-10mA, 0-20mA, 4-20mA output 1
without A
SFT080 Logipam Firmware B
without 0
MCS025 Sync-Check Module (required for ANSI-25) 1
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Catalog Numbers Description
Series 80 - Substation/Feeder Protection S84 (24-250Vdc), mimicBus Graphical Display, 1/5A CT inputs, 14In/11Out Digital Module (110-125Vdc/mid p.u.), 2
SQ1S84P1J5A0B0 x RJ-45 ports (Modbus or IEC61850 with GOOSE), ladder logic firmware (PLC base).
Series 80 - Busbar Protection B83 (24-250Vdc), mimicBus Graphical Display, 1/5A CT inputs, 14In/11Out Digital Module (110-125Vdc/mid p.u.), 2 x RJ-45
SQ1B83P1J5A0B1 ports (Modbus or IEC61850 with GOOSE), ladder logic firmware (PLC base), Synchro-check
Series 80 - Generator Differential Protection G87 (24-250Vdc), mimicBus Graphical Display, 1/5A CT inputs, 14In/11Out Digital Module (110-125Vdc/mid p.
SQ1G87P1J5A0B0 u.), 2 x RJ-45 ports (Modbus or IEC61850 with GOOSE), ladder logic firmware (PLC base).
Series 80 - Motor Differential Protection M87 (24-250Vdc), mimicBus Graphical Display, 1/5A CT inputs, 14In/11Out Digital Module (110-125Vdc/mid p.u.), 8
SQ1M87P1J5B0B0 RTD's, 2 x RJ-45 ports (Modbus or IEC61850 with GOOSE), ladder logic firmware (PLC base).
Series 80 - Transformer Differential Protection T87 (24-250Vdc), mimicBus Graphical Display, 1/5A CT inputs, 14In/11Out Digital Module (110-125Vdc/mid p.
SQ1T87P1J5A0B0 u.), 2 x RJ-45 ports (Modbus or IEC61850 with GOOSE), ladder logic firmware (PLC base).
Also refer to Sepam Series 80 on www.se.us.
www.se.com/us
Modbus RTU ● ● ●
DPN ● ● ●
Communications options Modbus TCP/IP ● ●
IEC61850–MMS ● ●
IEC61850–MMS + GOOSE ●
PROTECTION, CONTROL, AND
ANSI Device Basic Protection Relay S24 Standard Protection Relay S42 Advanced Protection Relay S84
Description Sepam 20 Series Sepam 40 Series Sepam 80 Series
Number
25 Synch Check ●
27 Phase-to-phase undervoltage ● ●
27D Positive sequence undervoltage ●
27R Remnant undervoltage ●
27S Phase-to-neutral undervoltage ● ●
32P Directional Power ● ●
37 Phase Undercurrent ●
46 Negative Sequence Current/Unbalance ● ● ●
47 Negative Sequence undervoltage ● ●
49 Thermal Overload ●
50 Instantaneous Phase Overcurrent ● ● ●
50BF Breaker Failure ● ● ●
50G Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent (Measured) ● ●
50N Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent (Calculated) ● ● ●
51 Time Phase Overcurrent ● ● ●
51G Time Ground Overcurrent(Measured) ● ●
51N Time Ground Overcurrent(Calculated) ● ● ●
59 Phase-to-phase overvoltage ● ●
59N Neutral Voltage Displacement ● ●
67 Directional Phase Overcurrent ● ●
67N Directional Ground Overcurrent ● ●
79 Reclosing ● ● ●
81H Overfrequency ● ●
81L Underfrequency ● ●
81R Rate of Change of Frequency ●
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Table 5.27: Functions
ANSI Device Number Description M20 M41 M87 M88
12/14 Speed Switch ● ● ● ●
26 Thermostat ● ●
27 Phase-to-phase undervoltage ● ● ●
27D Positive sequence undervoltage ● ● ●
27R Remnant Undervoltage ● ● ●
27S Phase-to-neutral undervoltage ● ● ●
32P Directional Power ● ● ●
32Q/40/55 Directional Reactive Power ● ● ●
37 Phase Undercurrent ● ● ● ●
38 Bearing Temperature ● ● ● ●
40 Loss of Excitation ● ● ●
46 Negative Sequence Current/Unbalance ● ● ● ●
47 Negative Sequence undervoltage ● ● ●
5
48 Excessive Starting Time ● ● ● ●
49 Thermal Overload ● ● ● ●
49T RTD Monitoring ● ● ● ●
50BF Breaker Failure ● ● ●
50 Instantaneous Phase Overcurrent ● ● ● ●
50G Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent(Measured) ● ● ● ●
50N Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent(Calculated) ● ● ● ●
51 Time Phase Overcurrent ● ● ● ●
51G Time Ground Overcurrent(Measured) ● ● ● ●
51N Time Ground Overcurrent(Calculated) ● ● ● ●
51LR Locked Rotor ● ● ● ●
59 Phase-to-phase overvoltage ● ● ●
59N Neutral Voltage Displacement ● ● ●
66 Starts per hour ● ● ● ●
67N Directional Ground Overcurrent ● ●
78 Pole Slip ● ●
81H Overfrequency ● ● ●
81L Underfrequency ● ● ●
87M Machine Differential ●
87T 2 Winding Transformer Differential ●
www.se.com/us
IEC61850–MMS ● ●
IEC61850–MMS + GOOSE ●
24 Volts/Hertz ●
Synch Check
ENERGY AUTOMATION
25 ●
26 Thermostat ● ● ●
27 Phase-to-phase undervoltage ● ●
27D Positive sequence undervoltage ●
27R Remnant Undervoltage ●
27S Phase-to-neutral undervoltage ● ●
32P Directional Power ●
38 Bearing Temperature ● ● ●
46 Negative Sequence Current/Unbalance ● ● ●
47 Negative Sequence undervoltage ● ●
49 Thermal Overload ● ● ●
49T RTD Monitoring ● ● ●
50BF Breaker Failure ● ● ●
50 Instantaneous Phase Overcurrent ● ● ●
50G Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent (Measured) ● ● ●
50N Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent (Calculated) ● ● ●
50V Voltage Restrained Instantaneous overcurrent ●
51 Time Phase Overcurrent ● ● ●
51G Time Ground Overcurrent (Measured) ● ● ●
51N Time Ground Overcurrent (Calculated) ● ● ●
59 Phase-to-phase overvoltage ● ●
59N Neutral Voltage Displacement ● ●
63 Buchholz Pressure ● ● ●
64REF Restricted Ground Fault ●
67N Directional Ground Overcurrent ●
67 Directional Phase Overcurrent ● ●
81H Overfrequency ● ●
81L Underfrequency ● ●
87T 2 Winding Transformer Differential ●
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
21B ● ●
24 Volts/Hertz ● ●
25 Synch Check ● ●
27 Phase-to-phase undervoltage ● ● ●
27D Positive sequence undervoltage ● ●
27R Remnant Undervoltage ● ●
27S Phase-to-neutral undervoltage ● ● ●
27TN Third Harmonic Neutral Undervoltage ● ●
32P Directional Power ● ● ●
32Q/40/55 Directional Reactive Power ● ● ●
38 Bearing Temperature ● ● ●
40 Loss of Excitation ● ● ●
46 Negative Sequence Current/Unbalance ● ● ●
47 Negative Sequence undervoltage ● ● ●
49 Thermal Overload ● ● ●
49T RTD Monitoring ● ● ●
50/27 Inadvertent energization ● ●
5
50BF Breaker Failure ● ● ●
50 Instantaneous Phase Overcurrent ● ● ●
50G Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent(Measured) ● ● ●
50N Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent(Calculated) ● ● ●
50V Voltage Restrained Instantaneous overcurrent ● ● ●
51 Time Phase Overcurrent ● ● ●
51G Time Ground Overcurrent(Measured) ● ● ●
51N Time Ground Overcurrent(Calculated) ● ● ●
51V Voltage Restrained Time Overcurrent ● ● ●
59 Phase-to-phase overvoltage ● ● ●
59N Neutral Voltage Displacement ● ● ●
66 Starts per hour ●
64G 100% Stator Ground Fault ● ●
67 Directional Phase Overcurrent ● ●
67N Directional Ground Overcurrent ● ●
78 Pole Slip ● ●
81H Overfrequency ● ● ●
81L Underfrequency ● ● ●
87M Machine Differential ●
87T 2 Winding Transformer Differential ●
www.se.com/us
www.se.com/us
C86
ENERGY AUTOMATION
49 Thermal Overload ●
49T RTD Monitoring ●
50BF Breaker Failure ●
50 Instantaneous Phase Overcurrent ●
50G Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent (Measured) ●
50N Instantaneous Ground Overcurrent (Calculated) ●
51 Time Phase Overcurrent ●
51C Capacitor Bank Unbalance ●
51G Time Ground Overcurrent (Measured) ●
51N Time Ground Overcurrent (Calculated) ●
59 Phase-to-phase overvoltage ●
59N Neutral Voltage Displacement ●
81H Overfrequency ●
81L Underfrequency ●
www.se.com/us
The MiCOM 30 series provides for a The MiCOM 40 series fulfils the
Description The MiCOM 10 series provides for The MiCOM 20 series provides for full range of protection features and is protection requirements for a wide
self-powered protection. basic current based protections. focused on Utility and Railway range of Utility and industrial
applications. applications.
Applications Covered
Substation (Feeder) ● ● ● ●
Motor ● ● ●
Transformer ● ●
Distance ● ●
Line Differential ● ●
Railway ●
Busbar ●
Mesh breaker arrangements ●
Generator ●
5
Characteristics
Frequency 50/60 Hz ● ●
Logic inputs max 8 max 12 max 82 max 64
Opto inputs max 82 max 64
Output contacts max 48 max 60
PROTECTION, CONTROL, AND
Continuous carry 5 A / 8 A / 10 A 10 A
Short duration current 30 A for 0.5 (3s) 30 A for 3s
LED indication
23 (19) 22 (18)
(programmable)
Settings groups 4 4
High break contacts NA NA max 16 max 8
Function keys / hot keys NA NA 6 10 / 2
Fault records 20 25 8 15
Event records 200 250 1000 250–512
Disturbance records 5 5 16.4s (max 8 rec.) 75s (max 10. s/rec.)
Programmable logic NA Flexible Logic Fully programmable Graphical / Fully programmable
IRIG-B NA Optional Optional Optional
LCD display Alphanumeric / Graphical Alphanumeric
Front port EIA(RS) 232 EIA(RS) 232
Rear port Yes / Optional Yes / Optional
Counter EIA(RS)485 or fiber K-Bus / EIA(RS)485 or fiber
Modbus EIA(RS)485 or fiber EIA(RS)485 or fiber
IEC 60870–5–103 EIA(RS)485 or fiber EIA(RS)485 or fiber
IEC 60870–5–101 EIA(RS)485 or fiber EIA(RS)485 or fiber
DNP3.0 EIA(RS)485 or fiber EIA(RS)485 or Ethernet (RJ45, fiber)
IEC 61850 Wire RJ45 or fiber Wire RJ45 or fiber
Terminals Pin or Ring Ring
Analog I/O NA max 0/2 1/2 4/4
Temperature sensors NA max 10 max 10 max 10
1 1 1-4 1-4
ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850
Communication Ports Redundancy Redundancy
— —
— — Goose Messaging Goose Messaging
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
CT Inputs 4 4 18/21
VT Inputs 3/0
Opto Inputs (max) 8 16 24 40
Output Contacts (max) 8 8 21 32
Function keys / Hotkeys ● ● ●
5
Function keys / Hotkeys ● ● ● ●
www.se.com/us
management software (MiCOM S1 Studio) makes for easy configuration and application.
Basic Feeder Protection Relays — MiCOM 10 and 20 Series
The 10 and 20 series hardware platforms are the building blocks of the MiCOM
protection relay range providing the capability for a wide variety of protection, control,
PROTECTION, CONTROL, AND
The MiCOM P11x relays are suitable for all the applications where overcurrent and/or
ground fault protection are required. P11x can be applied to medium and low voltage
electrical systems as an optimized and cost-efficient solution tailored to user’s needs.
MiCOM P120, P121, P122 and P123 relays provide comprehensive overcurrent phase
and ground fault protection for utilities networks, industrial plants and networks as well as
for other applications where overcurrent protection is required. The ground fault
MiCOM P11x MiCOM P12x protection is sensitive enough to be applied in electrical networks where the ground fault
current is low.
Standard and Advanced Feeder Protection Relays — MiCOM 30 and 40 Series
• Easergy MiCOM P132 offers a flexible and powerful feeder management device
housed in a 4U case in 24TE, 40TE or 84TE widths. Easergy MiCOM P132 offers bay
control for up to 3 devices and a library of 80 pre-engineered templates to reduce
engineering time.
• Easergy MiCOM P139 one-box solution is the most advanced in the range. It’s
available in 40TE or 84TE width, 4U case sizes. It offers bay control for up to 10
devices. It uses a pre-engineered library of up to 300 templates for efficient
engineering and commissioning.
• Easergy MiCOM P14x Feeder Management and Overcurrent Protective Relays are
especially suitable where a complete or advanced power system protection scheme
solution is required.
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Circuit breaker monitoring ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cold load pick-up ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Inrush blocking ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
InterMiCOM ● ● ● ● ● ●
Limit value monitoring ● ●
www.se.com/us
Table 5.45: Functions available for the different models of the Motor protection MiCOM range of relays
ANSI Protection Function P211 P220 P225 P130C P132 P139 P241 P242 P243
14 Speed switch input ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 Check synchronizing ● ●
27LV Reacceleration ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
30/46/86 Unbalance / Lock out ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32L/O/R Directional power ● ● ●
32R Reverse power ● ● ● ● ● ●
37 Loss of load ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
37 Undercurrent ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
38/49 Thermal overload ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 Loss of field ● ● ●
46 negative sequence overcurrent ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
5
www.se.com/us
Table 5.47: Functions available for the different models of the Transformer protection MiCOM range of relays
ANSI Protection Function P631 P632 P633 P634 P642 P643 P645
24 Overexcitation ● ● ● ● ● ●
46 Negative sequence overcurrent ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
47 Negative sequence over voltage ● ● ●
49 Thermal overload ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50/51N Ground fault ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50/51P Phase overcurrent ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50BF Circuit breaker failure ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
59/27 Under / Over voltage ● ● ● ● ● ●
67N Ground fault directional ● ● ●
67P Phase directional ● ● ●
81 Under / over frequency ● ● ● ● ● ●
87G/64 Restricted ground fault 2 3 3 2 3 3
87T Transformer differential (windings) 2 2 3 4 2 3 3
CTS Current transformer (CT) supervision ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
TCS Trip current supervision ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
VTS Voltage Transformer (VT) supervision ● ● ●
2nd harmonic restraint ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Overfluxing / 5th harmonic ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
5 ENERGY AUTOMATION
www.se.com/us
Table 5.49: Functions available for the different models of the Generator protection MiCOM range of relays
ANSI Protection Function P342 P343 P344 P345
21 Under-impedance ● ● ● ●
24 Overexcitation ● ● ●
25 Check synchronizing ● ● ● ●
27TN/59TN 100% stator ground fault (3rd) ● ● ● ●
32L/O/R Directional power ● ● ● ●
37N/37P Sensitive phase and ground fault undercurrent ● ● ● ●
38/49 Thermal overload ● ● ● ●
40 Loss of field ● ● ● ●
460C Negative sequence overcurrent ● ● ● ●
46T Negative sequence thermal ● ● ● ●
47 Negative sequence over voltage ● ● ● ●
49T Thermal overload ● ● ● ●
50/27 Unintentional energization ● ● ●
50/51P Phase overcurrent ● ● ● ●
50BF Circuit breaker failure ● ● ● ●
50N/51N Ground fault ● ● ● ●
50DT Interturn / split phase ● ● ●
51V Voltage dependent O/C ● ● ● ●
59/27 Under / over voltage ● ● ● ●
59N Residual over voltage ● ● ● ●
5
● ● ● ●
67P Phase directional ● ● ● ●
ENERGY AUTOMATION
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
to any configuration and can operate with different types of CT.
Table 5.51: Functions available for the different models of the Busbar protection MiCOM range of relays
ANSI Protection Function P741 P742 P743 P746
50N/51N Ground fault ● ● ●
50/51P Phase overcurrent ● ● ●
50BF Circuit breaker failure ● ● ● ●
87BB Busbar ● ● ● ●
87CZ Check Zones ● ●
87P Phase segregated differential 8 zones 4 zones
87P Sensitive ground fault differential 8 zones
CTS Current transformer supervision ● ● ● ●
TCS Trip circuit supervision ● ● ● ●
VTS Voltage transformer supervision ● ● ●
Phase comparison ●
CT saturation detection ● ●
5
CT supervision ● ● ●
www.se.com/us
Table 5.55: Functions available for the different models of the Distance protection MiCOM range of relays
ANSI Protection Function P433 P435 P437 P439 P441 P442 P443 P444 P445 P446
21/21N Distance ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 Check synchronising ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 Directional power ● ● ● ●
32V Voltage controlled directional reactive power ● ● ●
46 Negative sequence overcurrent ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
5
www.se.com/us
Table 5.57: Functions available for the different models of the Line Differential protection MiCOM range of relays
ANSI Protection Function P521 P530C P532 P541 P542 P543 P544 P545 P546 P547
21 Distance ● ● ● ● ●
ENERGY AUTOMATION
46 Negative sequence overcurrent ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
49 Thermal overload ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50/51N Ground fault ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50/51P Phase overcurrent ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50BF Circuit breaker failure ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
59/27 Over / under voltage ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
64W Wattmetric ground fault ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
67N Ground fault directional ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
67N Sensitive directional ground fault ● ● ● ● ● ●
67P Phase directional ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
78 Power swing blocking ● ● ● ● ●
79 Auto-reclose 3 pole 3 pole 3 pole 3 pole 1/3 pole 1/3 pole 1/3 pole 1/3 pole 1/3 pole
81 Under / over frequency ● ● ● ● ● ●
87L Line differential (terminal) 2 2 2 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3
87L Phase comparison ●
CTS CT supervision ● ● ● ● ● ●
5
TCS Trip circuit supervision ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 breaker configuration ● ●
2nd harmonic restraint ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Copper wire signaling ● ● ●
Direct / permissive inter tripping ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
FO signaling ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
In Zone transformer ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PLC signaling ●
SDH / Sonet networks ● ● ● ●
Vector compensation ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
www.se.com/us
86 Lock-out ● ● ● ●
87T Transformer differential (windings) 2
di/dt,dv/dt, dΦ /dt Train startup detection ● ●
Hz Rail catenary protection 16 2/3 25/50/60
TCS Trip circuit supervision ● ● ● ●
PROTECTION, CONTROL, AND
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Automation Controller ● ● ● ● ● ●
Protocol Converter ● ● ● ● ● ●
NERC CIP Cybersecure IED
Gateway ● ● ●
Sectionalizer ● ●
Cap Bank Controller ● ●
Built in Status and Built in AC Analog
Feeder RTU Control Inputs
Flexible Communications
Interfaces ● ●
Characteristics
Physical Size 12" x 15" 19" x 7" x 10.5" 19" x 5.25" x 10.5" 8" x 5" 12" x 8" 11" x 11"
RS-232 4 / 12 16 16 2 / 10 2 / 10 4 / 12
Serial Fiber 0 0 0 1 0 0
RS-485 0 0 0 1 2 0
Ethernet 2/6 2/5 2/5 2/6 2/6 2/6
Digital Input 16 / 240 224 224 0 16 8
5
Analog Input 8 / 232 256 0 / 256 0 0 / 256 6 (AC)
Digital Output 128 128 SBO / 256 DO 64 0 4 4
1 ms SOE 0 / 512 256 / 512 0 / 512 0 / 512 0 / 512 0
Analog Output 12 0 0 0 0 0
Mount Panel Rack Rack Panel / Din Panel Panel
• First # indicates built-in capacity, second # indicates maximum expansion capacity
• All units have the same software functionality (Protocols, Applications, User Interface)
• SAGE 1450 Analogs are AC Input type and allow 3 Current and 3 Voltage Inputs. All other models represent milliamp transducer DC Analog Input
• SAGE 4400 has capacity for 128 SBO type Trip / Close pairs and up to 256 Digital Output Points, all on scalable XT Boards
• All Inputs and Outputs in this table are Hardware wired points. Does not include points from IED's.
www.se.com/us
• LEDs for visual indications of communications, digital ins & • Full three-year warranty standard
outs, and other functions
Baseboard I/O
• 16 Digital Input / Accumulator Points • 4x SBO or 8x DO Control points
(Configurable)
• 8 DC Analog Inputs (±5 VDC, 0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC, ±1 mA, 0-1
mA, 4-20 mA, 10-50 mA) • 2x Alarm Contact points
I/O Expansion Capabilities
• Up to 240 Digital Input Points (5 ms) • A combination of Special Function Bus
Cards
• Up to 232 DC Analog Input Points (Several Variances
Available) – ACI [4]
– 1MS SOE [4]
• Up to 128 SBO Trip Close Pairs / 256 Digital Output Points
– Digital Output
• Up to 512 1ms SOE Digital Input Points [3]
• IRIG-B [3]
• Up to 12 Analog Output Points [4]
• GPS [3]
Same Firmware Capabilities in all SAGE RTUs
• Intuitive config@WEB Browser Based User Interface: No
proprietary Software Required
• SEL IED Management (AutoConfig, EVE
File Storing, Config Change Management)
• Extensive Protocol Suite included with every unit • Detailed Comm Diagnostics and Counters:
PCAP, Protocol Captures
• Configurable Math, Logic, and Automation Applications
•
5
– Embedded Firewall
ENERGY AUTOMATION
[2] See our website for a full catalog of I/O Expansion Options.
[3] On PC/104 Expansion Cards
[4] On Discontinued Cards
5-34 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
SAGE 3030 Magnum RTUs SAGE RTUs (Remote Terminal Units)
www.se.com/us
SAGE 3030
• AMD LX-800 500 MHz CPU with 1 GB flash memory (Common • Meet IEEE 472, ANSI C37.90 SWC
to all SAGE RTU) • Meet C37.90.1 standards
Designed for Substation Gateway applications, the
SAGE 3030 Magnum can accommodate many • Non Windows® OS (VxWorks) • Full 3 Year Warranty Standard
vendor agnostic IED's via Serial and Ethernet • PC/104™ bus architecture • Rugged relay-style metal enclosure for easy
rack mounting
communications. The SAGE 3030M RTU offers the • Time Synching
– Continuous IRIG-B output with built-in bus to all • Over 100 LEDs for positive visual
most communications ports while allowing traditional communication ports for IRIG-B In, GPS, RTC, or protocol Indications
hardwire I/O options from other SAGE models. time synchronization – Serial Communications (TX, RX, DCD/
– GPS [6] +5V, CTS, RTS) x 18 Power, Run,
Reset, Local, Time Source Fail, IED
Each SAGE RTU provides the same browser-based – Protocols Failed, User Logged In, Config
user interface for easy configuration and setup. – Arbiter Changed, RLL Running, Ethernet Lik,
Each RTU offers IED integration, NERC CIP and Alarm 1 & 2
security, IEC 61131-based logic Hardware I/O Options
functions, communications protocols, and a custom
applications library. [5]
• Up to 224 Status / Acc Inputs (5 ms) • Up to 256 DC Analog Input points [6]
• Up to 64 SBO Trip Close Pairs (momentary and latching) • Up to 512 1ms SOE Status inputs [6]
Same Firmware Capabilities in all SAGE RTUs
• Intuitive config@WEB Browser Based User Interface • Force Point Data
• No proprietary Software Required • Detailed Comm Diagnostics and Counters
• Extensive Protocol Suite included with every unit • PCAP, Protocol Captures
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Features Onboard
• Size: 19 x 7 x 10.5 Inches • Remote/Local Switch with available Dry
• -40° to +80° C Operating Temperature Contacts
• AMD LX-800 500 MHz CPU with 1 GB flash memory (Common • Time Synching
– IRIG-B In -> Distributed to all 16 Serial
to all SAGE RTU)
ports
• Serial
Panel
Ports: 16 x RS232 with Comm Status LED's on Front – GPS [6]
– Protocols
– RTU status LED's on Front Panel
SAGE 4400 – Arbiter
– 5VDC available on each port (up to 5W total)
The SAGE 4400 combines the best features of the – 300-115,000 bps available • Power Input Options
– 10-33 VDC
SAGE 3030M and the SAGE 2400. The 4400 is a
rack mounted RTU with all the communications • Ethernet Ports: 2 x 10/100 Mbps (Optional 3 port switch [6]) – With Input Fusing and power switch
capabilities of the 3030M and the I/O flexibility of the • 2x Alarm Contacts Onboard – Grounding Bar
SAGE 2400. The 4400 uses the same I/O cards as Hardware I/O Options
the other SAGE products for maximum retrofit
capability and is designed for applications that • Options with more user friendly cable interface (See attached
brochure for I/O details)
• Up to 128 SBO Trip Close Pairs
•
5
Up to 256 DC Analog Input points
require a significant capability for discrete I/O. It
includes enough processor power for integration of • Up to 224 Status Inputs (5 ms)
• Up to 256 DO Digital Output Points
many IED’s as well as intelligent embedded • Up to 256 - 1 ms SOE Status Inputs
applications and logic functions. Same Firmware Capabilities in all SAGE RTUs
• Intuitive config@WEB Browser Based User Interface. No • Force Point Data
Each SAGE RTU provides the same browser-based proprietary Software Required
• Detailed Comm Diagnostics and Counters
user interface for easy configuration and setup. • Extensive Protocol Suite included with every unit
• PCAP, Protocol Captures
Each RTU offers IED integration, NERC CIP •
security, IEC 61131-based logic
Configurable Math, Logic, and Automation Applications
• Secure Ethernet Protocols
functions, communications protocols, and a custom • IEC 61131 Compliant IsaGRAF Programming Interface – IPSec / IKE
– HTTPS
applications library. [5] • NERC CIP Cybersecurity
– SSL / SSH
• Advanced Logging with Syslog Client
– SFTP
• SEL IED Management (AutoConfig, EVE File Storing, Config
Change Management)
– Embedded Firewall
[5] See our website for a full catalog of I/O Expansion Options.
[6] Available with PC/104 Expansion Cards
www.se.com/us
SAGE 1410
• PC/104™ bus architecture for easy future upgrades • Accepts 12-33VDC Input Power directly
• Optional 125 VDC/20-60 VDC/120 VAC power supply
Same Firmware Capabilities in all SAGE RTUs
Smart and compact data concentrator / protocol
converter / gateway solution. • Intuitive config@WEB Browser Based User Interface. No • Force Point Data
proprietary Software Required
• Detailed Comm Diagnostics and Counters
Each SAGE RTU provides the same browser-based • Extensive Protocol Suite included with every unit
• PCAP, Protocol Captures
user interface for easy configuration and setup.
Each RTU offers IED integration, NERC CIP
• Configurable Math, Logic, and Automation Applications
• Secure Ethernet Protocols
• Easy to connect removable Phoenix® type terminal blocks • Optional DC Analog Input Module
SAGE 1430
• Designed for Electric Utility applications
– Meet IEEE 472, ANSI C37.90 SWC
• On board LEDs show operational status
(Power / Full Comm Status indications)
Each SAGE RTU provides the same browser-based Same Firmware Capabilities in all SAGE RTUs
user interface for easy configuration and setup. • Intuitive config@WEB Browser Based User Interface. No
proprietary Software Required
• SEL IED Management (AutoConfig, EVE
File Storing, Config Change Management)
Each RTU offers IED integration, NERC CIP
security, IEC 61131-based logic • Extensive Protocol Suite included with every unit • Detailed Comm Diagnostics and Counters
functions, communications protocols, and a custom
applications library.
• Configurable Math, Logic, and Automation Applications • PCAP, Protocol Captures
• IEC 61131 Compliant IsaGRAF Programming Interface • Secure Ethernet Protocols
– IPSec / IKE
• NERC CIP Cybersecurity
– HTTPS
• Advanced Logging with Syslog Client
– SSL / SSH
• Force Point Data – SFTP
– Embedded Firewall
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
SAGE Sales and Support
New RTU Sales
Email: USUtilityQuotes@se.com
Tips: Tips: Power Input Requirements, Hard wired I/O Requirements, Communications Ports Needed,
Mounting, Other options needed will expedite the quotation process.
Technical Support
Phone: (713) 920-6832
5
Email: sagertu_support@se.com
Tips: Generally a copy of the configuration, data traps, and the firmware version will help us diagnose
any problems.
Repairs
Email: USUtilityQuotes@se.com
Tips: Have the Tag numbers from the affected products, and the Serial Number.
Remove known good parts to minimize any repair costs.
PS50 PS25
Wide range of smart power supplies. The Easergy T300 back-up power supplies are designed for power supply
interruptions in order to maintain control and monitoring of the MV substation during the outage.
[1] Refer to catalog (document number NRJED314621EN) or the Easergy T300 product range for more information.
5-38 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Easergy™
™ HU250 Communication Gateway Easergy™
™ T300 RTUs (Remote Terminal
Units)
www.se.com/us
ENERGY AUTOMATION
Easergy LV150 Low Voltage Transformer Monitor
The Easergy LV150 is an unmatched low voltage monitoring module designed for the
public MV/LV substation. It combines accurate 3-phase energy and power
measurements with data logging, power quality analysis, alarming and temperature
capabilities not typically available in such a compact RTU. The Easergy LV150 is
compliant with stringent international standards that enhance its metering accuracy and
power quality measurements, as specified by the safety standard requirement for the
MV/LV substation. Easergy LV150 gives you the energy intelligence and control needed
to track performance, stay informed in real time of critical conditions and empower you to
make strategic decisions. It will help you increase reliability, maximize the use of
resources and improve service. [2]
Applications
• Transformer temperature monitoring
• LV incomer power monitoring
5
LV150
• LV incomer power quality monitoring
• LV network voltage fault detection (loss of neutral at transformer level)
Table 5.66: Easergy LV150
Description Catalog Number
Low Voltage Transformer Monitor EMS59300
[2] Refer to catalog (document number NRJED314621EN) or the Easergy T300 product range for more information.
[3] Refer to catalog (document number NRJED314621EN) or the Easergy T300 product range for more information.
5-40 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Table of Contents
Section 6
Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) and Easy
Commercial and Industrial
Applications UPS 3S
Externally Mounted SPDs 6-2
Overview 6-2
EMA Series SPDs 6-2
XDSE Surge Protective Devices 6-3
SDSA1175 and SDSA 3-Phase SPDs 6-4
Replacement Modules 6-5
Internally Mounted SPDs 6-5
SurgeLogic TM Type EMA
Overview 6-5
Internally Mounted—New Construction/Factory Assembled 6-5
Internally Mounted SPDs—Field Installable 6-6
Surgelogic SurgeLoc for NQ Panelboards 6-7
OEM/Assembler Kits 6-8
Residential SPDs 6-8
SurgeLogicTM NQ SurgeLoc
Easy UPS 3S
• 10 year product warranty • EMI/RFI filtering • Indicator LEDs; normal (green) and fault
condition (red) for each phase
• 10 modes of protection • Audible alarm with enable/disable switch, dry
contacts and surge counter standard • UL 1449 Type 1 to be used in both Type 1 and
• 200 kA SCCR Type 2 applications
EMA SPD products feature a design based on replaceable modules for a flexible, cost effective way to achieve superior surge suppression at every
level of the electrical distribution system. Modularity results in lower life cycle costs and fast, easy service or replacement.
Remote Monitor
[1] Not available in stainless steel for 320 and 480 kA.
6-2 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3/31/2022
XDSE Surge Protective Devices Externally Mounted SPDs
www.se.com/us
SDSA 3-Phase
3–phase, 3 wire
480Y/277 V, 40 SDSA4040
3–phase, 4–wire
480 V Delta, 40 SDSA404D
3–phase, 3–wire
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
600Y/347 V, 40 SDSA3650
3–phase, 4–wire
(SPDS) AND EASY UPS 3S
[12] 600 V Delta series also applies to the following voltages 600Y/347V HRG.
[13] 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
[14] HLD= High-leg delta.
[15] 480Y/277 series also applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
[16] 480V Delta series also applies to the following voltage 480Y/277V HRG.
6-4 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3/31/2022
Replacement Modules Internally Mounted SPDs
www.se.com/us
[17] For UL 1449 Type 1 Modules, add suffix (1). Example: MA1IMA121
[18] 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
[19] High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules).
[20] 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
[21] 480 V Delta series also applies to the following voltage 480Y/277V HRG.
[22] 600 V Delta series also applies to the following voltage 600Y/347V HRG.
Delta 180 kA — —
[1] Requires 13.5-inch mounting height. HL circuit breakers are 125kAIC SCCR (240 V and below), 100kAIC SCCR (480 V), 50kAIC SCCR (600 V)
[2] Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded wye systems with or without neutral.
[3] 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
[4] 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. HR circuit breakers are 200kAIC SCCR (480 V and below), 100kAIC SCCR (600 V)
[5] 480 V Delta series also applies to the following voltage: 480Y/277V HRG.
[6] 600 V Delta series also applies to the following voltage: 600Y/347V HRG.
6-6 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3/31/2022
Surgelogic SurgeLoc for NQ Panelboards Internally Mounted SPDs
www.se.com/us
OEM/Assembler Kits
SurgeLogic™ OEM/assembler kits allow manufacturers to add industry-leading surge
suppression directly to customized equipment. Manufacturers benefit from shorter wire
lengths that optimize the clamping voltage of the SPD. Products come with a backplane-
mounted SPD, mounting hardware and diagnostic display with 36-inch cables. Audible
alarm, silence switch, remote monitoring contacts, and surge counter are standard.
Available as UL 1449 Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number).
US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 and UL 1283 standards. Complies with
requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies
with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems.
120 TVS1IMA12O( )
120/240 V, 1-phase,
3-wire + ground 160 TVS1IMA16O( )
240 TVS1IMA24O( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS2IMA12O( )
4-wire + ground [11] [12] 160 TVS2IMA16O( )
Wye TVS2IMA24O( )
240
240/120 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS3IMA12O( )
4-wire + ground 160 TVS3IMA16O( )
High-leg Delta TVS3IMA24O( )
240
120 TVS6IMA12O( )
240 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground [11] [13] 160 TVS6IMA16O( )
Delta 240 TVS6IMA24O( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS4IMA12O( )
4-wire + ground [11] [13] 160 TVS4IMA16O( )
Wye TVS4IMA24O( )
OEM Kit 240
120 TVS5IMA12O( )
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground [14] 160 TVS5IMA16O( )
Delta 240 TVS5IMA24O( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS8IMA12O( )
4-wire + ground [11] 160 TVS8IMA16O( )
Wye TVS8IMA24O( )
240
120 TVS9IMA12O( )
600 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground [15] 160 TVS9IMA16O( )
Delta 180 TVS9IMA18O( )
( ) For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number.
• Telephone surge suppression module supports one RJ45 cable up to four lines.
(SPDS) AND EASY UPS 3S
SDSB80111
• Network suppression module supports one RJ45 modem/fax/DSL
[10] Note the last character of the catalog number is the letter “O”, not a zero.
[11] Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded wye systems with or without neutral.
[12] 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
[13] 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
[14] 480 V Delta series also applies to the following voltage: 480Y/277V HRG.
[15] 600 V Delta series also applies to the following voltage: 600Y/347V HRG.
6-8 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
3/31/2022
HEPD Whole Home Surge Protective Residential SPDs
www.se.com/us Devices
cULus Listed to the latest UL 1449 standard, UL Type 1 SPD, CSA C22.2 No. *-M1986,
HEPD50 HEPD25 C233.1-87.
• 120/240 Vac
• Max surge current ratings avaliable: 50 and 80 kA
• NEMA 4X rate for indoor or outdoor applications
HEPD80 HEPD25MKF • LED status indicators
• Compatible with all brands of load centers
• Flush Mount Kit sold separately - see table below
• HEPD25: 3 year/$30,000 connected equipment warranty
• HEPD50: 3 year/$50,000 connected equipment warranty
HEPD58MKF • HEPD80: 5 year/$75,000 connected equipment warranty
Table 6.10: HEPD Whole House Surge Protective Devices
Description Surge Current Rating Cat. No.
HEPD25 25 kA HEPD25
HEPD25MKF Flush Mount Kit HEPD25MKF
50kA Home Electronic Protective Device 50 kA HEPD50
80kA Home Electronic Protective Device 80 kA HEPD80
Flush Mount Kit for HEPD50/HEPD80 HEPD58MKF
Table 6.11: QO™, NQ, and HomeLine™ Load Center Surge Protective Device
Description Cat. No.
Plug on Neutral QO™ Surgebreaker QO250PSPD
Plug on Neutral Homeline™ Surgebreaker HOM250PSPD
Table 6.12: QO™, NQ, and HomeLine™ Load Center Surge Protective Devices
6
www.se.com/us
• IP20 rated
• Optimize efficiency
– Double Conversion Mode (up to 94%)
– ECO Mode (98% efficiency)
Please Note: Batteries are not included with the UPS. Use the selection tables below to
determine number of batteries.
Using the selection table, choose what percentage of the total kVA will be backed up.
Then, choose the runtime.
Example: A 20 kVA UPS backing up 75% of its kVA for a runtime of 1 hour will require
(1) E3SUPS20KFBS, (1) E3SXR7, and (12) E3SFBTH2. Then, choose accessories if
needed.
The maximum number of battery strings that can be installed in a modular battery
cabinet (E3SXR7) is 12.
6
% Load
Part Number Measurement Battery Strings E3SFBTH2
50% 75% 100%
KW 5 7.5 10 —
kVA 5 7.5 10 —
E3SUPS10KFBS + (#) of battery strings
needed E3SFBTH2 10.5 5.8 — 1
Runtime (Minutes) 26.5 15.5 10.5 2
44.5 26.5 18 3
KW 5 7.5 10 —
kVA 5 7.5 10 —
63.5 38.5 26.5 4
83.5 51 35 5
100 63.5 44 6
125 77 53.5 7
E3SUPS10KFBS + 1 modular battery cabinet 145 90.5 63 8
E3SXR7 + (#) of battery strings needed
E3SFBTH2 170 100 73 9
Runtime (Minutes)
190 115 83 10
215 130 93 11
240 145 100 12
265 160 110 13
285 175 120 14
300 190 135 15
www.se.com/us
Runtime (Minutes)
16 9.1 5.8 4
21.5 12.5 8.2 5
27.5 16 10.5 6
KW 15 22.5 30 —
kVA 15 22.5 30 —
33.5 19.5 13 7
E3SUPS30KFBS + 1 of E3SXR7 + (#) 39.5 23.5 16 8
of E3SFBTH2 below 45.5 27 18.5 9
Runtime (Minutes)
52 31 21 10
58.5 35 24 11
65 39 27 12
www.se.com/us
65.5 39.5 27 16
70.5 42.5 29.5 17
76 45.5 31.5 18
KW 20 30 40 —
kVA 20 30 40 —
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
81 49 34 19
(SPDS) AND EASY UPS 3S
86 52 36 20
91.5 55.5 38.5 21
97 58.5 40.5 22
E3SUPS40KFBS + 2 of E3SXR7 + (#) of 100 62 43 23
battery strings needed E3SFBTH2 105 65 45.5 24
Runtime (Minutes)
110 68.5 48 25
115 72 50 26
120 75.5 52.5 27
125 79 55 28
135 82 57.5 29
140 85.5 60 30
KW 20 30 40 —
kVA 20 30 40 —
145 89 62.5 31
150 92.5 65 32
155 96 67.5 33
160 100 70 34
E3SUPS40KFBS + 3 of E3SXR7 + (#) of 165 100 72.5 35
battery strings needed E3SFBTH2 175 105 75 36
Runtime (Minutes)
180 110 77.5 37
185 110 80 38
190 115 82.5 39
195 120 85 40
205 125 88 41
210 125 90.5 42
E3SUPS40KFBS + 4 of E3SXR7 + (#) of KW 20 30 40 —
battery strings needed E3SFBTH2 kVA 20 30 40 —
www.se.com/us
Battery String
Series Network
Dry Contact Card Cold Start Kit Kirk Key Kit Card Parallel Kit
Section 7
Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Selection Information 7-1
J-Frame L-Frame
PowerPacT™ Circuit Breaker Accessories 7-51
P-Frame
R-Fram
R-Frame
[1] For dimensions for QOB2150VH, QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH and QOB3150VH, see page 7-85
[2] 2P 150–200 A requires 4P width.
[3] See the Supplemental Digest, Section 3 for 3Ø corner grounded systems.
[4] 22 kA @ 240 Vac for 3P only.
[5] 2P, 10–60 A only, suffix 5272.
[6] See the Supplemental Digest Section 10 for circuit breakers with IEC ratings.
[7] HACR on QO, QOB 1P 10–70 A, 2P 15–100 A, 3P 10–100 A; QOB-VH 1P 15–70 A, 2P 15–125 A, 3P 15–100 A.
[8] Factory-installed option only.
[9] Factory-installed accessories are not available on QOB-VH 2P150 A and 3P 110–150 A.
7-2 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Miniature Circuit Breakers Selection Information
Class 500, 600
www.se.com/us
Plug-on — — — — —
Circuit
Breaker Bolt-on — — EDB EGB EJB
Type UL 489 UL1077
Unit Mount C60SP [24] C60H-DC — — —
C60BP
Number of Poles 1 2 3 1 2 3,4 1 2 1 2, 3 1 2, 3 1 2, 3
Current Range (A) 0.5–63 0.5–63 0.5–63 0.5–63 1–63 1–63 0.5–63 0.5–63 15–70 15–125 15–70 15–125 15–70 15–125
Interrupting Ratings
120 Vac 14 [25] 14 [25] 14 [25] 14 [26] 14 [26] 14 [26] — — 25 25 65 65 100 100
UL/CSA 120/240 Vac 14 [25] 14 [25] 14 [25] 14 [26] 14 [26] 14 [26] — — 18 25 35 65 65 100
Rating
(kA RMS) 240 Vac [27] 14 [25] 14 [25] 14 [25] 14 [26] 14 [26] 14 [26] — — 18 25 35 65 65 100
(50/60 Hz) 277 Vac — — — 10 [28] 10 [28] 10 [28] — — 18 18 35 35 65 65
480Y/277 Vac 10 [29] 10 [30] 10 [30] — 10 [28] 10 [28] — — — 18 — 35 — 65
48 Vdc — — — — 10 — 5 5 — — — — — —
60 Vdc 10 10 — 20 — — 5 5 — — — — — —
65 Vdc — — — — — — 5 5 — — — — — —
DC Ratings
125 Vdc — 10 — — — — 5 5 — — — — — —
250 Vdc — — — — — — 5 5 — — — — — —
500 Vdc — — — — — — — 5 [31] — — — — — —
IEC 60947-2 240 Vac 10 20 20 10 20 20 — — 20 — — — — —
(50/60 Hz)
Icu 415 Vac — 10 10 — 5 5 — — 10 — — — — —
Special Ratings
CCC X X X X X X X X — — — — — —
Other Standard IEC HACR
Accessories and Modifications
Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32]
Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X — — — — — —
Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32]
Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32] X [32]
Handle Operators X X X X X X X X — — — — — —
Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Molded Case Switch — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Dimensions (1P Unit Mount)
Dimensions Height 4.05 (103) 3.19 (81) 3.19 (81) 5.66 (144)
(1P Unit Mount) Width 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 1.42 (36) 0.98 (25)
in. (mm) Depth 2.76 (70) 2.76 (70) 2.56 (65) 4.05 (103)
Pages page 7-25 See Section 9
NOTE: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
NOTE: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
[33] 2P in a 3P module.
[34] 70–250 A with electronic trip system
[35] Not available with electronic trip units
[36] 1P Available at 125 Vdc
[37] Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.
[38] Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module).
[39] 3P only.
[40] Not UL Listed due to wire bending space.
7-6 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Molded Case Circuit Breakers Selection Information
Class 500, 600, 800
www.se.com/us
[41] I-Line Q-frame circuit breakers are available 70–225 A only. 250 A Q-frame unit-mount circuit breakers are limited to Cu conductors only.
[42] Not available with electronic trip units
[43] Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-45. Special DC J-Frame only.
[44] Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.
[45] For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest Section 10.
[46] Requires circuit breaker with WB suffix .
[47] Factory-installed option only.
[48] Requires factory-installed “G” shunt trip and 3P module.
[49] Enclosure rating 1, 3R, 5 and 12.,
7
(mm)
Pages (Unit Mount) / (I-Line) page 7-40 / Section 9 page 7-41, page 7-46 / Section 9 page 7-42, page 7-46 / Section 9
NOTE: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
[54] Tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as reference by NFPA70E.
[55] See Catalog 0614CT1701 for additional ratings and other information.
7
Pages page 7-78 and Catalog 0613CT0001 page 7-78 and Catalog 0613CT0001
NOTE: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
[56] Tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as reference by NFPA70E.
[57] See Catalog 0613CT0001 for additional ratings and other information.
7-10 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801
[1] See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors.
[2] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[3] UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems.
[4] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[5] UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
[6] Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
[7] Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
[8] UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QOT, QO-AFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level.
[9] 100 A maximum branch mounted opposite.
[10] Order only. Contact your local Field Office.
7
Table 7.5: QOT Tandem Circuit Breakers (CTL)—Not Compatible with Plug-on
Neutral Systems
Ampere Rating [11] Cat. No. [12]
1P—120/240 Vac
15 A and 15 A QOT1515
15 A and 20 A QOT1520
20 A and 20 A QOT2020
2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip
Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles.
QOT 1P Tandem
1 Space Required Table 7.6: QO Tandem Circuit Breakers (non-CTL)—Compatible with Plug-on
Neutral Systems
Ampere Rating [11] Cat. No. [12]
1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required
15 A and 15 A QO1515
15 A and 20 A QO1520
20 A and 20 A QO2020
Mounting Cam
Rail Bead 20 A and 30 A QO2030
30 A and 20 A QO3020
Pan Rail Slot Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required
15 A and 15 A Order two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit breakers and
15 A and 20 A handle tie QOTHT
20 A and 20 A —
20 A and 30 A QO20303020 [13]
7
30 A and 20 A —
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
[11] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[12] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[13] Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT.
7-12 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801
1P QO-DF 1P QO-DF
Plug-on Neutral Pigtail
[14] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[15] For 120/240 V only, not for 208Y/120 V.
[16] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[17] Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection.
[18] New Plug-On Neutral
7
[19] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[20] See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON prefix.
[21] Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection.
[22] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
7-14 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801
[23] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[24] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[25] UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
7
[26] Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
7-16 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
QO™ Mounting Bases QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 652 / Catalog 0730CT9801, 0860CT0201
miniature circuit breakers. Factory-installed accessories are not available for QO-AFI or
QO-CAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, QO-CAFI, QO-DF, or QO-PDF circuit breakers, or
on QO2150, QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers.
QO Mounting Bases
Table 7.18: QO OEM Mounting Bases—UL Recognized Components
Main Lug Max. No. Mounting Bases Main Wire Size
Voltage System Rating Spaces 1P
Circuits Cat. No. AWG/kcmil
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers - Not Compatible With QO Plug-On
Neutral Circuit Breakers
70 A 2 2 QON2L70 14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
125 A 4 4 SK9948BW 12–1/0 Cu/Al
125 A 4 4 SK9842 12–1/0 Cu/Al
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
(Without Neutral Assembly) 125 A 6 6 SK9795 12–1/0 Cu/Al
125 A 6 6 SK9801 12–1/0 Cu/Al
SN12125 150 A 6 6 SK9796BW 8–3/0 Cu/Al
150 A 8 8 SK9797 8–3/0 Cu/Al
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers - Not Compatible With QO Plug-On
Neutral Circuit Breakers
40 A 2 2 QON2L40 14–6 Cu, 12–6 Al
70 A 2 4 QON24L70 14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
100 A 6 12 QON612L100 8–1/0 Cu/Al
100 A 8 16 QON816L100 8–1/0 Cu/Al
QO Plug-On Neutral Mounting Bases - Compatible with QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers and QO Plug-On Neutral
Circuit Breakers
125 A 12 24 QON112L125PI 4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A 20 24 QON120L125PI 4–2/0 Cu/Al
200 A 12 24 QON112L200PI 4–250 Cu/Al
200 A 24 36 QON124L200PI 4–250 Cu/Al
1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 200 A 24 36 QON124L200PDL (2) 4–300 Cu/Al
200 A 30 40 QON130L200PI 4–250 Cu/Al
225 A 42 52 QON142L225PI 4–300 Cu/Al
225 A 52 72 QON154L225P 4–300 Cu/Al
225 A 60 72 QON160L225P 4–300 Cu/Al
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers - Not Compatible With QO Plug-On
Neutral Circuit Breakers
125 A 12 12 QON312L125 4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A 20 20 QON320L125 4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A 24 24 QON324L125 4–2/0 Cu/Al
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
(Without Neutral Assy.) 200 A 18 18 QON318L200 4–300 Cu/Al
200 A 24 24 QON324L200 4–300 Cu/Al
200 A 30 30 QON330L200 4–300 Cu/Al
225 A 42 42 QON342L225 4–300 Cu/Al
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers - Not Compatible With QO Plug-On
Neutral Circuit Breakers
60 A 3 3 QON403L60N 12–6 Cu/Al
125 A 12 12 QON312L125I 4–2/0 Cu/Al
QON120L125P1 QON320L125I [27]
125 A 20 20 4–2/0 Cu/Al
3Ø4W 240 Vac Max. 125 A 24 24 QON324L125I 4–2/0 Cu/Al
10 k AIC 200 A 18 18 QON318L200I 4–300 Cu/Al
200 A 24 24 QON324L200I 4–300 Cu/Al
200 A 30 30 QON330L200I[27] 4–300 Cu/Al
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
[27] Also IEC rated and CE marked for IEC 60439-1. Use only Square D brand Type QOXC, QOXD, QOHX and QOE circuit breakers for 415Y/240 Vac max. systems.
7
QOU Accessories
Table 7.26: Accessories for QOU Low Ampere Circuit Breakers (Except as Noted)
Order
Description Qty. Cat. No.
Factory-installed ring tongue terminal, 10–32 screw, for 1P, 2P, 3P QOU,
10–60 A — Suffix -5283
Hex drive 5/32 in. wire binding screw for QOU — Suffix -5280
For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position — QOU1PA OBS
For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON
position — QOU1PL
For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only — QOU1PAFLA
For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position
only — QOU2PAFLA
For padlocking 2P and 3P high ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF
position only — Suffix -7100
Handle lock-out, ON or OFF position — HLO1
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw 1 QOU14100JBAF
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/right side wiring with base, cover and screw 1 QOU14100JBAR OBS
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/left side wiring with base, cover and screw 1 QOU14100JBAL
QOU14100JBAF 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with front wiring 40 QOU14100BAFB
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring 40 QOU14100BALB
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring 40 QOU14100BARB
4P Jumper bar cover 40 QOU14100CAB
Mounting screw for jumper bar cover 40 QOU1CMSB OBS
6P 150 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw 1 QOU16150JBAF
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with front wiring 40 QOU16150BAFB
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring 40 QOU16150BALB OBS
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring 40 QOU16150BARB OBS
6P jumper bar cover 40 QOU16150CAB OBS
Vertical rainproof cover 2P and 3P QO, QOU, FA and KA 1 BCV [30]
10 BCVB OBS
Horizontal rainproof cover 2P QO, QOU, and 3P Q2, EH 1 BCH [30]
10 BCHB [30]
1P Fingersafe™ cover for high ampere QOU circuit breaker 1 QOUHFSC1
40 QOUHFSC1B OBS
2P DIN-Mounted QOU Circuit Breaker 1P Fingersafe cover for low ampere QOU circuit breaker 1 QOULFSC1
40 QOULFSC1B
Cover plate for one 2P QOU circuit breaker 1 QOUCP2 OBS
40 QOUCP2B
Cover plate for one 3P QOU circuit breaker 1 QOUCP3 OBS
40 QOUCP3B
Cover plate for two 2P QOU circuit breakers 1 QOUCP4 OBS
40 QOUCP4B
Cover plate for three 2P QOU circuit breakers 1 QOUCP6 OBS
40 QOUCP6B
Field-installable ring tongue terminal adaptor 1 QOURT
80 QOURTB
Mounting Foot Quick connector end connection wiring 1 QOUEC
QOUMF1 40 QOUECB
Quick connector forward or reverse wiring 1 QOUFR OBS
40 QOUFRB
1P QOU mounting foot 1 QOUMF1[30]
80 QOUMF1B [30]
2P QOU mounting foot 1 QOUMF2 [30]
40 QOUMF2B [30]
3P QOU mounting foot 1 QOUMF3 OBS
24 QOUMF3B [30]
Tapped mounting foot for QOU, 1P and 2P 10–70 A, 3P 10–60 A
Packaged with circuit breaker Suffix -3100
Individually packaged 1 QOUMFS1
Bulk packed 80 QOUMFS1B OBS
Mechanical interlock attachment: Used to interlock two circuit breakers
mounted
side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time. A 1P or 1 QOU2DTILA [31]
2P circuit breaker can be mounted on the left and interlocked with a 2P or
3P circuit breaker on the right.
OBS This product is obsolete.
QOUQ low ampere circuit breakers with four-point quick-connect terminals are provided
with permanent factory-installed terminals which are affixed to the Load or OFF end of
the circuit breaker. This special terminal will accommodate up to four 1/4-inch insulated
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
female quick connect wire terminations. Total ampacity of these connections must not
exceed the rating of the circuit breaker.
The QOU uses the same electrical accessories as the QO. See the QO information for available electrical
accessories.
[1] UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
[2] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[3] Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu). Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
[4] For 120/240 V only, not for 208Y/120 V.
7-22 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Plug-On Circuit Breakers HomeLine™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.se.com/us
NOTE: Typical catalog no. (e.g. HOMT 1515230) represents two 1P, outer poles (two
15 A 1P CBs) and one 2P inner circuit breaker with common trip (one 30 A 2P CB).
Table 7.36: HOMT Quad Tandem 2P Circuit Breakers
Ampere Rating [6] (2) 2P Tandem—120/240 Vac
AIR (Two Spaces Required)
2P 2P
15 A 15 A 10 kA HOMT215215
15 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT215220
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
15 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT215225
15 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT215230
15 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT215240
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
15 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT215250
20 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT220220
20 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT220225
20 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT220230
20 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT220240
20 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT220250
25 A 25A 10 kA HOMT225225
25 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT225230
25 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT225240
25 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT225250
[8] 15– 20 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 25– 50 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC
conductors only.
[9] 15–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 40–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
[10] 50–125 A QOM1 frame size; 100–225 A QOM2 frame size.
[11] Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu). Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
7-24 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
C60BP and C60BPR Circuit Breakers Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog LVCATM9OEM_EN
www.se.com/us
A-SI type GFPs are ideal for operation in environments with a humid atmosphere and/or
polluted by aggressive agents: swimming pools, marinas, agri-food industries, water
treatment stations, industrial sites, etc.
63 26 30 M9R81263 —
4P
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
26 30 — M9R81425
25 86 100 — M9R12425
260 300 — M9R84425
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
26 30 — M9R81440
40
260 300 — M9R84440 8
26 30 — M9R81463
63
86 100 — M9R12463
86 100 — M9R12491
100
260 300 — M9R84491
7
Function
• The comb busbars make it easier to install Schneider Electric circuit breakers UL1077
supplementary protection.
• The Tooth Caps are insulated protectors which may be
slipped onto the unused teeth of the comb busbar.
• Power supply directly in the cage of the circuit breaker. • They come in strips with 1-pole spacing, but can be
snapped apart to be used individually.
Number of poles 1P 2P 3P All
Voltage rating (Ue) 480Y/277 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 480Y/277 Vac —
Catalogue numbers 10285 10286 10287 60488
Number of 18 mm modules 12 (8.5 in./216 mm) 12 (8.5 in./216 mm) 12 (8.5 i./216 mm) —
Set of 1 1 1 20
Technical Specifications
Insulation voltage (Ui) 690 Vac —
Impulse withstand voltage 12 kV under 240 V —
(Uimp) 5 kV under 480Y/277 V or 277 V
Acceptable current at 40°C 63 A with 1 central power supply point 100 A with 2 power supply points —
(Ie) —
Ring Tongue
Terminal Kit Spacer
SD OF MX MN
Auxiliary Shunt trip + Aux Undervoltage C60
Alarm Switch
Switch Switch Release
C60 Padlock
Attachment Heavy-Duty Padlock Table 7.45: Multi 9 C60 Electrical Accessories
Attachment Control Voltage Width in 9 mm C60 UL/IEC
Descriptions
Vac Vdc Modules Cat. No.
OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b) 12–277 12–125 1 M9A26924
SD Alarm Switch (1a1b) 12–277 12–125 1 M9A26927
24 24 2 M9A26948
MX Shunt Trip + OF Auxiliary
Switch (1a1b) 48 48 2 M9A26947
110–240–277 125 2 M9A26946
24 24 2 M9A27108
48 48 2 M9A26961
MN Undervoltage Release
120 — 2 M9A27107
240 — 2 M9A26960
120 to 480Y/277 Vac; 30, 100, and 300 mA; 2P and 4Ps.
Multi-9 GFP UL 1053 Listed See Multi 9 GFP Ground Fault Protectors, page 7-27
Ground Fault Protectors or Catalog LVCATM9OEM_EN
Rotary Handle
Table 7.46: Multi 9 C60 Mechanical Accessories
Descriptions C60 Cat. No.
Ring tongue terminal kit for UL1077 C60 For one pole M9A17400
Spacer for DIN rail, Not UL Recognized 9 mm wide 27062
Padlock Attachment (1 per for 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P) 2 per pack 26970
Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment for C60, Locks OFF only 2 per pack M9PAF
Padlocking Device Left Side Mount, Locks OFF only [1] MGN26380
1 per pack
Padlocking Device Right Side Mount, Locks OFF only [2] MGN26381
Front Mounting Kit for C60 1P MG26983
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P 2P MG26984
Front Mounting Kit
(1 per circuit breaker) 3P MG26985
4P MG26989
Terminal Screw Shield (Not UL Recognized) Bag of two
4P shields 26981
1P 26975
2P 26976
Terminal cover (Not UL Recognized) 26975 +
3P
26976
4P 26978
Rotary Handle for C60 (Non UL Recognized)
Operating Subassembly 27046
Door Interlock Handle 2P/3P/4P 27047
Fixed Handle (Front or Lateral) 27048
Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit
Rail Support (20 of 9 mm modules) 14211
MGN26380 Locking MGN26380 Locking Hinged Transparent Cover 14210
Device Left Side Mount Device Right Side Mount
7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
Multi-Pole
Front Mounting Kit
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
[1] Left-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with accessories SD, OF, MX or MN. Use right-side mounted padlocking device when accessories are required.
[2] Right-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with VIGI module. Use left-side mounted padlocking device when VIGI Module is required.
7-30 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
PowerPacT Family PowerPacT™ Molded Case Circuit
www.se.com/us Breakers
Class 611, 612
90 A 1000 A 1500 A
100 A 1000 A 1500 A
110 A 1000 A 1500 A
125 A 1000 A 1500 A
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
[5] H- and J- frame circuit breakers can be used as a main or sub-feed circuit breaker in an NQ or NF panelboard.
[6] Not available with electronic trip units.
7
[7] Circuit breakers with J and L interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
[8] Standard lug kit: AL150HD. Terminal wire range: 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.
[9] See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units.
[10] HD and HG circuit breakers are true two-pole construction.
[11] Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
[12] 2P in a 3P module
7-34 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers PowerPacT™ Molded Case Circuit
www.se.com/us Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
PowerPacT H- and J-Frame Electronic Trip Current Limiting Circuit
Breakers (150 A and 250 A)
5 .2 E
.9 5 .9 6
0 .9 4 .9 7
>11
>30 .9 3 .9 8
.9 2
% Ir 1
.9 Io )
>30
A Ir 4( x
M icor lo g ic
5
3 6
2 .5 8
2 10
1 .5 x Ir )
Is d(
H-Frame
MicroLogic™ Trip Unit J-Frame H-Frame Circuit Breaker
MicroLogic Trip Unit Optional FDM and IFM Module
Table 7.59: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limiting [13] Standard (80% Rated) Circuit Breakers (600 Vac)
With Factory Sealed Trip Unit [14] Suitable for Reverse Connection [15]
Electronic Trip Unit Sensor Interrupting Rating (80% Rated)
Type Function Trip Unit Rating D G J [13] L [13] R [13]
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
60 A HDL36060U31X HGL36060U31X HJL36060U31X HLL36060U31X HRL36060U31X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100U31X HGL36100U31X HJL36100U31X HLL36100U31X HRL36100U31X
LI 3.2 [16]
Standard 150 A HDL36150U31X HGL36150U31X HJL36150U31X HLL36150U31X HRL36150U31X
250 A JDL36250U31X JGL36250U31X JJL36250U31X JLL36250U31X JRL36250U31X
60 A HDL36060U33X HGL36060U33X HJL36060U33X HLL36060U33X HRL36060U33X
MicroLogic 3.2S [16] 100 A HDL36100U33X HGL36100U33X HJL36100U33X HLL36100U33X HRL36100U33X
Standard LSI [17] 150 A HDL36150U33X HGL36150U33X HJL36150U33X HLL36150U33X HRL36150U33X
250 A JDL36250U33X JGL36250U33X JJL36250U33X JLL36250U33X JRL36250U33X
60 A HDL36060U43X HGL36060U43X HJL36060U43X HLL36060U43X HRL36060U43X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100U43X HGL36100U43X HJL36100U43X HLL36100U43X HRL36100U43X
LSI 5.2A
Ammeter 150 A HDL36150U43X HGL36150U43X HJL36150U43X HLL36150U43X HRL36150U43X
250 A JDL36250U43X JGL36250U43X JJL36250U43X JLL36250U43X JRL36250U43X
60 A HDL36060U53X HGL36060U53X HJL36060U53X HLL36060U53X HRL36060U53X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100U53X HGL36100U53X HJL36100U53X HLL36100U53X HRL36100U53X
Energy LSI 5.2E
150 A HDL36150U53X HGL36150U53X HJL36150U53X HLL36150U53X HRL36150U53X
250 A JDL36250U53X JGL36250U53X JJL36250U53X JLL36250U53X JRL36250U53X
60 A HDL36060U44X HGL36060U44X HJL36060U44X HLL36060U44X HRL36060U44X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100U44X HGL36100U44X HJL36100U44X HLL36100U44X HRL36100U44X
LSIG 6.2A [18]
Ammeter 150 A HDL36150U44X HGL36150U44X HJL36150U44X HLL36150U44X HRL36150U44X
250 A JDL36250U44X JGL36250U44X JJL36250U44X JLL36250U44X JRL36250U44X
60 A HDL36060U54X HGL36060U54X HJL36060U54X HLL36060U54X HRL36060U54X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100U54X HGL36100U54X HJL36100U54X HLL36100U54X HRL36100U54X
Energy LSIG 6.2E
150 A HDL36150U54X HGL36150U54X HJL36150U54X HLL36150U54X HRL36150U54X
250 A JDL36250U54X JGL36250U54X JJL36250U54X JLL36250U54X JRL36250U54X
Table 7.60: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limiting [13] 100% Rated Circuit Breakers (600 Vac) With Factory
Sealed Trip Unit [14] Suitable for Reverse Connection [15]
Electronic Trip Unit Sensor Interrupting Rating (100% Rated)
Type Function Trip Unit Rating D G J [13] L [13] R [13]
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P[19]
60 A HDL36060CU31X HGL36060CU31X HJL36060CU31X HLL36060CU31X HRL36060CU31X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100CU31X HGL36100CU31X HJL36100CU31X HLL36100CU31X HRL36100CU31X
LI 3.2 [16]
Standard 150 A HDL36150CU31X HGL36150CU31X HJL36150CU31X HLL36150CU31X HRL36150CU31X
250 A JDL36250CU31X JGL36250CU31X JJL36250CU31X JLL36250CU31X JRL36250CU31X
60 A HDL36060CU33X HGL36060CU33X HJL36060CU33X HLL36060CU33X HRL36060CU33X
MicroLogic 3.2S [16] 100 A HDL36100CU33X HGL36100CU33X HJL36100CU33X HLL36100CU33X HRL36100CU33X
LSI [17]
Standard 150 A HDL36150CU33X HGL36150CU33X HJL36150CU33X HLL36150CU33X HRL36150CU33X
250 A JDL36250CU33X JGL36250CU33X JJL36250CU33X JLL36250CU33X JRL36250CU33X
60 A HDL36060CU43X HGL36060CU43X HJL36060CU43X HLL36060CU43X HRL36060CU43X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100CU43X HGL36100CU43X HJL36100CU43X HLL36100CU43X HRL36100CU43X
LSI 5.2A
Ammeter 150 A HDL36150CU43X HGL36150CU43X HJL36150CU43X HLL36150CU43X HRL36150CU43X
250 A JDL36250CU43X JGL36250CU43X JJL36250CU43X JLL36250CU43X JRL36250CU43X
60 A HDL36060CU53X HGL36060CU53X HJL36060CU53X HLL36060CU53X HRL36060CU53X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100CU53X HGL36100CU53X HJL36100CU53X HLL36100CU53X HRL36100CU53X
Energy LSI 5.2E
150 A HDL36150CU53X HGL36150CU53X HJL36150CU53X HLL36150CU53X HRL36150CU53X
250 A JDL36250CU53X JGL36250CU53X JJL36250CU53X JLL36250CU53X JRL36250CU53X
60 A HDL36060CU44X HGL36060CU44X HJL36060CU44X HLL36060CU44X HRL36060CU44X
MicroLogic 100 A HDL36100CU44X HGL36100CU44X HJL36100CU44X HLL36100CU44X HRL36100CU44X
LSIG 6.2A [18]
Ammeter 150 A HDL36150CU44X HGL36150CU44X HJL36150CU44X HLL36150CU44X HRL36150CU44X
250 A JDL36250CU44X JGL36250CU44X JJL36250CU44X JLL36250CU44X JRL36250CU44X
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
[13] Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
[14] See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units.
[15] For applications requiring communications see page 7-64.
[16] 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
[17] Fixed ST and LT delays.
[18] 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications requiring ground fault protection. Additional metering capabilities will not work properly on the unconnected phase.
[19] 3-pole PowerPacT H- and J-frame circuit breakers can be used for 2-pole applications. (For such instances, MicroLogic 6.2 Ammeter and Energy trip units can be used for ground fault
protection. Additional metering capabilities are not guaranteed when using MicroLogic Ammeter and Energy trip units for this type of application.
7
[20] Replacement lugs and electrical accessories are not available for PowerPacT Q-frame circuit breakers.
[21] Q- frame can be used as main or sub-feed circuit breaker in a NQ panelboard.
[22] 250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only.
[23] 250 A circuit breakers are suitable for copper conductors only.
[24] 3P QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only.
7-36 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Q/LA/LH/Q4-Frame PowerPacT™ Molded Case Circuit
www.se.com/us Breakers
Class 0734 / Refer to Catalogs: 0734CT0201
Q4-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker (400 A)
• Thermal magnetic protection from 250 A up to 400 A at 240 Vac
• 2- and 3-pole unit mount and I-Line constructions
• 25 kA at 240 Vac UL interrupting rating
• UL, CSA and IEC certified
NOTE: Consider using PowerPacT™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit
breaker accessories. See PowerPacT Accessories, page 7-51 for more information.
Table 7.64: Q4-Frame, 400 A, Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers, Individually-
Mounted, 240 Vac
Ampere Adjustable AC Magnetic Trip [25] Standard
Rating Interrupting Terminal Wire Range
Low High Cat. No.
2P, 240 Vac
250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L2250 AL400LA
Q4L 300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L2300 (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
2P and 3P or
250–400 A 350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L2350
400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L2400 (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
3P, 240 Vac
250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L3250 AL400LA
300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L3300 (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al
350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L3350 or
400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L3400 (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA
Optional Lugs see Mechanical Lug Information, page ,
Supplemental Digest Section 3. 480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA
600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA
Dimensions see Dimensions and Shipping Weights, page 7-85
Enclosures see Circuit Breaker Enclosures, page 7-87
[25] UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.
7
Table 7.68: L-Frame 600 A Standard (80% Rated) UL Current-Limiting [26] Circuit Breakers (600 Vac) with Lugs and Factory-Sealed
Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connection [28][27]
Electronic Trip Unit Sensor Interrupting Rating (80% Rated)
Type Function Trip Unit Rating G J [26] L [26] R [26] Terminal
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
250 A LGL36250U31X LJL36250U31X LLL36250U31X LRL36250U31X AL400L61K3 [30]
MicroLogic 3.3 [29]
Standard LI 400 A LGL36400U31X LJL36400U31X LLL36400U31X LRL36400U31X
AL600LS52K3
600 A LGL36600U31X LJL36600U31X LLL36600U31X LRL36600U31X
250 A LGL36250U33X LJL36250U33X LLL36250U33X LRL36250U33X AL400L61K3 [32]
MicroLogic 3.3S [29]
LSI [31] 400 A LGL36400U33X LJL36400U33X LLL36400U33X LRL36400U33X
Standard AL600LS52K3
600 A LGL36600U33X LJL36600U33X LLL36600U33X LRL36600U33X
MicroLogic 400 A LGL36400U43X LJL36400U43X LLL36400U43X LRL36400U43X
LSI 5.3A
Ammeter 600 A LGL36600U43X LJL36600U43X LLL36600U43X LRL36600U43X
MicroLogic 400 A LGL36400U53X LJL36400U53X LLL36400U53X LRL36400U53X
Energy LSI 5.3E
600 A LGL36600U53X LJL36600U53X LLL36600U53X LRL36600U53X
AL600LS52K3
MicroLogic 400 A LGL36400U44X LJL36400U44X LLL36400U44X LRL36400U44X
LSIG 6.3A
Ammeter 600 A LGL36600U44X LJL36600U44X LLL36600U44X LRL36600U44X
MicroLogic 400 A LGL36400U54X LJL36400U54X LLL36400U54X LRL36400U54X
Energy LSIG 6.3E [33]
600 A LGL36600U54X LJL36600U54X LLL36600U54X LRL36600U54X
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
250 A LGL46250U31X LJL46250U31X LLL46250U31X LRL46250U31X AL400L61K4
MicroLogic
LI 3.3 400 A LGL46400U31X LJL46400U31X LLL46400U31X LRL46400U31X
Standard AL600LS52K4
600 A LGL46600U31X LJL46600U31X LLL46600U31X LRL46600U31X
250 A LGL46250U33X LJL46250U33X LLL46250U33X LRL46250U33X AL400L61K4
MicroLogic 3.3S[31]
Standard LSI 400 A LGL46400U33X LJL46400U33X LLL46400U33X LRL46400U33X
AL600LS52K4
600 A LGL46600U33X LJL46600U33X LLL46600U33X LRL46600U33X
MicroLogic 400 A LGL46400U43X LJL46400U43X LLL46400U43X LRL46400U43X
LSI 5.3A
Ammeter 600 A LGL46600U43X LJL46600U43X LLL46600U43X LRL46600U43X
MicroLogic 400 A LGL46400U53X LJL46400U53X LLL46400U53X LRL46400U53X
Energy LSI 5.3E
7
[26] Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
[27] For applications requiring communications see page 7-64.
[28] See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units.
[29] 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
[30] AL600LS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 2/0 AWG 500 kcmil Al/Cu
[31] Fixed ST and LT delays.
[32] AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or 1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al.
[33] 3-pole circuit breakers can be used for 2-pole applications. (For such instances, MicroLogic 6.2 Ammeter and Energy trip units can be used for ground fault protection. Additional metering
capabilities are not guaranteed when using MicroLogic Ammeter and Energy trip units for this type of application.)
7-38 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
PowerPacT L-Frame Electronic-Trip Circuit PowerPacT™ Molded Case Circuit
www.se.com/us Breakers Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalogs: 0611CT1001
Table 7.69: L-Frame 600 A 100% Rated UL Current-Limiting [34] Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units
Suitable for Reverse Connection [35][36]
Electronic Trip Unit Sensor Interrupting Rating (100% Rated)
Rating Terminal
Type Function Trip Unit D G J [34] L [34] R [34]
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
250 A LDL36250CU31X LGL36250CU31X LJL36250CU31X LLL36250CU31X LRL36250CU31X AL400L61K3
MicroLogic Standard LI 3.3 [37]
400 A LDL36400CU31X LGL36400CU31X LJL36400CU31X LLL36400CU31X LRL36400CU31X AL600LS52K3
3.3S [37] 250 A LDL36250CU33X LGL36250CU33X LJL36250CU33X LLL36250CU33X LRL36250CU33X AL400L61K3
MicroLogic Standard LSI [38] 400 A LDL36400CU33X LGL36400CU33X LJL36400CU33X LLL36400CU33X LRL36400CU33X AL600LS52K3
MicroLogic Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A LDL36400CU43X LGL36400CU43X LJL36400CU43X LLL36400CU43X LRL36400CU43X
MicroLogic Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A LDL36400CU53X LGL36400CU53X LJL36400CU53X LLL36400CU53X LRL36400CU53X
AL600LS52K3
MicroLogic Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A LDL36400CU44X LGL36400CU44X LJL36400CU44X LLL36400CU44X LRL36400CU44X
MicroLogic Energy LSIG 6.3E [39] 400 A LDL36400CU54X LGL36400CU54X LJL36400CU54X LLL36400CU54X LRL36400CU54X
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
250 A LDL46250CU31X LGL46250CU31X LJL46250CU31X LLL46250CU31X LRL46250CU31X AL400L61K4
MicroLogic Standard LI 3.3
400 A LDL46400CU31X LGL46400CU31X LJL46400CU31X LLL46400CU31X LRL46400CU31X AL600LS52K4
250 A LDL46250CU33X LGL46250CU33X LJL46250CU33X LLL46250CU33X LRL46250CU33X AL400L61K4
MicroLogic Standard LSI 3.3S
400 A LDL46400CU33X LGL46400CU33X LJL46400CU33X LLL46400CU33X LRL46400CU33X AL600LS52K4
MicroLogic Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A LDL46400CU43X LGL46400CU43X LJL46400CU43X LLL46400CU43X LRL46400CU43X
MicroLogic Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A LDL46400CU53X LGL46400CU53X LJL46400CU53X LLL46400CU53X LRL46400CU53X
AL600LS52K4
MicroLogic Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A LDL46400CU44X LGL46400CU44X LJL46400CU44X LLL46400CU44X LRL46400CU44X
MicroLogic Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A LDL46400CU54X LGL46400CU54X LJL46400CU54X LLL46400CU54X LRL46400CU54X
Table 7.70: PowerPacT L-Frame Terminal Wire Table 7.71: PowerPacT L-FrameTermination Options
Termination Letter Termination Option
Ranges
A I-Line (See Section 9—Panelboards)
Terminal Wire Range No lugs
F
(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu Lugs both ends For factory-installed termination, place
or L
AL400L61K3 termination letter in the third block of the
1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. M Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
AL600LS52K3 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. P Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end Termination Letter
N Plug In LGL36600U44X
D Drawout
S Rear Connected
[34] Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
[35] See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units.
[36] For applications requiring communications see page 7-64.
[37] 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
[38] Fixed ST and LT delays.
[39] 3-pole circuit breakers can be used for 2-pole applications. (For such instances, MicroLogic 6.2 Ammeter and Energy trip units can be used for ground fault protection. Additional metering
capabilities are not guaranteed when using MicroLogic Ammeter and Energy trip units for this type of application.)
7
[40] The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker.
[41] This item is entering obsolescence. The purchase opportunity will extend until December 2021.
7-40 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
P-Frame Circuit Breakers PowerPacT™ Molded Case Circuit
www.se.com/us Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
600 A
LSI 5.0H
800 A P■L36080(C)U73AE1
1000 A P■L36100(C)U73AE1 AL1200P25K
MicroLogic
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
2000 A R■F36200(C)U63AE1
2500 A R■F36250(C)U63AE1
MicroLogic 3000 A R■F36300(C)U63AE1
Interchangeable Power
Trip Unit 600 A R■F36060(C)U64AE1
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
800 A R■F36080(C)U64AE1
1000 A R■F36100(C)U64AE1
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1200 A R■F36120(C)U64AE1
LSIG 6.0P
1600 A R■F36160(C)U64AE1
2000 A R■F36200(C)U64AE1
2500 A R■F36250(C)U64AE1
3000 A R■F36300(C)U64AE1
MicroLogic 600 A R■F36060(C)U73AE1
Interchangeable LSI 5.0H
Harmonic Trip Unit 800 A R■F36080(C)U73AE1
PowerPacT J-Frame
Table 7.83: J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical 80% Rated Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) with Factory Sealed Trip Units
Suitable for Reverse Connection
Electronic Trip Trip Continuous Cat. No.
Unit Type Trip Unit Terminal
Function Current D Interrupting G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting
Standard LI 3.2 W 250 A JDL34250WU31X JGL34250WU31X JJL34250WU31X JLL34250WU31X AL250JD [1]
Standard LSI 3.2S-W 250 A JDL34250WU33X JGL34250WU33X JJL34250WU33X JLL34250WU33X AL250JD [1]
High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.2A-W 250 A JDL34250WU43X JGL34250WU43X JJL34250WU43X JLL34250WU43X AL250JD [1]
High Perf. Energy LSI 5.2E-W 250 A JDL34250WU53X JGL34250WU53X JJL34250WU53X JLL34250WU53X AL250JD [1]
High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.2A-W 250 A JDL34250WU44X JGL34250WU44X JJL34250WU44X JLL34250WU44X AL250JD [1]
High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.2E-W 250 A JDL34250WU54X JGL34250WU54X JJL34250WU54X JLL34250WU54X AL250JD [1]
Table 7.84: L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for
Reverse Connection [2]
Electronic Trip Trip Continuous Cat. No.
Unit Type Trip Unit Terminal
Function Current D Interrupting G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting.
480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
250 A LDL34250WU31X LGL34250WU31X LJL34250WU31X LLL34250WU31X AL400L61K3 [3]
Standard LI 3.3 W 400 A LDL34400WU31X LGL34400WU31X LJL34400WU31X LLL34400WU31X
AL600LS52K3 [4]
600 A LDL34600WU31X LGL34600WU31X LJL34600WU31X LLL34300WU31X
250 A LDL34250WU33X LGL34250WU33X LJL34250WU33X LLL34250WU33X AL400L61K3 [3]
Standard LSI 3.3S-W 400 A LDL34400WU33X LGL34400WU33X LJL34400WU33X LLL34400WU33X
AL600LS52K3 [4]
600 A LDL34600WU33X LGL34600WU33X LJL34600WU33X LLL34300WU33X
400 A LDL34400WU43X LGL34400WU43X LJL34400WU43X LLL34400WU43X
High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W AL600LS52K3 [4]
600 A LDL34600WU43X LGL34600WU43X LJL34600WU43X LLL34300WU43X
400 A LDL34400WU53X LGL34400WU53X LJL34400WU53X LLL34400WU53X
High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W AL600LS52K3 [4]
600 A LDL34600WU53X LGL34600WU53X LJL34600WU53X LLL34300WU53X
400 A LDL34400WU44X LGL34400WU44X LJL34400WU44X LLL34400WU44X
High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W AL600LS52K3 [4]
600 A LDL34600WU44X LGL34600WU44X LJL34600WU44X LLL34300WU44X
400 A LDL34400WU54X LGL34400WU54X LJL34400WU54X LLL34400WU54X
High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W AL600LS52K3 [4]
600 A LDL34600WU54X LGL34600WU54X LJL34600WU54X LLL34300WU54X
480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
250 A LDL44250WU31X LGL44250WU31X LJL44250WU31X LLL44250WU31X AL400L61K4 [3]
Standard LI 3.3 W 400 A LDL44400WU31X LGL44400WU31X LJL44400WU31X LLL44400WU31X
AL600LS52K4 [4]
600 A LDL44600WU31X LGL44600WU31X LJL44600WU31X LLL44300WU31X
250 A LDL44250WU33X LGL44250WU33X LJL44250WU33X LLL44250WU33X AL400L61K4 [3]
Standard LSI 3.3S-W 400 A LDL44400WU33X LGL44400WU33X LJL44400WU33X LLL44400WU33X
AL600LS52K4 [4]
600 A LDL44600WU33X LGL44600WU33X LJL44600WU33X LLL44300WU33X
400 A LDL44400WU43X LGL44400WU43X LJL44400WU43X LLL44400WU43X
High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W AL600LS52K4 [4]
600 A LDL44600WU43X LGL44600WU43X LJL44600WU43X LLL44300WU43X
400 A LDL44400WU53X LGL44400WU53X LJL44400WU53X LLL44400WU53X
High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W AL600LS52K3 [4]
600 A LDL44600WU53X LGL44600WU53X LJL44600WU53X LLL44300WU53X
400 A LDL44400WU44X LGL44400WU44X LJL44400WU44X LLL44400WU44X
High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W AL600LS52K4 [4]
600 A LDL44600WU44X LGL44600WU44X LJL44600WU44X LLL44300WU44X
400 A LDL44400WU54X LGL44400WU54X LJL44400WU54X LLL44400WU54X
High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W AL600LS52K4 [4]
600 A LDL44600WU54X LGL44600WU54X LJL44600WU54X LLL44300WU54X
Table 7.85: Terminal Wire Ranges Table 7.86: J- and L-Frame Termination Options
Termination Letter
Terminal Wire Range
A = I-Line (See Section 9) JGL36100
AL250JD (1) 3/0 AWG 350 kcmil AL or Cu For factory-installed termination, place termination letter
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends) [5]
(1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.
AL400L61K3 (1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu. L = Lugs both ends Termination Letter
7
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu. M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
AL600LS52K3
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
Accessories see page 7-51
N = Plug-in
Optional Lugs see page 7-56
D = Drawout
Compression and PDC Lugs see Supplemental Digest, Section 3 S = Rear Connected
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
Interrupting Rating
Voltage
D G J L
240 Vac 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA
480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA
[1] AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.
[2] 100% rated for 250 A and 400 A. 80% rated for 600 A.
[3] AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu.
[4] AL600LS52K3 terminal wire ranges are (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu.
[5] Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit.
7-44 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600
www.se.com/us
-
Load/Carga/
Charge PowerPacT H-frame DC circuit breakers have a fixed magnetic trip system. PowerPacT
600 V MAX.
J- and L-frame DC circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is
readily accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker.
PowerPacT H- and J-frame circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings
shown only if applied with three poles connected in series (series connection is external
to circuit breaker). (See figure for example of diagram.)
PowerPacT L-frame circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown with
two or three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker).
NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line™ circuit breakers are not available
for this application.
Table 7.89: 500 Vdc Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Fixed Magnetic Adjustable Magnetic Trip Interrupting
Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Trip —DC Range—DC Amperes [1] Rating
Cat. No. Amperes @ 500 Vdc
Low High
30 A HGL37030D87 450 — —
50 A HGL37050D87 450 — — 20 k AIR
70 A HGL37070D87 450 — —
100 A JGL37100D81 — 400 600
125 A JGL37125D81 — 400 600
150 A JGL37150D81 — 400 600
Connection Diagram 20 k AIR
175 A JGL37175D81 — 400 600
200 A JGL37200D82 — 500 850
Table 7.88: 500 Vdc Termination Options 225 A JGL37225D82 — 500 850
250 A JGL37250D82 — 500 850 20 k AIR
Termination Letter Termination Option
300 A LGL37030D27 — 750 1500
F No Lugs (bus bar connection) 350 A LGL37035D29 — 875 1750
L Lugs Both Ends 400 A LGL37040D30 — 1000 2000
S Rear Connection 450 A LGL37045D31 — 1125 2250
JGL37125D81–Place termination letter in third block of circuit breaker 500 A LGL37050D32 — 1250 2500
catalog number. 600 A LGL37060D33 — 1500 3000 20 k AIR
700 A LGL47070D35 — 1750 3500
800 A LGL47080D36 — 2000 4000
900 A LGL47090D86 — 2250 4500
1000 A LGL47100D40 — 2500 5000
1200 A LGL47120D42 — 3000 6000
30A HLL37030D87 450 — —
50A HLL37050D87 450 — — 50 k AIR
70A HLL37070D87 450 — —
100A JLL37100D81 — 400 600
125A JLL37125D81 — 400 600
150A JLL37150D81 — 400 600
175A JLL37175D81 — 400 600 50 k AIR
200A JLL37200D82 — 500 850
225A JLL37225D82 — 500 850
250A JLL37250D82 — 500 850
300A LLL37030D27 — 750 1500
350A LLL37035D29 — 875 1750
400A LLL37040D30 — 1000 200
450 A LLL36045D31 — 1125 2250
500 A LLL37050D32 — 1250 2500
600 A LLL37060D33 — 1500 3000 50 k AIR
700 A LLL47070D35 — 1750 3500
800 A LLL47080D36 — 2000 4000
900 A LLL47090D86 — 2250 4500
1000 A LLL47100D40 — 2500 5000
1200 A LLL47120D42 — 3000 6000
M 2 800 10 kA – MJL26000S80
3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
M 3 800 10 kA – MJL36000S80
[1] Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
7
Table 7.91: PowerPacT™ B-Frame Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac
D Withstand G Withstand J Withstand
Circuit Ampere
Poles Trip Terminal Wire Range
Breaker Rating Cat. No. Cat. No. Trip Point Cat. No. Trip Point
Point
2 [2] 125 A BDL26000S12 1625 A BGL26000S12 1625 A BJL26000S12 1625 A LV426973 14–2/0 AWG Cu
B-Frame
3 125 A BDL36000S12 1625 A BGL36000S12 1625 A BJL36000S12 1625 A LV426974 14–2/0 AWG Cu
Table 7.92: H-, J-, and L-Frame PowerPacT™ Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac
G Withstand L Withstand R Withstand
Circuit Ampere
Poles Trip Terminal Wire Range
Breaker Rating Cat. No. Cat. No. Trip Point Cat. No. Trip Point
Point
150 A HGL26000S15 [2] 2250 A HLL26000S15 2250 A — — AL150HD 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
2 175 A JGL26000S17 3125 A JLL26000S17 3125 A — — AL175JD 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
H-Frame 250 A JGL26000S25 3125 A JLL26000S25 3125 A — — AL250JD 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
J-Frame 150 A HGL36000S15 2250 A HLL36000S15 2250 A — — AL150HD 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
3 175 A JGL36000S17 3125 A JLL36000S17 3125 A JRL36000S17 3125 A AL175JD 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
250 A JGL36000S25 3125 A JLL36000S25 3125 A JRL36000S25 3125 A AL250JD 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
400 A LGL36000S40X 4800 A LLL36000S40X 4800 A LRL36000S40X 4800 A AL150HD AL600LS52K3
3 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
600 A LGL36000S60X 6600A LLL36000S60X 6600 A LRL36000S60X 6600 A AL250JD
L-Frame
400 A LGL46000S40X 4800 A LLL46000S40X 4800 A LRL46000S40X 4800 A AL150HD AL600LS52K4
4 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
600 A LGL46000S60X 6600A LLL46000S60X 6600 A LRL46000S60X 6600 A AL250JD
Table 7.93: P-Frame and R-Frame PowerPacT™ Automatic Molded Case Switches [3], 600 Vac
Ampere J Withstand K Withstand L Withstand
Frame Poles Rating Terminal Wire Range
Cat. No. Trip Point Cat. No. Trip Point Cat. No. Trip Point
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
2 800 A MJL26000S80 10 kA — — — — AL800M23K Al or Cu
M
3 800 A MJL36000S80 10 kA — — — — AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
600 A PJL26000S60 10 kA PKL26000S60 24 kA PLL24000S60 [4] 10 kA (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
AL800M23K
800 A PJL26000S80 10 kA PKL26000S80 24 kA PLL24000S80 [4] 10 kA Al or Cu
2
1000 A PJL26000S10 10 kA PKL26000S10 24 kA PLL24000S10 [4] 10 kA (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
AL1200P25K Al or Cu
1200 A PJL26000S12 10 kA PKL26000S12 24 kA PLL24000S12 [4] 10 kA
P
600 A PJL36000S60 10 kA PKL36000S60 24 kA PLL34000S60 [4] 10 kA (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
AL800M23K
800 A PJL36000S80 10 kA PKL36000S80 24 kA PLL34000S80 [4] 10 kA Al or Cu
3
1000 A PJL36000S10 10 kA PKL36000S10 24 kA PLL34000S10 [4] 10 kA (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
AL1200P25K
1200 A PJL36000S12 10 kA PKL36000S12 24 kA PLL34000S12 [4] 10 kA Al or Cu
1200 A — — RKF26000S12 57 kA RLF26000S12 48 kA
1600 A — — RKF26000S16 57 kA RLF26000S16 48 kA
2 R-frame circuit breakers can be
2000 A — — RKF26000S20 57 kA RLF26000S20 48 kA
2500 A — — RKF26000S25 57 kA RLF26000S25 48 kA bus-connected or cable-connected.
For cable connections, RLTB kit or
R 1200 A — — RKF36000S12 57 kA RLF36000S12 48 kA equivalent bus structure is required.
1600 A — — RKF36000S16 57 kA RLF36000S16 48 kA Kit is included with 3000 A switches.
3 2000 A — — RKF36000S20 57 kA RLF36000S20 48 kA For all others, see page 7-59.
2500 A — — RKF36000S25 57 kA RLF36000S25 48 kA
3000 A — — RKF36000S30 57 kA RLF36000S30 48 kA
Table 7.94: Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPacT™ Automatic Molded Case Switches
Accessories see page 7-51 and Supplemental Digest Section 3 Ampere J Withstand
Circuit Wire Range
Optional Lugs see page 7-56 and Supplemental Digest Section 3 Breaker Poles Rating Cat. No. Trip Point
Dimensions see page 7-85 and page 7-86 Q-Frame 2 225 A QBL22000S22 4500 A
7
Table 7.95: B-, H-, J-, L- P-, and R-Frame Withstand Ratings [6]
Withstand
Voltage
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
D G J K L R
240 Vac 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 200 kA
480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 50 kA [7] 100 kA 200 kA
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
• For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip
settings for the specific motor— specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-
load current and code letter or locked rotor current.
• Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.
• Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an ampere
rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved.
• Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor
full-load amperes (FLA) for other than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select
an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA.
• The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit
breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of
autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters
during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors
labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermal-magnetic circuit breakers for those
applications.
• Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.4, should have two circuit breakers selected from
the above at not more than one half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower
rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting
means per NEC 430.103.
• Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.250.
Table 7.97: Selection Tables for Conductors, Safety Switches and Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Based on 2017 NEC® Tables 430.247, 430.248 & 430.250
Horsepower Ratings Amperage of Thermal-Magnetic [2] Minimum Size metallic Conduit
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker QMB 75° C, C Wire Field-Installed Sized
Squirrel-Cage and Wound- and
Rotor Motors with Norm. Average Direct for 125% FLA [4]
For Motor Code Heavy
Torque Characteristics 1Ø Current Motors Full Duty
10 Hz ac Operating at Letter B to E For Conduit 3 W
Operating at Usual Speeds Load Motor Switch
Base Speed Amperage [1] with
3Ø 60 Hz Code AWG
Heavy Service Letter F Time kcmil THHN
200 200 Ordinary and Energy
230 460 575 115 230 120 240 Service[6] to V [5] Delay THWN THW
Vac Vac Efficient [7] Fuses [3] XHHW
[8] Vac Vac Vac Vac [8] Vac Vdc Vdc
3/4 6.9 A
15 A
1/3 7.2 A
5 3.4 7.6 A
2 7.8 A 20 A
3/4 7.9 A
1 8.0 A
15 A
2 8.5 A
7-1/2 9.0 A 20 A
1 9.2 A
1 9.5 A
25 A
3 9.6 A
14 1/2 in. N/A
1/2 9.8 A
1-1/2 10.0 A
3 7-1/2 10 11.0 A
20 A 30 A
1-1/2 11.5 A 30 A
2 12.0 A 25 A
3 12.2 A
1-1/2 13.2 A
25 A 35 A
3/4 2 13.8 A
10 14.0 A
5 15.2 A
40 A
1 16.0 A 30 A
35 A
15 3 2 17.0 A
45 A
5 17.5 A
35 A 12 1/2 in. N/A
3 19.6 A
40 A 50 A
1-1/2 5 20.0 A
15 21.0 A 40 A
45 A
7-1/2 22.0 A 60 A
2 24.0 A 45 A
50 A
3 25.0 A 10 1/2 in. N/A
7-1/2 25.3 A
50 A 70 A
20 25 27.0 A
60 A
10 5 28.0 A
7-1/2 29.0 A
80 A
30 32.0 A
60 A
10 32.2 A 70 A
90 A 60 A 8 1/2 in. [9] N/A
25 3 34.0 A
10 38.0 A
80 A 100 A
7-1/2 5 40.0 A
80 A
41.0 A
90 A 110 A
15 42.0 A
7–1/2 46.0 A
6 3/4 in. 1 in.
15 48.3 A 125 A
10 50.0 A
110 A
40 50 52.0 A
20 54.0 A 90 A
15 55.0 A
150 A
5 56.0 A
10 57.5 A
7-1/2 58.0 A 125 A 4 1 in. 1 in.
60 62.0 A
20 62.1 A 100 A
100 A 175 A
50 65.0 A
25 68.0 A 150 A
20 72.0 A 110 A
10 76.0 A 125 A
60 75 77.0 A 200 A 3 1 in. 1-1/4 in.
25 78.2 A 110 A 175 A
30 7-1/2 80.0 A
25 89.0 A 125 A 225 A 200 A 2 1 in. 1-1/4 in.
7
[1] Motor full load currents thru 200 hp are taken from NEC Tables 430.247, 248 and 250. Above 200 hp from UL 98. Select wire size, circuit breakers, or fuses on basis of hp rather than
nameplate full load current per NEC 430.6. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 16-129—16152 for selection of thermal units when actual full
load current is not known. Voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 110–120 V, 200–208 V, 220–240 V, 440–480 V and 550–600 V
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
[2] Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions, based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Table 430.52.
Under some conditions, the next size larger switch or circuit breaker rating may be necessary to accommodate the motor starting current and is permitted by NEC 430.52(C)(1) Exception 2.
High starting currents are anticipated with Design E and other energy efficient motors. For explanation of Code letter markings, see NEC 430.7(B). For Busway Plug-in units, see page 9-7.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
[3] Switch size only is shown in table. Selected fuses should not exceed maximum percent of full-load current as given in NEC Table 430.52. Above 50 hp dc switches are not hp rated by UL as
Motor Circuit Switches, but as General Use Switches only and are not necessarily capable of interrupting the max. operating overload current of a motor. See NEC 100 for definition of
General Use Switch. When protecting a 3Ø, Design E energy efficient motor, the switch is required by NEC 430.109 to have a hp rating of not less than 1.4 times that of a motor rated 3–100
hp, or not less than 1.3 times that of a motor rated over 100 hp. Switches shown in this table do not necessarily comply with that requirement.
[4] NEC 430.22 for Single Motor, Smaller conductors may be permitted for light duty-cycle service per 430.22 (B) Exception No. 1. DC motors operating from rectified 1Ø power supply will
require larger conductors per 430.22 (A) Exception No. 1. For motor-generator arc welders, see 630.11
[5] Thermal-magnetic breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions and based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Tables 430.7(B)
and 430.52.
[6] Ordinary service for normal starting duty only, acceleration time of 10 sec. or less.
[7] Heavy service is jogging or plugging duty or cycling load with over 25 starts per hour or over 5 starts per minute. Energy efficient motors are polyphase motors defined in NEMA Standard
MG1 and exhibit high starting current.
[8] 200 V motors are commonly used on 208 V services.
[9] 8 XHHW requires 3/4 in. conduit for 3W.
7-48 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Motor Protection Selection Tables Motor Circuit Protectors
Motor Circuit Protection Selection
www.se.com/us
Table 7.97 Selection Tables for Conductors, Safety Switches and Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Based on 2017 NEC® Tables
430.247, 430.248 & 430.250 (cont'd.)
Horsepower Ratings Amperage of Thermal-Magnetic [11] QMB Minimum Size metallic Conduit
Squirrel-Cage and Wound- Inverse Time Circuit Breaker and 75° C, C Wire Field-Installed Sized
Rotor Motors with Norm. Average Direct Heavy for 125% FLA [13]
Torque Characteristics 1Ø Current Motors Full For Motor Code Duty
10 Hz ac Operating at Load Letter B to E For Switch Conduit 3 W
Operating at Usual Speeds Motor
Base Speed Amperage with
3Ø 60 Hz [10] Code Time AWG
Ordinary Heavy Service Letter F kcmil THHN
200 200 Service and Energy Delay
230 460 575 115 230 120 240 to V [14] Fuses THWN THW
Vac Vac [15] Efficient [16] XHHW
[17] Vac Vac Vac Vac [17] Vac Vdc Vdc [12]
30 92.0 A
75 96.0 A
200 A 250 A
100 99.0 A
1 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in.
10 100.0 A 150 A
40 104.0 A
225 A
30 106.0 A 300 A
175 A 1/0 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in.
40 120.0 A
250 A
100 124.0 A
125 125.0 A 250 A
350 A 2/0 1-1/2 in. 1-1/2 in.
50 130.0 A
200 A
40 140.0 A
300 A
150 144.0 A
50 150.0 A
3/0 1-1/2 in. 2 in.
60 154.0 A 400 A
225 A
125 156.0 A 350 A
50 173.0 A
60 177.0 A 4/0 2 in. 2 in.
250 A
150 180.0 A 400 A 500 A
75 200 192.0 A 250 2 in. 2 in.
75 221.0 A 300 A 450 A 300 2 in. 2-1/2 in.
600 A
200 240.0 A
250 242.0 A 350 A 500 A 400 A 350 2-1/2 in. 2-1/2 in.
700 A
100 248.0 A
100 285.0 A
600 A
300 289.0 A 400 A 500 3 in. 3 in.
800 A
250 302.0 A
125 312.0 A 450 A 700 A (2) 3/0 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2 in.
350 336.0 A 500 A
900 A
125 359.0 A
(2) 4/0 (2) 2 in. (2) 2 in.
150 360.0 A
800 A
300 361.0 A 600 A 1000 A
400 382.0 A
600 A (2)300 (2) 2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in.
150 350 414.0 A 900 A
500 472.0 A
1200 A
400 477.0 A 1000 A (2) 350 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in.
800 A
200 480.0 A
200 552.0 A
500 590.0 A 1200 A 1600 A — (3) 300 (3) 2 in. (3) 2-1/2 in.
900 A
250 602.0 A
Contact your local Field Office for circuit breaker selection on constant horsepower multi-
speed motors.
[10] Motor full load currents thru 200 hp are taken from NEC Tables 430.247, 248 and 250. Above 200 hp from UL 98. Select wire size, circuit breakers, or fuses on basis of hp rather than
nameplate full load current per NEC 430.6. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 16-129—16152 for selection of thermal units when actual full
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
load current is not known. Voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 110–120 V, 200–208 V, 220–240 V, 440–480 V and 550–600 V
[11] Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions, based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Table 430.52.
Under some conditions, the next size larger switch or circuit breaker rating may be necessary to accommodate the motor starting current and is permitted by NEC 430.52(C)(1) Exception 2.
High starting currents are anticipated with Design E and other energy efficient motors. For explanation of Code letter markings, see NEC 430.7(B). For Busway Plug-in units, see page 9-7.
[12] Switch size only is shown in table. Selected fuses should not exceed maximum percent of full-load current as given in NEC Table 430.52. Above 50 hp dc switches are not hp rated by UL as
Motor Circuit Switches, but as General Use Switches only and are not necessarily capable of interrupting the max. operating overload current of a motor. See NEC 100 for definition of
General Use Switch. When protecting a 3Ø, Design E energy efficient motor, the switch is required by NEC 430.109 to have a hp rating of not less than 1.4 times that of a motor rated 3–100
hp, or not less than 1.3 times that of a motor rated over 100 hp. Switches shown in this table do not necessarily comply with that requirement.
[13] NEC 430.22 for Single Motor, Smaller conductors may be permitted for light duty-cycle service per 430.22 (B) Exception No. 1. DC motors operating from rectified 1Ø power supply will
require larger conductors per 430.22 (A) Exception No. 1. For motor-generator arc welders, see 630.11
[14] Thermal-magnetic breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions and based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Tables 430.7(B)
and 430.52.
[15] Ordinary service for normal starting duty only, acceleration time of 10 sec. or less.
[16] Heavy service is jogging or plugging duty or cycling load with over 25 starts per hour or over 5 starts per minute. Energy efficient motors are polyphase motors defined in NEMA Standard
MG1 and exhibit high starting current.
[17] 200 V motors are commonly used on 208 V services.
7
[10] Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection)
• 1 electronic motor circuit protector with a MicroLogic 2.2 M plus
• 1 contactor
[11] The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10 and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection.
[12] Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.250. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general
motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest Secti0on 14 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The
voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200–208, 220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V.
[13] To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (G, J, L or R).
[14] Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers.
7-50 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Electrical Accessories PowerPacT™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
www.se.com/us
PowerPacT Accessories
Table 7.100: Electrical Accessories
B-, H-, J-, and L-Frame M-, P-, and R-Frame
H- and J-
B-Frame L-Frame
Factory Frame
Accessory Description Rated Voltage Factory Field-
Installed Field-
Field- Field- Field- Installed Installable
Cat. Installable Cat. Suffix Cat. No.
Suffix Installable Installable Installable
Pre-Wired
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
Cat. No.
1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b AA LV426950 LV426951 S29450 S29450 AA S29450
2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b AB — — 2x S29450 2x S29450 AB 2x S29450
Auxiliary and
Alarm Switches 3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b AC — — — 3x S29450 AC 3x S29450
(OF, SD, SDE) Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b BC LV426950 LV426952 S29450 S29450 BC S29450
Standard Overcurrent trip switch (SDE)
1a1b BD — — — S29450 BD S29450
Min
Load = Consisting OF Switch — — — S29450 — — —
10mA of: SDE Adapter — — — S29451 — — —
with
24V Alarm switch and Overcurrent
trip switch BE — — — 2x S29450 BE 2x S29450
Provides
circuit breaker Consisting OF Switch — — — 2x S29450 — — —
contact status. of: SDE Adapter — — — S29451 — — —
Note: The
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/
B-Frame location of the Adapter (OF/SD/SDE) Kit — — — — — — S33801 [1]
accessory in
the circuit One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b AE — — S29452 S29452 AE S29452
breaker Two auxiliary switches (OF)
determines its 2a2b AF — — 2x S29452 2x S29452 AF 2x S29452
function.
3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b AG — — — 3x S29452 AG 3x S29452
Low Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b BH — — S29452 S29452 BH S29452
Level Overcurrent trip switch (SDE)
Min BJ — — — S29452 BJ [2] S29452
1a1b
Load =
1mA with Consisting OF Switch — — — S29452 — — —
24V of: SDE Adapter — — — S29451 — — —
Alarm switch and Overcurrent
H-, J-, L-, M-, P, and trip switch BK — — — 2x S29452 BK [2] 2x S29452
R-Frame
Consisting OF Switch — — — 2x S29452 — — —
of: SDE Adapter [3] — — — S29451 — — —
Shunt Trip (MX) 24 SK LV426841 LV426861 P29384 P29384 SK S33659
48 SL LV426842 LV426862 P29385 P29385 SL S33660
110–130 SA LV426843 LV426863 P29386 P29386 SA S33661
AC 220–240 SD, SF — — — — SC S33662
208–277 SD LV426844 LV426864 P29387 P29387 SD S33663
380–480 SH LV426846 LV426866 P29388 P29388 SH S33664
525–600 SJ — — P29389 P29389 — —
B-Frame Trips the circuit breaker 12 SN LV426850 — P29382 P29382 SN S33658
from a remote location by 24 SO LV426841 LV426861 P29390 P29390 SK S33659
means of a trip coil
energized from a separate 30 SU — — P29391 P29391 SK S33659
supply voltage circuit. DC 48 SP LV426842 LV426862 P29392 P29392 SL S33660
60 SV — — P29383 P29383 SL S33660
125 SR LV426843 LV426863 P29393 P29393 SA S33661
250 SS LV426844 LV426864 P29394 P29394 SC S33662
Motor Operators
Motor Operators for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
• Circuit-breaker indications and information remain visible and accessible, including
trip-unit settings and indications
• Suitability for isolation is maintained and padlocking remains possible
• All termination connection (fixed, plug-in/withdrawable) possibilities are maintained
• Double insulation of the front face
Field-Installable Kit
Description Rated Voltage Factory Installed
Cat. No. Suffix H-Frame [5] J-Frame L-Frame 600 A
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
48–60 ML S29440 S31548 S432639
110–130 MA S29433 S31540 S432640
208–277
AC 220–240 MD S29434 S31541 S432641
Standard motor for electrically-operated 380–415 MF — — S432642
circuit breakers [6] 440–480 MH S29435 S31542 S432647
24–30 MO S29436 S31543 S432643
48–60 MV S29437 S31544 S432644
DC
110–130 MR S29438 S31545 S432645
250 MS S29439 S31546 S432646
Communicating motor for electrically-
operated circuit breakers [7] AC 220–240 NC S429441 S431549 S432652
Mounting hardware — — — S32649
Locking device Ronis lock — S41940 S41940 S41940
Profalux lock — S42888 S42888 S42888
Mounting hardware plus Ronis
lock — S429449 S429449 —
Motor Operator Operations counter — — — S32648
Adapter for I-Line circuit breaker — S37420 S37420 —
Rotary Handles
Door-Mounted
Direct-Mounted Rotary Handle
Rotary Handle
Table 7.102: Installation Accessories for B-, H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Field-Installable Cat. No.
Description
B-Frame H- and J-Frame L-Frame
Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers — S29315 32556
Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or
extended escutcheon — S29317 S32558
Phase Barriers (set of 6) LV426920 S29329 32570
Handle Rubber Boot [14] — S29319 S32560
Sealing Accessories (for front cover screws) S29375 S29375 S29375
Handle Rubber DIN rail mounting kit (requires 15 mm depth on a 35 mm DIN
Phase Barriers rail) [14] Standard S29305 —
Boot
DIN rail adapter Standard — —
Handle Extensions (set of 5) — S29313 S432553
7
— —
9 N-m Torque Limiting Bit, Set of 6 LV426990 — —
Front Panel Escutcheons
9 N-m Torque Limiting Bit, Set of 8 LV426991 — —
[15] Kit contains 4 short rear connections, 2 long rear connections (4 long rear connections for 4P), hardware, and 2 terminal covers.
[16] For use with 3P circuit breakers only.
7
Mechanical Lugs
Table 7.105: Mechanical Lug Kits for B-Frame Circuit Breakers [17]
Circuit Breaker Application Number of Wires Field-
Description Ampere Rating Factory-Installed Qty Per
Per Lug and Wire Range Installable
Standard Ampere Rating Optional Cat. Suffix Cat. No. Kit
Table 7.106: Mechanical Lug Kits for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers [17]
Circuit Breaker Application Number of Wires Qty Per
Description Ampere Rating Per Lug and Wire Range Kit Cat. No.
Standard Ampere Rating Optional Kit
HD, HG, HJ, HL 15–150 A (1) 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu AL150HD 3
Al Lugs for Use with JD, JG, JJ, JL (1) 4-4/0 AWG Al or Cu
150–175 A AL175JD 3
Al or Cu Wire
JD, JG, JJ, JL 200–250 A JD,JG,JJ,JL 150–175 A (1) 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu AL250JD 3
Cu Lugs for Use with HD,HG,HJ,HL 15–150 A (1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu CU150HD 3
Cu Wire Only JD,JG,JJ,JL 150–250 A (1) 1/0–300 kcmil Cu CU250JD 3
Control Wire Terminal for H-frame lug kit S37423 2
Control Wire Terminal for J-frame lug kit S37424 2
Table 7.107: Mechanical Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers [19]
Circuit Breaker Application Qty
Descrip- Number of Wires
Ampere Unit Per Lug and Wire Range Kit Cat. No. Per
tion Poles I-Line Kit
Rating Mount
250 3 X X (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al AL400L61K3 3
4 X — (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu AL400L61K4 4
Al Lugs for
Use with Al 400/600 3 X — AL600LS52K3 3
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
or Cu Wire 4 X — AL600LS52K4 4
400/600 3 X X (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL600LF52K3 3
250 3 X X CU400L61K3 3
Cu Lugs for (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
4 X — CU400L61K4 4
Use with 400/600 3 X — CU600LS52K3 3
AL250JD AL400L6IK3 AL600LS52K3 Cu Wire (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu
J-Frame Lug L-Frame Lug Only 4 X — CU600LS52K4 4
400/600 3 X X (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu CU600LF52K3 3
Table 7.108: Mechanical Lug Kits for M-, P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers [20]
Descrip- Circuit Breaker Application Wires per Lug Lugs
and Wire Range Cat. No. Per
tion Standard Rating Optional Rating Kit
AL800M23K 3
800 A — 800 A (3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
AL800M23K4 4
MG, MJ, PG, (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil AL1200P24K [21]
1200 A PJ, PK, PL 800 A 1
M-Frame, AL800P6K [21] 3
P-Frame MG, MJ, PG, (2) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil
— PJ, PK, PL 800 A
AL800M23K AL800P6K AL800P6K4 [21] 4
M- and P-Frame Lugs (2) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil AL800P7K [21] 3
MG, MJ, PG, 750 kcmil: compact AL
(800 A and below) — PJ, PK, PL 800 A
only AL800P7K4 [21] 4
Al Lugs
for AL or PG, PJ, PK, AL1200P25K [22] 3
Cu Wire 1200 A 800 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
PL AL1200P25K4 [22] 4
P-Frame
PG, PJ, PK, 800– AL1200P6KU [22] 3
— (3) 350-600 kcmil
PL 1200 A AL1200P6KU4 [22] 4
(3) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil AL1200P7KU [22] 3
PG,PJ,PL PG, PJ, PK, 1200 A 750 kcmil: compact AL
—
PL only AL1200P7KU4 [22] 4
AL800P6K AL1200P6KU 1200 A I-Line — (4) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil AL1200R53K 1
R-Frame
2500 A Unit Mount — (1) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil AL2500RK [23] 2
7
P-Frame Lugs (Above 800 A) R-Frame 1200 A I-Line — (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil CU1200R53K 1
Compression Lugs
A = Crimp lugs or PDC connectors extension past end of circuit breaker
Molded Case
w/Mechanical
Lugs
P-Frame Compression Lug Kit R-Frame Compression Lug Kit
J-Frame Compression Lug
“A” See Table
[26] Not for use on I-Line™ circuit breakers unless wire bending space is adequate.
[27] All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-59.
[28] 9 lugs for 3000 A circuit breakers
7
Molded Case BD, BG, 125 A (3) 14 - 2 AWG 1.2 PDC3BD2 3 Mounting
w/Mechanical BJ 125 A (6) 14 - 6 AWG 1 PDC6BD6 3 hardware, lugs
Lugs HD, HG, 15–150 A (6) 14–6 AWG Cu 1.0 PDC6HD6 3
HJ, HL Mounting
[31] 15–150 A (3) 14–2 AWG Cu 1.2 PDC3HD2 3
hardware, lugs,
150–250 (6) 14–4 AWG Cu special purpose
JD, JG, 1.0 PDC6JD4 3
A label and
“A” See Table JJ, JL instructions
[31] 150–250 (2) 14–1 AWG and
(1) 3–2/0 AWG Cu 1.5 PDC3JD20 3
A
Mounting
hardware, lugs,
150–600 (3) 14–1 AWG and special purpose
(2) 3–2/0 AWG 1.28 PDC5DG20L3 3
A label, Medium
Terminal Shield
LD, LG, and instructions
LJ, LL
[32] Mounting
hardware, lugs,
150–600 (12) 14–4 AWG special purpose
1.31 PDC12DG4L3 3
A label, Long
Terminal Shield
and instructions
Table 7.111: Power Distribution Connectors for M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit
Breakers [30]
(Wires Per
Ampere Qty
Rating Terminal) Cat. No. Kit Contents
Wire Range Per Kit
Use for multiple load Mounting hardware, lugs,
connections on one (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu PDC6P20 3 special purpose label and
PDC12P4 PDC6P20 circuit breaker in place 250– instructions
of standard distribution 1200 A Mounting hardware, lugs,
block to save space (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu PDC6P204 4 special purpose label and
and time. instructions
• Use on load end of Mounting hardware, lugs,
circuit breaker only PDC12P4 3 special purpose label and
• Use in UL508 instructions
Industrial Control
applications only. 250–
• Use in UL1995/CSA (12) 10–4 AWG Cu
1200 A Mounting hardware, lugs,
C22.2 No. 236 heating PDC12P44 4 special purpose label and
and cooling instructions
equipment.
• For Cu wire only.
7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Terminal Accessories
Table 7.112: Terminal Nuts for Bus Bar Connection of B-, H- and J-Frame Circuit
Breakers
Description Tap Qty Per
Frame Cat. No.
Kit
B-Frame Terminal Nut Insert-Metric BD/BG/BJ (2P) M6 LV426962 2
B-Frame Terminal Nut Insert-Metric BD/BG/BJ (3P) M6 LV426963 3
H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37425 2
H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37444 3
H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric HD/HG/HJ/HL M6 S37426 2
J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37427 2
J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37445 3
J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric JD/JG/JJ/JL M8 S37428 2
Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Terminal Nut HD/HG/HJ/HL — S37429 2
H-Frame Lug with Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Terminal Nut JD/JG/JJ/JL — S37430 2
Terminal Nut Insert
Table 7.113: Bus Bar Connections Hardware for L-, M-, and P-Frame Circuit
Breakers
Frame Description Term. No. Poles Cat. No.
L-Frame Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side F 4 S36967
M- and P-Frame Bus Connector Kit for one pole, one end — 1 S33928
RLTB Terminal Pad Kit Table 7.115: Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers
Dimension B Qty Per
Used With Description (in.) Cat. No.
Kit
H- and J- Frame Max. Wire Size
Frame Short Lug H-Frame 60 A 3 AWG 0.50 S37446 1
Mechanical Shield [35] H-Frame 150 A 3/0 AWG 0.50 S37447 1
Lugs J-Frame 350 kcmil 0.24 S37448 1
Compatible with:
Compression Lugs
PDC
H-Frame Short Aluminum Copper
J-Frame Short B-, H- and J-
Lug Shield Frame L-
Lug Shield B-Frame PDC3BD2 LV426986 LV426911 (2P)
Power V426988
Long Lug 1.9 LV426912 (3P) 1
Distribution Shield L- LV426913 (4P)
Connectors PDC6BD6 LV426987
“B” See Table V426989
and H-Frame PDC6HD6 YA060HD CYA060HD
Compression Long Lug 2.24 S37449 1
Lugs Shield PDC3HD2 YA150HD CYA150HD
J-Frame PDC6JD4 YA150JD CYA150JD
Long Lug 1.68 S37450 1
Shield PDC3JD2 [36] CYA250J3
Molded Case
3P Short Terminal Shield LTSS3P 1
w/Mechanical
Lugs 3P Medium Terminal Shield LTSM3P 1
L-Frame 3P Long Terminal Shield LTSL3P 1
4P Medium Terminal Shield LTSM4P 1
4P Long Terminal Shield LTSL4P 1
“B” See Table R-Frame M-, P-Frame S33646
Phase Barrier Phase Barriers 3
R-Frame S33998
[33] 3000 A 80% and 100% rated RL3TP (3P) and RL3TP4 (4P) ship with 2 kits.
[34] 2500 A 80% and 100% rated RLTB (3P) and RLTB4 (4P) ship with 2 kits.
[35] Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals.
[36] J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal.
7
Mountings
Table 7.117: Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
(3P or 2P in a 3P module)
Factory Field-
Description Installed Installable
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Complete Factory- Plug-in base shipped with circuit breaker N —
Assembled Circuit Breakers Drawout cradle shipped with circuit breaker D —
Circuit breaker Only HJ00 —
Plug-In Base
Plug-in base kit — S29278
Special Order Options for Circuit breaker only HJ00 —
Plug-In and Drawout Circuit Plug-in base kit — S29278
H- and J-Frame H- and J-Frame Breakers Drawout
Cradle Cradle side plates (fixed part of chassis) — S29282
Plug-In Mounting Drawout Mounting
Circuit breaker side plates (moving part
of chassis) — S29283
H-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) — S37442
J-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) — S37443
Fixed part 9-wire connector (mounted on
base) — S29273
Secondary
Disconnect Moving part 9-wire connector (mounted
Blocks on circuit breaker) — S29274
Accessories for Plug-In and
Drawout Support for 2-moving connectors — S29275
Extended escutcheon with extended toggle handle — S29284
Two position indicating switches (connected/
disconnected) — S29287
H-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P — S37436
J-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P) — S37440
Table 7.118: Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Plug-in Mounting Drawout Mounting
Description Poles Factory- Field- Factory- Field-
Installed Installed Installed Installable
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
3 N — D —
Kit (stationary and moving parts)
4 N — D —
3 — S32514 — S32514
Plug-in base
Stationary Part 4 — S32515 — S32515
Fixed part of chassis — — — S32532
Circuit breaker only HJ00 — HJ00 —
Moving part of chassis — — — S32533
L-Frame L-Frame Moving Part
3 — 2x S32562 — 2x S32562
Plug-In Mounting Drawout Mounting Short terminal covers
4 — 2x S32563 — 2x S32563
Table 7.119: Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Field-
Description Installable
Cat. No.
Fixed Part 9-wire connector S29273
9-wire connector S32523
Secondary Disconnecting Blocks Moving Part
Support for 3 moving connectors S32525
Fixed + Moving 9-wire manual auxiliary connector S29272
Shutters Two shutters for plug-in base 32521
Extended escutcheon for toggle S32534
L-Frame Locking Device Chassis Accessories Locking device (key lock is not included) S29286
L-Frame Disconnecting Blocks Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) S29287
Table 7.120: Termination Options Table 7.121: Drawout Cradle and Accessories for P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description Cat. No.
Termination Letter Termination No. Product
N = Plug-in LGL36400U31X Drawout Cradle
Selector
For factory-installed termination, place Front Connected Flat (FCF) SFCF12 [37]
termination letter in the third block of the Cradle
D = Drawout Connectors
circuit breaker catalog number. Rear Connected T Horizontal/Vertical (RCTH/RCTV) SRCTV12 [37]
Modbus™ cradle communication module S33852
Safety shutters S48933
Secondary disconnects terminal shield S33763
7
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
LI 3.3 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Standard
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
LSI 3.3S 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
125–400
LSI 5.3A
200–600
Ammeter
125–400
LSIG 6.3A
200–600
125–400
LSI 5.3E
200–600
Energy
125–400
LSIG 6.3E
200–600
[1] See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units.
7
Table 7.123: PowerPacT P- and R-Frame MicroLogic Trip Unit and Options
Field-Installable Cat.
Model Protection Additional Features No. [2]
2.0 (IEC only) LSO S132R
3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI None S131A
5.0 LSI S133A
2.0A (IEC only) LSO S142R [3]
3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI S141A [3]
Ammeter
5.0A LSI S143A [3]
6.0A LSIG S144A [3]
5.0P LSI S163A [3][4]
Metering, Adv. Protection
6.0P LSIG S164A [3][4]
5.0H LSI Metering, Adv. Protection & S173A [3][4]
6.0H LSIG Harmonic Analysis S174A [3][4]
24 Vdc LV429658
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
[2] The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the “A” rating plug. To specify an alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the catalog
number. Please refer to page 7-64 for a complete listing of adjustable settings available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the standard "A" plug.)
Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required, deduct.
[3] When replacing a standard trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H (Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12-pin connector kit S33101 for the MasterPacT NW and NT and
the PowerPacT P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPacT P-frame and R-frame unit-mount and I-Line circuit breakers. See page 7-64.
[4] Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module.
[5] Requires neutral current transformer in 3Ø4W systems.
[6] Alarm history is available through the trip unit display and communications. Local indication of an alarm requires an M2C Programmable Contact Module.
7
Table 7.131: Sensor Plugs for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers [14]
Description Sensor Plug Range Sensor Plug Cat. No. Circuit Breaker Frames Accepting Sensor Plug
1250 A
P-Frame Circuit Breaker 250 A 400 A 600 A 630 A [15] 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1600 A
[15]
250 A S47052 X — — — — — — — —
400 A S47053 — X X — X — — — —
600 A S48823 — — X — X X X — —
UL
800 A S33092 — — — — X X X — —
1000 A S33093 — — — — — X X — —
1200 A S48824 — — — — — — X — —
630 A S33091 — — — X X X — X X
800 A S33092 — — — — X X — X X
IEC 1000 A S33093 — — — — — X — X X
1250 A S33094 — — — — — — — X X
1600 A S33095 — — — — — — — — X
R-Frame Circuit Breaker 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A 3200 A
600 A S48823 X X X X — — — — —
800 A S33092 — X X X X — — — —
1000 A S33093 — — X X X X — — —
1200 A S48824 — — — X X X X — —
UL
7
1600 A S33095 — — — — X X X X —
2000 A S33982 — — — — — X X X —
2500 A S33983 — — — — — — X X —
3000 A S48825 — — — — — — — X —
1600 A S33095 — — — — X X X X X
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
2000 A S33982 — — — — — X X X X
IEC
2500 A S33983 — — — — — — X X X
3200 A S33984 — — — — — — — — X
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
[7] Long-time pickup amperes (Ir) = Sensor Rating (In) X Setting of rating plug. “Fine adjustment tuning” is included on MicroLogic Power and Harmonic trip units, allowing for incremental
settings of 1 A between the plug setting and.40 X Sensor Rating.
[8] Includes NCTWIRING kit.
[9] Service Interface Test Kit can be ordered through SE Services only. Service Interface Test kit replaces obsoleted Full Function Test Kit.
[10] Used for testing MicroLogic trip units. Included in the price of the Hand-held/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only.
[11] Used for testing STR trip units. Included in the price of the Hand-held/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only.
[12] Required for Arc Energy Reduction Performance Testing for Instantaneous setting or Maintenance Mode Switch when using a Full Function Test Kit
[13] Included with the Full-function Test Kit. Kit for replacement only.
[14] For use only with circuit breakers with date codes later than 07011. For long-time pickup range, See rating plug information at page 7-61.
[15] IEC Only.
7-64 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
MicroLogic™ Trip Unit Accessories MicroLogic™ Electronic Trip Units
www.se.com/us
Class 612, 612 / Refer to Catalogs 0611CT1001 and 0612CT0101
Table 7.132: Electronic Trip Unit Accessories, Wire Harness [16] and ULP Cords for
H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers [17]
Description Factory-Installed Field-Installable
Cat. No. Suffix Kit Cat. No.
NSX Cord [18] L = 1.3 m (4.27 ft) EA S434201
(for Modbus Communication) L = 3 m (9.84 ft) EB S434202
BSCM (Breaker Status and Control Module) with L = 1.3 m (4.27 ft) EG [19] S434201BS
NSX Cord [18] L = 3 m (9.84 ft) EH [19] S434202BS
NSX Cord for Breaker Status and
Modbus Communications Control Module (BSCM) Replacement BSCM — S434205
L = 1.3 m (4.27 ft) EK [19] S434204BS
BSCM with NSX Cord for V > 480 Vac [18]
L = 3 m (9.84 ft) EL [19] S434303BS
SDTAM 24/415 Vac/dc Module [20] V S429424
SDX Module 24/415 Vac/dc [21] V S429532
ZSI Wire Harness, H/J Frame YH3 S434300
ZSI Wire Harness, L-Frame YH3 S434301
ENCT Wire Harness YH2 S434302
OF Wire Harness YH1 S434500
SD/SDE Wire Harness YH1 S434501
SDx/SDTAM Wire Harness YH1 S434502
MN Wire Harness YH1 P434503
SDTAM Module MX Wire Harness YH1 P434504
(Remote indication relay for 24 Vdc Terminal Block Wire Harness [22] YH1 S434505
motor applications) ZSI Interface Module Motor Operator Wire Harness YH1 S434506
Communicating Motor Operator Wire Harness YH1 S434507
NSX Wire Harness [22] YH1 S434508
Table 7.133: Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Factory- Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
Installed P-Frame R-Frame
Description
Cat. No. Motor With Rotary
Suffix Unit Mount I-Line Operated Drawout Unit Mount I-Line
Handle
Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM ULP) E1 S64205 S64205 S64207 S64206 S64205 S64205 S64205
Replacement BCM ULP — 33106 33106 33106 33106 33106 33106 33106
Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C)[23] V S64273 S64273 S64273 S64273 S64273 S64273 S64273
External Voltage Sensing (EVS) YV S64203 S64203 S64210 S64209 S64210 S64208 S64208
Table 7.134: Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for MasterPacT NT/NW Circuit Breakers
Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
Description Factory-Installed
MasterPacT NT MasterPacT NW
Cat. No. Suffix
Fixed Drawout Fixed Drawout
Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM ULP) — S48188 S47485 S47405 S48384
Replacement BCM ULP — 33106 33106 33106 33106
Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C)[23] — S47403 S47485 S47403 S48382
External Voltage Sensing (EVS) — S47506 S47507 S47506 S48533
[16] Wire harness is required for I-Line applications, optional for unit-mount applications
YH1 = all installed accessories but ZSI and ENCT
YH2 = ENCT and all installed accessories
YH3 = ZSI and all installed accessories
YH4 = ZSI, ENCT and all installed accessories
[17] For proper selection, see catalog 0611CT1001.
[18] Installation requires IFM (LV434000) for Modbus communication and/or FDM (STRV00121) for external display.
[19] If using with motor operator requires communicating motor operator (suffix NC).
[20] Remote indication relay for motor applications
[21] Remote indication relay
[22] I-Line wire harness is included for communication network accessories.
Optional wire harness for unit mount requires YH1 suffix.
[23] Compatible with MicroLogic P and H only.
7
MasterPacT MTZ2
800–4000 A
Table 7.135: MasterPacT MTZ1 Circuit Breaker Ratings
ANSI C37 Certified/
Standard UL 489 Listed
UL 1066 Listed
Frame Rating 1600 A [1]
Interrupting Code 800 A 800 A 1200 A
N1 N H L1 L LF [2] N H L1 L LF [2] N H L1 L
240 Vac 42 50 65 100 200 200 50 65 100 200 200 50 65 100 200
Interrupting Current
(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 480 Vac 42 50 50 65 100 100 50 50 65 100 100 50 50 65 100
600 Vac — 35 50 — — — 35 50 — — — 35 50 N/A N/A
Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS) 42 35 35 10 10 10 35 35 10 10 10 35 35 10 10
Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%) — 40 40 10 10 10 40 40 10 10 10 40 40 10 10
Close and latch rating (kA RMS) 40 25 25 10 10 10 25 25 10 10 10 25 25 10 10
Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk
category as referenced by NFPA70E — — — — — Yes — — — — Yes — — — —
Breaking time 25–30 ms with no 25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L and LF)
intentional delay
Closing time < 50 ms
— — 600–1200 A
Sensor Rating 800–1600 A
400–800 A 400–800 A —
Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) Mechanical 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500
With No Maintenance Electrical 2800 2800 2800 2800
Breaking time 25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L1, L1F, L and LF)
Closing time 70 ms
400–800
400–800 2000–4000 600–1200 1200–2500 2000–4000
Sensor Rating (A) 1000–2000 1600–3200 2500–5000
800–1600 2500–5000 800–1600 1600–3000
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
3000–6000
1000–2000
Endurance Mech. 12,500 10,000 10,000 5k 5,000 12,500 [6] 10,000 5,000
Rating (C/O
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Cycles)
With No Elec. 2800 1,000 1,000 1k 1,000 2800 [6] 1,000 1,000
Mainte-
nance
!
Quickview
Quickview
Measures
Protection
Measures
Alarms & H...
MicroLogic X measures electrical parameters of a power system: currents, voltages,
Home
Alarms
Maintenan...
OK
OK
frequency, power, energy, power factor, current and power demand. Min/Max and
Quickview average values are calculated for most of the parameters.
Measures
! Alarms & H... MicroLogic X capability for maintenance & diagnostics simplifies circuit breaker service
Maintenan...
Embedded and operations. Relevant indicators and messages are powerful tools that can help the
TRIP CAUSE
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Ir Isd Ig
HMI
Op. Op.
Ii I n Test Reset Ii I n Test Reset
OK 7.0 X 7.0 X
user scheduling both preventive and predictive maintenance, and device replacement.
NFC ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
MICROLOGIC
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
MICROLOGIC
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
MasterPacT MTZ Digital Modules Options for Advanced Functions
In 1600 A In 1600 A
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Part
Ii I n Ii I n
TRIP CAUSE
Ii I n
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
Number
Ir Isd Ig Op. Protection
6.0 X Ii I n ANSI 27/59—Under/Over Voltage Monitors the circuit breaker voltages and trips when the
ID:
voltage exceeds the settings. LV850012
1989421527520002LV847604
Protection
ANSI 32P—Reverse Active Power Monitors the active power. LV850011
Protection
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST ANSI 51N/51G—Ground-Fault Alarm Provides an integrated ground fault alarm. LV850007
Used to lower the protection settings in order for the
In 1600 A ERMS—Energy Reducing MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker to trip faster, reducing arc
Maintenance Settings LV850009
energy.
Metering
Calculates and displays the active, reactive and apparent
Energy per Phase Digital Module energy per phase of the power system and provides total LV850002
active, reactive and apparent energy per phase.
PC running EcoStruxure Provide harmonics of voltage and current to the 40th
Power Commission Individual Harmonics Analysis LV850006
harmonic.
Maintenance & Diagnostic
Displays available circuit breaker information to help
Power Restoration Assistant, determine potential causes of an event and also provides LV850004
guidance for potential solutions to restore power.
Assists in closing or opening the circuit breaker remotely with
MasterPacT Operation Assistant Bluetooth by delivering applicable instructions. LV850005
Requires Comm & Diag accessories.
Waveform Capture on Trip Event Automatically logs five cycles of phase and neutral currents. LV850003
Allows easy integration in existing Modbus installations
Modbus Legacy Dataset where modification of supervision software for MTZ circuit LV850045
breakers is not desired.
New generation MicroLogic X control units incorporate wireless technology (Bluetooth
and NFC) that allows the transfer of a wide selection of critical information (protection,
measurements, maintenance & diagnostics) to your mobile device, by means of the
EcoStruxure Power Device App.
Alternatively, MasterPacT MTZ can be equipped with ETHERNET communication
through either the IFE module or the new embedded EIFE that includes webpages.
Modbus SL communication is available through the IFM interface module.
Communication Accessories
Table 7.140: Monitoring and Control
Description Catalog
Number
EIFE Embedded Ethernet module full kit includes EIFE and EIFE cable; for
LV851100SP
MTZ1-drawout
EIFE Embedded Ethernet module full kit includes EIFE actuators and EIFE
cable; for MTZ2/3-drawout LV851200SP
EIFE Embedded Ethernet stand-alone module; for MTZ1/2/3-drawout LV851001SP
Enerlin’X
modules Ethernet interface LV breaker LV434001
Ethernet interface for LV breakers and gateway LV434002
EIFE Embedded Ethernet I/O application module LV434063
Interface
EIFE Cable; for MTZ1-drawout LV851120SP
IO Application Module EIFE Cable; for MTZ2/3-drawout LV851220SP
ULP port - for MasterPacT MTZ1 - fixed LV850063SP
ULP port ULP port - for MasterPacT MTZ1 - drawout LV850064SP
modules ULP port - for MasterPacT MTZ2/3 - fixed LV850061SP
ULP port - for MasterPacT MTZ2/3 - drawout LV850062SP
Ethernet display Front display module FDM128
module LV434128
5 RJ45 connectors female/female TRV00870
10 ULP line terminators TRV00880
10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 0.3 m TRV00803
ULP Wiring 10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 0.6 m TRV00806
Accessories 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 1 m TRV00810
IFE Interface IFE Switchboard Server 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 2 m TRV00820
5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 3 m TRV00830
1 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 5 m TRV00850
~ ~
5 6 Connects up to 15 PowerPacT H/J/L/P/R or MasterPacT MTZ/NT/NW Circuit
3 4
A max
ZSI Interface Breakers or for applications requiring compliance with IEC and CENELEC HD LV848892SP
41m
60 Hzmax
V 6mA
120
1 2
ZSI
IN
ZSI
OUT
m
Module 60364–4–41 or those requiring double insulation.
LV848 rfaceterfacez ZSI Ups
trea
ZSI Inte
le d’ininterfa st ream
Modulo de -to-te Downst
Módu Push
9 10
S1
CB Acc. 4
Ctrl. No.52H
Combined Contacts Additional Overcurrent Trip Indication Microswitch Type ON/OFF Indication Contacts MasterPacT Electrical Closing Pushbutton
Contacts (SDE) (OF) (MTZ1) (BPFE)
Table 7.141: Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts, Programmable Contact Module, Electrical Close Pushbutton
Catalog Number
Accessory
MTZ1 MTZ2/MTZ3
1a/1b Form C Auxiliary Switch LV847076SP —
Low Level 1a/1b Form C Auxiliary Switch LV847077SP —
4a/4b Form C Auxiliary Switch (OF) — LV864922SP
1a/1b Form C Connected/Closed Switch (EF) — LV848477SP
Low Level 1a/1b Form C Connected/Closed Switch (EF) — LV848478SP
1a/1b Form C Second Trip Alarm Switch (SDE2) LV847915SP LV847915SP
Low Level 1a/1b Form C Second Trip Alarm Switch LV847916SP LV847916SP
1a/1b Form C Ready-to-Close Switch (PF) LV847080SP LV847080SP
Low Level 1a/1b Form C Ready-to-Close Switch LV847081SP LV847081SP
Electrical Close Pushbutton (BPFE) LV864917SP LV848534SP
Stan
dard
ient
gy Effic ace
Energie Efficente
Energia Efici
Table 7.145: H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
Ener
Adjustable J L R
Full Load (See SCCR (See SCCR
Sensor Instantane- (See SCCR
Frame Rating Amperes ous Trip Suffix Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Table
Range Table Table
Range Below)
Below) Below)
30 A 1.5–25 A 9–325 A M71 HJL36030- HLL36030- HRL36030M71
Standard M71 M71
Energy Efficient
Energie Efficace 50 A 14–42 A 84–546 A M72 HJL36050- HLL36050- HRL36050M72
Energia Eficiente M72 M72
H-Frame
HJL36100- HJL36100-
100 A 30–80 A 180–1040 A M73 HRL36100M73
M73 M73
HJL36150- HLL36150-
150 A 58–130 A 348–1690 A M74 HRL36150M74
M74 M74
JJL36250- JLL36250-
J-Frame 250 A 114–217 A 684–2500 A M75 JRL36250M75
M75 M75
t
Table 7.146: Maximum Rating or Setting of Motor Protective Devices [7]
Percentage of Full-load Current
Type of Motor
Setting Not to Exceed[8]
A, B, C, D Standard 800% 1300%
I B, E Energy Efficient 1100% 1700%
Motor Type / Tipo de Motor / Type de Moteur
[12] 30 mA is instantaneous only, except for RH99M and RH99P models. Their suffix TD indicates time delay at 30 mA. For models with no time delay (IEC compliant) consult catalog
0972CT0401.
[13] Use as a guideline for sizing wire through sensor.
7-74 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
MasterPacT™ MTZ Circuit Breakers MasterPacT™ Power Circuit Breakers
Class 0614 / Refer to Catalog 0614CT1701
www.se.com/us
[14] 4000 A standard width circuit breaker is not available in L1 interrupting rating code or drawout construction (fixed mounting only).
[15] Drawout mounted only.
[16] 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor.
[17] 65 kA RMS for 2000 A.
[18] None except 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor.
[19] 40 kA RMS for 2000 A.
[20] The endurance rating for 2000 A, N/H/L/LF is 10,000 for mechanical and 1000 for electrical.
7-78 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
MasterPacT™ NT/NW Circuit Breakers MasterPacT™ Power Circuit Breakers
Class 613 / Refer to Catalog 0613CT0001
www.se.com/us
Table 7.155: Communications and IO Interface Modules and Front Display Screens
Modbus for MasterPacT MTZ/NT/NW and PowerPacT H/J/L/P/R Circuit Breakers
Interface Ethernet Interface (IFE)
Module (IFM) Enerlin’X IO Description Part Number
IFM Modbus-SL Interface for LV Circuit Breaker LV434000
IFE Interface (Ethernet Module) LV434001
IFE Interface + Gateway (Ethernet and ModbuGateway) LV434002
EIFE embedded Ethernet interface for drawout MasterPacT MTZ LV851001SP
EIFE Spare part kit for one MasterPacT MTZ1 drawout circuit breaker LV851100SP
Enerlin’X EIFE EIFE Spare part kit for one MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 drawout circuit breaker LV851200SP
IO Module (Input/Output Programmable Module) LV434063
FDM121 (1 Circuit Breaker to 1 Front Display over ULP)[1] STRV00121
Front Display
Module FDM128 (8 Circuit Breakers to 1 Front Display over Ethernet) LV434128
(FDM121) Ethernet LCD Color
Touch Display (FDM128)
7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
[1] The FDM121 is not compatible with MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers.
7-80 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Enerlin’X System Enerlin’X Digital Solutions
Class 0614 / Refer to Catalog 0614CT1802
www.se.com/us
1 3
EBX510
Com’X Energy Server RJ45 Ethernet cable
Com’X 210 Energy Data VDIP184546010 (L = 1 m [3.28 ft.])
Logger: EBX210 VDIP184546030 (L = 3 m [9.84 ft.])
Com’X 510 Energy Server: 2
EBX510 2 4
2 Stacking connector
(pack of 10)
FDM128 multi-device
display TRV00217
3 5
LV434128 5
1 +24V
0V
4
IFM, Modbus interface
3 Eth2
LV434000
Eth1
6
6 Ethernet interface
R
LV434002 (IFE switchboard server)
7 12
13
11
8
Masterpact
MTZ or NT/NW 10 PowerPact H/J/L 14
7 9 12
ULP Cable (RJ45) Communication option ULP line terminations (pack of 10)
TRV00803 (L = 0.3 m [0.98 ft.], Qty. 10) BCM ULP for Masterpact NT, NW TRV00880
TRV00806 (L = 0.6 m [1.97 ft.], Qty. 10) ULP port for Masterpact MTZ
TRV00810 (L = 1 m [3.28 ft.], Qty. 5) 13
TRV00820 (L = 2 m [6.56 ft.], Qty. 5) 10
TRV00830 (L = 3 m [9.84 ft.], Qty. 5) NSX cable
TRV00850 (L = 5 m [16.40 ft.], Qty. 1)
Circuit breaker control unit S434201 (L = 1.3 m [4.27 ft.], V ≤ 480 V)
Micrologic A, P or H for S434202 (L = 3 m [9.84 ft.], V ≤ 480 V)
8 Masterpact NT/NW, PowerPact P,R Isolated NSX cable
Micrologic X for Masterpact MTZ
7
Communications—Direct Ethernet
NOTE: Refer the Smart System Data Acquisition user guide (https://www.schneider-
electric.us/en/download/document/0614DB1801/) to aid in component selection for
Smart Systems.
1
2
+24V
0V
3 +24V
0V Eth2
Eth1
2 +24V
0V
Eth1
Eth2
+24V
0V
Eth2
Eth1
+24V
0V Eth2
Eth1
+24V
0V
Eth2
Eth1 R
2 Eth1
Eth2
2 R
5 R
4
9
7 10
11
6
Masterpact 8
MTZ or NT/NW 12
1 5 9
FDM128 Mulit-Device Display IFE Ethernet Interface ULP line terminations (pack of 10)
LV434001
LV434128 TRV00880
2 6 10
RJ45 Ethernet Cable Communication Option NSX cable
VDIP184546010 (L = 1 m [3.28 ft.]) BCM ULP for Masterpact NT, NW S434201 (L = 1.3 m [4.27 ft.], V ≤ 480 V)
VDIP184546030 (L = 3 m [9.84 ft.]) ULP port for Masterpact MTZ S434202 (L = 3 m [9.84 ft.], V ≤ 480 V)
Isolated NSX cable
3 7
S434204 (L = 1.3 m [4.27 ft.], V > 480 V)
PowerPact P/R and S434303 (L = 3 m [9.84 ft.], V > 480 V)
Com’X Energy Server S434305 (L = 4.5 m [14.7 ft.], V > 480 V)
Masterpact NT/NW ULP Cord
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
[1] At 250 A, the GFM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only.
[2] See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for additional GFMs.
[3] At 250 A, the ELM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only.
[4] For Factory Installation of ELM Module: For termination designation (3rd letter of catalog number) use ONLY “M”. Add factory installed 48 Vdc shunt trip (suffix SP) to breaker plus suffix VL
or VM.
7-84 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Dimensions and Shipping Weights
www.se.com/us Breakers
Class 931, 940, 960
Table 7.161: QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, LA, Circuit Breakers
B E B E B E B
Circuit Breaker Fig. Dimensions—Inches
Poles
Cat. No. Prefix No. A B C D E F G H
QB, QD, 2 22 6.47 3.00 3.02 3.93 [6] 4.25 — —
QG, QJ 3 23 6.47 4.50 3.02 3.93 [6] 4.25 1.50 0.75
Figure 10 QOU 1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 —
Figure 11 Figure 12 High Ampere FAL, FHL 2 22 6.00 3.00 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 — —
A A A D 3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 0.75
C Q4L, LAL, LHL 2&3 23 11.00 6.00 4.06 5.84 0.88 9.25 2.00 1.00
Figure 21 Figure 22
C60 E B E Figure 23
Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 G B B
D
A A A A G D
C E HH C
C/L
C/L
B B B B F A F A
E F A
E
E E
[1] 35–70 A is 3.12 in; 80–100 A 2P and 70–100 A 3P are 3.50 in.
[2] QO-PL is 4.55 in.
[3] 80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 4.45 in.
[4] 80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 6.78 in.
[5] 70–100 A is 6.78 in.
[6] Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end.
[7] All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted.
7
A
Table 7.166: Shipping Weights [9]
F Approx. Shipping Approx. Shipping
Frame Size Weight (Lbs.) Frame Size Weight (Lbs.)
B-Frame 1P 1 H-Frame 2P 4
B-Frame 2P 2 H-Frame 3P 5
B-Frame 3P 3 J-Frame 5
B-Frame 4P 4 L-Frame 14
B EDB 1P 2 M-Frame 29
C
EDB 2P 3 P-Frame 32
D EDB 3P 4 R-Frame (Without RLTB) 52
Figure 29 Figure 30
Figure 34
B
G D
F C
E B B E
AE
A A
Figure 31
Figure 35
Figure 36
E B 1P E 2P B E
B
A C A F H
D A F H
Figure 33
Figure 32 B D
G C
C
E C D
E B D
AF Figure 37 Figure 38
7
3P B E 4P B E
A C
E
D
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
A F H A F H
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
G C G C
D D
[1] For NEMA 3R applications, remove drain scerw from bottom end well.
[2] Use only 90°C (minimum) rated wire sized per ampacity of 75°C rated conductors for 100% rated circuit breakers.
[3] Rated for 240 Vac maximum. Short circuit current rating is 25 kAIR at 240 Vac.
[4] Accepts standard 80% rated circuit breakers only. Not rated for 100% rated circuit breakers.
[5] Use copper conductors only.
[6] Rated 480 Vac maximum. Short circuit current rating is 18 kAIR at 480 V.
[7] For conduit entry through the top end wall use one of the following Square D conduit hubs: A200L for 2.00 in., A250L for 2.50 in., A300L for 3.00 in., A350L for 3.50 in. or A400L for 4.00 in.
[8] Add suffix BE if no knockouts are required on the end walls.
[9] For access to the circuit breaker’s standard, ammeter or energy trip unit panel/LCD, add suffix T.
[10] For 200% neutral use copper wire only.
[11] Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, and 12.
[12] For NEMA 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
[13] Add suffix VW for visibility to the standard, ammeter or energy trip unit of the PowerPact circuit breaker.
7
[14] Will accept PowerPacT L-frame circuit breakers and Motor Protectors with suffixes M38X
[15] For NEMA 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
[16] Add suffix VW for visibility to the standard, ammeter or energy trip unit of the PowerPact circuit breaker.
[17] Will accept PowerPacT L-frame Molded Case Switches.
[18] When the QJL circuit breaker is installed in the enclosure, the enclosure is limited to Short Circuit Current ratings of 65 kAIR at 240 V and 100 kAIR at 208 V.
[19] Limited to 200 A.
[20] Order current transformer kit S33576 seperately.
[21] Current transformers applicable only on PowerPacT P circuit breakers. Current limitations are 400–800 A and 400–1200 A respectively for the M800 and P1200 family of enclosures.
[22] Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, and 12.
[23] Use 500 Vdc or 250 Vdc rated circuit breakers only.
7-88 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8/17/2022
Enclosures Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Class 610
www.se.com/us
[24] Enclosures are provided with the Handle Padlock Attachment (HPALM) for field installation to lock the circuit breaker in the “ON” or “OFF” positions.
[25] Use copper conductors only.
[26] Maximum short circuit and voltage is 30 kAIR at 480 Vac.
[27] LAL or LHL circuit breakers with an MB or MT suffix are not compatible with these enclosures: LA400DS, LA400AWK, and LA400LS.
[28] Enclosure cover has an integral padlock provision to provide a means to lock the circuit breaker in the “ON” or “OFF” position.
[29] Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, and 12.
[30] For NEMA 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
[31] NEMA 7 — Indoor Hazardous Locations — Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III
[32] NEMA 9 — Indoor Hazardous Locations — Division 1 and 2, Class ii, Groups E, F and G; Class iii
[33] Short circuit current rating: 65 kAIR at 240 Vac, 25 kAIR at 480 Vac, and 18 kAIR at 600 Vac
[34] Not cULus listed due to wire bending space.
7
Enclosure Accessories
Table 7.175: Neutral Kit Terminal Data
Neutral Kit Terminal Lug Data -Total Available (Line All Copper Neutral Terminal Lug Data -Total
Catalog Number plus Load) AWG/kcmil AL/CU Available (Line plus Load) AWG/kcmil
(2) 14–1/0 Cu or
100SNA (2) 12–1/0 Al plus (1) 14–4 Cu —
(4) 14–1/0 Cu or
SN100FA (4) 12–1/0 Al —
SN225KA (2) 4–300 Al/Cu plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu —
225SNA (4) 6–350 Al/Cu —
(2) 1–600 or
400SN (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu —
(2) 1–600 or
SN400LA (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu —
SN1000MA (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (1) 1–4/0 Al/Cu —
SNC400LX — (2) 2–-600 Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Cu
SNC800LX — (4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu
AL800SN (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Al/Cu —
SN1200 (8) 3/0–750 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–350 Al/Cu —
S33576MK (8) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu —
J-Frame Short
Lug Shield See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for special options for enclosures:
• Stainless steel fronts
• Pilot lights, push buttons
• Lock-on SPL0
• Key interlock systems
• Legend plates
7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Enclosure Dimensions
H
H
H H H
W D W D
W WB enclosure WB enclosure uses 2 circuit breakers W D
uses 2 circuit breakers NEMA Type 3R NEMA Type 7, Type 9
(Uses side hinge cover) W D
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 12, 12K
Section 8
8
TeSys™ VLS Disconnect Switches 8-9
Disconnect Switches, 16–125 A 8-9
TeSys™ VLS Accessories 8-11
Fourth Pole Add-on 8-11
Add-on Blocks 8-12
Sequence and Maximum Combination of Add-on Blocks 8-13
UL508 VLS Switch UL98 VLS Switch Rotary Handles 8-16
Shaft Extensions, Terminal Covers, Fuse Holders, and Fuse Blocks 8-18
Dimensions: 16–125 A Disconnect Switches 8-19
Wiring Diagrams 8-22
Technical Specifications, VLS Range, 16–125 A 8-23
UL 98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches 8-24
9421 Type L LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Disconnect Switches 8-24
UL98 Style Flange Handle Circuit Breaker LK4 Nonfusible Disconnect Switches 8-24
Disconnect Switch Mechanism GS2 Fusible Disconnect Switches 8-26
Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches 8-27
Accessories, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible 8-27
Accessories 8-27
Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible 8-28
LK4JU3N / LK4MU3N / LK4QU3N, 100–400 A Nonfusible Disconnect
Switches—Dimensions 8-28
GS2QU3N, 400 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses 8-32
Flange Mounted and Cable Operated 8-32
Selection Guide
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Page page 8-26 page 8-33 page 8-39 page 8-41 Refer to Supplemental Digest
Section 15
8
Model (V-Vario, K-Operator)
Mini-Vario
Table 8.2: Assembled Switches—Degree of Protection IP65, Type 1 and 12
Complete Switches for Door Mounting Complete Switches for Rear
Mounting, Includes Extension Shaft
(3-Padlock)
Rating (A) (3-Padlock)
Red/Yellow Black/Gray Red/Yellow
(Single Hole) (Single Hole) (Single Hole)
UL IEC Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No.
10 12 VCDN12 VBDN12 VCCDN12
16 20 VCDN20 VBDN20 VCCDN20
VN12
VN12/KCC1YZ
Table 8.3: Mini-Vario Enclosed Switches
Complete Switches Mounted in IP55 Non-Metallic Enclosure
Catalog No.
Description
VCFN12GE Red/Yellow Mounted In Sealable Enclosure,
VCFN20GE Non-UL Listed, Non-NEMA Rated
Table 8.7: NEMA Type 1 and 12 Assembled Switches for Rear Mounting
Complete Switches for Rear Mounting Switches with Handles Installed
with Extension Shaft (3-Padlock)[3] on Unit, DIN Rail Mount Only
Rating (A)
Red/Yellow Red/Yellow Red/Yellow Black/Gray
(Four Hole) (Single Hole) (1-Padlock) (No-Padlock)
UL IEC Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No.
10 12 VCCF02 VCCD02 — —
16 20 VCCF01 VCCD01 — —
20 25 VCCF0 VCCD0 VVE0 VVD0
20 32 VCCF1 VCCD1 VVE1 VVD1
25 40 VCCF2 VCCD2 VVE2 VVD2
45 63 VCCF3 — VVE3 VVD3
63 80 VCCF4 — VVE4 VVD4
100 125 VCCF5 — — —
115 175 VCCF6 — — —
VC•GUN
[3] Complete switch includes handle operator, shaft, door interlock plate, and line terminal shroud.
[4] Assembled, includes switches mounted in enclosure with handle.
[5] Refer to Table 8.11 and Table 8.12 for horsepower ratings.
8-4 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
02/17/2021
Mini-Vario and Vario™ Assembled and UL 508 Motor Disconnect Switches
www.se.com/us
Enclosed Switches
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Vario switches meet UL508 requirements as both enclosed and open manual motor
controllers. They are also marked “Suitable as Motor Disconnect” allowing installation on
the load side of the motor branch circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protection. If motor
branch circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protection is needed, use a GS1 or 9422
fusible switch or circuit breaker meeting NEC 430.52 requirements.
8
Class 9421 NEMA Type 1 V1G30, V2G30 Class 9421 NEMA Type 4, 4X, 12
V1W30, V2W30, V1A30, V2A30
45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
No. of Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No.
Switches
Padlocks
V02–V2 0 KCC1LZ KCE1LZ KAC1BZ KAE1BZ
Single-Hole Operator Four-Hole Operator V02–V2 1 KCC1YZ KCE1YZ — —
(All except KDF3PZ Red/Yellow Red/Yellow Black/Gray Black/Gray
and KBF3PZ) Operator Type Single Hole Four Hole Single Hole Four Hole
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm
V02–V2 0 KDD1PZ KDF1PZ KBD1PZ KBF1PZ
V3–V4 0 — KDF2PZ — KBF2PZ
V02–V2 3 KCD1PZ KCF1PZ KAD1PZ KAF1PZ
V3–V4 3 — KCF2PZ — KAF2PZ
Red/Yellow Black/Gray
Operator Type Four Hole Four Hole
Four-Hole Operator 90 x 90 mm 90 x 90 mm
KDF3PZ and KBF3PZ Low-Profile Handle KCD1YZ V5–V6 0 KDF3PZ KBF3PZ
V5–V6 3 KCF3PZ KAF3PZ
0.51 0.51
0.12 0.22 13.0 0.22
3.0 13.0
5.5 5.5
0.5
12.7
2.67
1.89
68
48
0.88 2.67
22.5 1.89
48 68
Single-Hole
Mounting Dimensions Four-Hole 60 x 60 Four-Hole 90 x 90
Mounting Dimensions [9] Mounting Dimensions [9]
[8] When using these handles for replacements on the non-metallic enclosed switches, the handle shaft that comes with the enclosure must be reused. See Section 15 of the Supplemental
Digest.
[9] The door interlock plate included with VCC Kits has the same drilling as the handle operators.
8-6 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
02/17/2021
Mini-Vario and Vario™ Accessories UL 508 Motor Disconnect Switches
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
www.se.com/us
8
V02 to V2 16.9 429 VZ30 KZ 32 KZ83
V3, V4 16.5 419 VZ31 KZ 74 KZ81
V5, V6 17.7 450 VZ31 KZ 74 KZ81
The MD motor disconnect switch is listed UL 508 Suitable for Motor Control
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
(UL File E164864) and conforms to IEC standard 60947-3. It is in a compact NEMA 4X
enclosure suitable for use in NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 applications. The MD's key
benefits are an extremely small footprint, a more economically efficient NEMA 4X
solution, and a handle interlock preventing cover removal when the switch is in the ON
position.
Switch features:
• Suitable for NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 enclosure applications.
• Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements—accepts up to three 8 mm
padlocks.
• For accessories, see Table 8.20.
Table 8.26: MD Motor Disconnect Switch—Non-Metallic NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, and
12 Enclosure
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Height Width Depth
D Amperes Cat. No. Three-Phase Vac (in.) (in.) (in.)
220–240 440–480 600
30 MD3304X 7.5 20 25 6.38 3.9 4.37
60 MD3604X 20 40 40 8.27 4.94 4.37
H
Table 8.27: MD Motor Disconnect Accessories
Cat. No. Description
MDSAN20 2 N.O. auxiliary contact module
MDSAN11 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contact module
MDS30P 30 A add on power pole
W
MD Motor Disconnect Switch
8
Fuse holder ● ● ●
Mechanical 6-8 pole coupling system ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock for line switching ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Example VLSH 2 S 5 R
Description Rotary handle 1 = Recessed, 65 x 65 mm H = Hole fixing 5 = 5 mm shaft opening B = Black
2 = Protruding, 65 x 65 mm S = Screw mounting 7 = 7 mm shaft opening BC = Black, changeover
3 = Pistol grip, 75 mm dia. BD = Black, defeatable
4 = Protruding, 48 x 48 mm R = Red
RD = Red, defeatable
Example VLS 1N R 1
Description Ground and Neutral 1G = 1 Pole Ground terminal R = DIN rail mounted 1 = Small size (16–63 A), UL 508
Terminals 1N = 1 Pole Neutral terminal D = Door mounted 2 = Large size (63–125 A), UL 98
Example VLS A 11 R 1 S
Description Auxiliary contacts A = Auxiliary contact 10 = 1 N.O. R = DIN rail mounted Blank = Size 1 and 2 S = Simultaneous closing
11 = 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. D = Door mounted 1 = Size 1 E = Early make closing
2 = Size 2
Product Overview
Compact Size
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
The three-pole 16–63 A disconnect switches are made up of a single unit body, a mere
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
36 mm (1.4 in.) wide, while those rated 63–125 A are only 70 mm (2.8 in.) wide.
Accessory Flexibility
Mounting and removal of the fourth pole and add-on blocks are simple and quick
operations with no need for tools.
Certifications
All VLS disconnect switches are certified by cCSAus and are UL Listed for Canada and
VLS3P016R1– USA:
VLS3P063R1
• 16–63 A types: certified according to UL 60947-4-1 / CSA 22.2 n° 60947-4-1-14
standards
• 63–125 A types: certified according to UL 98 / CSA 22.2 n° 4 standards
Three-Pole Disconnect Switches
Table 8.29: Certifications and Compliance (● = certification obtained)
Catalog number cULus per UL 60947-4-1 / cULus per UL 98 / IEC/EN 60947-1,
CSA C22.2 n° 60947-4-1-14 CSA C22.2 n° 4 IEC/EN 60947-3
UL Listed (File E487906) UL Listed (File E487907)
VLS3P016R1–
VLS3P040R1 ● —
VLS3P063R1 ● —
VLS3P016D1–
VLS3P040D1 ● — Compliant
VLS3P063R2–
VLS3P125R2 — ●
VLS3P063D2–
VLS3P125D2 — ●
[1] Ratings are valid for VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P•••D• types, according to UL 60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 n° 60947-4-1-14. UL Listed for USA and Canada (cULus - File E487907) as Manual Motor
Controllers, while the UL designation is “General Purpose Switch. Interrupteur Usage General” and “Suitable As Motor Disconnect.”
[2] Ratings are valid for VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P•••D• types, according to UL 98 and CSA C22.2 n° 4. UL Listed for USA and Canada (cULus - File E487907) as Open Type Switches – Open
type unfused switch, while UL designation is “General Purpose Switch. Interrupteur Usage General.”
[3] Voltage value is not considered in UL98 / CSA 22.2 n° 4 standards, and so is not indicated in the UL product marking.
8-10 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
02/17/2021
TeSys™ VLS Accessories UL 60947-4-1 and UL 98 Disconnect
Switches
www.se.com/us Refer to Catalog 9400CT1601
8
Travel 0 1 0° 30° 60° 90°
VLS1P063R2S 63 63
VLS3P016R1/D1–VLS3P040R1/D1, VLS3P063R1 60°
Main poles
VLS1P080R2S 80 80
VLS1P040R1S–VLS1P063R1S 60° VLS1P100R2S 100 100
Simultaneous fourth-pole add on VLS1P125R2S 125 125
VLS1P040R1E/D1E, VLS1P063R1E 55° Door Mounting (VLS3P•••D•)
Early-make fourth-pole add on VLS1P040D1S [6] 40 40
VLS3P063R2/D2–VLS3P125R2/D2 55° VLS1P063D2S 63 63
Main poles VLS1P080D2S 80 80
VLS1P063R2S/D2S–VLS1P125R2S/D2S 55° VLS1P100D2S 100 100
Simultaneous fourth-pole add on VLS1P125D2S 125 125
VLS1P125R2E/D2E 48° Early-make closing operation with respect to switch poles
Early-make fourth-pole add on
Off On DIN Rail Mounting (VLS3P•••R•)
VLS1P040R1E [4] 40 40
VLS1P063R1E [6] 63 45
VLS1P125R2E [7] 125 125
Door Mounting (VLS3P•••D•)
VLS1P040D1E [6] 40 40
VLS1P125D2E [8] 125 125
NOTE: For Fourth Pole UL / CSA ratings, see page 8-10 —they are the same as the
ratings for the corresponding single-phase contact switch.
Table 8.34: Certifications and Compliance for Fourth Pole Add-on Blocks (● = certification obtained)
Certification Standard
Catalog number cULus per UL 60947-4-1 / CSA C22.2 n° 60947-4-1-14 / cULus per UL 98 / CSA C22.2 n° 4 /
UL Listed (File E487906) UL Listed (File E487907) IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-3
VLS1P040R1E, VLS1P040R1S ● —
VLS1P063R1E, VLS1P063R1S ● —
VLS1P040D1E, VLS1P040D1S ● —
Compliant
VLS1P125R2E, VLS1P125D2E — ●
VLS1P063R2S–VLS1P125R2S — ●
VLS1P063D2S–VLS1P125D2S — ●
Add-on Blocks
Table 8.35: Operational Specifications
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
Auxiliary contacts
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Other devices
Tightening torque VLS1NR1/D1, VLS1GR1/D1 terminals 1.8–2 N•m (16–18 lb-in)
VLS1NR2/D2, VLS1GR2/D2 terminals 5–6 N•m (45–54 lb-in)
VLS8C1/C2, VLS8M1/M2 mounting: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb-in)
extension with handle: 0.8 N•m (7.1 lb-in)
VLS3P063R2/D2…VLS3P125R2/D2 55°
Main poles
VLSA11RS/DS 45°
Auxiliary contacts (1 NO + 1 NC) NO
NC
25°
VLSA10R2E Travel 0→ 1 55°
Auxiliary contact
(1EB – NO early break) Travel 1→ 0 65°
Off On
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
DIN Rail Mounting Disconnect Switches
Table 8.37: VLS3P016R1–VLS3P040R1 (DIN Rail Mounting)
VLS1NR1 VLS1GR1 VLSA11RS VLSA10R1E VLS1P040R1E VLS3P016R1 VLS1P040R1E VLSA10R1E VLSA11RS VLS1GR1 VLS1NR1
VLS1P040R1S VLS3P025R1 VLS1P040R1S
1 1 1 — 1 VLS3P032R1 — — 2 1 1
1 1 2 — — VLS3P040R1 1 — 1 1 1
1 1 1 — 1 — 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 — 1 — 1 1 1
8
1 1 1 1 — — — 2 1 1
1 1 2 — — — 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 — — — — 2 1 1
1 1 — — — 1 — — 1 1
1 1 — — 1 — — — 1 1
1 1 — — — — — — 1 1
VLS1NR1 VLS1GR1 VLSA11RS VLSA10R1E VLS1P063R1E VLS3P063R1 VLS1P063R1E VLSA10R1E VLSA11RS VLS1GR1 VLS1NR1
VLS1P063R1S VLS1P063R1S
1 1 1 — 1 — — 2 1 1
1 1 2 — — 1 — 1 1 1
1 1 1 — 1 — 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 — 1 — 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 — — — 2 1 1
1 1 2 — — — 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 — — — — 2 1 1
1 1 — — — 1 — — 1 1
1 1 — — 1 — — — 1 1
1 1 — — — — — — 1 1
VLS1NR2 VLS1GR2 VLSA11RS VLSA10R2E VLS1P125R2E VLS3P063R2 VLS1P125R2E VLSA10R2E VLSA11RS VLS1GR2 VLS1NR2
VLS1P•••R•S VLS3P080R2 VLS1P•••R•S
— — 1 — 1 VLS3P100R2 — — 2 — —
— — 2 — — VLS3P125R2 1 — 1 — —
— — 1 — 1 — 1 1 — —
— — 1 1 — 1 — 1 — —
— — 1 1 — — — 2 — —
— — 2 — — — 1 1 — —
— — 2 — — — — 2 — —
1 1 — — — 1 — — 1 1
1 1 — — 1 — — — 1 1
1 1 — — — — — — 1 1
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Table 8.42: VLS3P016R1–VLS3P040R1, VLS8C1–VLS8M1 (Rear Mounting)
VLS1NR1 VLS1GR1 VLSA11RS VLSA10R1E VLS1P040R1E VLS8C1–VLS8M1 VLS1P040R1E VLSA10R1E VLSA11RS VLS1GR1 VLS1NR1
VLS1P040R1S VLS1P040R1S
1 1 1 — 1 VLS3P016R1 + 1 — 1 1 1
1 1 1 — 1 VLS3P016R1 — — 2 1 1
1 1 2 — — VLS3P025R1 + 1 — 1 1 1
VLS3P025R1
1 1 1 — 1 VLS3P032R1 + — 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 — VLS3P032R1 1 — 1 1 1
8
1 1 1 1 — VLS3P040R1 + — — 2 1 1
1 1 2 — — VLS3P040R1 — 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 — — — — 2 1 1
1 1 — — 1 1 — — 1 1
1 1 — — — — — — 1 1
VLS1NR1 VLS1GR1 VLSA11RS VLSA10R1E VLS1P063R1E VLS8C1– VLS1P063R1E VLSA10R1E VLSA11RS VLS1GR1 VLS1NR1
VLS1P063R1S VLS8M1 VLS1P063R1S
1 1 1 — 1 VLS3P063R1 + 1 — 1 1 1
1 1 1 — 1 VLS3P063R1 — — 2 1 1
1 1 2 — — 1 — 1 1 1
1 1 1 — 1 — 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 — 1 — 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 — — — 2 1 1
1 1 2 — — — 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 — — — — 2 1 1
1 1 — — 1 1 — — 1 1
1 1 — — — — — — 1 1
VLS1NR2 VLS1GR2 VLSA11RS VLSA10R2E VLS1P125R2E VLS8C2 - VLS8M2 VLS1P125R2E VLSA10R2E VLSA11RS VLS1GR2 VLS1NR2
VLS1P•••R•S VLS1P•••R•S
— — 1 — 1 VLS3P063R2 + 1 — 1 — —
— — 1 — 1 VLS3P063R2 — — 2 — —
— — 2 — — VLS3P080R2 + 1 — 1 — —
VLS3P080R2
— — 1 — 1 VLS3P100R2 + — 1 1 — —
— — 1 1 — VLS3P100R2 1 — 1 — —
— — 1 1 — VLS3P125R2 + — — 2 — —
— — 2 — — VLS3P125R2 — 1 1 — —
— — 2 — — — — 2 — —
1 1 — — 1 1 — — 1 1
1 1 — — — — — — 1 1
Rotary Handles
Table 8.45: Selection—Rotary Handles (NEMA 1, 12, 3R, 4, and 4X. IEC IP65 unless
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
otherwise specified)
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Catalog Specifications
number
Door Mounting and Rear Mounting Handles, Padlock-ready[11]
Red/yellow, rotating
VLSH1S5R For VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P•••D•. Screw mounting. Recessed selector. □ 5 mm (0.2 in.) [12].
VLSH2S5R For VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P•••D•. Screw mounting. Protruding selector. □ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12]
VLSH1S5R (65 x 65 mm) VLSH2S5R (65 x 65 mm) VLSH2H5R For VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P016D1–VLS3P040D1. Ring mounting. Protruding selector.
□ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12] [13]
VLSH2H5RD For VLS3P•••R•. Ring mounting. Protruding selector with release, defeatable per UL60947-4-1;
□ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12]
VLSH2H5RL For VLS3P•••R•, VLS3P063R1, VLS3P016D1–VLS3P040D1. Ring mounting. Low-profile
protruding selector, □ 5 mm (0.2 in.).
VLSH3S7RD For VLS3P063R2–VLS3P125R2, and VLS8M2. Screw mounting. Pistol grip with release,
defeatable per 60947-4-1; □ 7 mm (0.3 in.). IEC IP66. [14]
VLSH3S7RD (75 mm dia.) VLSH4S5R (48 x 48 mm) VLSH4S5R For For VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P•••D•. Screw mounting. Protruding selector. 48 mm square.
□ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12]
Black, rotating
VLSH1S5B For VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P•••D•. Screw mounting. Recessed selector. □ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12]
VLSH2S5B For VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P•••D•. Screw mounting. Protruding selector. □ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12]
VLSH2H5B For VLS3P•••R•, VLS3P063R1, VLS3P016D1–VLS3P040D1. Ring mounting. Protruding selector.
□ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12] [13]
VLSH2H5BD For VLS3P•••R•. Ring mounting. Protruding selector with release, defeatable per 60947-4-1.
□ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12]
VLSH2H5BL For VLS3P•••R•, VLS3P063R1, VLS3P016D1–VLS3P040D1. Ring mounting. Low profile
protruding selector, □ 5 mm (0.2 in.).
VLSH2H5BPO For VLS3P•••R•, VLS3P063R1, VLS3P016D1–VLS3P040D1. Ring mounting. Lock On protruding
selector, □ 5 mm (0.2 in.).
VLSH3S7BD For VLS3P063R2–VLS3P125R2, and VLS8M2. Screw mounting. Pistol grip with release,
defeatable per UL60947-4-1; □ 7 mm (0.3 in.). [14]
VLSH2S5BC For VLS8C• mechanical interlock mechanism (I-O-II). □ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12]
VLSH4S5B For For VLS3P•••R• and VLS3P•••D•. Screw mounting. Protruding selector. □ 5 mm (0.2 in.). [12]
Accessories for Rear Mounting Control For VLSH3S7RD and VLSH3S7BD handles.
VLSHA7 Adapter, □ 7 mm (0.3 in.) for VLS3P063R2-–VLS3P125R2.
[11] Catalog numbers ending in BD or RD are for rear mounting units only.
[12] For VLS3P•••R• disconnect switches, separately purchase VLSS shaft extensions.
[13] Snap-on mounting of VLS3P016–VLS3P040D1 disconnect switches with the handle.
[14] Separately purchase the VLSS•••7 shaft extension and a VLSHA7 handle having a 7 mm (0.3 in.) square section—not required for VLS8M2.
8-16 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
02/17/2021
TeSys™ VLS Accessories UL 60947-4-1 and UL 98 Disconnect
Switches
www.se.com/us Refer to Catalog 9400CT1601
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Handle mounting ring or screw
VLSH1S5R/B
Mounting handle interaxis VLSH2S5R/B 36 x 36 mm (1.4 x 1.4 in.) or 48 x 48 mm (1.9 x 1.9 in.)
(compatible with the pre-existing drillings of the VLSH2S5BC
most common types in the marketplace)
VLSH3S7RD/BD 36 x 36 mm (1.4 x1.4 in.)
Padlocks 1–3 for all handles Ø4–8 mm (Ø0.2–0.3 in.)
Mounting ring types 2.3 N•m (20.4 lb-in)
VLS8M1 0.8 N•m (7 lb-in)
Tightening torque
VLSH3S7RD/BD 1.5 N•m (13.3 lb-in)
All others 1 N•m (9 lb-in)
IEC / EN: IP65 for all except VLSH3S7RD/BD, which are IP66.
UL / CSA: VLSH1S5R/B and VLSH3S7RD/BD are Type 1, 12, 3R, 4, and 4X outdoor use with all VLS switch models.
Degree of protection
VLSH2S5R/B, VLSH2H5R/B, VLSH2H5RD/BD and VLSH2S5BC are Types 1, 12, 3R, 4, and 4X outdoor use with
VLS3P016R1/D1–VLS3P040R1/D1 and VLS3P063R1 models, otherwise Type 1 only.
VLS3P016D1
VLS3P025D1
8
VLSS1505 VLS3P016D1 VLS3P032D1
VLSS3005 VLS3P025D1 VLS3P040D1
VLSS5005 VLS3P032D1
( 5 mm)
VLS3P016R1 VLS3P040D1 VLSH2H5R/B
VLSH2S5RD/BD
VLS3P025R1 VLSH1S5B
VLS3P032R1
VLS3P040R1 VLSH2H5R/B VLSH2H5R/B
VLS3P063R1 VLSH2H5R/B VLSH2H5RD/BD
VLSH1S5B
VLS3P063D2
VLSH2S5R/B VLS3P080D2
VLS3P100D2
VLS3P125D2
VLSH1S5R/B
VLSH1S5R/B
VLSH2S5R/B
VLSH4S5R/B
VLSHA7
B
VLSS1507
C VLSS3007
VLS3P063R2 VLSH4S5R/B
VLS3P080R2 A
( 5 mm) E
VLS3P100R2 E E
D
VLS3P125R2 D
E VLSH3S7RD/BD
E Figure 8.3: Door mounting version
D
D Certifications and Compliance:
D
See Table 8.46 for details.
Figure 8.2: Changing the DIN rail mounting version for rear
mounting
Table 8.48: Selection—Shaft Extensions, Terminal Covers, Fuse Holders, and Fuse
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Blocks
Catalog Specifications Qty per Weight,
number package kg (lb)
Shaft extension for rear-mounting handles VLSH1S5R–VLSH2H5RD, VLSH1S5B–VLSH2H5BD, VLSH2S5BC;
interlocking changeover type VLS8C1, VLS8C2; and mechanical disconnect switch system VLS8M1
0.032
VLSS1505 150 mm long; □ 5 mm (0.2 in.) 1 (0.07)
VLSS•••5 (5 mm) VLSS•••7 (7 mm) 0.068
VLSS3005 300 mm long; □ 5 mm (0.2 in.) 1 (0.15)
0.090
VLSS5005 500 mm long; □ 5 mm (0.2 in.) 1 (0.20)
Shaft extension for rear-mounting handles VLSH3S7RD/BD, and mechanical coupling system VLS8M2
0.090
VLSS1507 150 mm long; □ 7 mm (0.3 in.) 1 (0.20)
0.160
VLSS3007 300 mm long; □ 7 mm (0.3 in.) 1 (0.35)
0.250
VLSS5007 500 mm long; □ 7 mm (0.3 in,) 1 (0.55)
0.160
VLSSS7 Support for □ 7 mm shaft 1 (0.35)
Set of 2 one-pole terminal covers for fourth pole
For VLS1P040R1S, VLS1P040D1S, VLS1P040R1E, VLS1P040D1E, 0.009
VLSC1P1 VLS1P063R1E, VLS1P063R1S 1 (0.02)
VLSC VLSFH1UL
For VLS1P063R2S–VLS1P125R2S, VLS1P063D2S–VLS1P125D2S, 0.012
VLSC1P2 VLS1P125R2E, VLS1P125D2E 1 (0.03)
Set of 2 three-pole terminal covers
0.018
VLSC3P1 For VLS3P016R1–VLS3P040R1, VLS3P063R1, VLS3P016D1–VLS3P040D1 1 (0.04)
0.030
VLSC3P2 For VLS3P063R2–VLS3P125R2, VLS3P063D2–VLS3P125D2 1 (0.07)
Fuse holder/block for disconnect switches
0.135
VLSFH1UL For VLS3P016R1–VLS3P032R1 (suitable for Class CC fuses) 1 (0.30)
Terminal covers
VLS1P…R1
VLS1P…R2
VLS3P…R1
VLS3P...R2
VLSC1P1
VLSC1P2
VLSC3P1
VLSC3P2 VLSC1P1
VLSC1P2
VLSC3P1
VLSC3P2
VLS1P…D1
VLS3P…D1
VLS3P...D2 VLS1P…D2
45 (1.77)
78 (3.07)
74 (2.91)
(1.28)
100 (3.94)
94 (3.70)
32.5
(1.77)
45
Dim. = mm (in.)
(1.65)
41.9
22 14.2 (0.56)
(0.87)
38.2 14.4 (0.57)
(1.50)
8
VLS3P016D1–VLS3P040D1 VLS3P063D2–VLS3P125D2
36 19.9 48.6
(1.42) 52.7 (2.07) 70 (2.75) (1.91) 20.8
(0.78)
(0.82)
55.5 (2.18)
78 (3.07)
(1.76)
44.8
100 (3.94)
65 (2.56)
Dim. = mm (in.)
78 (3.07)
78 (3.07)
(1.28)
(1.64)
32.5
41.6
Dim. = mm (in.)
For VLS3P063R2–VLS3P125R2
Auxiliary contacts Fourth pole
VLSA11RS VLS1P125R2E, VLS1P063R2S–VLS1P125R2S
VLSA10R2E VLS1NR2 neutral, VLS1GR2 ground terminals
12 48.9 (1.93) 23 70 (2.75)
9 (0.47) 46.2 (0.90) 5 43.9
(0.35) (1.82) (0.20) (1.73)
72.6 (2.86)
100 (3.94)
78 (3.07)
(1.64)
41.6
Dim. = mm (in.)
(1.77)
100 (3.94)
45
(1.77)
45
Dim. = mm (in.)
VLS8C1 - VLS8M1
VLS8C2 - VLS8M2
46.2 43
12
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
72.6 (2.86)
78 (3.07)
78 (3.07)
(1.64)
41.6
Dim. =
mm (in.)
72.6 (2.86)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
(1.64)
41.6
Dim. =
mm (in.)
VLSA11DS
VLS1P063D2S, VLS1P080D2S, VLS1P100D2S,
VLS1P125D2S, VLS1P125D2E, VLS1ND1,
VLS1ND2, VLS1GD1, VLS1GD2
Dim. =
Ø16 (0.63)
(1.10–1.26)
61.8 (2.43)
Ø16 (0.63)
48 (1.89)
36 (1.42)
65 (2.56)
65 (2.56)
36 (1.42)
mm (in.)
28–32
Ø3 (0.12) Ø3 (0.12)
VLSH2H5R/B VLSH2H5RD/BD
34.3 (1.35) 35 (1.38) 35.5 1–4
3.3 (0.13) (1.40) (0.04–0.16) 3.3 (0.13)
1–4 35
65 (2.56) (0.04–0.16) 65 (2.56) (1.38)
(0.79)
Ø20
Dim. =
37 (1.46)
65 (2.56)
65 (2.56)
2.5
(0.96)
Ø32.9
(1.29)
2.5
24.3
(0.96)
Ø2 .88) mm (in.)
24.3
(0 Ø2 0.88)
(
(0.87)
Ø22
VLSH3S7RD/BD VLSH2S5BC
1–4 1–4 48 (1.89)
(0.04–0.16) (0.04–0.16) 36 (1.42)
98 (3.86) 46 36 (1.42) 22 35
(1.81) 65 (2.56) (0.87) (1.38)
60 (2.36)
Ø16 (0.63)
36 (1.42)
65 (2.56)
48 (1.89)
Dim. =
Ø66 (2.60)
Ø48 (1.89)
36 (1.42)
75 (2.95)
2
Ø3 .26) mm (in.)
(1
Ø3
(0.12)
Ø4.2 (0.16)
VLSH4S5R/B
36 (1.42) Dim. =
28–32 mm (in.)
16 (1.10–1.26)
48 (1.89) (0.63) 21.8
(0.86)
(1.10–1.26)
Ø16 (0.63)
36 (1.42)
28–32
1–4 Ø3 (0.12)
(0.04–0.16)
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
5 (0.20) 5 (0.20)
65 (2.56) A 65 (2.56) A
65 (2.56)
65 (2.56)
Dim. =
mm (in.)
8
Length
Extension mm (in.) Type of handle
VLSH1S5• VLSH2S5• VLSH2H5R VLSH2H5RD VLSH2S5BC
VLSS1505 150 (5.90) 194 (7.64) 192 (7.56) 197 (7.75) 211 (8.31) 192 (7.56)
VLSS3005 300 (11.81) 344 (13.54) 342 (13.46) 347 (13.66) 361 (14.21) 342 (13.46)
VLSS5005 500 (19.68) 544 (21.42) 542 (21.34) 547 (21.53) 561 (22.09) 542 (21.34)
100 (3.94)
65 (2.56)
Dim. =
mm (in.)
23
(0.90) 20
VLSS… VLSH… (0.90)
VLS3P016R1–063R1 VLSS...5 VLSH2S5BC
VLS3P063R2, VLS3P080R2,
VLS3P100R2, VLS3P125R2
Table 8.56: Dimension A1 for VLSS used with VLS8C1, VLS8C2, and VLS8M1
A1 maximum, mm (in.)
Length Used with VLS8M1 Used with VLS8C1/VLS8C2
Extension (5 mm)
mm (in.) Type of handle
VLSH1S5• VLSH2S5• VLSH2H5R VLSH2H5RD VLSH2S5BC
VLSS1505 150 (5.90) 211 (8.31) 209 (8.23) 214 (8.42) 228 (8.98) 209 (8.23)
VLSS3005 300 (11.81) 361 (14.21) 359 (14.13) 364 (14.33) 378 (14.88) 359 (14.13)
VLSS5005 500 (19.68) 561(22.09) 559 (22.01) 564 (22.20) 578 (22.75) 559 (22.01)
VLSS•••7 used with VLSHA7 and VLSH3S7RD/BD VLSS•••7 used with VLS8M2 and VLSH3S7RD/BD handle
88 (3.46) 46 (1.81)
98 (3.86) 73 (2.87) 46 (1.81) 20 ±1
5 (0.20) B1 (0.79
60 (2.36) B 20 ±1 ±0.04)
(0.79 VLS8M2
min. 10 ±0.04) min. 10
(0.39) (0.39)
VLSHA7
(2.60)
75 (2.95)
Ø66
100 (3.94)
Dim. =
75 (2.95)
mm (in.)
19
(0.75)
VLSS...7 VLSH3S7RD,
VLSH3S7RD/BD VLSH3S7BD
VLSS•••7 VLS3P063R2–125R2
40 19 1–4
VLS3P063R2–125R2 (1.57) 1–4 (0.75) (0.04–0.16)
48 (1.89) 19 (0.04–0.16)
(0.75)
B B1
Length
Extension (7 mm) with VLSH3S7RD/BD handle
mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.)
VLSS1507 176 (6.93) 118–229 (4.64–9.01) 119–205 (4.68–8.07)
VLSS2007 226 (8.90) 118–279 (4.64–10.99) 119–255 (4.68–10.03)
VLSS3007 326 (12.83) 118–379 (4.64–14.92) 119–355 (4.68–13.98)
80.1 (3.15)
(0.47) (1.42)
(1.04)
(1.46)
26.4
37
10 (0.39)
9.9 (0.39)
VLSC1P2, VLSC3P2
VLSC1P1 VLSC3P1 VLSC1P2 VLSC3P2 8.6 (0.34)
(0.39)
(0.39)
12.7 (0.50)
10
10
12 36 23 70 (2.75) 46 (1.81)
(0.47) (1.42) 46 (1.81) (0.90)
(1.04)
26.4
(1.47)
37.3
Dim. =
mm (in.)
T1 T2 T3
Load 7 L4 7 L4
8 T4 8 T4
Load Load
Add-on Blocks and Accessories
Auxiliary contacts Neutral terminal Earth/Ground terminal Fuse holder
VLSA11•S VLSA10R1E–VLSA10R2E VLS1NR1/D1–VLS1NR2/ VLS1GR1/D1–VLS1GR2/ VLSFH1
D2 D2
13 21 57 N PE L1 L2 L3
68
14 22 N PE
67
T1 T2 T3
58
8
AC23A
690 V kW 11 22 22 22 22 45 45 45 45
IEC reactive power for capacitor control 400 V kvar 7.5 10 12.5 15 15 25 30 40 50
IEC protection against short-circuit
Rated short-time withstand current (1 s), Icw A rms 800 2500
Rated conditional short-circuit current kA rms 50
With fuse class gG A 16 25 32 40 63 63 80 100 125
IEC making capacity (AC23A 400 V) A 400 450 1250
IEC breaking capacity (AC23A 400 V) A 320 360 1000
Mechanical life (depending on the application) cycles 100,000 100,000 30,000
Electrical life (IEC AC21A) cycles 100,000 15,000 30,000
UL/CSA general use at 600 V A 16 25 32 40 50 60 100 100 100
UL/CSA short-circuit rating at 600 V kA 5 5 5 5 5 50 50 50 50
UL/CSA fuse class/max rating at 600 V Type/A RK5/20 RK5/30 RK5/35 RK5/45 RK5/45 –/100 –/100 –/100 –/100
UL/CSA Hp ratings
120 V hp 1 1.5 2 2 2 3 3 5 7.5
Single phase
240 V hp 2 3 5 5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10
200–208 V hp 5 7.5 10 10 10 20 25 30 25
240 V hp 5 7.5 10 15 15 20 30 30 30
Three phase
480 V hp 10 15 20 20 30 40 40 50 50
600 V hp 10 20 20 25 30 40 40 60 40
Terminals
Lug clamp
Type
IEC/EN 60947-1 designation: Pillar terminal.
A 5.6 mm (0.22 in.) 12.4 mm (0.49 in.)
B
600 A, LK4SU3N Shaft 320 mm, GS2AE6 Black Handle, GS2AH150 Lugs Kit, GS1AW503
Example:
LK4SU3N (600 A non-fusible switch) + GS2AE6 (320 mm Style D shaft) + GS2AH150 (black/black, locking)
To add auxiliary contacts:
For front-mounted contacts order LK4AD30N (front-mounted auxiliary contact holder) + GS2AM110.
Table 8.61: Kits for Compact Switches LK4: 30, 60 and 100 A
100–400 A Pieces Included [2]
Rating Kit Catalog
(A) Number Compact 400 mm Handle Color / Handle Guide Cone
Switch Shaft NEMA Rating
Black /
LK4DUKB1 LK4DU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 1, 12, 3R LK4AH0110CN GS2AEH12
Black /
LK4DUKB4 LK4DU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 4, 4X LK4AH0410CN GS2AEH12
30 A
Red /
LK4DUKR1 LK4DU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 1, 12, 3R LK4AH0120CN GS2AEH12
Red /
LK4DUKR4 LK4DU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 4, 4X LK4AH0420CN GS2AEH12
Black /
LK4GUKB1 LK4GU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 1, 12, 3R LK4AH0110CN GS2AEH12
Black /
LK4GUKB4 LK4GU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 4, 4X LK4AH0410CN GS2AEH12
60 A
Red /
LK4GUKR1 LK4GU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 1, 12, 3R LK4AH0120CN GS2AEH12
Red /
LK4GUKR4 LK4GU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 4, 4X LK4AH0420CN GS2AEH12
Black /
LK4JUKB1 LK4JU3CN LK4AE41CN NEMA 1, 12, 3R LK4AH0110CN GS2AEH12
[1] No longer sold as components. Purchase Kits containing Switch, Handle, Shaft, and Guide Cone as listed in Table 8.61.
[2] Components are NOT sold separately. Only 400 mm shaft can be purchase separately.
8-24 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
02/17/2021
LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible UL 98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches
www.se.com/us Disconnect Switches
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
GS2AH130
GS2AH170
NOTE: Switches in the shaded area are now available as kits. See Table 8.61.
8
Rating Handle Shaft
12.6 in. / 320 mm 15.7 in. / 400 mm 19.6 in. / 500 mm Bracket
(A) Style
Catalog No. Type Color Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No.
NOTE: Switches in the shaded area are now available as kits.
30–100 LK4AH110CN[4] 1, 3R, 12 Black
30–100 LK4AH1120CN[4] 1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow
LK4AE12CN — — GS2AEH12 AL —
30–100 LK4AH410CN[4] 4, 4X Black
30–100 LK4AH420CN [4] 4, 4X Red/Yellow
100–400 GS2AH130 1, 3R, 12 Black
100–400 GS2AH140 1, 3R, 12 Red
GS2AE2 GS2AE21 GS2AE23 GS2AEH12 B GS2AESB
100–400 GS2AH430 4, 4X Black
100–400 GS2AH440 4, 4X Red/Yellow
600 GS2AH150 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Black
600 GS2AH160 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Red/Yellow
GS2AE6 GS2AE61 — GS2AEH12 D —
800–1200 GS2AH170 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Black
800–1200 GS2AH180 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Red/Yellow
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Table 8.71: Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches [10] [11] [12]
Catalog No. Description
200 A and Below
GS2AH36F 36 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 200 A and Below
GS2AH60F 60 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 200 A and Below
GS2AH120F 120 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 200 A and Below
GS2AH144F 144 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 200 A and Below
GS2AH180F 180 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 200 A and Below
400 A
GS2AH460F 60 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 400 A
GS2AH4120F 120 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 400 A
GS2AH4144F 144 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 400 A
GS2AH4180F 180 in. Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switches, 400 A
Flange Handle Table 8.72: Handles for use with Cable Operator Kits [12]
Cable Operator Kit Catalog No. NEMA Type Enclosure Type of Handle
8
9422A1 1, 3, 3R, 4, (Sheet Steel) 6 in.
9422A2 4, 4X (Stainless) 6 in.
9422A3 1, 3, 3R, 4, (Sheet Steel) 4 in.
9422A4 4, 4X (Stainless) 4 in.
Accessories
Table 8.73: Terminal Lugs
No. of Lug Kit
No. of Lugs Lug Size Wire Lugs
For Use On: Rating Wires (AWG) Type Catalog
per Lug per Terminal per Kit
Number
LK4DU3CN 30 1 1 #12–2/0 Cu — Standard
LK4GU3CN 60 1 1 #12–2/0 Cu — Standard
LK4JU3N 100 1 1 6–300 kcmil Cu/Al 6 GS1AW403
LK4MU3N 200 1 1 6–300 kcmil Cu/Al 6 GS1AW403
2 1 350 MCM—6 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW603
LK4QU3N 400 1 600 MCM—4
1 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW606
2 250 MCM—1/0
LK4SU3N 600 2 1 2 x 2–600 kcmil Cu/Al 6 GS1AW503
LK4TU3N 800 2 2 2 x 2–600 kcmil Cu/Al 12 GS1AW903
LK4UU3N 1000 2 2 2 x 2–600 kcmil Cu/Al 12 GS1AW903
LK4WU3N 1200 2 2 2 x 2–600 kcmil Cu/Al 12 GS1AW903
GS1DDU3 30 1 1 #14–#10 Cu — Standard
GS1DU3 30 1 1 #14–#10 Cu — Standard
GS2EEU3 30 1 1 #14–#10 Cu — Standard
GS2EU3N 30 1 1 #14–#6 Cu — Standard
GS2GU3N 60 1 1 #10–#6 Cu — Standard
GS2JU3N 100 1 1 #12–#1 Cu — Standard
GS2MU3N 200 1 1 6–300 kcmil Cu/Al 6 GS1AW403
Terminal Lugs
2 1 350 MCM—6 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW603
GS2QU3N 400 1 600 MCM—4
1 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW606
2 250 MCM—1/0
GS2SU3 600 2 1 2 x 2–600 kcmil Cu/Al 6 GS1AW503
GS2TU3 800 2 1 2 x 2–600 kcmil Cu/Al 6 GS1AW503
[10] Does not include handle. For handle, see Table 8.72.
[11] Not compatible with GS2EEU3..
[12] A 400 A cable operator kit uses either 9422AP1 or AP2 handle.
[13] Cannot be used on GS2JU3N.
Disconnect Switches
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
3.133
79.6
2.53 1.02 1.02
64.3 0.543 26 26
13.8 4
5.169
131.3
2.078
52.8
0.27
4x Ø
(7)
4.925
(125.1)
in.
Dimensions:
mm
D A
C
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
H M
Z J
0.51
13
N1
X
AC
AA
N
8
3.15
80
F
in.
Dimensions:
mm
Example:
GS1DU3
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Handle for 100 A, 200 A, and 400 A Fusible Disconnect Switches
8
GS2MU3N, 200 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses
Table 8.75: 9422 Disconnect Switches, Flange Mounted and Variable Depth
Switch and Switch Used with Switch and Operating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Fuse Clip Rating Cable Operators Mechanism with Handle
(A), Non- Operating
Mechanism ONLY ONLY (No Handle Mechanism, Overpacked[2]
Disconnect Variable Interchangeable Mechanism or
AC Systems Volts Fuse Type, For Class H, (No Handle
Switch Depth Cable Operator) Type A1 Handle Type A2 Handle
(Motor Volts) Vdc Type J, K or R Fuses Mechanism)
Size (in.) [1]
208 240 480 600
250 600 250 V 600 V Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
8
(200) (230) (460) (575)
None — — 9422TCN30 9422TCN30C 9422ATCN301 9422ATCN302
30 A 6.625–18 7.5 7.5 15 20 5 15 H, J, 30 — 9422TCF30 9422TCF30C 9422ATCF301 9422ATCF302
K, R 60 30 9422TCF33 9422TCF33C 9422ATCF331 9422ATCF332
None — — 9422TDN60 9422TDN60C 9422ATDN601 9422ATDN602
60 A 6.625–18 — 15 30 50 10 30 H, J, 60 30 9422TDF60 9422TDF60C 9422ATDF601 9422ATDF602
K, R — 60 9422TDF63 9422TDF63C 9422ATDF631 9422ATDF632
None — — 9422TEN10 9422TEN10C 9422ATEN101 9422ATEN102
100 A 6.625–18 25 30 60 75 20 50 H, J,
K, R 100 100 9422TEF10 9422TEF10C 9422ATEF101 9422ATEF102
None — — 9422TF1 — 9422ATF11 9422ATF21
9.12–19.25 200 200 9422TF2 — 9422ATF12 9422ATF22
200 A [3] 40 60 125 150 40 50 H, J,
K, R — 400 9422TF3 [4] — 9422ATF13 [4] 9422ATF23 [4]
11.38
400 A (A5 or A6
Fixed Depth [5] None — — 9422TG1 [6] [7] —
Handle) For handle selection, see page 8-
75 125 250 350 50 50
400 A 15.87–19 34.
Variable Depth (A7 or A8 H, J, 9422TG2 [6] [7]
K, R 400 400 —
[5] Handle) [8]
The 9422 Bracket Mount Disconnect Switch is designed for combiner boxes and control
panel applications. The Bracket Mount Disconnect Switch is shipped with the switch and
external handle assembled to a bracket, ready for quick installation. A protective trim
plate is provided to prevent any mounting screws from being accessible from the front.
The trim plate also provides an attractive installation feature. The switches are fully
compatible with the 9423 closing mechanisms.
the enclosure. Two flange mounting methods are offered. For right or left hand flange
mounting use Types A1–A4 and Types A9–A10 kits. For right-hand mounting only, use
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Type A5–A8 handles. The type AP1 and AP2 handles are used on the PowerPact™ M
and P operating mechanisms, 9422 RM1 and 9422 CMP. The dimensions are identical to
9422 A1.
Type A1
Handle Mechanisms
These handle mechanism kits are used with the circuit breaker variable depth and cable
operating mechanisms. The kits contain all parts necessary for mounting the handle to
the flange of the enclosure. Types A1–A4, A1Y, and AP1 are suitable for right or left-
hand flange mounting.
Table 8.77: 9422 Disconnect Switch and Circuit Breaker Handle Mechanisms
NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 12 NEMA Type 4, 4X Stainless
Handle Depth (in.) Enclosures Steel Enclosures
Cat. No. Cat. No.
4 [10] 9422A3 9422A4
9422A1
6 [10] 9422A2
9422A1Y [11]
6 [12] 9422AP1 9422AP2
10 [13] 9422A9 9422A10
10 9422AP9 9422AP10
12 [14] [15] 9422A7 9422A8
NOTE: See Handle Information, page 8-34 for dimensional information.
Handle Mechanisms
NOTE: Type 9422A1Y is a 6-in. yellow base with gray handle and red
knob.
Accessories
Class R Fuse Kits
When installed, this kit rejects all fuses except Class R. The kits are available for field
installation. With rejection kit and Class R fuses installed, the switch is UL component
recognized for use on systems with fault current up to 200,000 RMS symmetrical
amperes.
Handle Mechanisms
[10] Use with 30–200 A, 9422 switches and all circuit breaker mechanisms.
[11] Yellow base with gray handle and red knob.
[12] Use only with 9422RM1, 9422CMP, and PowerPact M and P operating mechanisms.
[13] Use with Type D2 remote or dual adapter kit.
[14] Use only with 400 A, 9422TG1 and 9422TG2 disconnect switch.
[15] Adjustable depth.
8-34 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
02/17/2021
Accessories, Disconnect Switches Flange Mounted and Cable Operated
www.se.com/us Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Table 8.79: Electrical Interlocks
Disconnect Electrical Interlocks
Switch Type
Switch Size Cat No.
TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, 9999TC10 [16]
30 A TEF, TEN 9999TC20 [17]
60 A
100 A 9999TC11 [16]
BTCF, BTCN, BTDF, BTDN, BTEF, BTEN
9999TC21 [17]
TF, ATF 9999R8 [16]
200 A
TF, ATF 9999R9 [17]
TG 9999R35 [16]
400 A
TG 9999R36 [17]
8
open. A convenient door allows use of test probes without accessing fuses and
replacement of fuses without removing barrier. Barrier must be used with the skirt kit to
enclose a panel mounted 9422 disconnect.
Table 8.84: Dimensions 30, 60, and 100 A Class 9422 Disconnect Switches
Switch Maximum Voltage Fuse Type Dimension A Dimension B
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
Type
30 A, 250 V H, K, R 1.625
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
30 A 30 A, 600 V H, K, R 4.25
30 A, 600 V J 1.625
—
60 A, 250 V H, K, R 2.25
60 A 60 A, 600 V H, K, R 4.75
60 A, 600 V J 1.625
100 A, 250 V H, K, R 3.25
100 A 100 A, 600 V H, K, R — 5.25
100 A, 600 V J 3.25
F
0.38
10
C
0.38
10
Disconnect
Device ON
A E
OFF
Non Fused
D 0.38 and Circuit
10
Breaker
Disconnect
Device Fused
(2) 0.38 Dia. Mounting Holes
10
(For back panel support if necessary.)
[19] The minimum enclosure depth is greater than Dimension D since additional space is needed when mounting the mechanism.
8-36 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
02/17/2021
Dimensions, Disconnect Switches Flange Mounted and Cable Operated
www.se.com/us Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
[20] The dimensions shown may be extended 7 in. by using 9422R2 (two required per switch).
400 A Disconnect Switches Nonfusible and Non-Interchangeable Fuse Clip Type Fusible
Switches
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
4.25
Defeater 108 0.50
Guide 3.63 13
for 92
Class 9423
Type M1 Kit 8.50
CL of Operating 216
Figure 1 Handle 7.50
23.81 191
605
Figure 2
Figure 3
*D 13.54
Table 8.88: Nonfusible and Fusible Switches 5.50 1.86 1.40 12.14
344
0.86
Dimension D = Distance from outside of flange to 140 47 36 308 22
disconnect switch mounting surface. 0.60
15 B
For Type TG1 or TG2 with:
Type A7 or A8 adjustable 15.87 19
depth handle mechanism D= 403 to 483
In steps of 0.63
16
Weld
NOTE: Copper lugs are standard on all Type TG
disconnect switches. CL of Operating
Mechanism
* D = Mounting depth measured from the switch mounting surface to 23.80 25.00
604 635
the surface of flange.
24.00
610
8.38
213
6.97
177
3.97
101
Class J use
F
Weld 400 A 600Volt
Class H, ,KR F
uses Enclosure
400 A 250Volt Provision for (2) 5/16 Mtg. Screws
Class H, ,KR Fuses
400 A 600Volt
8.13
206
Dim. = in.
mm
8
PowerPact™ B 2–3 125 9421LB1 9421LB4 9421LB3
10.75 21.38 21.38
9421 Type L 5.50– 5.50– 5.50–
Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism PowerPact H and J 2–3 250 9421LJ1 9421LJ4 9421LJ3
10.75 21.38 21.38
7.25– 7.25– 3 in. handles are not
PowerPact L 2–3 600 9421LD1 12.06 9421LD4 22.63 recommended for use
PowerPact M and P 9421LW1 9.00– 9421LW4 9.00– with these circuit
[2] 3 1200 [3] 12.50 [3] 23.50 breakers.
Table 8.92: Auxiliary and Alarm Switches for PowerPactTM Circuit Breakers
Description B-Frame H- and J-Frame D- and L-Frame D- and L-Frame
1 Auxiliary Switch 1a 1b LV26950 S29450 S29450 S29450
2 Auxiliary Switch 2a 2b — 2 x S29450 2 x S29450 2 x S29450
3 Auxiliary Switch 3a 3b — — 3 x S29450 3 x S29450
NOTE: The location of the accessory in the circuit breaker determines its function.
Handle Mechanisms
[1] Mounting depth measured in inches from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door.
[2] These circuit breaker operating mechanisms must use the 9421LHP•• or LCP•• handles only.
[3] Type LW1 and LW4 include an 8 in. handle (9421LHP8) rather than a 6 in. handle.
[4] For a red handle and yellow bezel, add suffix RY to catalog number, e.g., 9421LH6RY.
[5] 3 in. handles are not recommended for use with these circuit breakers.
Operating Mechanisms: 9421LJ1, 9421LJ4, and 9421LJ7 Operating Mechanisms: 9421LD1, 9421LD4, and 9421LD7
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
• Specially designed for tall, deep enclosures where placement flexibility is required
Table 8.94: Flexible Cable Mechanisms for use with Schneider Electric™ (formerly
Merlin Gerin™) Circuit Breakers and PowerPact™ 3-Pole Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Cable Mechanism
Type No. of Poles Frame Size (A)
Length Catalog No.
36 in. 9422CSB30
PowerPact 60 in. 9422CSB50
2–3 125
B-Frame 84 in. 9422CSB70
120 in. 9422CSB10
36 in. 9422CSF30
MG-NSF 60 in. 9422CSF50
PowerPact 2–3 250
8
H- and J-Frame 84 in. 9422CSF70
120 in. 9422CSF10
36 in. 9422CSF304
MG-NSF 4 250 60 in. 9422CSF504
120 in. 9422CSF104
36 in. 9422CSJ30
Flexible Cable Mechanism MG-NSJ PowerPact
3 600 60 in. 9422CSJ50
9422CSJ30 D- and L-Frame
120 in. 9422CSJ10
36 in. 9422CSJ304
MG-NSJ PowerPact
D- and L-Frame 4 600 60 in. 9422CSJ504
120 in. 9422CSJ104
48 in. 9422CMP40
PowerPact M- and
P-Frame [6] 3 1200 50 in. 9422CMP50
120 in. 9422CMP10
[6] Must use 9422AP1 or 9422AP2 Handle with this operating mechanism.
PowerPact™ B, D, H, J, and L circuit breakers through 600 A frame sizes. The cable
mechanisms allow for a single handle operator, Class 9422A, to operate both circuit
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
breakers. The cable mechanism is designed especially for tall, deep enclosures where
placement flexibility is required. There are numerous cable arrangements to choose from
to accommodate many applications.
Features
Handle Mechanisms
These handle mechanism kits are used with the circuit breaker variable depth and cable
operating mechanisms. The kits contain all parts necessary for mounting the handle to
the flange of the enclosure. Types A1–A4, A1Y, and AP1 are suitable for right or left-
hand flange mounting.
Table 8.96: 9422 Disconnect Switch and Circuit Breaker Handle Mechanisms
NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 12 NEMA Type 4, 4X Stainless
Handle Depth (in.) Enclosures Steel Enclosures
Cat. No. Cat. No.
4 [9] 9422A3 9422A4
9422A1
6 [9] 9422A2
9422A1Y [10]
6 [11] 9422AP1 9422AP2
10 [12] 9422A9 9422A10
10 9422AP9 9422AP10
12 [13] [14] 9422A7 9422A8
NOTE: See Handle Information, page 8-34 for dimensional information.
Handle Mechanisms
NOTE: Type 9422A1Y is a 6-in. yellow base with gray handle and red
knob.
[7] Must use the 9422AP1 or 9422AP2 operating handle with this operating mechanism.
[8] Must use the 9422AP1 or 9422AP2 operating handle with this operating mechanism.
[9] Use with 30–200 A, 9422 switches and all circuit breaker mechanisms.
[10] Yellow base with gray handle and red knob.
[11] Use only with 9422RM1, 9422CMP, and PowerPact M and P operating mechanisms.
[12] Use with Type D2 remote or dual adapter kit.
[13] Use only with 400 A, 9422TG1 and 9422TG2 disconnect switch.
[14] Adjustable depth.
8-42 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
02/17/2021
Flexible Cable Mechanisms Operating Mechanisms for Circuit Breakers
www.se.com/us Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Designed for installation in custom built control enclosures where main or branch circuit
protective devices are required. All circuit breaker operating mechanisms are suitable for
either right- or left-hand flange mounting, convertible on the job.
NOTE: The operating mechanisms do not include handle mechanisms. You must
select a 9422A• handle to complete the installation.
Table 8.97: Variable-Depth Operating Mechanisms for Use with Schneider
Electric™ Brand Circuit Breakers (Formerly Merlin Gerin™ Brand)
Use with Operating Mechanism
Frame Variable Depth (Does Not Include Handle
No. of Mtg. Range (in.) Mechanism)
Circuit Breaker Frame Size Size
9422 Type R Poles [15]
A Cat. No.
Circuit Breaker Mechanism
Schneider Electric (formerly Merlin Gerin) Circuit Breakers and PowerPact™ Frame 3-Pole Circuit Breakers
PowerPact B-Frame 2–3 125 5.88–17.75 9422RB1
MG-NSF PowerPact H- and J-Frame 2–3 250 5.88–17.75 9422RQ1
MG-NSJ PowerPact D-and L-Frame 3 600 9.00–17.75 9422RS1
PowerPact M- and P-Frame [16] 3 1200 10.50–18.38 9422RM1
8
Table 8.98: Electrical Interlocks—Class 9999
Description Cat. No.
Single Pole, Double Throw 9999R26
Double Pole, Double Throw 9999R27
[15] Class 9422 Type R2 will extend mounting depth 7 inches—not recommended for use with the 9422RM1 operating mechanism (see Table 8.96).
[16] These circuit breaker operating mechanisms must use the 9422APx handles.
Dimensions
Minimum to wall or barrier to insure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
the maximum wire size is used with standard lugs. Refer to NEC 430-10.
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Dimensions: in.
mm
Section 9
Panelboards
Panelboard Series Ratings 9-2
PANELBOARDS
NQ Surge Protective 9-22
NQ Panelboards NQ Panelboard Accessories 9-23
Fingersafe IP2X per IEC 60529 Barriers for NQ Panelboards 9-26
NF Panelboards—600Y/347 Vac Max. 9-28
9
NF Panelboard Accessories 9-36
Separated Distribution and Split Bus Panelboards 9-38
QMB Panelboards
NQ Panelboards
This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for panelboards.
These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same enclosure or a remote
main located in a separate enclosure.
[1] Series Ratings listed at higher system voltages apply to lower system voltages (Example: 240 3P/3W covers 208Y/120 3P/4W).
[2] Short Circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the panelboard.
[3] Please consult the NQ/NQM Panelboards Information Manual (80043-712-06) for additional information, including series ratings with obsolete circuit breakers.
[4] Where LG is shown, LJ and LL can be used.
[5] Unless otherwise noted, main breakers can be applied at the maximum available amperage rating.
[6] Suffixes HID, SWD, and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above.
[7] Where QO(B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO(B)H, QO(B)VH, and QH(B) circuit breakers may also be used.
[8] Two-pole CAFI circuit breakers cannot be used on 208Y/120V systems.
9-2 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Panelboards Panelboard Series Ratings
www.se.com/us Refer to NQ Panelboards
Table 9.1 NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) (cont'd.)
Maximum Short Square D™ Brand Integral or Remote Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and
Maximum System Allowable Ampere Ranges
Circuit Current Main Circuit Breakers and Remote Main
Voltage AC [9] Rating[10] Fuses[11][12][13] Type[14][15][16] 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole
QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —
QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —
QO (B) EPD 15–30 A 15–60 A —
EJ
QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —
QO (B) CAFI 15–20 A 15–20 A —
QO (B) DF 15–20 A — —
QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —
QOB-VH — 150 A —
QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A —
QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —
BJ, HJ, JJ
PANELBOARDS
QO (B) EPD 15–30 A 15–60 A —
QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —
QO (B) CAFI 15–20 A 15–20 A —
QO (B) DF 15–20 A — —
QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —
QOB-VH — 150 A —
QO (B) GFI — 15–60 A —
LJ QO (B) EPD — 15–60 A —
QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —
QO (B) CAFI 15–20 A 15–20 A —
QO (B) DF 15–20 A — —
QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —
QOB-VH — 150 A —
QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A —
9
QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —
125,000 HL, JL
QO (B) EPD 15–30 A 15–60 A —
QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —
QO (B) CAFI 15–20 A 15–20 A —
QO (B) DF 15–20 A — —
QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —
QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —
QO (B) EPD 15–30 A 15–60 A —
200,000 HR, JR
QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —
QO (B) CAFI 15–20 A 15–20 A —
QO (B) DF 15–20 A — —
25,000 QD, BD, HD, JD, LD QO (B) H — 15–100 A —
42,000 LA QDL — 70–225 A —
240 1P/2W 65,000 QG, BG, HG, JG, LG QO (B) H — 15–100 A —
100,000 BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ QO (B) H — 15–100 A —
125,000 HL, JL QO (B) H — 15–100 A —
18,000 LA/LH QO (B) — — 15–30 A
22,000 QO (B) VH, QOB-VH QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
QD, ED, BD, HD, JD QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
25,000
LD QO (B) GFI — — 15–30 A
QG, EG, BG, HG, JG QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
65,000
LG QO (B) GFI — — 15–30 A
QO (B) — — 15–30 A
208Y/120 3P/4W
QO (B) VH — — 15–100 A
QOB-VH — — 110–150 A
QJ QO (B) PL — — 15–30 A
100,000
QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
EJ, BJ, HJ, JJ QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
22,000 QO (B) VH QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
QO (B) — — 15–30 A
QO (B) VH — — 15–100 A
QOB-VH — — 110–150 A
QD
QO (B) PL — — 15–30 A
240/120 3P/4W QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
240 3P/3W
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
25,000
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
ED QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
BD, HD, JD QO (B) VH — — 110–150 A
QO (B) PL — — 15–30 A
[9] Series Ratings listed at higher system voltages apply to lower system voltages (Example: 240 3P/3W covers 208Y/120 3P/4W).
[10] Short Circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the panelboard.
[11] Please consult the NQ/NQM Panelboards Information Manual (80043-712-06) for additional information, including series ratings with obsolete circuit breakers.
[12] Where LG is shown, LJ and LL can be used.
[13] Unless otherwise noted, main breakers can be applied at the maximum available amperage rating.
[14] Suffixes HID, SWD, and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above.
[15] Where QO(B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO(B)H, QO(B)VH, and QH(B) circuit breakers may also be used.
[16] Two-pole CAFI circuit breakers cannot be used on 208Y/120V systems.
Table 9.1 NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) (cont'd.)
Maximum Short Square D™ Brand Integral or Remote Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and
Maximum System Allowable Ampere Ranges
Circuit Current Main Circuit Breakers and Remote Main
Voltage AC [9] Rating[10] Fuses[11][12][13] Type[14][15][16] 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole
QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
QO (B) VH — — 15–100 A
QOB-VH — — 110–150 A
LD
QO (B) EPD — — 15–30 A
9
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
QOB-VH — — 110–125 A
EG, FG
QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
QOB-VH — — 110–150 A
BG, HG, JG QO (B) PL — — 15–30 A
QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
QO (B) VH — — 15–100 A
65,000
QOB-VH — — 110–150 A
LG
QO (B) EPD — — 15–30 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–30 A
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
QOB-VH — — 110–125 A
EJ
QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
QOB-VH — — 110–150 A
BJ, HJ, JJ QO (B) PL — — 15–30 A
QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
QO (B) VH — — 15–100 A
LJ
QOB-VH — — 110-150A
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
QOB-VH — — 110-150A
125,000 HL, JL QO (B) PL — — 15–30 A
QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
200,000 HR, JR
QOB-VH — — 110-150A
42,000 400 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) VH 15–70 A 15–125 A —
QO (B) VH 15–70 A 15–125 A —
QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —
400 A Max. Class J Fuses
QO (B) CAFI 15–20 A 15–20 A —
QO (B) DF 15–20 A — —
65,000 QO (B) VH 15–70 A 15–125 A —
QOB-VH — 150 A —
400 A Max. Class T6 Fuses QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —
QO (B) CAFI 15–20 A 15–20 A —
QO (B) DF 15–20 A — —
120/240 1P/3W QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —
208Y/120 3P/4W
240/120 3P/4W QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —
QO (B) EPD 15–30 A 15–60 A —
100,000 200 A Max. Class T3 Fuses
QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —
QO (B) CAFI 15–20 A 15–20 A —
QO (B) DF 15–20 A — —
QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —
200 A Max. Class T6 or J Fuses QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —
QO (B) EPD 15–30 A 15–60 A —
200,000
QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —
400 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —
QO (B) EPD 15–30 A 15–60 A —
65,000 400A Max Class J QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
100,000 200A Max Class T3 QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
208Y/120 3P/4W
200 A Max. Class T6 or J Fuses QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
200,000
400 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) GFI — — 15–50 A
[9] Series Ratings listed at higher system voltages apply to lower system voltages (Example: 240 3P/3W covers 208Y/120 3P/4W).
[10] Short Circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the panelboard.
[11] Please consult the NQ/NQM Panelboards Information Manual (80043-712-06) for additional information, including series ratings with obsolete circuit breakers.
[12] Where LG is shown, LJ and LL can be used.
[13] Unless otherwise noted, main breakers can be applied at the maximum available amperage rating.
[14] Suffixes HID, SWD, and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above.
[15] Where QO(B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO(B)H, QO(B)VH, and QH(B) circuit breakers may also be used.
[16] Two-pole CAFI circuit breakers cannot be used on 208Y/120V systems.
9-4 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Panelboards Panelboard Series Ratings
www.se.com/us Refer to NQ Panelboards
Table 9.1 NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) (cont'd.)
Maximum Short Square D™ Brand Integral or Remote Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and
Maximum System Allowable Ampere Ranges
Circuit Current Main Circuit Breakers and Remote Main
Voltage AC [9] Rating[10] Fuses[11][12][13] Type[14][15][16] 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole
50,000 600 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) VH — — 15–30 A
400 A Max. Class J Fuses QO (B) VH — — 15–100 A
65,000 QO (B) VH — — 15–100 A
400 A Max. Class T6 Fuses
QOB-VH — — 110–150 A
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
100,000 200 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
240/120 3P/4W QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
240 3P/3W
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
200 A Max. Class T6 or J Fuses QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
200,000
PANELBOARDS
QO (B) — — 15–100 A
400 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) EPD — — 15–50 A
QO (B) EPE — — 15–50 A
NF Panelboards
This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for panelboards.
These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same enclosure or a remote
main located in a separate enclosure.
9
System Circuit Main Circuit Breakers and Remote
Voltage, AC [17] Current Rating Main Fuses[18] Circuit Breaker Abbreviation[19] 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole
EG, BG, HG, JG, LG, LH EDB 15–70 15–125 15–125
65,000
EG ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–30
EJ, BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ EDB, EGB 15–70 15–125 15–125
100,000
EJ, BJ, HJ, JJ ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–30
120
120/240 HL, JL EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–125 15–125
240 125,000
HL, JL ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–30
HR, JR, LR EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–125 15–125
200,000 HR, JR ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–30
Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–30
EG, BG, HG, JG, LG, LH EDB 15–70 15–125 15–125
35,000 EG, BG, HG, JG, LG, LH EDB-EPD 15–50 — —
EG, BG, HG, JG ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–20
EJ, BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ EDB, EPD 15–70 15–125 15–125
65,000 EJ, BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, LL EDB-EPD, EGB-EPD 15–50 — —
EJ, BJ, HJ, JJ ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–20
HL, JL, LL EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–125 15–125
277 HL, JL, LL EDB-EPD, EGB-EPD, EJB-EPD 15–50 — —
100,000
480Y/277 Class J or T (600 V) 400 A Max Fuses EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–125 15–125
Class J or T (600 V) 400 A Max Fuses EDB-EPD, EGB-EPD, EJB-EPD 15–50 — —
HR, JR, LR EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–125 15–125
HR, JR, LR EDB-EPD, EGB-EPD, EJB-EPD 15–50 — —
HR, JR ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–20
200,000
Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–125 15–125
Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses EDB-EPD, EGB-EPD, EJB-EPD 15–50 — —
Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses ECB-G3 15–30 15–30 15–20
18,000 HG, BG, JG, LG EDB 15–70 15–100 15–100
25,000 EJ, BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, LH EDB, EGB 15–70 15–100 15–100
347 50,000 HL, JL, LL EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–100 15–100
600Y/347 HR, JR EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–100 15–100
65,000
LR EJB 15–70 15–100 15–100
200,000 Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses EDB, EGB, EJB 15–70 15–100 15–100
[9] Series Ratings listed at higher system voltages apply to lower system voltages (Example: 240 3P/3W covers 208Y/120 3P/4W).
[10] Short Circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the panelboard.
[11] Please consult the NQ/NQM Panelboards Information Manual (80043-712-06) for additional information, including series ratings with obsolete circuit breakers.
[12] Where LG is shown, LJ and LL can be used.
[13] Unless otherwise noted, main breakers can be applied at the maximum available amperage rating.
[14] Suffixes HID, SWD, and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above.
[15] Where QO(B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO(B)H, QO(B)VH, and QH(B) circuit breakers may also be used.
[16] Two-pole CAFI circuit breakers cannot be used on 208Y/120V systems.
[17] Short circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the panelboard.
[18] Please consult the NF/NFOM Panelboards Information Manual (80043-741-03) for additional information, including series ratings with obsolete circuit breakers.
[19] EDB-EPD, EGB-EPD & EJB-EPD suitable for 480Y/277Vac or 277Vac ONLY.
I-Line Panelboards
Table 9.3: I-Line Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical)
Maximum Short Circuit Current Square D Brand Integral or Square D Brand Branch Circuit Breaker
Maximum System Voltage AC [20] Remote 2- or 3-Pole Main Circuit
Rating Catalog Designation Poles
Breaker [21]
42,000 MG FY
QG, LH FA, FD
65,000
QG, BG6, HG, JG, LG, MG, PG BD6 (60 A Max.)
9
FJ, QJ FD
QJ, LC FA
120 100,000 1
LJ FH
QJ, BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, MJ, PJ BD6, BG6 (60 A Max.)
125,000 HL, JL, LL BD6, BG6, BJ (60 A Max.)
LR FH, FY
200,000
HR, JR BD6, BG6, BJ (60 A Max.)
65,000 QG, BG6, HG, JG, LG, MG, PG BD6
PANELBOARDS
QJ FA, FD
208Y/120 2, 3
100,000 QJ, BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, MJ, PJ BD6, BG6
QJ, PH, PJ, RJ QD, QG
35,000 MG FA 1
KA FD 1, 2, 3
42,000
LA, MA HD, JD, QD
2, 3
MG FA
50,000
MG FA (25 A Max.) 1
HG, JG FA, HD
JG JD, QD
QG FA, FD, QD 2, 3
QG, BG6, HG, JG, LG, MG, PG BD6
LH, MH, PA, PG, RG HD, JD, QD
FG, FH, MH, MX, PJ FD
65,000 FC, KC, KH, LC, LH FD, FG 1, 2, 3
LH FA
LH LA
MG HD, JD, KA
2, 3
DG FH, HD, JD, KA, LA, MA
LG HD, JD, KA, LA, MA
LG LD 3
85,000 RL FH, KH 2, 3
FC, KC, LC, LX FD, FG, FJ 1
PH, PJ, RJ QD, QG 2, 3
QJ FD 2
FJ FD
HD, HG, JD, JG, FH, KA, LA, MA, 2, 3
LJ
MG
LJ LD, LG 3
FC, KC FA, FH, FD, FG, FJ
LC, LX FH, FD, FG, FJ
240 QJ, BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, MJ, PJ BD6, BG6
2, 3
KC, LC, LX KA
100,000
KC, LC KH
LC LA, LH, MG
LC FA 1, 2, 3
HJ, JJ FA, FH, HD, HG
JJ JD, JG
LC, LX, MJ, PJ, RJ HD, HG, JD, JG
MJ LA, LH
FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, MA,
DJ
MG
RL RG
HL, JL HD, HG, HJ, FA, FH 2, 3
JL JD, JG, JJ
HL, JL, LL BD6, BG6, BJ
PC, PH, PL, RL HD, HG, JD, JG
125,000
PC, PL, RL HJ, JJ
FI, KI, LI, LXI HD, HG, HJ
KI, LI, LXI JD, JG, JJ
FI, KI, LI, LXI FD, FG, FJ 1
FI, KI FA, FH, FC, FD, FG, FJ
LI, LXI FH, FD, FG, FJ
LI FC
200,000 HR, JR, LR BD6, BG6, BJ
KI, LI, LXI KA, QD, QG, QJ 2, 3
LI KC
JR QD
HJ, HL, JJ, JL, FH, LA, LH, QD, QG,
LR QJ
18,000 LD FY
25,000 FH, KA FD
FG, KH, LH FD
277 1
DG, LG FH, FY
35,000
FC, KC FH
BG6, HG, JG, LG, MG, PG BD6 (60 A Max.)
[20] For indicated circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage. The indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker.
[21] LG, LJ, and LL are only available in 3-pole configurations.
9-6 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Panelboards Panelboard Series Ratings
www.se.com/us Refer to I-Line Panelboards
Table 9.3 I-Line Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) (cont'd.)
Maximum Short Circuit Current Square D Brand Integral or Square D Brand Branch Circuit Breaker
Maximum System Voltage AC [22] Rating Remote 2- or 3-Pole Main Circuit
Breaker [23] Catalog Designation Poles
FJ FD
FC, KC FA, FY, FD, FG
LC, LX (400 A Max.) FH
LC, LX (600 A Max.) FY, FD, FG
65,000 DJ FH, FY
LL FY
LJ FH, FY
BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, MJ, PJ BD6, BG6 (60 A Max.)
FI, KI FH
DL, LL FH, FJ
100,000
HL, JL, LL BD6, BG6, BJ (60 A Max.)
PANELBOARDS
FI, KI FA, FY, FD, FG, FJ
LI, LXI, (400 A Max.) FH
200,000
LI, LXI, (600 A Max.) FY, FD, FG, FJ
HR, JR BD6, BG6, BJ (60 A Max.)
MG FA
22,000
MX, PA, PC, PX FH
KH, LA, MA, PJ FH
LA, MA, PA, PC, PX KA
30,000 LA, MA, PA HD, JD
MG FA (25 A Max.), FH, KA
MX, PA HD, JD
2, 3
MH HD, JD
HG, JG FA, HD
JG JD
9
LH, MG, PG, RG HD, JD
35,000 BG6, HG, JG, LG, MG, PG BD6
LH HG, JG
DG FH, HD, JD, KA, LA, MA
LG LD 3
LG HD, JD, FH, KA, LA, MA 2, 3
MJ FH (25 A Max.)
42,000
RL RG
50,000 MJ KA, KH
FC, KC FA, FH
HJ, JJ FA, FH, HD, HG
BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, MJ, PJ BD6, BG6
2, 3
JJ JD, JG
LC, LI, LX, LXI HD, HG, JD, JG
480 65,000 LC, LX, (400 A Max.) FH
KC, LC, LX KA
LC, LX LA
DJ FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, MA
LJ LD, LG 3
LJ HD, HG, JD, JG, FH, KA, LA, MA 2, 3
HL, JL FA, FH, HD, HG, HJ
HL, JL, LL BD6, BG6, BJ
JL JD, JG, JJ
LI, LXI (600 A Max.) KA 2, 3
PC, PH, PL, RL HJ, JJ
100,000 RL RG
DL FH, HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, KA, LA,
MA
LL LD, LG, LJ 3
HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, FH, KA, LA,
LL MA
JR FA
FI, KI FA, FH, FC, HD, HG, HJ
HR, JR BD6, BG6, BJ
KI JD, JG, JJ, KA
LI FC, KA, KC, LA, HJ, HL, JJ, JL
200,000
LXI KA, HJ, HL, JJ, JL
HR FA, HD, HG, HJ, HL
JR HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
LR HJ, HL, JJ, JL, FH, LA, LH
25,000 FH, KA FD 2, 3
FG, KH, LH FD
35,000
BG6, HG, JG, LG, MG, PG BD6
FJ FD
BJ, HJ, JJ, LJ, MJ, PJ BD6, BG6
65,000
480Y/277 FC, KC FD, FG
LC, LX (600 A Max.) FD, FG
100,000 HL, JL, LL BD6, BG6, BJ
FI, KI FD, FG, FJ
200,000 HR, JR BD6, BG6, BJ
LI, LXI (600 A MAX.) FD, FG, FJ
HG, JG FA, HD
600 18,000 JG JD 2, 3
MG, PG, RG HD, JD
[22] For indicated circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage. The indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker.
[23] LG, LJ, and LL are only available in 3-pole configurations.
Table 9.3 I-Line Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) (cont'd.)
Maximum Short Circuit Current Square D Brand Integral or Square D Brand Branch Circuit Breaker
Maximum System Voltage AC [22] Rating Remote 2- or 3-Pole Main Circuit
Breaker [23] Catalog Designation Poles
MG FA
LG LD 3
LG HD, JD
HJ, JJ FA, HD, HG
2, 3
JJ JD
25,000 PJ, RJ MG
9
LJ LD, LG 3
LJ JD, JG, HD, HG, MA
35,000 LC FH, HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, LA
HL, JL FA, HD, HG, HJ 2, 3
JL JD, JG, JJ
50,000 PK HJ, JJ, MJ
LL LD, LG, LJ 3
LL HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, MA
PANELBOARDS
[22] For indicated circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage. The indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker.
[23] LG, LJ, and LL are only available in 3-pole configurations.
9-8 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Panelboards Panelboard Series Ratings
www.se.com/us Refer to I-Line Panelboards
PANELBOARDS
100,000 J HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
T (600 V) FH, KA, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG
800 A T (300 V) PG
240 L FH, KA, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG
L FH, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG
1200 A
T (600 V) HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
J, T (600 V) FA (3-pole only) FH, FC, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
FH, FC, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NC, NX,
600 A RK5 PG,PJ, PL
J HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
200,000 T (600 V) FH, FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
800 A T (300 V) PG, PJ, PL
L FH, FC, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
L FC, KH, KC, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
1200 A
T (600 V) HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
9
400 A J, T(600 V) HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
600 A J, RK5 HJ, HL, JJ, JL
J, T (600 V) FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
600 A
100,000 RK5 FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
800 A L, T(600V) FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
L FC, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
1200 A
T (600 V) HJ, HL, JJ, JL
200 A RK5 HJ, HL
FA, FH, FC, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG,
480 J PJ, PL
400 A
T (600 V) FA, FH, FC, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX
J FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
200,000 600 A T(600 V) KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX
RK5 KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NC, NX, PG, PJ
T(300 V) PG, PJ, PL
800 A T(600 V) KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
L KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
1200 A L KC, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
30 A CC HG, JG (Molded Case Switches)
600 100,000 200 A J HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
400 A J, T (600 V) HJ, HL, JJ, JL
• The fuse used in this UL test is an envelope (umbrella) fuse. This fuse is designed as
a “worst case’’ fuse. Thus, no matter what manufacturer’s fuse is used, the Square
D™ brand circuit breaker is protected.
• The line side fused switch may be in a separate enclosure or in the same enclosure as
the loadside breaker. A line side fused switch may be a submain, integral main, or
remote main. A load side breaker may be a branch, submain, or an integral main used
on the load side of a remote main. This series combination short circuit current rating
shall not exceed that of the line side fused switch. The charts apply to Square D™
brand load side breakers only. However, the line side fuse ratings are independent of
the fuse manufacturer.
• Not applicable to Corner Grounded Systems.
• Limiters used in Square D™ brand DSL and DSL II fused power circuit breakers are
not class L fuses and do not have series ratings.
[22] For indicated circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage. The indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker.
on and bolt-on circuit breakers, page 9-12 or Table 9.7 NQ 14-inch-wide Main Lug
Interiors, page 9-14) or:
• Select main circuit breaker interior and main circuit breaker adapter kit (from Main
Circuit Breaker Interiors—Will accept plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers, page 9-
12 or Table 9.8 Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On
Branch Breakers, page 9-14), based upon the equivalent number of poles and
ampere rating.
NOTE: Interiors include solid neutral and are field convertible to top-feed.
PANELBOARDS
• If a main circuit breaker interior was selected, select a vertical main circuit breaker
(or fuse) from the PowerPacT H-, J-, L- Q-, or LA/LH frame pages in Section 7 of
the Digest, or a QOB or QOB-VH back-fed main circuit breaker in Section 9 of the
Digest.
4. Select ground bars from tables Table 9.9 or any non-standard neutral assemblies
(i.e., 200% neutral for non-linear loads) from Table 9.38.
• Please note that an aluminum ground bar kit is included with NQ Panelboard
Interiors.
5. Select any required sub-feed circuit breakers, sub-feed lugs (SFL), or feed-through
lugs (FTL) kits:
• Subfeed circuit breaker (SFB), Sub-feed lugs (SFL) or feed-through lugs (FTL)
kits: Table 9.39 in the NQ Accessories sections.
• For subfeed circuit breakers select a PowerPacT H-, J-, L-, or Q-frame circuit
breaker from Section 7 of the Digest.
6. Determine the total enclosure height required by adding requirements from interior,
main circuit breaker, neutrals and ground bars, SFL, FTL, or sub-feed circuit breaker.
7. Select enclosure from the tables Table 9.5–Table 9.9, Table 9.38–Table 9.42, , Table
9.24, and Table 9.26.
NEMA Type 1—select box and front (cover) catalog number corresponding to interior
catalog number.
NEMA Type 3R, 5, 12—select enclosure. Cover for Type 3R, 5, 12 is included with
the enclosure.
8. Select the branch circuit breakers to be installed in the panel.
For NQ panelboards use QO (VH) or QH circuit breakers from Section 7 of the
Digest, QOB(VH), or QHB circuit breakers from Section 9 of the Digest.
9. Select options and accessories from tables Table 9.7–Table 9.44.
NOTE: Additional NF and NQ options may be found in the Supplemental and
Obsolescence Digest, Section 4.
NQ Merchandised Selection Example
208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10 kA SCCR, 225 A, MLO, NEMA Type-1, surface-mount, bolt-
on, branch circuit breakers, main sub-feed lugs
Branches Table No. Catalog Number Spaces
(20) 20/1 Table 9.11 (20) QOB120 20
two 40/2 Table 9.11 two QOB240 4
two 30/3 Table 9.11 two QOB330 6
Total 30 spaces
PANELBOARDS
NQ30L2
30 MH32 NC32 ( ) NC32( )HR – – MH32WP – 32
NQ30L2C
NQ42L2
42 MH38 NC38 ( ) NC38( )HR – – MH38WP – 38
NQ42L2C
225
NQ72L2
72 MH44 NC44 ( ) NC44( )HR – – MH44WP – 44
NQ72L2C
NQ84L2
84 MH50 NC50 ( ) NC50( )HR – – MH50WP – 50
NQ84L2C
NQ30L4
30
NQ30L4C
MH50 NC50V ( ) NC50V( )HR NC50V( )3P – MH50WP MH62D9VWP 50/62
NQ42L4
42
400 NQ42L4C
NQ54L4
54 MH56 NC56V( ) NC56V( )HR NC56V( )3P – MH56WP MH68D9VWP 56/68
NQ54L4C
84[14] NQ84L4C MH68 NC68V ( ) NC68V( )HR NC68V( )3P NC68V( )3PHR MH68WP MH80D9VWP 68/80
30 NQ30L6C
9
MH50 NC50V ( ) NC50V( )HR NC50V( )3P NC50V( )3PHR MH62WP[15] MH62D9VWP[15] 50/62
42 NQ42L6C
600 NC56V( ) NC56V( )HR NC56V( )3P NC56V( )3PHR MH68WP[15] MH68D9VWP[15]
54 NQ54L6C MH56 56/68
84[14] NQ84L6C MH68 NC68V ( ) NC68V( )HR NC68V( )3P NC68V( )3PHR MH80WP[15] MH80D9VWP[15] 68/80
20-inch-wide Cabinet[13]—Three Phase 4-Wire
NQ418L1
18 MH26 NC26 ( ) NC26( )HR – – MH26WP – 26
NQ418L1C
100
NQ430L1
30 MH32 NC32 ( ) NC32( )HR – – MH32WP – 32
NQ430L1C
NQ430L2
30 MH32 NC32 ( ) NC32( )HR – – MH32WP – 32
NQ430L2C
NQ442L2
42
NQ442L2C
MH38 NC38 ( ) NC38( )HR – – MH38WP – 38
NQ454L2
54 225
NQ454L2C
NQ472L2
72[14] MH44 NC44 ( ) NC44( )HR – – MH44WP – 44
NQ472L2C
NQ484L2
84[14] MH50 NC50 ( ) NC50( )HR – – MH50WP – 50
NQ484L2C
NQ430L4
30
NQ430L4C
MH50 NC50V ( ) NC50V( )HR NC50V( )3P – MH50WP MH62D9VWP[15] 50/62
NQ442L4
42
NQ442L4C
400 NQ454L4
54 MH56 NC56V( ) NC56V( )HR NC56V( )3P – MH56WP MH68D9VWP[15] 56/68
NQ454L4C
NQ472L4
72[14] MH62 NC62V ( ) NC62V( )HR NC62V( )3P NC62V( )3PHR MH62WP MH74D9VWP[15] 62/74
NQ472L4C
84[14] NQ484L4C MH68 NC68V ( ) NC68V( )HR NC68V( )3P NC68V( )3PHR MH68WP MH80D9VWP[15] 68/80
30 NQ430L6C
MH50 NC50V ( ) NC50V( )HR NC50V( )3P NC50V( )3PHR MH62WP[15] MH62D9VWP[15] 50/62
42 NQ442L6C
600 NC56V( ) NC56V( )HR NC56V( )3P NC56V( )3PHR MH68WP[15] MH68D9VWP[15]
54 NQ454L6C MH56 56/68
84[14] NQ484L6C MH68 NC68V ( ) NC68V( )HR NC68V( )3P NC68V( )3PHR MH80WP[15] MH80D9VWP[15] 68/80
Note: All NQ Merchandised Panelboard interiors include the following: a NQFP15 bag of blank filler plates; a neutral bonding strap; an NQ information manual; a NEMA instruction booklet; and a
sheet of circuit numbers.
26[31] —
NQ30L2C
MH44 NC44 ( ) NC44( )HR — — MH44WP 44
NQ42L2
38[31] — — —
NQ42L2C Select
110-150 NQ54L2 2-pole
50[31] MH50 NC50 ( ) NC50( )HR — — MH50WP — 50
back-fed NQ54L2C QOB-VH[32]
NQ72L2 [33]
68[31] MH56 NC56 ( ) NC56( )HR — — MH56WP — 56
NQ72L2C
NQ84L2
80[31] MH62 NC62 ( ) NC62( )HR — — MH62WP — 62
NQ84L2C
NQ18L1 HD[34], HG
18 MH38 NC38 ( ) NC38( )HR — — MH38WP — 38
NQ18L1C [34], HJ, HL,
15–100 NQMB2HJ HJQLLC HR[34] (100
NQ30L1
A maximum) — — —
NQ30L1C
30 MH44 NC44 ( ) NC44( )HR MH44WP 44
NQ30L2
— — —
NQ30L2C HD[34], HG
NQ42L2 [34], HJ, HL,
42 NQMB2HJ HR[34], JD, MH50 NC50 ( ) NC50( )HR — — MH50WP — 50
NQ42L2C
15–225 HJQLLC JG, JJ, JL,
NQ72L2 NQMB2Q JR[34]; or
72 MH56 NC56 ( ) NC56( )HR — — MH56WP — 56
NQ72L2C QB, QD, QG,
NQ84L2 QJ
84 NC62 ( ) NC62( )HR — — —
NQ84L2C
NQ30L4
30 MH62 MH62WP 62
NQ30L4C NC62V( ) NC62( )
NC62V ( ) NC62V( )3P MH62D9VWP
NQ42L4 HR 3PHR
42
NQ42L4C NQMB4LA LALLC LA/LH[35]
NQ54L4 NC68V( ) NC68V( )
54 MH68 NC68V ( ) NC68V( )3P MH68WP MH68D9VWP 68
NQ54L4C HR 3PHR
NQ84L4C NC80V ( ) NC80V( ) NC80V( )3P NC80V( )
84 MH80 3PHR MH80WP MH80D9VWP 80
HR
125–400
NQ30L4 MH62D9 NC62V( ) NC62V( )
30 NC62V( ) NC62V( )3P — 62
NQ30L4C [25] HR 3PHR
NQ42L4 Factory
MH68D9 NC68V( ) NC68V( ) NC68V( )3P NC68V( ) Assembled
42 [25] 3PHR — 68
NQ42L4C HR Only
NQMB6PPL PPLLC LG, LJ, LL
NQ54L4 MH74D9 NC74V( ) NC74V( )
54 NC74V( ) NC74V( )3P — 74
NQ54LC [25] HR 3PHR
MH86D9 NC86V( ) NC86V( ) NC86V( )3P NC86V( )
84 NQ84L4C [25] — — 86
HR 3PHR
MH62D9 NC62V( ) NC62V( ) NC62V( )3P NC62V( )
30 NQ30L6C [25] — 62
HR 3PHR
Factory
MH68D9 NC68V( ) NC68V( ) NC68V( )3P NC68V( ) Assembled
42 NQ42L6C [25] — 68
HR 3PHR Only
125–600 NQMB6PPL PPLLC LG, LJ, LL
MH74D9 NC74V( ) NC74V( ) NC74V( )3P NC74V( )
54 NQ54L6C [25] — 74
HR 3PHR
MH86D9 NC86V( ) NC86V( ) NC86V( )3P NC86V( )
84 NQ84L6C [25] — — 86
HR 3PHR
PANELBOARDS
NQ484L2C
NQ418L1 HD, HG, HJ,
18 MH38 NC38 ( ) NC38( )HR — — MH38WP — 38
NQ418L1C HL, HR
15–100 NQMB2HJ (100 A
NQ430L1
maximum) — — —
NQ430L1C
30 MH44 NC44 ( ) NC44( )HR MH44WP 44
NQ430L2
— — —
NQ430L2C
NQ442L2
42 HJQLLC HD, HG, HJ,
NQ442L2C
NQMB2HJ HL, HR; JD, MH50 NC50 ( ) NC50( )HR — — MH50WP — 50
NQ454L2
54 15–225 JG, JJ, JL,
NQ454L2C NQMB2Q JR; or QB,
NQ472L2 QD, QG, QJ
72 MH56 NC56 ( ) NC56( )HR — — MH56WP — 56
NQ472L2C
NQ484L2
84 — — —
NQ484L2C
NQ430L4
9
30 MH62 NC62 ( ) NC62( )HR MH62WP 62
NQ430L4C NC62V( )
NC62V( )3P MH62D9VWP
NQ442L4 3PHR
42
NQ442L4C
NQ454L4 NQMB4LA LA/LH[40] NC68V( ) NC68V( )
54 LALLC MH68 NC68V ( ) NC68V( )3P MH68WP MH68D9VWP 68
NQ454L4C HR 3PHR
NQ472L4 NC74V( ) NC74V( )
72 MH74 NC74V ( ) NC74V( )3P MH74WP MH74D9VWP 74
NQ472L4C HR 3PHR
NQ484L4C NC80V ( ) NC80V( ) NC80V( )3P NC80V( )
84 MH80 MH80WP MH80D9VWP 80
HR 3PHR
125–400
NQ430L4 MH62D9 NC62V( ) NC62V( )
30 NC62V( ) NC62V( )3P — 62
NQ430L4C [41] HR 3PHR
NQ442L4 Factory
MH68D9 NC68V( ) NC68V( ) NC68V( )3P NC68V( ) Assembled
42 [41] HR 3PHR — 68
NQ442L4C Only
NQ454L4 MH74D9 NC74V( ) NC74V( )
54 NC74V( ) NC74V( )3P — 74
NQ454L4C [41] HR 3PHR
NQ472L4 MH80D9 NC80V( ) NC80V( )
72 NC80V( ) NC80V( )3P — — 80
NQ472L4C [41] HR 3PHR
MH86D9 NC86V( ) NC86V( ) NC86V( )3P NC86V( )
84 NQ484L4C NQMB6PP- [41] — — 86
PPLLC LG, LJ, LL HR 3PHR
L MH62D9 NC62V( ) NC62V( )
30 NQ430L6C NC62V( ) NC62V( )3P — 62
[41] HR 3PHR
Factory
MH68D9 NC68V( ) NC68V( ) NC68V( )3P NC68V( ) Assembled
42 NQ442L6C [41] — 68
HR 3PHR Only
MH74D9 NC74V( ) NC74V( ) NC74V( )3P NC74V( )
54 125–600 NQ454L6C [41] — 74
HR 3PHR
MH80D9 NC80V( ) NC80V( ) NC80V( )3P NC80V( )
72 NQ472L6C [41] — — 80
HR 3PHR
MH86D9 NC86V( ) NC86V( ) NC86V( )3P NC86V( )
84 NQ484L6C [41] — — 86
HR 3PHR
[36] For the NQ14-inch-wide panelboard offer, See NQ 14-inch-wide—240 Vac, 48 Vdc.
[37] Pole spaces shown are available for branch circuits, with spaces deducted for the back-fed main breaker.
[38] Do not select a back-fed main for panels to be “Suitable for use as UL service equipment.” Select a H frame circuit breaker (and associated main circuit breaker kit) from the list for 225
interiors, for panels to be "Suitable for use as UL service equipment."
[39] QOB2110VH, QOB2125VH, or QOB2150VH take four pole spaces in NQ single phase interior.
[40] Available for 125–400 A applications. Please order short handle circuit breaker (i.e., LAL36400MB).
[41] D9 suffix indicates the 8.75 in. Deep Enclosure required for panelboards wit PowerPacT L Main Breaker, Switch, or Sub-Feed Breaker. See PBA604 for dimensional details.
• 240 Vac, 48 Vdc maximum • Interiors accept bolt-on and plug-on branch circuit
breakers
• 225 A maximum main circuit breaker or main lugs
• Three-phase, four-wire, and single-phase, three-wire
9
Table 9.7: Main Lug Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Branch Breakers
Interior Only NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
(Order Branch
14–inch wide NQ Max. Number Main Circuit Breakers Box 14"W x Mono Flat
Ratings Hinged Front
Panelboard Main Lug of Breakers Seperately) 5.75" Db Front
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. [43] Cat. No.
14-inch-wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire
18 NQ18L1C14 NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
100 A
30 NQ30L1C14 NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
30 NQ30L2C14 NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
225 A
42 NQ42L2C14 NQB538 NQC38 ( ) N/A
14-inch-wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire
18 NQ418L1C14 NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
100 A
30 NQ430L1C14 NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
30 NQ430L2C14 NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
225 A
42 NQ442L2C14 NQB538 NQC38 ( ) N/A
Table 9.8: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Branch
Breakers
Interior Only NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
(Order
Main Circuit Breaker Max. Branch
Panelboard Main Main Box
Number Circuit Circuit UL SE Mono Flat Hinged
Rat- Main Circuit 14"W x
of Breakers Breaker Kit Barri- Front Front
Break- ings er Kit Breaker Frame 5.75" Db
Seperately) [44]
ers
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat.
Cat. No. [45] [43] No.
14-inch-wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire
16 [46] NQ18L1C14 — — Select QOB 2- NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
100 pole or QOB-VH
28 [46] NQ30L1C14 — — [44] NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
30 NQ30L2C14 NQMB2H- HD, HG, HJ, NQB544 NQC44 ( ) N/A
J14 HJQL- HL, HR JD, JG,
225 or LC JJ, JL, QB , QD,
42 NQ42L2C14 NQB550 NQC50 ( ) N/A
NQMB2Q14 QG, QJ
Main Lug Panelboard 14-inch-wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire
15 [46] NQ418L1- NQB532 NQC32 ( )
— — Select QOB 3- N/A
C14
100 pole or QOB-VH
27 [46] NQ430L1- [44] NQB532 NQC32 ( ) N/A
C14 — —
NQ430L2- NQMB2H- HD, HG, HJ, NQB544 NQC44 ( )
30 C14 N/A
J14 HJQL- HL, HR JD, JG,
225 or JJ, JL, QB , QD,
NQ442L2- LC
42 NQMB2Q14 QG, QJ NQB550 NQC50 ( ) N/A
C14
PANELBOARDS
120/240 Vac— 208Y/120 Vac—
120 Vac—10 k AIR[50]
10 k AIR[50] 10 k AIR
15 A QOB115GFI QOB215GFI QOB315GFI
20 A QOB120GFI QOB220GFI QOB320GFI
25 A QOB125GFI QOB225GFI —
30 A QOB130GFI QOB230GFI QOB330GFI
40 A — QOB240GFI QOB340GFI
50 A — QOB250GFI QOB350GFI
60 A — QOB260GFI[51] —
QOB-VHGFI [52]
120 Vac—22 k AIR[50]
15 A QOB115VHGFI
20 A QOB120VHGFI
25 A QOB125VHGFI
30 A QOB130VHGFI
9
QOB-EPD—QOB Equipment protection circuit breakers
with UL Listed 30 mA (EPD) or 100 mA (EPE) equipment protection.
120 Vac—10 k AIR[50] 120/240 Vac— 240 Vac—10 k AIR[50]
10 k AIR[50]
15 A QOB115EPD QOB215EPD QOB315EPD QOB315EPE
20 A QOB120EPD QOB220EPD QOB320EPD QOB320EPE
25 A QOB125EPD QOB225EPD — —
30 A QOB130EPD QOB230EPD QOB330EPD QOB330EPE
40 A — QOB240EPD QOB340EPD QOB340EPE
50 A — QOB250EPD QOB350EPD QOB350EPE
60 A — QOB260EPD — —
QOB-VHEPD
120 Vac—22 k AIR[50]
15 A QOB115VHEPD
20 A QOB120VHEPD
25 A QOB125VHEPD
30 A QOB130VHEPD
QOB-HM—High magnetic trip circuit breakers
15 A QOB115HM[53]
20 A QOB120HM[53]
QOB-K—Key operated QOB circuit breakers [54]
120 Vac—10 k AIR[50]
10 A QOB110K
15 A QOB115K
20 A QOB120K
25 A QOB125K
30 A QOB130K
[47] For QO plug-on circuit breakers, see the tables starting on Section 7, page 9-15 of the Digest.
[48] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60 °C or 75 °C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75 °C conductors.
[49] Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance tripping.
[50] May be applied in 208Y/120 Vac systems.
[51] Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection.
[52] Recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications.
[53] UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
[54] Available in single pole construction and can be mounted in any single pole space which will accept a standard QOB. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or RESET with a
special key (Catalog No. QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available as shown in the table.
[55] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60°C or 75°C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75°C conductors.
[56] UL Listed 5,000 AIR on 3Ø corner grounded delta systems.
[57] May be applied in 208Y/120 Vac systems.
[58] DC Rating is not available on indicated products.
[59] UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
[60] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating, and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[61] QOB2150VH uses 4 pole spaces. QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH, and QOB3150VH each use 6 pole spaces. 40A maximum circuit breaker mounted opposite. Use with 75 °C wire only.
[62] UL Listed for use on circuit feeding fluorescent and High Intensity Discharge (HID) lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are
physically interchangeable with QOB circuit breakers.
9-16 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
QOB Circuit Breakers for NQ Panelboards NQ Panelboards—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Online Refer to NQ Panelboards
www.se.com/us
PANELBOARDS
QOB-EPD 40, 50, or 60 A #12–4 #14–6
Table 9.14: QO™ Arc-Fault and Dual Function Circuit Breakers [63][64][65]
1P 120 Vac 1P 120 Vac 2P 240 Vac 2P 240 Vac
10 kAIR 22 kAIR 10 kAIR 22 kAIR
Ampere 1 Space 1 Space 2 Space 2 Space
Circuit Breaker Type
Rating [65] Required Required Required Required
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Combination 15 A QOB115CAFI QOB115VHCAFI QOB215CAFI QOB215VHCAFI
Arc-Fault
Interupter 20 A QOB120CAFI QOB120VHCAFI QOB220CAFI QOB220VHCAFI
Dual Function: 15 A QOB115DF QOB115VHDF
Arc-Fault and Use plug-on QO 2–pole dual function
20 A QOB120DF QOB120VHDF MCBs
Ground Fault
NOTE: For accessories, see Accessories for QO/QOB Circuit Breakers, in
Section 7.
9
Single Phase 400 or 600 A NQ Panelboards now accept 150 A, 175 A, and 200 A Two
Pole QO Plug-on Branch Circuit Breakers.
Each breaker takes four pole spaces. Installation into three phase interiors is not allowed
as it may create a phase to phase short circuit.
One NQ200AN neutral lug kit should be installed for each pair of 175 or 200 A QO
breakers if a neutral termination is required.
• One Q1150AN lug kit should be installed for each 110 A to 150 A QO(B) circuit
breaker, if a neutral termination is required.
–
Table 9.15: High Ampacity Plug-on Two Pole QO Branch Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Ampere Rating AIC Rating
QO2150 150 10 kA
QO2150VH 150 22 kA
QO2175 175
10 kA
QO2200 200
QO2175VH 175
22 kA
QO2200VH 200
NOTE: May only be installed on Single Phase 400 A or 600 A NQ Panelboards with
three point latch trim fronts.
A maximum of four 150 A, 175 A, or 200 A QO (VH) plug-on branch circuit breakers
may be installed in NEMA 1 enclosures. These enclosures require NCxxV( )3P three
point latch trim fronts, as listed in Table 9.5 Main Lug Interiors, page 9-11 or Main
Circuit Breaker Interiors, page 9-12.
One 150 A, 175 A, or 200 A QO (VH) plug-on branch circuit breaker may be installed
in 8.75" deep MHxxD9VWP NEMA 3R enclosures, as listed in Table 9.5 Main Lug
Interiors, page 9-11 or Main Circuit Breaker Interiors, page 9-12.
[63] UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating, and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
[64] QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide branch feeder protection (for example, QO115AFI) or combination protection (for example, QO115CAFI) as required by the NEC and local code
adoption, and comply with UL 1699.
[65] 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60°C or 75°C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75°C conductors.
Table 9.16: NQ Panelboard Factory Assembled Interiors - 240 Vac / 48 Vdc Max
Single Phase or Three Phase
Mains Rating (Amps) Min. Box Depth
Max. Number of
Main Bus Main
Main Lugs Main Switch One-Pole Circuit Main Lugs
9
Table 9.17: Main Circuit Breaker (PowerPacT L-frame - see PowerPacT Interrupting
Ratings, and Common Catalog Numbering System, in Section 7)
Number of Poles Trip Unit Options Frame Sizes Ampacity
3 LI, LSI, Switch LG, LJ, LL 125–600 A
LA/LH PowerPacT H, J, and Q-frame circuit breakers are also available - see Table 7.47
and Table 7.48 and Supplemental Digest Section 3.
[66] Factory Assembled Interiors are rated for trip current of Main Breaker / Switch.
[67] Three Phase only.
[68] Copper only.
[69] D9 8.75" deep enclosures are required for PowerPacT L Main Circuit Breaker, Switch, or Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker. Reference PBA713x drawing for more dimensional information, where x
may be A, HR, HRT, or T depending upon the choice of options and enclosure.
[70] Feed-thru lugs and compression lugs available factory assembled only. These add 6 - 12 inches to enclosure length. Please reference PBA755 or PBA755T for more complete dimensional
information, where x may be A, HR, HRT, or T depending upon the choice of options and enclosure.
[71] See Digest Section 7 for Interrupting Ratings and Catalog Numbers of PowerPacT H-, J-, L-, Q- and LA/LH frame MCCBs.
[72] Three pole HD, HG, HR MCCBs are installed for single phase sub-feed circuit breaker applications.
[73] Three pole JR MCCBs are installed for single phase sub-feed circuit breaker applications.
[74] One or two sub-feed circuit breakers may be selected.
[75] NQ Panelboards with LA or LH sub-feed circuit breaker and LG, LJ, or LL main circuit breaker are supplied with 26" wide, 8.75" deep enclosures and have Condo Riser neutral assemblies.
[76] Space Factor for LG, LJ, or LL is 24" when it is installed onto a main circuit breaker panelboard or a main lugs panelboard with a Condo Riser neutral assembly. These panelboards are
supplied with 26" wide, 8.75" deep enclosures and have Condo Riser neutral assemblies.
Table 9.21: PowerPacT LG, LJ, or LL Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Cabinet Height
(inches)[83]
PANELBOARDS
NEMA 1 D9 Enclosure Vented NEMA 3R Enclosure Height
(8.75-in. D)[84] (26-in. W x 8.75-in. D)
Max. No. of
Branch Spaces 20-in. Wide 26-in.
Wide
(Does not include Main Circuit Breaker[84]
sub-feed circuit LA / LH LG / LJ / Main Lugs
breaker spaces) Main Main LL[84]
Lugs Circuit Main
Breaker LA / LH 400A PP-L 600A PP-L
Breaker
30 68 80 80 74 74 86 92
42 68 80 86 74 80 86 92
54 74 86 92 80 86 92 —
72 80 92 — — — — —
84 86 — — — — — —
Table 9.22: Optional Factory Assembled Lugs for Main Lugs Only and Main Circuit
Breaker Interiors
9
Incoming Lug Type:
Aluminum Compression Lugs
Copper Mechanical Lugs
Copper Compression Lugs
NOTE: Optional lugs are not available for Q frame main or QOB circuit breakers.
Sub-feed Lugs
NOTE: Available on main lug interiors only, 1Ø or 3Ø.
Table 9.23: Sub-feed Lug Wire Range Per Phase (AWG or kcmil) Table 9.24: Sub-feed Lug Cabinet Data
Mains Rating Incoming Outgoing Max. No. of Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D)
100 one #6-2/0 Al or Cu one #6-2/0 Al or Cu Branch Spaces 100 A 225 A 400 A
225 one 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu one 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu 18 MH26 — —
400 one 1/0-750 kcmil Cu only one 1/0-750 kcmil Cu only 30 MH32 MH38 MH50
42 — MH44 MH50
54 — MH44 MH50
72 — MH50 MH62
84 — MH56 MH68
[77] Bottom feed only in NEMA Type 3R enclosures. NEMA 3R applications with sub-feed circuit breakers greater than 150A require 8.75" deep, 26" wide enclosure - reference PBA603WP.
[78] Reference PBA701x drawing for more dimensional information. PBA701x - x may be A, E, HR, HRT, or T, depending upon choice of options and trim front.
[79] Reference PBA707x drawing for more dimensional information. PBA707x - x may be A, E, HR, HRT, or T, depending upon choice of options and trim front.
[80] Reference PBA709x drawing for more dimensional information. Bottom feed only in NEMA Type 3R enclosures. NEMA 3R applications with sub-feed circuit breakers greater than 150A
require 8.75" deep, 26" wide enclosure - reference PBA603WP. PBA709x - x may be A, E, HR, HRT, or T, depending upon choice of options and trim front.
[81] Reference PBA710x drawing for more dimensional information. Bottom feed only in NEMA Type 3R enclosures. NEMA 3R applications with sub-feed circuit breakers greater than 150 A
require 8.75" deep, 26" wide enclosure - reference PBA603WP. PBA710x - x may be A, E, HR, HRT, or T depending upon choices of options and trim front.
[82] LG, LJ, or LL Main Circuit Breaker requires D9 8.75" enclosure. Reference PBA713x or PBA755x drawing for more dimensional information. PBA###x - x may be A, E, HR, HRT, or T,
depending upon choice of options and enclosure.
[83] Feed-thru lugs and compression lugs available factory assembled only. These add 6 - 12 inches to enclosure length.
[84] NQ Panelboards with PowerPacT L Main Circuit Breaker and PowerPacT L Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker are supplied with Condo Riser Neutral Assemblies, and require 26" wide, 8.75" deep
enclosures.
Feed-through Lugs
Table 9.25: Feed-through Lugs Table 9.26: Feed-through Lugs Cabinet Data
Mains Rating Feed-Through Wire Range Per Phase (AWG or kcmil) Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D)
100 A one #6-2/0 Al or Cu Max. No. 225 A 250 A 400 A 600 A
225 A one #6–350 Al or Cu of Branch Main
Main Main Main Main Main Circuit
400 A one 1/0–750 or two 1/0–350 Al or Cu Spaces Circuit Circuit
Lugs Lugs Lugs Break-
600 A two 1/0–750 Al or Cu Breaker Breaker
9
er [85]
30 38 50 50 62 62 68
42 38 50 56 68 62 80
72 50 62 68 80 74 —
84 56 68 68 80 80 —
Table 9.30: NQ Main 100% and 200% Rated Neutral Conductors—(Quantity) and Wire Size (Mechanical Lugs & Compression Lugs)[88]
Mechanical Neutral Line Lugs Compression Neutral Line Lugs
100% Rated 200% Rated[89][90]
Interior Rating Lug Standard Neutral Oversized Neutral Standard Neutral 100% Rated 200% Rated[89][90]
Material Oversized Neutral Assemblies
Assemblies Assemblies Assemblies
Lug Wire Range Lug Wire Range Space Lug Wire Range Lug Wire Range Space Lug Wire Range Lug Wire Range
Factor Factor
Al (1) #6-2/0 select 225 A (2) #6-2/0 select 225 A neutral (1) #6-2/0 (1) #6-2/0
100 A neutral assembly N/A assembly N/A
Cu
Al (1) #6-300 kcmil[91] select 400 A (2) #6-350 kcmil select 400 A neutral (1) #4-300 kcmil (2) #1/0-300
225 A neutral assembly N/A assembly N/A
Cu (1) #6-250 kcmil (2) #6-250 kcmil (1) #2/0-300 kcmil (2) #2/0-300 kcmil
Al (4) 1/0-300 kcmil (2) 2/0-500 kcmil (4) 2/0-500 kcmil
(2) 1/0-300 kcmil or (2) 1/0-750 kcmil or (4) 1/0-750 kcmil or
or
400 A (1) 1/0-700 kcmil (4) 1/0-300 kcmil 6 (2) 1/0-700 kcmil (8) 1/0-300 kcmil 6
Cu [92] (2) 400-750 kcmil (2) 400-750 kcmil
[92]
Al (4) 1/0-300 kcmil or (4) 1/0-700 kcmil
600 A (2) 1/0-700 kcmil [92] or (8) 1/0-300 6 N/A N/A N/A (2) 2/0-500 kcmil N/A
Cu [92] kcmil
600 A (with Al (6) 1/0-750 kcmil or
NQALMN6 or (4) 1/0-300 kcmil
N/A 12 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
NQCUMN6) Cu and (4) 1/0-750
kcmil
NOTE: Implicit AWG (American Wire Gauge) abbreviation on conductors wire range (kcmil is shown).
Gutter extensions may be required to provide NEC wire bending space for cable(s) of maximum lug size.
Table 9.33: NQ Equipment Ground Bar Kits[96] Table 9.34: Hinged Door-in-Door Trim Fronts
Interior Rating Copper Ground Bar
Aluminum Insulator Kit Hinged Door-in-Door Trim Front
PK12GTA, PK18GTA, Hinged Door-in-Door Trim Front has piano hinge down one side.
100 A / 225 A PK23GTA, or PK27GTACU PKGTAB Inner door has a lock, outer door is retained with screws
PK27GTA Hinged Door-in-Door Trim Fronts with Outer Door Lock in place of screws are available
400 A / 600 A PK12GTA, PK27GTA PK27GTACU PKGTAB as a factory assembled option.
PANELBOARDS
9
[96] One PK kit supplied when ground bar is specified. Two PK kits supplied when "extra" ground bar is ordered.
100 kA
120 kA
160 kA
200 kA
240 kA
NQ MB Panelboard in Vented NEMA 3R enclosure
[97] SurgeLogic units occupy 12 circuit positions (6 adjacent mounting spaces per side.)
9-22 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
NQ Panelboard Accessories NQ Panelboards—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Online Refer to NQ Panelboards
www.se.com/us
NQ Merchandised Accessories
Table 9.38: NQ Merchandised Neutral Assemblies
200% Neutral Kit Copper 100% Neutral Kit
Mains Rating (Amps)
Catalog No. Space Factor Catalog No. Space Factor
100 NQNL1 0 NQN1CU 0
225 NQNL2 0
NQN2CU 0
225 NQNL2ACCY[98] 6
400 NQNL4[99] 0
NQN6CU 0
600 – 0
Table 9.39: NQ Merchandised Sub-feed Lugs, Feed-through Lugs, and Sub-feed Breaker Kits
Sub-feed Lugs Catalog Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Kits (breaker not incl.)
Mains Rating Feed-through Lugs Catalog Number
Number Single SFB
PANELBOARDS
Two SFBs
100 A NQSFL1 100 A not available; use 225 A interior — —
NQFTL2L[100]
225 A NQSFL2 NQSFB2Q or NQSFB2HJ[101] —
NQFTL2H[102]
NQFTL4L[100] NQSFB4Q or NQSFB4HJ or
400 A NQSFL4 NQMB6PPL[103][101] NQSFB4Q or NQSFB4HJ
NQFTL4H[102]
600 A Not Available Factory Assembled Only NQSFB6PPL[103] Factory Assembled Only
NOTE: See Table 9.40 and Table 9.41.
Table 9.40: Box Selection Table: Merchandised NQ Main Lug Panelboards with Accessories
Sub-feed Lugs Feed-through Lugs Sub-feed Circuit Breakers
Feature
Circuits 225 A 400 A 400 A / 600
100 A 225 A 400 A 600 A 100 A 225 A 400 A 600 A 100 A (one) (two) A (one) 600 A (two)
18 MH26 — — — — — — — — —
9
30 MH32 MH38 MH50 MH38 MH50 — MH50 MH74 MH62D9
42 — MH44 MH50 Factory MH38 MH56 Factory — MH56 MH74 MH62D9 Factory
Assembled Use 225 A Asssembled Asssembled
54 — MH44 MH56 Only Interior MH44 MH62 Only — MH56 MH80 MH68D9 Only
72 — MH50 MH62 MH50 MH68 — MH62 MH86 —
84 — MH56 MH68 MH56 MH68 — MH68 MH92 —
Table 9.41: Box Selection Table: Merchandised NQ Vertically Mounted Main Breaker Panelboards w/ Accessories (by Mains Rating)
Feed-through Lugs PowerPacT H, J, or Q Sub-feed Circuit Breakers (Max Amp and Qty)
Feature 400 A 400 A (two SFB)
Circuits 600 A (two
100 A 225 A PowerPacT L 600 A 100 A 225 A (one) PowerPacT L SFB)
LA / LH MB LA / LH MB
MB MB
18 — — — — — — — — — —
30 — MH62 — MH62
MH50 MH68D9 MH86 MH86D9
42 — MH68 Factory — Factory
MH68
54 — MH56 MH74 MH74D9 Asssembled — MH92 — Asssembled
72 — MH62 MH80 MH80D9 Only — MH74 [104] — Only
84 — MH68 MH80 MH86D9 — MH80 [104] —
PANELBOARDS
240 / 120 Vac 120 kA SSP03SBA12D
High Leg Delta
(coming 2H21) 160 kA SSP03SBA16D
200 kA SSP03SBA20D
240 kA SSP03SBA24D
9
HJQLLC H/J/Q Line Lug Cover NQ, NF
[107] When selecting a panelboard with SurgeLoc SPD, an additional 12 circuit positions (6 adjacent mounting spaces per side) are occupied. For example, if the desired number of circuits is 30,
refer to page 9-11 and page to select the NQ442L2/NQ442L2C interior and corresponding Box and Trim.
[108] 96 space interiors are available factory assembled when SurgeLoc SPDs are to be installed in 84 circuit NQ panelboards.
[109] For I-Line applications, only to be used on vertical main circuit breakers. Not to be used on backfeed main circuit breakers.
[110] For I-Line applications, requires the use of the Medium Terminal Shield LTSM3P Installed on circuit breaker, not included in these kits.
[111] Order 1 kit for each 3 pole breaker required (each kit contains three one pole covers).
Factory-installed IP2X barriers for NQ Panelboards reduce the risk of accidental contact
with energized components if a cover is removed.
Features
• Plastic barriers cover Mains (lugs or circuit breaker), copper bus, and branch circuit
breakers
– IP2X per IEC 60529 on all ungrounded parts
9
circuit breakers
• Series rated up to 200 kAIC with integral main circuit breaker—fully rated
up to 65 kAIC
• Sub feed lugs up to 225 A
• cULus Listed to UL 67 and CSA C22.2, No. 29
New Enhanced IP2X design meets IEC 60529[112] with or without a branch circuit
breaker installed.
• Unique jaw kit allows QOB branch circuit breakers to plug onto NQ interior with IP2X
barriers
Two factory-assembled constructions (refer to Data Bulletin 1640BR1701 for
additional information):
Standard IP2X per IEC 60529 Enhanced IP2X per IEC 6052
(Bus Finger Covers Empty Spaces) (Bus Covered Without Branch Circuit Breaker)
PANELBOARDS
10–60 L L L
QO / QOB 70 L L H
80–100 — H H
15–30 — L —
QO-H / QOB-H
40–100 — H —
15–30 L L L
QO-HID / QOB-HID
40–50 L L —
QO-HM / QOB-HM 15–20 L — —
15–30 — L L
QO- VH / QOB-VH 15–70 L — —
40–100 — H H
QOH[114] 40–100 — H —
QHB[114] 15–30 L L —
IP2X QO(B) Lug L (Low Amp) - QOFSLALB
Covers: H (High Amp) - QOFSHALB
9
Replacement Parts
Replacement Parts
Catalog Number Quantity Per Package Description
QOFSBF12 12 NQ IP2X Bus Finger Filler[115]
QOFSLALB12 12 NQ IP2X QO(B) Lug Cover Low Amp
NQ IP2X QO(B) Lug Cover High
QOFSHALB12 12 Amp
HJQLLC HJQ Main Breaker IP2X Line Lug
1 Cover
LA/LH Main Breaker IP2X Line Lug
LALLC 1
Cover
NQHJLSC HJ Main Breaker IP2X Load Side
1 Cover
NQQLSC Q Main Breaker IP2x Load Side
1 Cover
NQLALHLSC LA/LH Main Breaker IP2X Load Side
1 Cover
NQMLLSC 1 Main Lugs IP2X Cover
NQNCC 1 NQ IP2X Neutral Cover
QO1PJ15 15 QOB Jaw Kit[116]
[113] QOB circuit breakers and jaw kits required for Enhanced IP2X design.
[114] Available only in standard IP2X design
[115] Used only with Standard IP2X design.
[116] Used only with Enhanced IP2X design.
• Select main circuit breaker interior and main circuit breaker adapter kit from NF
Main Circuit Breaker Interiors - 600Y/347 Vac Max., page 9-30 based upon the
equivalent number of poles and ampere rating.
NOTE: Interiors include solid neutral and are field convertible to top-feed.
• If a main circuit breaker interior was selected, select a vertical main circuit breaker
(or fuse) from PowerPacT H-, J-, L-, or LA/LH frame circuit breakers pages in
Section 7 or a back-fed E-frame circuit breaker from Section 9 of the Digest.
PANELBOARDS
4. Select ground bars from tables Table 9.82 and any non-standard neutral assembly
(i.e., 200% neutral for non-linear loads) from Table 9.77.
• Please note that an aluminum ground bar kit is included with NF Panelboard
Interiors.
5. Select any required sub-feed circuit breakers, sub-feed lugs (SFL), or feed-through
lugs (FTL) kits:
• Subfeed circuit breaker (SFB), sub-feed lugs (SFL) or feed-through lugs (FTL)
kits: Table 9.78 in the NF Accessories sections.
• For subfeed circuit breakers, select PowerPacT H-, J-, L- frame circuit breaker
from Section 7 of the Digest.
6. Determine the total enclosure height required by adding requirements from interior,
main circuit breaker, neutrals, SFL, FTL, or sub-feed circuit breaker.
7. Select enclosure from the tables Table 9.76, Table 9.79, and Table 9.80.
NEMA Type 1—select box and front (cover) catalog number corresponding to interior
catalog number.
NEMA Type 3R, 5, 12—select enclosure. Cover for Type 3R, 5, 12 is included with
the enclosure.
8. Select the branch circuit breakers to be installed in the panel.
For NF panelboards, use E-frame circuit breakers from E-frame Thermal-magnetic
(480Y/277 Vac Max) Maximum allowable branch breaker pair combination = 170
A.100 A Maximum at 600Y/347 Vac, page 9-31.
9. Select options and accessories from tables Table 9.77–Table 9.82.
NOTE: Additional NF and NQ options may be found in the Supplemental Digest,
Section 4.
NF Merchandised Selection Example
480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W, 25 kA SCCR, fully rated, copper bus, 100 A, main circuit
breaker, Type 1, flush-mount, bolt-on, branch circuit breakers
Branches Table No. Catalog Number Spaces
(13) 20/1 EGB14020 13
one 40/2 EGB24040 2
one 50/3 EGB34050 3
Total 18 spaces
PANELBOARDS
NF430L2
30 MH38 NC38( ) NC38( )HR MH38WP – 38
NF430L2C
NF442L2
42 MH44 NC44( ) NC44( )HR MH44WP – 44
NF442L2C
250
NF454L2
54 MH50 NC50( ) NC50( )HR MH50WP – 50
NF454L2C
NF466L2
66 MH62 NC62( ) NC62( )HR MH62WP – 62
NF466L2C
NF430L4
30 MH50 NC50( ) NC50( )HR MH50WP MH62D9VWP[10] 50/62
NF430L4C
NF442L4 NC56( ) NC56( )HR
42 MH56 MH56WP MH68D9VWP[10] 56/68
NF442L4C
NF454L4C
54 400 MH62 NC62( ) NC62( )HR MH62WP MH74D9VWP[10] 62/74
NF454L4C
NF466L4
66 MH74 NC74( ) NC74( )HR MH74WP MH86D9VWP[10] 74/86
NF466L4C
9
NF484L4
84 MH86 NC86( ) NC86( )HR MH86WP – 86
NF484L4C
30 NF430L6C MH50 NC50V( ) NC50V( )HR MH62WP[10] MH62D9VWP[10] 50/62
42 NF442L6C MH56 NC56V( ) NC56V( )HR MH68WP[10] MH68D9VWP[10] 56/68
54 600 NF454L6C MH62 NC62V( ) NC62V( )HR MH74WP[10] MH74D9VWP[10] 62/74
66 NF466L6C MH74 NC74V( ) NC74V( )HR MH86WP[10] MH86D9VWP[10] 74/86
84 NF484L6C MH86 NC86V( ) NC86V( )HR – – 86
800 Factory Assembled Only[11]
Note: All NF Merchandised Panelboard interiors include the following: a NFFP15 bag of blank filler plates; a neutral bonding strap; an NF information manual; a NEMA instruction booklet; and a
sheet of circuit numbers.
[1] Order EDB, EGB, or EJB branch circuit breakers separately. Maximum allowable branch circuit breaker pair combination is 170 A.
[2] Please note that some local building codes limit panelboards to 42 circuits, including those that reference 2005 or earlier version of the US NEC.
[3] “C” suffix indicates copper bussing.
[4] Wall mounting brackets add 0.4 inches to back of MHxxWP enclosures.
[5] Nominal interior dimensions, see PBA600 for details.
[6] Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
[7] Enclosure includes trim kit. NEMA 3R, 5, 12 enclosures must be bottom fed. Nominal enclosure dimensions, see PBA555 for details.
[8] Vented Type 3R enclosure with three point latch door required for outdoor applications with two sub-feed breakers, or sub-feed breaker with trip current >150A. NEMA 3R enclosures must
be bottom fed, when selected a NF12RDE kit should also be selected. Enclosure nominal dimensions, see PBA603WP for details.
[9] NF panelboards without neutral connections may be applied to 3 phase, 4 wire grounded Wye systems, except at the Service Entrance.
[10] NEMA 3R, 5, 12 enclosures must be bottom fed, when selected a NF12RDE kit should also be selected.
[11] 800 A interiors with main circuit breaker require 8.75 inch deep, 26 inch wide enclosures.
NF418L1C
N150MH HD/HG/HJ/ NF430L1
30 15–125 MH44 NC44( ) NC44( )HR MH44WP — 44
[16] HL/HR NF430L1C
42 NF442L1C MH50 NC50( ) NC50( )HR MH50WP — 50
54[25] NF454L1C MH56 NC56( ) NC56( )HR MH56WP — 56
HJQLLC NF430L2
30 MH50 NC50( ) NC50( )HR MH50WP — 50
NF430L2C
NF442L2
42 MH56 NC56( ) NC56( )HR MH56WP — 56
N250MJ JD/JG/JJ/ NF442L2C
125–250 [16] JL/JR NF454L2
54 MH62 NC62( ) NC62( )HR MH62WP — 56
NF454L2C
NF466L2
66 MH74 NC74( ) NC74( )HR MH74WP — 74
NF466L2C
NF430L4
30 MH62 NC62V( ) NC62V( )HR MH62WP MH62D9VWP 62
NF430L4C
NF442L4
42 MH68 NC68V( ) NC68V( )HR MH68WP MH68D9VWP 68
NF442L4C
125–400 N400M[16] LALLC LA/LH[26]
NF454L4
54 MH74 NC74V( ) NC74V( )HR MH74WP MH74D9VWP 74
NF454L4C
NF466L4
66 MH86 NC86V( ) NC86V( )HR MH86WP MH86D9VWP 86
NF466L4C
MH68D9 NC68V( )3PNF NC68V( )
30 NF430L6C [27] [28] 3PNFHR[28] — 68
N600MPPL LG/LJ/LL/ MH74D9 NC74V( )3PNF NC74V( ) Factory Assembled
42 125–600 [16] PPLLC NF442L6C [27] [28] 3PNFHR[28] — Only 74
LR
MH80D9 NC80V( )3PNF NC80V( )
54 NF454L6C [27] [28] 3PNFHR[28] — 80
600–800 Factory Assembled Only[29]
[12] Order EDB, EGB, or EJB branch circuit breakers separately. Maximum allowable branch circuit breaker pair combination is 170 A.
[13] “C” suffix indicates copper bussing.
[14] Wall mounting brackets add 0.4 inches to back of MHxxWP enclosures.
[15] Please select the appropriate Main Circuit Breaker Barrier for UL Service Entrance applications (see US Service Entrance Barriers (required by NFPA 70—National Electrical Code® (NEC®)
2017), page 9-25).
[16] Select the appropriate PowerPacT main circuit breaker from Section 7.
[17] Nominal interior dimensions, see PBA600 for details.
[18] D9 suffix indicates the 8.75 in. Deep Enclosure required for panelboards with PowerPacT L main circuit breaker or sub-feed circuit breaker. See PBA604 for dimensional details.
[19] Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
[20] Enclosure includes trim kit. NEMA 3R, 5, 12 enclosures must be bottom fed. Nominal interior dimensions, see PBA555 for details.
[21] Vented Type 3R enclosure with three point door. Must be bottom fed. Required for outdoor applications with PowerPacT L main circuit breaker, two sub-feed circuit breakers, or sub-feed
circuit breaker with trip current >150A. Interior nominal dimensions, see PBA603WP for details.
[22] NF panelboards without neutral connections may be applied to 3 phase, 4 wire grounded Wye systems, except at the Service Entrance.
[23] Pole spaces shown are available for branch circuits, with spaces deducted for the back fed main circuit breaker.
[24] Back-fed EDB 125 A 3 pole main circuit breaker must be ordered separately and field installed. Maximum breaker rating opposite is 20 A.
[25] Please note that some local building codes limit panelboards to 42 circuits, including those that reference 2005 or earlier version of NFPA 70.
[26] Available for 125 A–400 A applications. Please order short handle circuit breaker (i.e., LAL36400MB).
[27] D9 suffix indicates the 8.75 in. Deep Enclosure required for panelboards with PowerPacT L main circuit breaker or sub-feed circuit breaker. See PBA604 for dimensional details.
[28] Three point latch trim front; required for enclosures on panelboards with PowerPacT L Main Circuit Breaker, Switch, or Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker
[29] 800 A interiors with main circuit breaker require 8.75 inch deep, 26 inch wide enclosures.
9-30 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
E-Frame Circuit Breakers for NF NF Panelboards—600Y/347 Vac Max.
Panelboards
www.se.com/us Refer to NF Panelboards
PANELBOARDS
40 A EDB14040[33] EGB14040[33] EJB14040[33]
45 A EDB14045[33] EGB14045[33] EJB14045[33] AL100FD
630 1800 #14–2/0
50 A EDB14050[33] EGB14050[33] EJB14050[33] Al or Cu
EDB, EGB, EJB EDB, EGB, EJB 60 A EDB14060 EGB14060 EJB14060
1–pole 2–pole
15–70 A 15–125 A 70 A EDB14070 EGB14070 EJB14070
2-pole, 480Y/277 Vac [34]
15 A EDB24015[33] EGB24015[33] EJB24015[33]
20 A EDB24020[33] EGB24020[33] EJB24020[33] AL30FD
270 875 #14–#6
25 A EDB24025[33] EGB24025[33] EJB24025[33] Al or Cu
30 A EDB24030[33] EGB24030[33] EJB24030[33]
35 A EDB24035[33] EGB24035[33] EJB24035[33]
40 A EDB24040[33] EGB24040[33] EJB24040[33]
45 A EDB24045[33] EGB24045[33] EJB24045[33] AL100FD
630 1800 #14–2/0
50 A EDB24050[33] EGB24050[33] EJB24050[33] Al or Cu
60 A EDB24060 EGB24060 EJB24060
9
70 A EDB24070 EGB24070 EJB24070
80 A EDB24080 EGB24080 EJB24080
90 A EDB24090 EGB24090 EJB24090 AL100FD
100 A 1000 2300 EDB24100 EGB24100 EJB24100 #14–2/0
110 A EDB24110 EGB24110 EJB24110 Al or Cu
EDB, EGB, EJB 125 A EDB24125 EGB24125 EJB24125
3–pole EDB, EPD
1-pole with alarm switch 3-pole, 480Y/277 Vac
15–125 A
15 A EDB34015[33] EGB34015[33] EJB34015[33]
20 A EDB34020[33] EGB34020[33] EJB34020[33] AL30FD
270 875 #14–#6
25 A EDB34025[33] EGB34025[33] EJB34025[33] Al or Cu
30 A EDB34030[33] EGB34030[33] EJB34030[33]
35 A EDB34035[33] EGB34035[33] EJB34035[33]
40 A EDB34040[33] EGB34040[33] EJB34040[33]
45 A EDB34045[33] EGB34045[33] EJB34045[33] AL100FD
630 1800 #14–2/0
50 A EDB34050[33] EGB34050[33] EJB34050[33] Al or Cu
60 A EDB34060 EGB34060 EJB34060
70 A EDB34070 EGB34070 EJB34070
80 A EDB34080 EGB34080 EJB34080
90 A EDB34090 EGB34090 EJB34090 AL100FD
100 A 1000 2300 EDB34100 EGB34100 EJB34100 #14–2/0
110 A EDB34110 EGB34110 EJB34110 Al or Cu
125 A EDB34125 EGB34125 EJB34125
EPDs (Equipment Protection Devices), 1-pole, 277 Vac, Thermal-magnetic with 30 mA ground-fault protection[35]
EDB14015EPD[32] EGB14015EPD[32] EJB14015EPD[32]
15 A [33] [33] [33]
270 875 EDB14020EPD[32] EGB14020EPD[32] EJB14020EPD[32] #14–#6 Cu
20 A [33] [33] [33] or
30 A EDB14030EPD[33] EGB14030EPD[33] EJB14030EPD[33] #12–#4 Al
40 A EDB14040EPD[33] EGB14040EPD[33] EJB14040EPD[33]
630 1800
50 A EDB14050EPD[33] EGB14050EPD[33] EJB14050EPD[33]
NOTE: All EDB, EGB, and EJB circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR Type. For
50oC calibration, use a CA suffix. NF branch circuit breakers are fungus proof as
standard.
Table 9.51: Factory Installed Electrical Accessory Packages for ED, EG, EJ
Circuit Breakers
Accessory Package Suffix
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch[36][37] AABA
Shunt Trip Package[36][37] SA
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm
Switch/Shunt Trip Package[36][37] AABASA
Alarm Switch (N.O.) Package for EPDs only
PANELBOARDS
BA
Table 9.55: Mechanical Lug Kit Information (Al lugs for use with Al or Cu wire)[37]
Circuit Breaker Application Number of Wires Per
Lug Catalog Lugs
Ampere Ampere Number Per Kit
Standard Rating Optional Rating and Wire Range
one #12—#6 AWG Al or
15–30 A — — AL30FD 3
EDB, EGB, one #14—#6 AWG Cu
EJB one #12—2/0 AWG Al or
35–125 A EDB, EGB, EJB 15–30 A [39] AL100FD 3
one #14—2/0 AWG Cu
— — EDB, EGB, EJB 15–125 A one #14—1/0 AWG Cu CU100FD 3
PANELBOARDS
800 Max 30, 42, 54 Cu 8.75 in.[47] 8.75 in.[48]
PG, PJ, PL 600–800 600–800
NOTE: Factory Assembled Main Circuit Breakers (600Y/347 Vac maximum). 600Y/
347 Vac applications require use of ExBx6xxx branch circuit breakers, i.e.
EDB16015 for a 1P, 15A circuit.[49]
400 A and 600 A panelboards, 1Ø or 3Ø
PowerPacT L-frame - see Tables in Section 7.
Table 9.57: Main Circuit Breaker
No. of Poles Trip Unit Options Frame Sizes Ampacity
3 LI, LSI, Switch LG, LJ, LL, LR 125–600 A
LA/LH, PowerPacT H and J-frame circuit breakers are also available—see Tables in
Section 7 and Supplemental Digest Section 3.
9
Table 9.58: PowerPacT L Main Circuit Breaker Cabinet Height (inches)
Max. No. of Branch Spaces NEMA 1 Enclosure Vented NEMA 3R Enclosure
(Does not include sub-feed (20 in. W x 8.75 in. D)[50] (26 in. W x 8.75 in. D)[51]
circuit breaker spaces) 400 / 600 A Interior 400 A 600 A
30 68 68 74
42 74 74 80
54 80 80 86
[40] NF panelboards without neutral connections may be applied in 3-phase, 4-wire grounded Wye systems, except at the Service Entrance.
[41] Factory Assembled Interiors are rated for trip current of Main Breaker / Switch.
[42] Back-Fed Main Breaker applications only.
[43] Three Phase Copper only.
[44] PowerPacT L crcuit breakers may only be installed on 600 A NF panelboard interiors. 400 A max. PowerPacT L circuit breakers should be selected for applications requiring trip ampacities
between 125 - 400 A.
[45] NF Panelboards with PowerPacT L Main Circuit Breaker or Switch are limited to a maximum of 54 branch circuits.
[46] NF Panelboards with PowerPacT L Main Circuit Breaker or Switch require 8.75" deep enclosures and three point latch trim fronts.
[47] Enclosures limited to NEMA Type 1 only.
[48] 8.75" Enclosures limited to 26" Wide NEMA Type 1.
[49] Requires use of ExBx6xxx branch circuit breakers, i.e. EDB16015 for a 1P, 15A circuit.
[50] D9 8.75" deep enclosure and three point latch door is required for PowerPacT L Main Circuit Breaker, Switch, or Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker. See Table 9.48 NF Main Circuit Breaker Interiors
- Use I-Line Panelboard for 3Ø3W Delta applications above 240 Vac, page 9-30.
[51] PowerPacT L not available in non-vented (NEMA Type 3R/5/12, or 4/4X) enclosures.
[52] See Digest Section 7 for Interrupting Ratings and Catalog Numbers of PowerPacT H-, J-, L-, and LA/LH frame MCCBs. NEMA 3R applications with sub-feed breakers greater than 150 A
require 8.75" deep, 26" wide enclosure - reference PBA603WP for dimensions.
[53] Space Factor is the length required for sub-feed circuit breaker. Please reference Product Selector output for panelboard enclosure dimensions.
[54] Three pole HD, HG, HR MCCBs are installed for single phase sub-feed circuit breaker applications.
[55] One or two sub-feed circuit breakers may be selected.
[56] Three pole JR MCCBs are installed for single phase sub-feed circuit breaker applications.
[57] NF Panelboards with LA / LH sub-feed circuit breakers are shipped fully assembled.
[58] NF Panelboards with PowerPacT L main and sub-feed circuit breakers require 26" wide, 8.75" deep enclosure with 3-point latch trim front. Reference PBA758 or PBA754 drawings for
dimensions in NEMA Type 1 or 3R enclosures, respectively.
[59] NF Panelboards with PowerPacT L circuit breakers require 8.75" a deep enclosure with 3-point latch trim front. Reference PBA559x drawings for dimensions, where x may be blank, HR,
HRT, or T.
[60] Add 6" to space factor for NF Panelboards with 600 A PowerPacT L circuit breakers in NEMA 3R enclosures. Reference PBA754 drawing for dimensions. Maximum sub-feed breaker is
400A when installed with a 600 A rated main circuit breaker in a NEMA 3R enclosure.
[61] NF Panelboards with PowerPacT L main circuit breaker and any sub-feed circuit breaker (s) are shipped completely assembled in 26" wide, 8.75" deep enclosures, with gutter mounted
neutral assemblies.
[62] NF Panelboards with 800 A rated main circuit breaker are shipped completely assembled in 26" wide, 8.75" NEMA 1 enclosures. Reference PBA756 or PBA756HR drawing for dimensions.
Common Features
Table 9.60: Sub-feed (Double) Lugs (Standard Copper Mechanical Lugs)
9
Table 9.61: Sub-feed Lug Cabinet Data (Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs)
Max. No. of Main Lugs Enclosure Height in Inches
Branch Spaces 125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A [66]
18 26 — — — —
30 32 38 50 74 80
42 — 44 56 80 86
54 — 50 62 86 92
[63] Space Factor is the length required for sub-feed circuit breaker. Please reference Product Selector output for panelboard enclosure dimensions.
[64] NF Panelboards with LA / LH sub-feed circuit breakers are shipped fully assembled.
[65] NF Panelboards with PowerPacT L main circuit breaker and any sub-feed circuit breaker(s) are shipped completely assembled in 26" wide, 8.75" deep enclosures, with gutter mounted
neutral assemblies.
[66] 800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep and 26 in. wide box.
[67] 600 A main circuit breaker panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box.
[68] One (1) PK kit supplied when ground bar is specified. Two (2) PK kits supplied when "extra" ground bar is ordered.
9-34 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
NF Factory Assembled Panelboard NF Panelboards—600Y/347 Vac Max.
Common Features
www.se.com/us Refer to NF Panelboards
Table 9.67: NF Main Neutral Conductors—(Quantity) and Wire Size[69]
Mechanical Neutral Line Lugs Compression Neutral Line Lugs
Interior Rating Standard Oversized Standard
Lug Wire Range Lug Wire Range Lug Wire Range
125 A (1) #6–2/0 AWG Cu or Al Select 250 A neutral assembly (1) #6-2/0 AWG Cu or (1) #4-300 kcmil Al
(1) #6 AWG-250 kcmil Cu
250 A or (1) #6 AWG - 350 kcmil Select 400 A neutral assembly (1) 2/0 AWG-250 kcmil Cu or (1) 250-350 kcmil Al
(1) 400-600[70] kcmil Cu
400 A (2) 1/0 AWG-700[70] kcmil or (4) 1/0 AWG-300 kcmil
or (1) 2/0 AWG-500 kcmil Al
(2) 1/0 AWG–300 kcmil (4) 1/0 AWG-600[70] kcmil Cu or Al[71]
600 A or (1) 1/0 AWG-700[70] kcmil Cu or Al
(6) 4/0 AWG-500 kcmil Cu or Al[72] (1) 2/0 AWG-500 kcmil Cu or Al
800 A —
NOTE: 200% applications require gutter mounted neutral in special (W x 26 in.) enclosure factory assembled only. One exception, without
subfeed lugs, feed-thru lugs and subfeed breakers 400 A (30-84 circuit interiors) and 600 A (30-54 circuit interiors) does not require an
special enclosure.
PANELBOARDS
Gutter extensions may be required to provide NEC wire bending space for cable(s) of maximum lug size.
Table 9.68: NF Panelboard Condo Riser Neutral Panelboards (Requires 26" Wide,
8.75" Deep Enclosure)[73]
Load End
Mains Options
Main- Neu- Options Line Load
s Available tral Neutral Lug Lug
Rat- Branch Rat- Assembly Sub- Feed- Sub- Wire Wire
Circuits Main Main Feed
ing ing Feed Thru Range Range
Lugs Breaker Lugs Lugs Brea-
ker
100% NFN6CR LA, LG, (4) AWG (8) AWG
400 / Y[74] LH, LJ, 1/0 - 750 3/0 - 750
600 A Y Y Y
200% NFNL6CR LL, LR[75] kcmil kcmil
30, 42, 54
100% Factory (8) AWG (8) AWG
Assembled MG, PG,
800 A N/A PJ,PL[76] Y Y Y 3/0 - 750 3/0 - 750
9
200% Only kcmil kcmil
600 A NF Main Lug Only Panelboard
with Condo Riser Neutral Assembly Table 9.69: Metal Directory Frame
Metal Directory Frame
Metal Directory Frames are available as a premium factory assembled alternative to standard plastic directory card
holders on the back of panelboard trim fronts.
Table 9.71: Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets NEMA Type 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12)
Weather resistant and Dust resistant Cabinets —Type 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12
NOTE: NF panelboards with PowerPacT L circuit breakers are not available with a
NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, or 12 enclosure. (Use I-Line).
NF panelboards with PowerPacT L circuit breakers are available with vented 26" wide
NEMA 3R enclosures. These vented NEMA 3R enclosures also enable selection of
subfeed circuit breakers up to 600 A.
400 A NF panelboards in NEMA 4, 4X, 5, or 12 enclosures are available with one
subfeed breaker up to 150 A.
Table 9.72: Optional Factory Assembled Lugs for Main Lug Only and Main Circuit
Breaker Interiors
Incoming Lugs Type
Aluminum Compression Lugs
Copper Mechanical Lugs
Copper Compression Lugs
[69] Lug Wire Ranges shown meet NEC wire bending space. Lugs may accept larger cables if enclosure size is increased.
[70] Installation of 750 kcmil neutral lugs possible if enclosure size is increased to provide wire bending space.
[71] Factory Assembled only; increases enclosure length 6"-12".
[72] Factory Assembled only; enclosure length increases 6-12"; requires 8.75" deep D9 enclosure.
[73] Select 26" Wide Condo Riser Panel under Structure Options in the SE Advantage Panelboard Product Selector.
[74] Reference PBA757 drawing for additional dimensional information.
[75] Reference PBA758 drawing for additional dimensional information.
[76] Reference PBA756 or PBA756HR drawing for additional dimensional information.
[77] Panelboard box height with SPD unit—Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor.
225 Y Y
NOTE: Lighting Contactors increase box & trim length by 18 in. (457 mm)
Accessories
Table 9.77: NF Merchandised Neutrals
Mains 200% Neutral Kit Copper 100% Neutral Kit
Ampacity Catalog No. Catalog No.
125 NFNL1 NFN1CU
250 NFNL2 NFN2CU
400 NFNL4[81] NFN6CU
600 Factory Assembled Only NFN6CU[81]
Table 9.79: NF Special Features Standard NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Selection Table—Enclosure Catalog Number for Standard Main
Mechanical Lugs Only
Main Lugs Only
Feature
Sub-feed Lugs Feed-through Lugs Sub-feed Circuit Breaker
Interior Rating 125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 600 A[85] 800 A
No. of Circuits NEMA 1 Enclosure Catalog Number NEMA 1 Enclosure Catalog Number NEMA 1 Enclosure Catalog Number
18 MH26 — — — — MH32 — — — — — — — —
30 MH32 MH38 MH50 MH38 MH50 MH56 MH56 MH68 MH68 MH62D9
42 — MH44 MH56 — MH56 MH62 MH62 MH74 MH74 MH68D9 Factory
Factory Factory Assembled
54 — MH50 MH62 Assembled — MH62 MH68 Assembled MH68 MH80 MH86 MH74D9 Only
66 — MH62 MH74 Only — MH74 MH80 Only MH80 MH92 MH92 —
84 — — MH86 — — — — — — —
Table 9.80: Special Features Enclosures Selection Table—Merchandised NF Vertically Mounted Main Breaker Panelboards with
Accessories (by Mains Rating)
Vertical Main Circuit Breaker (MB) [86] Back-fed MB
Sub-feed Circuit Breaker (PowerPacT H or J) Feed-through Lugs (FTL) FTL
No. of Circuits
125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 125 A 250 A 400 A[86] 600 A 125 A
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
18 — — — — — MH44 — — — MH32
30 — MH68 MH80 Factory MH50 MH62 MH68 MH38
42 — MH74 MH86 Factory Assembled — MH68 MH74 Factory —
Assembled Only Assembled
54 — MH80 MH92 Only — MH74 MH86 Only —
66 — MH92 — — — MH86 MH92 —
Table 9.81: Optional Main Lug Kits for Main Lug Panelboards
Al Compression Lug Kit Cu Mechanical Lug Kit Cu Compression Lug Kit [87]
Ampacity
PANELBOARDS
Catalog No. Lug Wire Range Catalog No. Lug Wire Range Catalog No. Lug Wire Range
125 NFALV1 [88] one #4 AWG–300 kcmil NFCUM1 #6–2/0 AWG NFCUV1 [89] one #6–1/0 AWG
250 NFALV2 one 250–350 kcmil NFCUM2 #6 AWG–250 kcmil NFCUV2 [89] one 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil
one 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil, or
400 NFALV4 two 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil NFCUM4 two 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil NFCUV4 one 400–750 kcmil
600 NFALV6 two 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil NFCUM6 two 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil NFCUV6 two 250–500 kcmil
800 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor.
Special lug pad adaptors allow field removal of cables, for easy field
installation of solid core or split CTs for electrical energy measurement,
by load type.
PANELBOARDS
Table 9.85: Bus Bar Interiors
Enclosure width / depth: 20” / 5.75” minimum.
(125 A Max. Split Amps)
Max. No. of Subfeed breaker or lugs, feed through lugs not available at top or bottom ends of panel.
Split Bus Bar Interiors Box Height
Available Pole
(125 A Max. Split Amps)
Spaces
(in.) • Split Bus - feeder breaker (125 A max.) in downstream split section back-fed from
feeder breaker in upstream main or split section.
Main Main
Prod-
uct Amp- Voltage Main Split Split
Main
Lug
Cir-
cuit
• Segregated Distribution - cables may be removed in the field. Downstream Split
Family acity Phases 2 Only Bre-
section may have same rating as Main.
MLO aker
1, 3 Ph 18 30 — 44 56
1, 3 Ph 30 18 — 44 56
NQ 225 A
1, 3 Ph 30 30 — 44 56
3 Ph 30 18 18 50 62
3 Ph 18 30 — 56 68
1, 3 Ph 30 18 — 56 68
9
NF 250 A
1, 3 Ph 30 30 — 62 74
3 Ph 30 18 18 74 86
• See the tables in Section 7 for main circuit breaker interrupt ratings. See catalog for
terminal lug data.
• Main circuit breakers with higher interrupt ratings are available as factory assembled
panelboards.
Branches: Bolt-on QOB, 60 A maximum. QOB 10-60 A 1-, 2- and 3-pole. See QOB
Circuit Breakers for NQ Panelboards, page 9-15 and NQ Factory Assembled
Panelboards, page 9-18 for branch circuit breaker terminal data. QOB-VH and QHB
PANELBOARDS
Cable
Table 9.87: Cable Troughs and Pull Boxes
Trough Cable Troughs (L=Length) [2] Pull Boxes with Solid Neutral
L 8.625 in. x 5 in. S/N Catalog
Panel (In.) Catalog Number Terminals Number
Height
36 MTX836
Column
48 MTX848
Width 42 MPX81542
Lighting 56 MTX856
Panelboard 66 MTX866
8 5⁄8 in.
PANELBOARDS
277 Vac Max), page 9-31 for branch circuit breaker catalog numbers and terminal data.
Cabinet: Front—Screw cover. Box—galvanized steel with removable endwalls.
Gutters:
• 100 A—4 in. min. mains end, 3 in. min.opposite mains
• 225 A—10 in. min. mains end, 5 in. min. opposite mains
Table 9.88: NF Single-Row (Column-width)—480Y/277 Vac Bolt-on
Box and Interior with S/N Front
Max. No. Mains (9.69 in. W. x 5.625 in. D.) (Surface Mount)
of Poles Rating Catalog Catalog
Box Height (In.)
Number Number
Main Lugs Only—3 Phase 4-Wire
30 125 NF8430L1C 59 NC59TS
9
42 225 NF8442L2C 71 NC71TS
Main Circuit Breaker—3-pole
NF8430M1C
30 100 65 NC65TS
NF8430M1HDC
42 225 NF8442M2JDC 85 NC85TS
and OFF via a time schedule or by an externally generated signal (typically a low voltage
wall switch, photocell, access system, fire alarm or building management system). All
Powerlink components mount inside a standard lighting panelboard to provide a
compact, space saving installation.
Powerlink intelligent lighting control systems feature a powerful microprocessor based
controller that provides system intelligence for 168 remotely operated branch circuits.
Master panelboards contain the control electronics, power supply, and control bus strips
for up to 42 branch circuit breakers. Sub-panels extend the capability of the system by
PANELBOARDS
allowing remotely operated branch circuit breakers to be operated from the master
controller via a simple, 4-wire, sub-net connection.
Powerlink panels systems have the capability of being networked together and operated
from a central workstation or via a remote modem connection. Powerlink software allows
users to remotely configure the system, change time schedules, monitor circuit breaker
or input status, and override zones and breakers.
BACnet Capability
The Building Automation and Control network (BACnet) communication protocol is
incorporated into the Powerlink™ controller design. The addition of the BACnet protocol
allows Powerlink panels to be easily integrated into a Building Automation System (BAS)
Powerlink available in employing this open communication standard without the need for communication
column width design
bridges or gateways.
Controller
Powerlink NF3500G4 controllers support 'native' BACnet and Ethernet communications.
PANELBOARDS
240 Vac Factory Assembled System Example:
3500 level system with 225 A MLO panelboard rated for 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10kAIR,
Type 1, surface mount with ground bar and (12) 20 A 1-pole bolt-on remote operated
circuit breakers.
Table 9.90:
Item Page No.
System Type: 3500 controller with 12 ckt bus page 9-44
Panel type: 250 A MLO page 9-29
Branch circuit breakers: (12) 20 A 1-pole page 9-43
Ground bar page 9-34
Table 9.91:
9
NF3500G4 Controller Feature Quantity Available[1]
Inputs
2 - wire 16
2 - wire with status feedback[2] 8
3 - wire 8
Analog Inputs available 4
Time Scheduler
Independent schedules 64
ON-OFF periods/schedule 999
Special events/holiday periods 64
Up to eight panels can Automatic daylight savings X
be controlled from a Sunrise/sunset tracking X
single controller.
Network Variables
Communications inputs accessible 256
Remote sources (per controller) 128
Maximum subscriptions 256
Zones
Maximum number 256
Maximum number of sources per zone 4
Maximum number of remotely operated circuit breakers (per subnet) 168
Networking
RS-232 port/RS-485 port X
Ethernet (100BaseT port) X
Protocols
Modbus™ ASCII/RTU X
Modbus TCP X
BACnet/IP, BACnet MS/TP X
DMX512 X
Powerlink™ Accessories
Table 9.94: Control Bus
Max. No. of
Required Catalog No.
Control Panel Orientation
Circuits Interior Size
12 30 Left NF12SBLG3
12 30 Right NF12SBRG3
18 42 Left NF18SBLG3
18 42 Right NF18SBRG3
21 54 Left NF21SBLG3
9
21 54 Right NF21SBRG3
Powerlink Software
PANELBOARDS
Remote Mount Controller
9
Vac 30 A 480Y/ 70 A 480Y/ 70 A 480Y/ 70 A
480Y/277 15–20 A 277 80–100 A 277 80–100 A 277 80–100 A
Vac 30 A Vac 110–125 A Vac 110–125 A Vac 110–125 A
Space Only Space Only Space Only Space Only
NOTE: All EC, ED, EG and EJ branch circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR type.
Table 9.101: Sub-Feed Breaker Cabinet Data
• Available on 1Ø or 3Ø, 125–800 A main lugs or 125–600 A main
circuit breaker interiors Max. No. of 250 A
Box Height (20" W x 5.75" D)
400 A LA/LH 600 A 800 A
• One sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breaker per 250 A
panelboard
Branch Spaces (Does
not include sub-feed Main Main Main Main Main
Main
Circuit Main
breaker spaces) Lugs Circuit Lugs Circuit Lugs[7] Breaker Lugs[10]
• Two sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breakers per 400 A
panelboard
Breaker Breaker [8][9]
30 56 68 68 80 68 80 68
42 62 74 74 86 74 86 74
54 68 80 80 92 80 92 80
The Powerlink system reduces electrical energy consumption associated with lighting
and other loads by automatically switching loads off during non-occupied periods. The
Powerlink system is often ideal for reducing the peak demand by switching unnecessary
lights off in response to an automated response signal or when high time-of-day energy
tariffs occur.
• Integral individual and optional mains metering to provide utmost flexibility in assurng a sustainable metering and
verification program
•
PANELBOARDS
Monitors current, voltage, energy consumption, demand, and power factor for complete energy profiling
• Accumulated metering information transmitted via Modbus communications interface
• Data updates occurring within seconds to provide timely preventative maintenance information
• Optional EGX150 web interface for storing and reporting data via standard web browser (suggested for
applications without Energy Management System [EMS] software)
• Alarm indication when parameters approach user-configured thresholds
• 16 hard-wired inputs available for connection to devices with physical dry-contacts
• 64 communication inputs available for network connection
• 16 independent time schedules, each can be configured into 24 distinct periods
• 7-day repeating clock with changeable automatic daylight savings time
• Automatic sunrise/sunset tracking with offsets
• 32 special event periods
• 32 remote sources for sharing input status, time schedules, or zone status between controllers
• Full custom logic capabilities, including full Boolean functions and synchronization services
[11] Recommended for application where EMS software monitoring is not provided.
9-46 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
I-Line Merchandised Panelboards I-Line™ Panelboards—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
www.se.com/us
Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701
PANELBOARDS
18 CP18864N3F2C 400 S NF 250 30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
18 CP18864N3F2 400 S NF 250 30 Al 3 PK32DGTA HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
18 CP18864N4F2C 400 S NF 250 42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
18 CP18864N4F2 400 S NF 250 42 Al 3 PK32DGTA HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
18 CP118864N4Q4C 400 S NQ 400 42 Cu 1 PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
18 CP18866N3Q4C 600 S NQ 400 30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
18 CP18866N4Q4C 600 S NQ 400 42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
18 CP118866N4Q6C 600 S NQ 600 42 Cu 1 PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
18 CP18866N3F4C 600 S NF 400 30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
9
18 CP18866N4F4C 600 S NF 400 42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686T( ) HC2686T( ) HC2686WP
4P HR
22.5 CP23734N3Q2C 400 S NQ 225 30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3273DB9 HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23734N3Q2 400 S NQ 225 30 AL 3 PK32DGTA HC3273DB9 HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP123734N3Q4C 400 S NQ 400 30 Cu 1 PK32DGTACU HC3273DB9 HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23734N3F2C 400 S NF 250 30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3273DB9 HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23734N3F2 400 S NF 250 30 AL 3 PK32DGTA HC3273DB9 HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23736N3Q4C 600 S NQ 400 30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3273DB9 HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23736N3F4C 600 S NF 400 30 Cu 3 PK32DGTA HC3273DB9 HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23914N4Q2C 400 S NQ 225 42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23914N4Q2 400 S NQ 225 42 Al 3 PK32DGTA HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23914N5Q2C 400 S NQ 225 54 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23914N5Q2 400 S NQ 225 54 Al 3 PK32DGTA HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23914N4F2C 400 S NF 250 42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23914N4F2 400 S NF 250 42 Al 3 PK32DGTA HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23914N5F2C 400 S NF 250 54 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23914N5F2 400 S NF 250 54 Al 3 PK32DGTA HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23916N4Q4C 600 S NQ 400 42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23916N5Q4C 600 S NQ 400 54 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP123916N5Q4C 600 S NQ 400 54 Cu 1 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23916N4F4C 600 S NF 400 42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23916N5F4C 600 S NF 400 54 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP123916N5Q6C 600 S NQ 600 54 CU 1 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23916N44Q4C 600 D NQ 400 42/42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP123916N44Q4C 600 D NQ 400 42/42 Cu 1 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
22.5 CP23916N53Q4C 600 D NQ 400 54/30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC3291DB9 HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )VD N/A
31.5 CP32866N44Q4C 600 D NQ 400 42/42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32866N53Q4C 600 D NQ 400 54/30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32866N4BQ4C 600 D NQ 400 42/B* Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP132866N44Q6C 600 D NQ 600 42/42 Cu 1 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32866N44F4C 600 D NF 400 42/42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32866N53F4C 600 D NF 400 54/30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32866N4BF4C 600 D NF 400 42/B* Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N44Q6C 800 D NQ 600 42/42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP132868N44Q6C 800 D NQ 600 42/42 Cu 1 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N53Q6C 800 D NQ 600 54/30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N3BQ6C 800 D NQ 600 30/B[1] Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N4BQ6C 800 D NQ 600 42/B[1] Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP132868N4BQ6C 800 D NQ 600 42/B[1] Cu 1 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N5BQ6C 800 D NQ 600 54/B[1] Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N44F6C 800 D NF 600 42/42 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N53F6C 800 D NF 600 54/30 Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N3BF6C 800 D NF 600 30/B[1] Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N4BF6C 800 D NF 600 42/B[1] Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
31.5 CP32868N5BF6C 800 D NF 600 54/B[1] Cu 3 PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HC4486WP
[1] B denotes a blank space on the right hand side of a duplex panel for future expansion
Table 9.104: RTI Cabled Lighting Section Kit for I-Line Combo Panelboard
Lighting Lighting
MLO Panelboard Section
Part Number Description Ampacity Section
Type Circuits
NFICRT418L1C NF Lighting Section Kit 125 NF 18 dual
NFICRT442L2C NF Lighting Section Kit 250 NF 42
NFICRT442L4C NF Lighting Section Kit 400 NF 42
NFICRT442L6C NF Lighting Section Kit 600 NF 42
NQICRT418L1C NQ Lighting Section Kit 100 NQ 18 dual
9
I-Line Panelboard
Table 9.105: Interiors, Boxes and Fronts
TYPE HCJ Front [3] Box [4]
250 A max. branch circuit breaker Total Interior
BD, BG, BJ, QB, QD, QG, QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR, JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR Circuit Assembly NEMA
Mains (Less Branch
Breaker 4 Piece Trim Trim With 3R/5/12 [5] Box
Mount- Am- Circuit Type 1 Height
pere Without Door Door[4] (Includes
ing Breakers) Front) (In.)
Space Rating
Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
(In.)
Number Number Number Number Number
HCJ Main Lugs Only
3-pole—Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker and service barrier
kit. [6]
HCJ14484
400 A
HCJ14484CU
27 HCJ14486 HCM48T( ) HCM48T( )D HC3248DB9 HCJ3248WP 48
600 A
HCJ14486CU
PANELBOARDS
800 A HCJ14488
400 A HCJ23734
45 600 A HCJ23736
800 A HCJ23738
HCJ32734
400 A HCM73T( ) HCM73T( )D HC3273DB9 HCJ3273WP 73
HCJ32734CU
63 HCJ32736
600 A
HCJ32736CU
800 A HCJ32738
Box Size: 400 A HCJ50914
32 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep, NEMA Type 1 HCM91T( ) HCM91T( )D
99 600 A HCJ50916 HC3291DB9 HCJ3291WP 91
800 A HCJ50918
TYPE HCP-SU HCJ Main Circuit Breaker [7] [8]
800 A max. main circuit breaker Includes 3-pole, vertically mounted main circuit breaker—Suitable for use as service equipment with
600 A max. branch circuit breaker service barrier kit.[6]
BD, BG, BJ, LA, LG, LJ, LL, LH, LR, MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, PGC, PJC,
PLC[2], QB, QD, QG, QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL 27 400 A HCJ14734M
9
600 A HCJ18736MP
36 HCM73T( ) HCM73T( )D HC3273DB9 HCJ3273WP 73
800 A HCJ18738MP
45 400 A HCJ23734M
72 600 A HCJ36916MP
HCJ41914MCU
400 A HCM91T( ) HCM91T( )D HC3291DB9 HCJ3291WP 91
81 HCJ41914M
800 A HCJ36918MP
HCP-SU [9] Universal Single Row Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker [8]
3-pole—Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker and service barrier
kit. [6] For main circuit breaker panel, order plug-on I-Line type PG, PJ, PL, MG, or MJ circuit breakers from
page 9-61 through page 9-63 and backfeed as the main breaker (order solid neutral from page 9-51).
HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )
54 800 HCP54868SU HR[10] HC2686DB HC2886WP 86
Box Size:
26 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep, NEMA Type 1
[2] PG, PJ, PL circuit breakers are available with both thermal-magnetic equivalent and MicroLogic trip. The MicroLogic circuit breakers are available 80% and 100% rated. “C” suffix denotes a
100% rating.
[3] Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
[4] For Type 1 applications, order interior, front, and box. For Type 3R/5/12 applications, order interior and box only. The front is included with the box.
[5] Remove drain screws for Type 3R rating.
[6] Suitable for use as service equipment if equipped with an integral main circuit breaker or when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and the panelboard is not used as
a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. (Not applicable in Canada)
[7] Bottom feed standard.
[8] Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, see Interrupting Ratings Codes (kA), page 9-58.
[9] For main lugs panel, order sub-feed lug kit and back-feed as main lugs.
[10] Hinged trim with door.
TYPE HCP
800 A max. branch circuit breaker Table 9.106: (1200 A Interiors Include solid neutral, all others without solid neutral)
BD, BG, BJ, QB, QD, QG, QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR, JD[11], JG, JJ, [15]
JL, JR, LA, LH, LG, LJ, LL, LR, MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, PGC, PJC, PLC
[12] Total Front [16]
Max. Interior Assembly
Circuit (Less Branch 4 Piece Trim Box [17]
Mains No. of Trim With Box
Breaker Circuit Breakers) Without
Mtg. Amp. MJ, PL, RL Door Height
Rating Circuit Door [18] (In.)
Space Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
(In.) Breakers
Number Number Number Number
HCP Main Lugs Only—3-pole
Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker and service barrier kit. [19]
9
400 HCP14504
600 HCP14506 HC4250-
27 1PL HCW50T( ) HCW50T( )D 50
800 HCP14508 DB
1200 HCP145012N
400 HCP23594
600 HCP23596 HC4259-
45 2PL HCW59T( ) HCW59T( )D 59
800 HCP23598 DB
1200 HCP235912N
400 HCP32684
PANELBOARDS
Table 9.107: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors —Standard Frame Types [20]
Panelboard Factory Supplied
Main Circuit Breaker Ampacity Type Main Circuit Breaker
400 HCJ LAP36400MB
600 MGP36600
Box Size: or HCJ, HCP or
44 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep, NEMA Type 1 800 MGP36800
[11] JDA circuit breakers with field installable ground fault kits may be mounted in type HCP, HCP-SU, and HCR-U panelboards as shown, and require L-frame mounting space.
[12] PG, PJ, and PL circuit breakers are available with both thermal-magnetic equivalent and MicroLogic trip. The MicroLogic circuit breakers are available 80% and 100% rated. “C” suffix
denotes a 100% rating.
[13] JD circuit breakers with field installable ground fault kits may be mounted in type HCP, HCP-SU, and HCR-U panelboards as shown, and require L-frame mounting space.
[14] When RL main circuit breakers with equipment ground fault are applied on a 3Ø4W system, order solid neutral catalog number HCR12SNCT. The HCR12SNCT includes a neutral current
transformer.
[15] Order solid neutral from page 9-51.
[16] Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
[17] For 42 in. wide weatherproof enclosures, see Table 9.116 Type 3R/5/12 Enclosures, page 9-52
[18] Add-on door kit available. Example: For HCW50TS trim kit, order HCW50D door kit.
[19] Suitable for use as service equipment if equipped with an integral main circuit breaker or when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and the panelboard is not used as
a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. (Not applicable in Canada)
[20] Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, see Interrupting Ratings Codes (kA), page 9-58.
[21] When RL main circuit breakers with equipment ground fault are applied on a 3Ø4W system, order solid neutral catalog number HCR12SNCT.
The HCR12SNCT includes a neutral current transformer.
[22] 15 in. of mounting space is taken up by the back fed main lug kit or RG, RJ, RL main circuit breaker, leaving 93 in. of branch circuit breaker mounting space.
[23] Add-on door kit available. Example: For HCR86TS trim kit, order HCW86D door kit.
9-50 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
I-Line Merchandised Panelboard I-Line™ Panelboards—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
www.se.com/us
Accessories
Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701
Accessories
PANELBOARDS
Description Catalog No.
Blank Filler Kit—1.5 in.[24] (One kit contains quantity of 3 blank fillers.) HNM1BL
Blank Filler Kit—4.5 in.[24] (One kit contains quantity of 5 blank fillers.) HNM4BL
Solid Neutral Assemblies
225 A HC2SN
400 A HC4SN [25], HCW4SN [26]
600 A HC6SN [25], HCW6SN [26]
HC8SN [25], HCW8SN [26]
800 A HCPSU8SN[27]
HCPSU8SNCW[27]
1200 A HCW12SN[26]
1200 A, for use with HCR-U universal panel only HCWM12SN[28]
1200 A, including neutral Current Transformer (CT) for 3Ø4W systems HCR12SNCTW[28]
Equipment Ground Bar Kits—HCJ, HCP, HCP-SU (single row), HCR-U PK32DGTA
9
Blank Extensions (For replacement purposes)
1.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard used with HNM1BL and
HLW1BL
HNM4BL as a filler plate on the wide side of the panel (HCP, HCP-SU and HCRU).
Do not use with MicroLogic trip unit as this filler will cover the trip unit. [24] (Kit contains quantity of 3.)
4.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard used with HNM1BL and
HLW4BL
HNM4BL as a filler plate on the wide side of the panel (HCP, HCP-SU and HCRU). (Kit contains quantity of 5.)
Do not use with MicroLogic trip unit as this filler will cover the trip unit. [24]
1.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard used with HNM1BL and HLN1BL
HNM4BL as a filler plate on the narrow side of the panel. Do not use with
(Kit contains quantity of 3.)
MicroLogic trip unit as this filler will cover the trip unit. [24]
4.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard used with HNM1BL and
HLN4BL
HNM4BL as a filler plate on the narrow side of the panel. Do not use with (Kit contains quantity of 5.)
MicroLogic trip unit as this filler will cover the trip unit. [24]
4.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard. For use with PowerPacT H HLW4EBL
and J circuit breakers mounted on the wide side of the panel so that electronic trip (Kit contains quantity of 5.)
unit can be accessed. [24]
4.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard. For use with PowerPacT HLN4EBL
H and J circuit breakers mounted on the narrow side of the panel so that electronic
(Kit contains quantity of 5.)
trip unit can be accessed. [24]
Blank Extensions
[24] Blank extension and blank filler pricing is per kit. See note on kit number for number included in each kit.
[25] Used on Type HCJ.
[26] Used on 400 A, 600 A, 800 A, and 1200 A HCP (main lugs), and 600 A and 800 A (main circuit breaker).
[27] Used on Type HCP-SU (single row).
[28] Used on Type HCR-U.
Table 9.112: UL Service Entrance Barriers for I-Line Panelboards with Table 9.113: UL Service Entrance Barrier Kits for I-Line Vertical
Backfeed Main Circuit Breaker[29] Mounted Mains[29]
I-Line Panelboard Type Backfeed Main Circuit Breaker Catalog Number [30]
Main Catalog
HCJ H, J ILBFMHCJHULC Circuit Determining Factors Number
H, J ILBFMHCPHJULC Breaker [30]
HCP LA, LH, PowerPacT L ILBFMHCPLULC 4 wires per phase
M, P (for breakers with AL1200P24K or CU1200P24K lug kit) ILMLC4W
ILBFMHCPMPULC
LA, LH, PowerPacT L 3 wires per phase
ILBFMHCRLULC MG, MJ (for breakers with AL80023K or CU80023K lug kit) ILMLC3W
9
M ILBFMHCRMULC
HCR 2 wires per phase
P ILBFMHCRPULC (for breakers with AL800P6K or AL800P7K lug kit) ILMLC2W
R ILBFMHCRRULC
PowerPacT
(NOTE: Barriers are required by 2017 version of NFPA70—National Electric Code. Both the 2017 L All instances PPLLC
UL67 and 2017 NFPA70 allow an exception for service entrance panelboards with more than one
disconnect.) LA/LH All instances LALLC
(NOTE: Barriers are required by 2017 version of NFPA70—National Electric Code)
PANELBOARDS
from Type 1 to Type 2. Reference Instruction Bulletin 80043-401-03.
Dimensions (In.)
Catalog Number Interior Type
Width Depth
HCT2DH32D9 HCJ 32 9.5
HCT2DH42 HCP 42 9.5
HCT2DH26D9 HCP-SU 26 9.5
HCT2DH47 HCP (L5) 47 9.5
HCT2DH56 HCP (PL) 56 9.5
HCT2DH42D12 HCP (DB) 42 12.5
HCT2DH44 HCR-U 44 9.5
HCT2DH49 HCR-U (L5) 49 9.5
HCT2DH58 HCR-U (PL) 58 9.5
HCT2DH44D12 HCR-U (DB) 44 12.5
9
QMT2DH38 QMB 38 11.5
1. Box Types noted with (PL) are standard width boxes with an additional 14”
Powerlogic extension.
2. Box Types noted with (L5) are standard width boxes with an additional 5” side
extension.
3. Box Types noted with (DB) have additional box depth.
NOTE: S33930, S33931, SL1200P5, SL1200P6, SL1200P7, SL Kits are rated 1200 A and may be applied to 1200 ampere loads when
installed into HCRU panelboards. However, when installed into HCP and HCPSU panelboards they are only rated 800 amperes maximum
due to restricted wire bending space.
PANELBOARDS
Table 9.122: PowerPacT B-frame, 125 A max, Thermal Magnetic UL Circuit Breaker
(PowerPacT B-frame 1–pole branch circuit breakers utilize 1.5" of I-Line mounting
space, 2–pole branch circuit breakers utilize 3" of I-Line mounting space and 3–
pole B-frame circuit breakers utilize 4.5" of I-Line mounting space.) Refer to Table
9.124 Phase Options Suffix Numbers for B/Q-frame Circuit Breakers, page 9-56
Example for phase options and suffix information.
D - SCCR
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Fixed AC Magnetic Trip
Amps 277 Vac 480/277 Vac 480/277 Vac Hold Trip
15 BDA14015 BDA24015Y BDA34015Y 400 A 600 A
20 BDA14020 BDA24020Y BDA34020Y 400 A 600 A
25 BDA14025 BDA24025Y BDA34025Y 400 A 600 A
9
30 BDA14030 BDA24030Y BDA34030Y 400 A 600 A
35 BDA14035 BDA24035Y BDA34035Y 400 A 600 A
40 BDA14040 BDA24040Y BDA34040Y 400 A 600 A
45 BDA14045 BDA24045Y BDA34045Y 400 A 600 A
50 BDA14050 BDA24050Y BDA34050Y 480 A 720 A
60 BDA14060 BDA24060Y BDA34060Y 640 A 960 A
70 BDA14070 BDA24070Y BDA34070Y 640 A 960 A
2-pole, 3 in. (6 mm) 3-pole, 4.5 in. (114 mm) 80 BDA14080 BDA24080Y BDA34080Y 800 A 1200 A
Mounting Height Mounting Height
90 BDA14090 BDA24090Y BDA34090Y 1000 A 1500 A
100 BDA14100 BDA24100Y BDA34100Y 1000 A 1500 A
110 BDA14110 BDA24110Y BDA34110Y 1000 A 1500 A
125 BDA14125 BDA24125Y BDA34125Y 1000 A 1500 A
G - SCCR
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Fixed AC Magnetic Trip
Amps 277 Vac 480/277 Vac 480/277 Vac Hold Trip
15 BGA14015 BGA24015Y BGA34015Y 400 A 600 A
20 BGA14020 BGA24020Y BGA34020Y 400 A 600 A
25 BGA14025 BGA24025Y BGA34025Y 400 A 600 A
30 BGA14030 BGA24030Y BGA34030Y 400 A 600 A
35 BGA14035 BGA24035Y BGA34035Y 400 A 600 A
40 BGA14040 BGA24040Y BGA34040Y 400 A 600 A
45 BGA14045 BGA24045Y BGA34045Y 400 A 600 A
50 BGA14050 BGA24050Y BGA34050Y 480 A 720 A
60 BGA14060 BGA24060Y BGA34060Y 640 A 960 A
70 BGA14070 BGA24070Y BGA34070Y 640 A 960 A
80 BGA14080 BGA24080Y BGA34080Y 800 A 1200 A
90 BGA14090 BGA24090Y BGA34090Y 1000 A 1500 A
100 BGA14100 BGA24100Y BGA34100Y 1000 A 1500 A
110 BGA14110 BGA24110Y BGA34110Y 1000 A 1500 A
125 BGA14125 BGA24125Y BGA34125Y 1000 A 1500 A
J - SCCR
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Fixed AC Magnetic Trip
Amps 347 Vac 600Y/347 Vac 600Y/347 Vac Hold Trip
15 BJA16015 BJA26015 BJA36015 400 A 600 A
20 BJA16020 BJA26020 BJA36020 400 A 600 A
25 BJA16025 BJA26025 BJA36025 400 A 600 A
30 BJA16030 BJA26030 BJA36030 400 A 600 A
35 BJA16035 BJA26035 BJA36035 400 A 600 A
40 BJA16040 BJA26040 BJA36040 400 A 600 A
45 BJA16045 BJA26045 BJA36045 400 A 600 A
50 BJA16050 BJA26050 BJA36050 480 A 720 A
60 BJA16060 BJA26060 BJA36060 640 A 960 A
70 BJA16070 BJA26070 BJA36070 640 A 960 A
80 BJA16080 BJA26080 BJA36080 800 A 1200 A
90 BJA16090 BJA26090 BJA36090 1000 A 1500 A
100 BJA16100 BJA26100 BJA36100 1000 A 1500 A
110 BJA16110 BJA26110 BJA36110 1000 A 1500 A
125 BJA16125 BJA26125 BJA36125 1000 A 1500 A
Table 9.123: QO™ Distribution Panel—240 Vac Max. Only Mounts in Type HCJ,
HCP, HCP-SU, or HCR-U I-Line panelboards, 30 A max. branch circuit breaker.
Maximum No. 1-pole Phase Mounting Height 2-pole 3-pole
QO Circuit Breakers Connection In. mm Catalog Number Catalog Number
9
Table 9.124: Phase Options Suffix Numbers for B/Q-frame Circuit Breakers
Phase
Phase 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole
Option
PANELBOARDS
Connection
Number
1 A BDA140151 — —
3 B BDA140153 — —
5 C BDA140155 — —
1 AB — QBA220701 —
2 AC — QBA220702 —
3 BA — QBA220703 —
4 BC — QBA220704 —
5 CA — QBA220705 —
6 CB — QBA220706 —
Standard [37] ABC — — QBA32070
6 CBA — — QBA320706
[37] The absence of a phase option number after a 3-pole catalog number will result in an ABC phase connection.
9-56 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Molded Case Circuit Breakers for I-Line I-Line™ Panelboards—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
www.se.com/us Panelboards
Refer to I-Line Power Distribution Panelboards
PANELBOARDS
110 A QBA22110( ) QDA22110( ) QGA22110( ) QJA22110( )
125 A QBA22125( ) QDA22125( ) QGA22125( ) QJA22125( )
150 A 1200 2400 QBA22150( ) QDA22150( ) QGA22150( ) QJA22150( )
175 A QBA22175( ) QDA22175( ) QGA22175( ) QJA22175( )
200 A QBA22200( ) QDA22200( ) QGA22200( ) QJA22200( )
225 A QBA22225( ) QDA22225( ) QGA22225( ) QJA22225( )
3-pole, 240 Vac [40]
70 A QBA32070( ) QDA32070( ) QGA32070( ) QJA32070( )
80 A 1000 1800 QBA32080( ) QDA32080( ) QGA32080( ) QJA32080( )
90 A QBA32090( ) QDA32090( ) QGA32090( ) QJA32090( )
100 A QBA32100( ) QDA32100( ) QGA32100( ) QJA32100( )
110 A QBA32110( ) QDA32110( ) QGA32110( ) QJA32110( )
125 A QBA32125( ) QDA32125( ) QGA32125( ) QJA32125( )
150 A 1200 2400 QBA32150( ) QDA32150( ) QGA32150( ) QJA32150( )
9
175 A QBA32175( ) QDA32175( ) QGA32175( ) QJA32175( )
QB/QD/QG/QJ 200 A QBA32200( ) QDA32200( ) QGA32200( ) QJA32200( )
Mounting Height
2–pole 3 in. [76 mm] 225 A QBA32225( ) QDA32225( ) QGA32225( ) QJA32225( )
3–pole 4.5 in [114 mm] See [41] below.
[38] 3P circuit breakers are rated 65 kA at 240/120 Vac, 3Ø, 4-wire delta or 100 kA at 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø, 4-wire.
[39] 2-pole QB, QD, QG, and QJ circuit breakers are completed by adding the required phasing numbers as indicated in the parentheses, see Table 9.124 on page 9-56
[40] 3-pole QB, QD, QG, and QJ circuit breakers for ABC phasing are complete without additional phasing number. For CBA phasing, complete the catalog number by inserting the number “6” in
the parentheses.
[41] Replacement lugs are not available on QB, QD, QG, or QJ circuit breakers. Lugs for QB, QD, QG, or QJ circuit breakers accept one #4 AWG–300 kcmil. No accessories are available for
PowerPacT Q Frame breakers.
[42] 3P circuit breakers are rated 65 kA at 240/120 Vac, 3Ø, 4-wire delta or 100 kA at 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø, 4-wire
[43] Circuit breakers with J and L interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
[44] See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units.
[45] To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate interrupting rating (D, G, J, L).
[46] 2 pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection number as a suffix see Table 9.136 H/J/L-Frame Circuit Breaker/Switch Phase Options—
Example HDA26150( ), page 9-60.
[47] Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
[48] 2 pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection number as a suffix see Table 9.136 H/J/L-Frame Circuit Breaker/Switch Phase Options—
Example HDA26150( ), page 9-60
9-58 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Molded Case Circuit Breakers for I-Line I-Line™ Panelboards—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
www.se.com/us Panelboards
Refer to I-Line Power Distribution Panelboards
Table 9.130: H-frame 150 A and J-frame 250 A MicroLogic Electronic Trip UL
Current-Limiting[49]Circuit Breakers
(600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit[50] Suitable for Reverse Connection [51]
(PowerPacT Electronic Trip H- and J-frame circuit breakers utilize 4.5" of I-Line
mounting space.)
Electronic Trip Unit Sensor
Rating Cat. No.[52] Terminal
Type Function Trip Unit
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
60 A H( )A36060U31X
100 A H( )A36100U31X AL150HD[54]
LI 3.2[53]
150 A H( )A36150U31X
MicroLogic 250 A J( )A36250U31X AL250JD[55]
Standard 60 A H( )A36060U33X
PANELBOARDS
100 A H( )A36100U33X AL150HD[54]
LSI 3.2S[53]
150 A H( )A36150U33X
250 A J( )A36250U33X AL250JD[55]
60 A H( )A36060U43X
MicroLogic 100 A H( )A36100U43X AL150HD[54]
Ammeter LSI 5.2A
150 A H( )A36150U43X
250 A J( )A36250U43X AL250JD[55]
60 A H( )A36060U53X
MicroLogic 100 A H( )A36100U53X AL150HD[54]
Energy LSI 5.2E
150 A H( )A36150U53X
250 A J( )A36250U53X AL250JD[55]
60 A H( )A36060U44X
MicroLogic 100 A H( )A36100U44X AL150HD[54]
LSIG 6.2A
HDA36250U33X Ammeter 150 A H( )A36150U44X
9
2- and 3-pole 250 A J( )A36250U44X AL250JD[55]
MicroLogic Electronic Trip Unit
60 A H( )A36060U54X
MicroLogic 100 A H( )A36100U54X AL150HD[54]
Energy LSIG 6.2E
150 A H( )A36150U54X
250 A J( )A36250U54X AL250JD[55]
JDA36250U44X
2- and 3-pole
MicroLogic Electronic Trip Unit
[49] Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
[50] See Supplemental Digest Section 3 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units.
[51] For applications requiring communications, see page 9-68.
[52] To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate interrupting rating (D, G, J, L).
[53] 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
[54] AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.
[55] AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.
High Perf. Ammerter LSI 5.2A-W 250 JDA34250WU43X JGA34250WU43X JJA34250WU43X JLA34250WU43X AL250JD[57]
High Perf. Energy LSI 5.2E-W 250 JDA34250WU53X JGA34250WU53X JJA34250WU53X JLA34250WU53X AL250JD[57]
High perf. Ammerter LSIG 6.2A-W 250 JDA34250WU44X JGA34250WU44X JJA34250WU44X JLA34250WU44X AL250JD[57]
High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.2E-W 250 JDA34250WU54X JGA34250WU54X JJA34250WU54X JLA34250WU54X AL250JD[57]
Table 9.134: PowerPacT™ H-, J-, and L-frame Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac
G Withstand L Withstand R Withstand
Circuit Ampere
Poles Trip Terminal Wire Range
Breaker Rating Cat. No. Cat. No. Trip Point Cat. No. Trip Point
Point
150 A HGA26000S15( ) 2250 A HLA26000S15 2250 A — — — —
2[60] 175 A JGA26000S17( ) 3125 A JLA26000S17 3125 A — — — —
H-frame 250 A JGA26000S25( ) 3125 A JLA26000S25 3125 A — — — —
J-frame 150 A HGA36000S15 2250 A HLA36000S15 2250 A HRA36000S15 2250 A AL150HD 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
3 175 A JGA36000S17 3125 A JLA36000S17 3125 A JRA36000S17 3125 A AL175JD 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
250 A JGA36000S25 3125 A JLA36000S25 3125 A JRA36000S25 3125 A AL250JD 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
400 A LGA36000S40X 4800 A LLA36000S40X 4800 A LRA36000S40X 4800 A AL150HD AL600LS52K3
L-frame 3 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
600 A LGA36000S60X 6600 A LLA36000S60X 6600 A LRA36000S60X 6600 A AL250JD
H-, J-, and L-frame accessories starting on PowerPacT Accessories, page 7-51.
H-, J-, and L-frame dimensions starting on Molded Case Circuit Breaker Dimensions, page 7-86.
H-, J-, and L-frame optional lugs Mechanical Lugs, page 7-56.
Table 9.135: Interrupting Ratings Codes (kA) Table 9.136: H/J/L-Frame Circuit Breaker/Switch Phase Options
Voltage D G J L R —Example HDA26150( )
240 V 25 65 100 125 200 Phase Option Phase 2-pole 3-pole
480Y/277 18 35 65 100 200 Number Connection
480 V 18 35 65 100 200 1 AB HDA261501 —
600Y/347 14 18 25 50 100 2 AC HDA261502 —
600 V 14 18 25 50 100 3 BA HDA261503 —
4 BC HDA261504 —
5 CA HDA261505 —
6 CB HDA261506 —
Standard ABC — JDA34250WU31X
6 CBA — JDA34250WU31X6
PANELBOARDS
(2) #1 AWG–250 kcmil
250 A 1250 2500 LA26250( ) LH26250( ) AL or Cu
300 A 1500 3000 LA26300( ) LH26300( )
350 A 1750 3500 LA26350( ) LH26350( )
400 A 2000 4000 LA26400( ) LH26400( )
3-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
125 A 625 1250 LA36125 LH36125
150 A 750 1500 LA36150 LH36150
175 A 875 1750 LA36175 LH36175
200 A 1000 2000 LA36200 LH36200 AL400LA
LA36400 2- and 3-pole Circuit Breaker (1) #1 AWG–600 kcmil or
225 A 1125 2250 LA36225 LH36225 (2) #1 AWG–250 kcmil
250 A 1250 2500 LA36250 LH36250 AL or Cu
300 A 1500 3000 LA36300 LH36300
350 A 1750 3500 LA36350 LH36350
400 A 2000 4000 LA36400 LH36400
LA acccessories starting on Supplemental Digest Section 3, page .
9
LA dimensions Molded Case Circuit Breaker Dimensions, page 7-86
LA optional lugs page .
[61] 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog number. See Table 9.136 H/J/L-Frame Circuit Breaker/Switch Phase
Options—Example HDA26150( ), page 9-60.
[62] See Supplemental Digest page 3-4 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units.
[63] For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LRA36400CU31X). To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the
appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, L or R).
[64] 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
[65] AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al.
[66] AL600LFS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 3/0 –500 kcmil.
[67] L interrupting rating is not available in M-frame.
[68] The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced. The Basic Electronic ET1.0 trip unit (offered in 400 A and 600 A only) does not allow adjustment of the long time trip point setting. It is
considered an electronic equivalent of a thermal-magnet circuit breaker.
[69] Fill in parentheses with the following phase connection options: (2) for AC or (5) for CA.
[70] The withstand rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal ampere rating.
9-62 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
Molded Case Circuit Breakers for I-Line I-Line™ Panelboards—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
www.se.com/us Panelboards
Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Table 9.144: PowerPacT P- and R-frame Interrupt Ratings Codes
P-frame Interrupt Rating R-frame Interrupt Rating
Voltage
G J K L G J K L
240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA
480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA 35 kA 65 kA 65 kA 100 kA
600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 18 kA 25 kA 65 kA 50 kA
PANELBOARDS
PG/PJ/PK/PL RG/RJ/RK/RL
2– and 3–pole 2– and 3–pole
9
400 A P( )A36040(C)U31A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )A36060(C)U31A AL800M23K
LI 3.0
800 A P( )A36080(C)U31A
1000 A P( )A36100U31A (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
MicroLogic 1200 A P( )A36120U31A AL1200P24K
Interchangeable Standard
Trip Unit 250 A P( )A36025(C)U33A
400 A P( )A36040(C)U33A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )A36060(C)U33A AL800M23K
LSI 5.0
800 A P( )A36080(C)U33A
1000 A P( )A36100U33A (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )A36120U33A AL1200P24K
250 A P( )A36025(C)U41A
400 A P( )A36040(C)U41A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )A36060(C)U41A AL800M23K
LI 3.0A
800 A P( )A36080(C)U41A
1000 A P( )A36100U41A (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )A36120U41A AL1200P24K
250 A P( )A36025(C)U43A
400 A P( )A36040(C)U43A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
MicroLogic 600 A P( )A36060(C)U43A AL800M23K
Interchangeable Ammeter LSI 5.0A
Trip Unit 800 A P( )A36080(C)U43A
1000 A P( )A36100U43A (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )A36120U43A AL1200P24K
250 A P( )A36025(C)U44A
400 A P( )A36040(C)U44A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )A36060(C)U44A AL800M23K
LSIG 6.0A
800 A P( )A36080(C)U44A
1000 A P( )A36100U44A (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )A36120U44A AL1200P24K
250 A P( )A36025(C)U63AE1
400 A P( )A36040(C)U63AE1 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )A36060(C)U63AE1 AL800M23K
LSI 5.0P
800 A P( )A36080(C)U63AE1
1000 A P( )A36100U63AE1 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
MicroLogic 1200 A P( )A36120U63AE1 AL1200P24K
Interchangeable Power
Trip Unit 250 A P( )A36025(C)U64AE1
400 A P( )A36040(C)U64AE1 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )A36060(C)U64AE1 AL800M23K
LSIG 6.0P
800 A P( )A36080(C)U64AE1
1000 A P( )A36100U64AE1 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )A36120U64AE1 AL1200P24K
250 A P( )A36025(C)U73AE1
400 A P( )A36040(C)U73AE1 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
MicroLogic 600 A P( )A36060(C)U73AE1 AL800M23K
Interchangeable Harmonic LSI 5.0H
Trip Unit 800 A P( )A36080(C)U73AE1
1000 A P( )A36100U73AE1 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )A36120U73AE1 AL1200P24K
[71] To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupt rating (G, J, K, or L).
[72] For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard-type trip unit with LI trip functions at 250 A would be
PGA36025CU31A.
[73] The L interrupt rating is supplied in 480 V only. Change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600 V) to a 4 (480 V); for example, PLA34025U31A.
[74] See Table 9.144 PowerPacT P- and R-frame Interrupt Ratings, page 9-63 for interrupt ratings.
Table 9.146: PowerPacT R-frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3P Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
Electronic Trip Unit Terminal
Sensor Wire
Rating Cat. No. [75][76][77][78]
Type Function Code Range
Basic Electronic Trip Unit Fixed Long-Time, Adjustable R( )A36120
(Not Interchangeable) Instantaneous ET1.01 1200 A
PANELBOARDS
1000 A R( )A36100CU31A
MicroLogic LI 3.0
1200 A R( )A36120CU31A
Interchangeable Standard
Trip Unit 1000 A R( )A36100CU33A
LSI 5.0
1200 A R( )A36120CU33A
1000 A R( )A36100CU41A
LI 3.0A
1200 A R( )A36120CU41A
MicroLogic 1000 A R( )A36100CU43A
Interchangeable Ammeter LSI 5.0A
Trip Unit 1200 A R( )A36120CU43A AL1200R53K
R( )A36100CU44A (4) 3/0-600 kcmil
1000 A
LSI 6.0A Al or Cu
1200 A R( )A36120CU44A
1000 A R( )A36100CU63AE1
MicroLogic LSI 5.0P
1200 A R( )A36120CU63AE1
Interchangeable Power
Trip Unit 1000 A R( )A36100CU64AE1
LSIG 6.0P
1200 A R( )A36120CU64AE1
1000 A R( )A36100CU73AE1
MicroLogic LSI 5.0H
1200 A R( )A36120CU73AE1
Interchangeable Harmonic
Trip Unit 1000 A R( )A36100CU74AE1
LSIG 6.0H
1200 A R( )A36120CU74AE1
P- and R-frame accessories, page 7-51.
P- and R-frame dimensions, Molded Case Circuit Breaker Dimensions, page 7-86.
P- and R-frame trip unit options, MicroLogic™ Electronic Trip Units, page 7-61.
P- and R-frame optional lugs, Mechanical Lugs, page 7-56.
P- and R-frame alternate rating plugs, MicroLogic™ Electronic Trip Units, page 7-61.
[75] To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupt rating (G, J, K, or L).
[76] For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard-type trip unit with LI trip functions at 250 A would be
PGA36025CU31A.
[77] The L interrupt rating is supplied in 480 V only. Change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600 V) to a 4 (480 V); for example, PLA34025U31A.
[78] See Table 9.144 PowerPacT P- and R-frame Interrupt Ratings, page 9-63 for interrupt ratings.
9-64 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/22/2022
I-Line Factory Assembled Panelboards I-Line™ Panelboards—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
www.se.com/us
Refer To Catalog 2110CT9701
PANELBOARDS
HCP
(35) 350 kcmil,
800A M/B, MLO 99 2515 (8) 750 kcmil 86 2184 42 1067 9.50 241
(9)#14-1/0, (17)#14-#4
HCP-SU (8) 750 kcmil (8) 750 kcmil, (21) 350 kcmil,
[76] 800A M/B, MLO 54 1371 (9) #14-1/0, (17) #14-#4 86 2184 26 660 9.5 241
30 A-30 A QMB221TW 2 — — — — — — — — 5
HRK30 QMB300EK (1 or 2) 1.5 3 3 7.5
30 A-Blank QMB221HW [3] — — — — — — — — 5
4.5
60 A-60 A QMB222TW — — — — — — — — 10
QMB36R QMB300EK (1 or 2) 3 7.5 10 15
60 A-Blank QMB222HW [3] — — — — — — — — 10
100 A-100 A QMB223TW — — — — — — — —
6 1 QMB100R QMB610EK (1 or 2) 7.5 15 15 30 20
100 A-Blank QMB223HW [3] — — — — — — — —
200 A 9 QMB224W HRK1020 QMB200EK (1 or 2) — 25 15 60 — — — — — — — — 40
15 QMB225W QMB4060R — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
PANELBOARDS
400 A
9 QMB225WT3 [4] — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
600 A Use 3-pole devices for 2-pole application. — — — — — — — — — — — — —
3-pole, 240 Vac
30 A-30 A QMB321TW 2 — — — — — — — — — — —
HRK30 3 7.5
30 A-Blank QMB321HW [3] — — — — — — — — — — —
4.5 QMB300EK (1 or 2)
60 A-60 A QMB322TW — — — — — — — — — — —
QMB36R 7.5 15
60 A-Blank QMB322HW [3] — — — — — — — — — — —
100 A-100 A QMB323TW 1 — — — — — — — — — — —
6 QMB100R QMB610EK (1 or 2) 15 30
100 A-Blank QMB323HW [3] — — — — — — — — — — —
200 A 9 QMB324W HRK1020 QMB200EK (1 or 2) — 25 — 60 — — — — — — — — —
15 QMB325W QMB4060R — — — 125 — — — — — — — — —
400 A QMB325WT3 50
9 [4] — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
QMB326W 1 QMB4060R — — — 150 — — — — — — — — —
600 A QMB326WT3
15 [4] — — — — 75 — — — — — — — — — — —
800 A QMB327WT3 [4] — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc[5]
30 A-30 A QMB261TW — — — —
QMB36R QMB300EK (1 or 2) 1.5 3 3 5 7.5 15 3 10 5
30 A-Blank QMB261HW [3] — — — —
4.5 1
60 A-60 A QMB262TW — — — —
QMB60R 3 10 5 15 20 30 10 25 10
60 A-Blank QMB262HW [3] — — — —
QMB610EK (1 or 2)
100 A-100 A QMB263TW 2 — — 30 60 15 — 40 —
6 HRK1020 7.5 15 10 25 20
100 A-Blank QMB263HW [3] — — — — — — — —
1
200 A 9 QMB264W HRK1020 QMB200EK (1 or 2) 15 — — — 25 50 50 125 30 — 50 — 40
400 A Use 3-pole devices
for 2-pole application. — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
600 A
3-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc[5]
QMB361TW 1 QMB36R — 3 — 7.5 — 5 — 15 — 7.5 — 20 —
30 A-30 A
4.5 QMJ361T — — QMB300EK (1 or 2) — — — — — — — — — — — 20 5
30 A-Blank QMB361HW [3] QMB36R — 3 — 7.5 — 5 — 15 — 7.5 — 20 —
1
QMB362TW QMB60R — 7.5 — 15 — 15 — 30 — 15 — 50 —
60 A-60 A
QMJ362T — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10
60 A-Blank 6 QMB362HW [3] QMB60R — 7.5 — 15 — 15 — 30 — 15 — 50 —
1 QMB60R and
60 A-30 A QMB362T21W QMB36R — — — — — — — — — — — — —
7.5 QMB363TW 2 HRK1020 QMB610EK (1 or 2) — 15 — 30 — 25 — 60 — 30 — 75 —
100 A-100 A
6 QMJ363T — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 20
7.5 QMB363HW [3] 1 HRK1020 — 15 — 30 — 25 — 60 — 30 — 75 —
100 A-Blank
6 QMJ363H [3] — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 20
100 A-30 A QMB363T31W QMB36R
7.5 1 — — — — — — — — — — — — —
100 A-60 A QMB363T32W QMB60R
200 A 9 QMB364W 1 HRK1020 QMB200EK (1 or 2) — 25 — 60 — 50 — 125 — 60 — 150 —
200 A-200 A QMJ364T — — 25 — 60 — 50 — 125 — 60 — 150 40
7.5 — QMB610EK (1 or 2)
200 A-Blank QMJ364H [3] — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
400 A[6] 15 QMB365W 1 QMB4060R — — — — — — 100 — 250 — 125 — 350 50
400 A QMJ365 — QMB200EK (1 or 2) — 50 — 125 — 100 — 250 — 125 — 350 50
9 —
400 A[6] QMB365WT6 [7] — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
600 A [6] QMB366W 1 QMB4060R — — — — — — 150 — 400 — 250 — 500 —
600 A 15 QMJ366 — — — 75 — 150 — — — — — — — — —
—
800 A QMB367W — — — — — — — 150 — 400 — 250 — 500 —
NOTE: See the Supplemental Digest for merchandised motor starter units, QMB RTI panelboards, and replacement switches for Series 1–4
and D2 QMB panelboards.
NOTE: For series E1 and E2, QMJ switches may be used in 400 A–1200 A interiors in a NEMA 1 without door only. QMJ switches cannot be
used in series E1 and E2, 225 A panelboards. QMJ switches cannot be used in NEMA 1 with door or any NEMA 3R/12 enclosure.
PANELBOARDS
Enclsoure Modifications
Hinged Trim
Weatherproof - NEMA 3R
Lugs
Mechanical Lugs - Standard
Copper Mechanical Lugs
Copper Compression Lugs
Aluminum Compression Lugs
VCEL Lugs
UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings for QMB Starters
Fusible switch-600V Max.
Starter Size (with Class R or J Fuses) RMS Sym. Thermal-Magnetic Bircuit Breaker 600V Max.
Amps Rms Sym. Amps
0 100,000 5,000
100,000 5,000
9
1
2 100,000 5,000
3 100,000 5,000
Common Features
QMB Layout Information
To maximize the quantity of branch switches, use QMJ switches from page 9-66. Class J
fuses are available in time delay construction suitable for motor and transformer loads.
38"
[8] For I-Line panelboards, dimension includes height of “SL” sub-feed lug kit from Digest, plus 3 in. from available branch mounting space.
Obsolescence Digest.
• Powerlogic™ metering [1]
• Customer equipment space (NQ and NF) [1]
• Increased box depth [1]
• Increased gutters–top, bottom, and sides [1]
• Non-standard paint [1]
PANELBOARDS
For Surgelogic™ I-Line plug-on SPD information, starting on Digest page .For field-
installable I-Line door kits, see the Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest, Section 4.
PANELBOARDS
400 A LA, LH (2) #1–250 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A LD, LG, LJ, (2) #4/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu
LL
Table 9.153: NF Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs Table 9.154: NF Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit
Panel Ampere
Part Number Lug Wire Range[2]
Breaker
Type Rating Circuit Breaker
Panel Type Ampere Rating Type Lug Wire Range [3][2]
125 A NFALM1 (1) #6–2/0 Al or Cu
250 A NFALM2 (1) #6–350 kcmil Al or Cu 125 A ED, EG, EJ (1) #14–#2/0 Al or Cu
NF 400 A NFALM4 (1) #1/0–750 kcmil or (2) #1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu 150 A HD, HG, HJ, HL (1) #14–#3/0 Al or Cu
600 A NFALM6 (2)1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu JD, JG, JJ, JL (1) #3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu [3]
250 A
800 A NFALM8 (3) 1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu NF DJ (1) #2–600 Cu or #2–500 Al
LA, LH (1) #1–600 kcmil or (2) #1–250 kcmil
400 A
Al or Cu
LD, LG, LJ, LL,
9
600 A (2) #4/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
LR
Table 9.157: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs Table 9.158: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Switch
Mains Mains
Panel Wire Range Panel Ampere Wire Range
Ampere Type Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 312-6 [2]
Type Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 312-6 [2] Rating
Rating
225 A (1) #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu 200 A (1) #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) 3/0-500 kcmil Al or CU and, 400 A (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
400 A (1) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu QMB
600 A (2) 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A (2) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 800 A (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
QMB (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu or
800 A (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
(4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu or
1200 A (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
1600 A VCEL compression lugs Standard.
Table 9.159: Standard Mechanical Lugs—QMB Branch Switch Units Table 9.160: Standard Mechanical Lugs—QMJ Branch Switch
Panel Switch Wire Range
Units [4]
Ampere
Type Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 312-6 [2] Panel Switch Wire Range
Rating Ampere
(1) #14–#2 Al or Cu Type Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 312-6 [2]
30 A Rating
60 A (1) #14–#2 Al or Cu 30 A (1) #14–#2 Al or Cu
100 A (1) #14–1/0 Al or Cu 60 A (1) #14–#2 Al or Cu
QMB 200 A (1) #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu 100 A (1) #14–1/0 Al or Cu
QMJ
400 A (2) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 200 A (1) #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A (2) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 400 A (1) 1/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
800 A (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A (2) 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
Section 10
Power Solutions Integrated Equipment
Power Solutions Integrated Equipment 10-2
10 EQUIPMENT
IPC
IPC2
11/20/2019
Power Solutions Integrated Equipment Terminal Data for I-Line and QMB / QMJ
Panelboards
Class 2200 / Refer to Documents 2230DB0601, and 2735CT0001 www.se.com/us
For more complex applications, the Integrated Power Center (IPC) allows for the
integration of a variety of components, including electrical distribution equipment, HVAC
controls, lighting controls, power quality and power conditioning products, SPDs, building
management systems and power metering/monitoring solutions. As with all Power
Solutions Integrated Equipment products, the IPC is designed to meet applicable codes
EQUIPMENT
10-2
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Terminal Data for I-Line and QMB / QMJ Power Solutions Integrated Equipment
Panelboards
www.se.com/us Class 2200 / Refer to Documents 2230DB0601, and 2735CT0001
Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo
Ideally suited for projects having both 480Y/277V and 208Y/120V requirements.
Available as a stand-alone solution or can be incorporated into an MPS, IPC or IPC2
lineup. The standard 42" wide x 24" deep footprint will decrease space requirements by
40% or more. A typical IPC2 Transformer Combo includes two panels in the upper cells
and a transformer in the bottom cell. Other upper cell options include contactors,
individually mounted circuit breakers, ATS's, equipment spaces and power metering/
monitoring solutions. The IPC2 Transformer Combo is available as seismically qualified.
Enclosure options include NEMA 1, NEMA 1 with driphood and NEMA 3R. IPC2
Transformer Combo sections are:
• 91.5 in. (2324 mm) high, and
• vary in width and depth depending on the transformer kVA
Additional savings are realized on installation, material costs and material handling, as
shown in the table below.
Table 10.1: IPC2 Transformer Combo—Estimated Savings [1]
Stick-Built Transformer Combo Savings Realized
Estimated Installation
26–32 3–6 23–26
Hours
Associated pipe, wire and Associated pipe, wire and
Materials fittings — fittings
EQUIPMENT
• 2006 Product of the Year Gold Medal Award given by the Consulting/Specifying
Engineer magazine
10
An Energy Control Center with edge control enables Photo Voltaic to operate during an
outage by using an alternate anchor resource such as a genset or lithium ion battery
storage system.
During an outage, if there is too much Photo Voltaic power, the edge controller will
reduce the Photo Voltaic power in order to prevent backfeeding a genset or a storage
battery that is already full.
Conversely, if there is not enough power available from a site’s DER’s, the edge
controller will shed load(s) intelligently.
The final layer maximizes the ROI of the DER’s deployed at the site.
Flexible:
• Works with numerous types and brands of DERs for easier adaptation into an existing
building.
• Future ready design – adaptability allows for future facility expansion and integration of
additional DERs at a later date.
Scalable:
Schneider Electric has Energy Control Center configurations that meet your needs
ranging from 800 A through 2500 A.
10-4
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Power Solutions Integrated Equipment Energy Control Center
Class 2200
www.se.com/us
Technical Features
EQUIPMENT
• Individually mounted feeders to 4000 A
• Suitable for service entrance or distribution
• NEMA Type 1, NEMA 3R
• Front accessible or front and rear accessible
• 98 in. (2489 mm) high with base channels
• Section widths available: 12 in. (305 mm), 24 in. (610 mm), 30 in. (762 mm), 36 in.
(914 mm), 42 in. (1067 mm), 48 in. (1219 mm), or 54 in. (1372 mm) wide
• Frame depths available: 24 in. (610 mm), 36 in. (914 mm), 48 in. (1219 mm), 54 in.
(1372 mm), or 60 in. (1524 mm)
• Voltage to 600 Vac or 250 Vdc
• Factory assembled
10
• Hot or cold sequence utility metering
• Customer metering
• Surge protective devices (SPD)
10-5
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Modular Panelboard System and Integrated Power Solutions Integrated Equipment
Power Center
Class 2210, 2220 / Refer to Document 2735CT0001 www.se.com/us
Built on a panelboard platform, Modular Panelboard System sections are NEMA 1-rated
and meet the requirements of UL 67. Individual MPS configurations include panel
sections in full-height, stacked or side-by-side arrangements. Individual sections
measure:
POWER SOLUTIONS INTEGRATED
MPS Interior
Integrated Power Center
The custom-designed Integrated Power Center (IPC) combines electrical distribution
equipment and building management controls into a single factory-assembled and wired
integrated system. IPC has much greater design flexibility for producing a fully
customized solution integrating a variety of distribution and control components,
including:
• Panelboards: I-Line, NF, NQ, and Column-width
• Surge Suppression: SPD integral to panel and/or separately mounted
• Lighting Controls: Powerlink™ or lighting contactors
• Monitoring/Metering: Powerlogic™ power meters, circuit monitors, branch circuit
monitoring, and system display meters
• Power quality and power conditioning
• Building automation
• HVAC controls
Equipment spaces including factory-installed lighting contactors are available in three
configurations:
1. Unwired: Mounted in cell only
2. Line side wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker
Integrated Power Center
3. Fully wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker, load side of
each pole is wired to a terminal block
Integrated Power Centers are NEMA 1 rated and meet the requirements of UL 891. As
with all integrated solutions, IPCs are shipped to the site fully assembled, completely
pre-tested and ready-to-install. Individual IPC configurations include panel sections in full
height, stacked, or side-by-side arrangements. IPC sections measure:
• 84 in. (2134 mm) High
• 10.25 (260 mm) Deep
• Widths vary, depending upon customer specifications
Typical applications for IPC equipment include:
• Retail stores / Grocery stores
IPC Interior • Office buildings / Public buildings
• Shopping malls / Strip malls
10-6
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Power Solutions Integrated Equipment Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™)
Class 2230 / Refer to Document 2230DB0601
www.se.com/us
• Schools/Universities
• Restaurants / Food service
• Hotels/Motels
• Warehouses
• Equipment rooms
MPS and IPC Layout, Lead Time, and Pricing
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor.
MPS and IPC Shipping
MPS and IPC lineups are shipped factory-assembled and pre-wired. Customers may
specify single- or multiple-section shipping splits (some limitations apply). In addition,
lineups may be ordered with or without factory-installed power cables.
Standby Power Connection Solutions
The Standby Power Quick-Connect (SPQ) Tap Box provides a reliable solution to quickly
and safely connect to a portable standby power generator. Two versions of the SPQ Tap
Box have been designed and tested to the required UL standard and offer a wider range
of solutions for our customers. All SPQ Tap Boxes are NEMA 3R-rated.
SPQ Cam-Lock Tap Box
EQUIPMENT
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire
• Color-coded cam-lock connectors for generator connection
• SPQCL406RS – 600 A, 480Y/277 V
• Hinged bottom access door for cam-lock connection 3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire
• Barriers over mechanical lugs for safety
• Application:
– 400 A and 600 A available
– 240 V and 480 V versions available
– Three-phase + neutral + ground
10
• UL listed—UL 1773 (cUL listed also) • SPQTB604RS – 400 A, 600 V max.
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire
• NEMA Type 3R enclosure
(can be used for NEMA Type 1 installations) • SPQTB608RS – 800 A, 600 V max.
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire
• Lockable door for safety and control access
• Mechanical lugs to standby power disconnect
• Generator connection lugs rated for Type W cable
• Application:
– 400 A and 800 A available
– 600 V maximum
– Three-phase + neutral + ground
• Shopping centers
10-7
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) Power Solutions Integrated Equipment
Class 2230 / Refer to Document 2230DB0601
www.se.com/us
Integrated Power Center 2 section from either the top or bottom. IPC2 is offered in a variety of widths and depths:
• 24–48 in. (610–1219 mm) Wide
• 24–36 in. (610–915 mm) Deep
POWER SOLUTIONS INTEGRATED
• Schools/Universities • Casinos
• Office buildings • Hotels
• Data centers • Any project with panels and transformers
EQUIPMENT
• Industrial facilities
10-8
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Table of Contents
Section 11
Switchboards and Switchgear
Low Voltage Switchboards 11-2
11
Masterclad™ Medium Voltage Metalclad Switchgear (UL Listed) 11-37
Passive, Arc-Resistant Masterclad™ Medium Voltage Switchgear 11-38
Unit Substation Unit Substations 11-39
whole new level, making the best switchboards in the market even better.
Designed to be assembled anywhere without the need of heavy machinery or complex
tools, FlexSeT is structured to be simple and intuitive, not only for assembly but also for
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
Bussing System
The bussing designs deliver
reliable connections with
quick and easy installation!
Visi-tite™ bolts ensure proper
torquing while the bus bridge
connects all phases simultaneously
in one simple operation. The bussing
has an enclosed design which greatly
reduces the points of exposed bus bars.
Plug-on Neutral
From Panelboards to
Switchboards! Land the
neutral closer to the load,
reducing complexity and
making wiring cleaner and
more efficient.
11
• 2000 A I-Line™ feeder section with neutral bar within the stack—feeders from 15 A up
to 1200 A
• Splice bridge with extending bussing
• Visi-Tite™ bolts on all torque-required bussing connections
• Swingable instrument compartment—separated and modularized
• Available devices:
– PowerLogic™ power meter PM5563
– Surge protective device—rated up to 240 kA
– Maintenance mode setting (MMS) switch—compliant with NEC 240.87 Arc Energy
Reduction requirements
– SmartCell™ compatible!
• Digital Asset Lifecycle Management—all drawings, test reports, and instruction/
installation manuals are cyber-secured and available online
Many applications are retrofittable. New functionality can be added by purchasing the
kits below and installing on existing installed equipment. Certain spare parts are provided
for replacement as needed by the customer.
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
[1] Required for MMS/Trip unit, PM5563, or SPD installation only. An instrument compartment for field installation needs to be ordered with an instrument compartment cover (catalog number
80210-181-50) in theTable 11.4 FlexSeT Spare Parts, page 11-6 table. Not required for ENCT or shunt trip kits.
[2] Shunt trip kits to be shipped from partner to field job site for contractor installation only.
[3] Plug-on neutrals have limited amounts of devices that can be provided. Please consult the FlexSeT PON instruction bulletin (NNZ9919501) to determine the right allocation per circuit
breakers and other devices.
11-4 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/9/2022
FlexSeT (cULus Listed) Low Voltage Switchboards
www.se.com/us Class 2700 / Refer to Instruction Bulletin JYT1078000
11
Main or feeder; MMS and
600 V, 1200 A circuit breaker ground fault capable I-Line Group Mounted 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT RKA36120CU44AFLEX
600 V, 1000 A circuit breaker Main or feeder; MMS capable Unit Mount 5.0 A (LSI) MMS and Trip Unit Power RKF36100CU43AFLEX
Main or feeder; MMS and
600 V, 1000 A circuit breaker ground fault capable Unit Mount 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT RKF36100CU44AFLEX
600 V, 1200 A circuit breaker Main or feeder; MMS capable Unit Mount 5.0 A (LSI) MMS and Trip Unit Power RKF36120CU43AFLEX
Main or feeder; MMS and 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT
600 V, 1200 A circuit breaker ground fault capable Unit Mount RKF36120CU44AFLEX
600 V, 1200 A circuit breaker Main or feeder; MMS capable Unit Mount 5.0 A (LSI) MMS and Trip Unit Power RKF36120U43AFLEX
Main or feeder; MMS and 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT
600 V, 1200 A circuit breaker ground fault capable Unit Mount RKF36120U44AFLEX
600 V, 1600 A circuit breaker Main or feeder; MMS capable Unit Mount 5.0 A (LSI) MMS and Trip Unit Power RKF36160CU43AFLEX
Main or feeder; MMS and 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT
600 V, 1600 A circuit breaker ground fault capable Unit Mount RKF36160CU44AFLEX
600 V, 1600 A circuit breaker Main or feeder; MMS capable Unit Mount 5.0 A (LSI) MMS and Trip Unit Power RKF36160U43AFLEX
Main or feeder; MMS and
600 V, 1600 A circuit breaker Unit Mount 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT RKF36160U44AFLEX
ground fault capable
600 V, 2000 A circuit breaker Main or feeder; MMS capable Unit Mount 5.0 A (LSI) MMS and Trip Unit Power RKF36200CU43AFLEX
Main or feeder; MMS and
600 V, 2000 A circuit breaker Unit Mount 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT RKF36200CU44AFLEX
ground fault capable
600 V, 2000 A circuit breaker Main or feeder; MMS capable Unit Mount 5.0 A (LSI) MMS and Trip Unit Power RKF36200U43AFLEX
Main or feeder; MMS and
600 V, 2000 A circuit breaker Unit Mount 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT RKF36200U44AFLEX
ground fault capable
600 V, 2500 A circuit breaker Main or feeder; MMS capable Unit Mount 5.0 A (LSI) MMS and Trip Unit Power RKF36250U43AFLEX
Main or feeder; MMS and
600 V, 2500 A circuit breaker ground fault capable Unit Mount 6.0 A (LISG) MMS, Trip Unit Power, and ENCT RKF36250U44AFLEX
Spare Parts
These kits can be ordered for replacing parts, as necessary. The following table lists
commercial kits for parts sold in individual or paired quantities. These kits can be ordered
for replacing parts, as necessary. If a needed part or hardware is not listed, please
contact Customer Service or the Partner Support Program Team.
Features
• QED-2 Switchboards are designed, listed, and built to UL 891
NOTE: A single-row, I-Line distribution section is
shown on the right side of the switchboard photo • Several tiered EcoStruxure communication offers available
above, while a double-row, I-Line distribution • Switchboard ratings through 6000 A, 200 kA; higher amperages available
section is shown in the drawing below. • Front accessible load connections
. • Front and rear alignment standard
• Cable, busway, transformer, or remote QED switchboard incoming fed
• Hot or cold sequence utility metering
800 A = 9 " & 1200 A = 15 "
11
Thermal-magnetic, PowerPact™ electronic, or MasterPact™ NW stored
63 " mounting height; 250 A max.
W = 48 "
• Flexible branch circuit breaker locations: MasterPact and PowerPact circuit breakers
can be mixed in a single 30-inch wide section (15–2000 A)
• Compartmentalization: separate compartments for circuit breakers, bussing, and load
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
cabling
• Available in 54-, 60-, 72-, and 80-inch deep construction
• Available in NEMA 3R outdoor walk-in enclosures
• Mixing of MTZ and NW/NT circuit breakers are not offered in factory configured
sections but can be field retrofitted as such
• MasterPact and PowerPact circuit breakers are field maintainable
QED-6 switchboards are reliable power protection equipment when working with
telecommunication facilities, e-business servers, or mainframes that perform critical
business transactions. These types of facilities cannot afford downtime.
QED-6 rear-connected switchboards are designed as standalone switchboards or as an
integral part of the low voltage equipment lineup in a user’s power unit substation.
System Coordination
Short-time ratings are high, giving users excellent system coordination and selectivity
with downstream breakers.
High Short-Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)
Up to 200 k AIR at 240 V, 150 k AIR at 480 V, and 100 k AIR at 600 V, which allows
customers to design systems with high fault current and paralleling schemes.
Arc Flash Limiting (LF) Feeder Breakers
High speed operation of MasterPact MTZ, NW and NT circuit breakers (150 k AIR at 480
V) helps reduce arc flash incident energy (cal/cm2) on downstream equipment.
Ease of Installation and Maintenance
Thru-the-door construction, an easy to operate drawout mechanism, and front access to
all control wiring make this equipment easy to install, maintain, and upgrade. Load
connections in the cable compartment are easily accessible in the rear of the
switchboard. Remote racking of the MasterPact circuit breaker is also available with the
optional remote racking tool, which, if required, is field installable.
Ability to Upgrade
UL Listed, field-installable accessories include: motor operators, shunt trips, under
voltage devices, trip units, and communication modules for trip units. Manually operated
circuit breakers are field convertible to electrical operation.
Open Communication System
The MicroLogic trip units in MasterPact circuit breakers use the Ethernet TCP/IP or
Modbus™ serial protocol. These are widely accepted protocols which allow QED-6 to be
integrated into new or many existing communication systems.
Adaptable
Drawout circuit breakers, front access control wiring, and expandable lineups are quickly
adaptable to changing load and control requirements.
11
11
metering requirements.
Branches
NQ distribution bus is rated 400 A and provides mounting space for QO™/QOB Type
(150 A maximum) circuit breakers. Panel provides space for mounting 42 single pole
circuit breakers. One or two individually mounted 225 A maximum circuit breakers can
be added with bus connectors. (Order subfeed circuit breakers from Table 11.13 Subfeed
Circuit Breakers (Series E4) , page 11-14.)
I-Line™ distribution bus is rated 400, 600, or 800 A and will accept 27 inches of I-Line
circuit breakers on the left side with a maximum frame size of “J” . The right side will
accept either a QO plug-on distribution panel (240 V only) or LA or LH I-Line circuit
breaker, which allows for a back-fed solar power source.
Enclosure
Totally enclosed front accessible with ANSI 49 gray baked enamel finish. Dimensions are
90 in. (H) x 36 in. (W) x 14 in. (D) for indoor and 90 in. (H) x 36 in. (W) x 24.5 in. (D) for
outdoor enclosures.
800
Electronic None SB348WSJS SB348WRJS
100 65
LSI Power I-Line SB348ISJP SB348IRJP
Electronic None SB348WSJP SB348WRJP
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
[1] Can be used on 3Ø3W Delta voltage systems (for example, 240 V Delta or 480 V Delta).
11-12 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/9/2022
Merchandised, Service Selection Speed-D™ Switchboards
www.se.com/us
Class 2710 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101
Table 11.8: Single Main Fusible Disconnect with Distribution (Series E4)
Mains SCCR SCCR Fusible Disconnect Catalog No.
System Service Ratings Distribution
Voltage 240 V 480 V
(A) Interior Max. Max. Indoor Outdoor
NQ 65 — SF124QS SF124QR
400 I-Line 100 — SF124IS SF124IR
1Ø3W 120/240 None 200 — SF124WS SF124WR
I-Line 100 — SF126IS SF126IR
600
None 200 — SF126WS SF126WR
208Y/120
3Ø4W [2] 400 NQ 65 — SF324QS SF324QR
240/120
208Y/120
3Ø4W [2] 400 None 200 — SF324WS SF324WR
240/120
208Y/120
3Ø4W [2] 240/120 400 I-Line 100 65 SF344IS SF344IR
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4W [2] 240/120 400 None 200 200 SF344WS SF344WR
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4W [2] 240/120 600 I-Line 100 65 SF346IS SF346IR
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4W [2] 240/120 600 None 200 200 SF346WS SF346WR
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4W [2] 240/120 800 I-Line 100 65 SF348IS SF348IR
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4W [2] 240/120 800 None 200 200 SF348WS SF348WR
480Y/277
Selection
Table 11.10: I-Line Distribution Section (Series E4)
Mains SCCR SCCR Catalog No.
System Service Ratings Distribution Distribution Type
Voltage 240 V 480 V
(A) Interior Max. Max. Indoor Outdoor
208Y/120 Add-on distribution section, must be connected to an SB UCT and main
11
3Ø4W 240/120 800 I-Line 65 k 65 k section without distribution panel, such as SB348WS. An I-Line plug-on SBAD800 SBAD800R
480Y/277 subfeed lug kit must be ordered to terminate the distribution section.
208Y/120 Stand-alone distribution section not connected to an SB section. A back-fed
3Ø4W 240/120 800 I-Line 125 k 100 k main circuit breaker or I-Line plug-on subfeed lug kit must be ordered to SBSAD800 SBSAD800R
480Y/277 terminate the distribution section. (Non-ULSE)
[2] Can be used on 3Ø3W Delta voltage systems (for example, 240 V Delta or 480 V Delta).
[3] QMB/QMJ fusible switches, maximum 400 A, SCCR based on Class J, R, or T fuses. QMB plug-in circuit breaker rating is equal to the lowest rating of the circuit breaker.
[4] Multiple mains—provisions for mounting 30 inches of fusible devices. No more than six main devices permitted per NEC.
[5] 6-jaw meter socket can also be used on 4- and 5-jaw applications.
[6] Door with provisions for mounting meter socket.
[7] All EUSERC Utilities (except Arizona Public Service and Salt River Project) require a lug landing kit SA8LL.
Ordering Information
1. Service section: Order service section from Table 11.6 Single Main Circuit Breaker
with Distribution (Series E4), page 11-12 , Table 11.8 Single Main Fusible Disconnect
with Distribution (Series E4), page 11-13 , or Table 11.9 Multiple Mains—Fusible
(Series E4) , page 11-13, as determined by mains rating, voltage, and system.
2. Meter doors: Order meter door from Table 11.11 Meter Door Selection, page 11-13
as determined by the height and utility metering requirements.
3. Accessories and subfeeds: Order as required from Table 11.12 Accessories, page
11
11-13 and/or Table 11.13 Subfeed Circuit Breakers (Series E4) , page 11-14.
4. Circuit breakers and switches: Order devices from pages listed below as
determined by voltage, trip rating, AIR, and mounting space.
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
11
1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W (Main circuit breaker or main lugs only)
50/60 Hz
Power-Zone 4
Front Accessible Low Voltage Switchgear
(Class 6037)
NOTE: Shown with MasterPact MTZ circuit
breakers. MasterPact NW circuit breakers are
also available.
NOTE: Shown with MasterPact NW ArcBlok • Section barriers (rear, cable, and side)
circuit breakers. MasterPact MTZ2,3 ArcBlok • Circuit breaker remote racking
circuit breakers are also available. • ANSI Type 2B rated arc plenum exhaust
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
11
25E 5GS025
30E 5GS030
40E 5GS040
50E 5GS050
D 12”
65E 5GS065
80E 5GS080
100E 5GS100
125E 5GS125
150E 5GS150
D 12”
175E 5GS175
200E 5GS200
[1] Contact your Schneider Electric representative for current stock quantities.
[2] Includes one set of three fuses, packed in a single box.
[3] Arresters are line side connected.
25.15 25.20
2.20 639 640
56
66.00
1677
47.52
1207
29.00
737
25.20
640
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
25.15
639
2.20 20.75
56 527
23.78
604
18.38
467
47.52
1207
2.70
69
15.35
390
[4] For fuses produced by other manufacturers, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric distributor.
[5] Current-limiting fuses will increase the integrated short-circuit ratings beyond the non-fusible units. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric
distributor.
11-18 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/9/2022
Premset™ Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed
www.se.com/us
Switchgear
Class 6045 / Refer to Catalog 6045CT1601
11
Front
Optional
low voltage
compartment
Main bus
compartment
Switch with 90.00
enclosure 2286
Mechanism
compartment
11
Fuse cable
37.25
compartment 946
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
Fuse/cable
access
panel 37.25
946
W 14.75
375
Right Side
View Plan Front
View View
Table 11.20: HVL/cc Load Interrupter Switches— Full Range 600/1200 A Ratings
Switch (kV)—maximum design 5.5 17.5 17.5 25.8 38
BIL (kV) 60 95 110 125 150
Frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Withstand (kV) 19 36 36 50 80
Continuous current (A) 600/1200 600/1200 600/1200 600 600
Interrupting current (A) 600/1200 600/1200 600/1200 600 600
Fault close
(kA asymmetrical) 40 40 40 32 32
Momentary current
(kA asymmetrical) 40 40 40 32 32
Short time current
(kA symmetrical) 25 25 25 25 25
Electrical endurance 100/600 A 100/600 A 100/600 A
(number of operations at 80% P.F.) 100 100
26/1200 A 26/1200 A 26/1200 A
Mechanical endurance
(number of operations) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
To To To
Ground Ground Ground
Bus Bus Bus
Options
• Internal ground switch: Has full fault making capability
• Fuselogic™ system
• Infrared viewing windows
• Class I, Division 2
• Fast auto transfers
•
11
Fuse/cable access panel interlocked with switch
Listed Metal-Enclosed
Interrupter Switchgear • Front access only options available at system voltages below 17.5 kV
• Animated mechanism mimic bus
• Padlocking provision—open or closed (OTM); open-only (SEM)
• Top or bottom cable entry
• UL/CUL Listed, IEEE C37.20.3
• Live line indicators on all incoming switch bays and outgoing feeder circuits
• Cable lugs included for one cable per phase
• Tin plated copper bus for lineups
Table 11.21: Surge Arresters
System L-L Voltage kV Arrester MCOV-kV
Effectively Impedance Grounded
Nominal Maximum Grounded and Ungrounded
Neutral Circuits Circuits
2.4 2.54 — 2.55
4.16 4.4 2.55 5.1
4.8 5.08 — 5.1
6.9 7.26 — 7.65
12.0 12.7 7.65 12.70
12.47 13.2 7.65 12.70
13.2 13.97 8.4 —
13.8 14.52 8.4 —
M
M
90.00 450E
2286 M 90.00
2286 450E
11
M
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
37.25
14.75 946 37.25
375 14.75 946
375
5 kV Indoor N1 5 kV Indoor N1
Top Cable In/Bottom Cable Top Cable In/Bottom Cable Out
Out Switch in Position A Switch in Position B
11
HVLCCMBA20A20 A 20.00 508 A 20.00 508
HVLCCMBB14B14 B 14.75 375 B 14.75 375
HVLCCMBB14B20 B 14.75 375 B 20.00 508
HVLCCMBB20B14 B 20.00 508 B 14.75 375
HVLCCMBB20B20 B 20.00 508 B 20.00 508
Ratings
HVL/cc Switch with manually operated type OTM mechanism in cubicle enclosure (does
not include internal ground switch). Ratings are based on an X/R ratio of 1.6.
600 A “Single” HVL/cc Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand
600 A, Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-
tin-plated, Dry™, Power-Cast™, and Uni-Cast™ Transformers
copper bus (FLC = 300 A MAXIMUM)
RH—Transformer on right, LH—Transformer on Left
Application A = Top Entry (Incoming Cables)
Application B = Bottom Entry (Incoming Cables)
M
90.00 200E
2286 Table 11.30: 600 A “Single” HVL/cc Switch Selection
11
946
375 375
HVLCCA20405DGR 4.76 10–450E A 20.00 508 RH
HVLCCA14405DGL 4.76 10–450E A 14.75 375 LH
HVLCCA20405DGL 4.76 10–450E A 20.00 508 LH
HVLCCA14415DGR 15 10–200E A 14.75 375 RH
HVLCCA20415DGR 15 10–200E A 20.00 508 RH
Listed Metal-Enclosed HVLCCA14415DGL 15 10–200E A 14.75 375 LH
Interrupter Switchgear
HVLCCA20415DGL 15 10–200E A 20.00 508 LH
HVLCCB14405DGR 4.76 10–450E B 14.75 375 RH
HVLCCB20405DGR 4.76 10–450E B 20.00 508 RH
HVLCCB14405DGL 4.76 10–450E B 14.75 375 LH
HVLCCB20405DGL 4.76 10–450E B 20.00 508 LH
HVLCCB14415DGR 15 10–200E B 14.75 375 RH
HVLCCB20415DGR 15 10–200E B 20.00 508 RH
HVLCCB14415DGL 15 10–200E B 14.75 375 LH
HVLCCB20415DGL 15 10–200E B 20.00 508 LH
NOTE: Switches with transformer connections are painted ANSI 49. Standalone
switches are painted ANSI 61. Transformer connections in HVL/cc switches are
based on standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. If these switches are
used to connect to other manufacturers' transformers, then connections must match
standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. (Cable connections are
furnished with the transformer.)
600 A “Duplex” HVL/cc Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand
Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry,
Power-Cast, and Uni-Cast Transformers
• FLC = 300 A maximum
• RH—Transformer on right
• LH—Transformer on left includes mechanical interlock to prevent paralleling of
11
sources
• Application A = top entry (incoming cables)
• Application B = bottom entry (incoming cables)
Table 11.32: 600 A “Duplex” HVL/cc Switch Selection
Width
Catalog kV Appli-
Rating Fuse Range RH / LH
No. cati- in mm
on
HVLCCA14505DGR 4.76 10–450E A 14.75 375 RH
HVLCCA20505DGR 4.76 10–450E A 20.00 508 RH
HVLCCA14505DGL 4.76 10–450E A 14.75 375 LH
HVLCCA20505DGL 4.76 10–450E A 20.00 508 LH
HVLCCA14515DGR 15 10–200E A 14.75 375 RH
HVLCCA20515DGR 15 10–200E A 20.00 508 RH
HVLCCA14515DGL 15 10–200E A 14.75 375 LH
HVLCCA20515DGL 15 10–200E A 20.00 508 LH
HVLCCB14505DGR 4.76 10–450E B 14.75 375 RH
HVLCCB20505DGR 4.76 10–450E B 20.00 508 RH
HVLCCB14505DGL 4.76 10–450E B 14.75 375 LH
HVLCCB20505DGL 4.76 10–450E B 20.00 508 LH
HVLCCB14515DGR 15 10–200E B 14.75 375 RH
HVLCCB20515DGR 15 10–200E B 20.00 508 RH
HVLCCB14515DGL 15 10–200E B 14.75 375 LH
HVLCCB20515DGL 15 10–200E B 20.00 508 LH
[7] Each set of fuses contains three fuses, so, for example, two sets of fuses yield a total of six fuses.
Standard Features
Listed Metal-Enclosed
Interrupter Switchgear • 11 gauge steel enclosure
• Direct drive mechanism
• Permanently attached operating handle
• Visible isolation viewing window
H
• Mechanical interlocked fuse access door
• Provision for padlock and key interlock
• Highly flexible design
• ANSI 61 paint
Options
D W
• Outdoor construction
11
Side view Front view
• Square D™ brand DIN-style current-limiting fuses
Recommended power • Boric acid fuses
cable conduit area • Silver or tin plated copper bus
2.00 38.00 2.00 • 600, 1200, or 2000 A main bus
51 965 51
• Heat shrink insulated bus
34 x 6
864 x 152
• Motor operator
4.00
102
34 x 6
864 x 152 • Shunt trip
D
Conduit
Control
Conduit Area
D1 • Fuselogic™ tripping system
2x4
51 x 102 • Roof bushings
6.36
• Key interlocks
35.74
162
• Surge arresters
1.13
29 908 • Utility metering bays
.875 Mounting Hole
(4 Places for .75 Anchor Bolts) • Duplex switch
• Transformer connections
• Infrared windows for thermal scanning of connections
Fuselogic™
Fuselogic is a protection system that provides the ultimate in medium voltage fuse
protection. This patented system utilizes the Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses
with mechanical sensors that function without any auxiliary power requirements. Several
combinations of Fuselogic functions can be combined to provide simple blown fuse
indication contacts with mechanical lockout to anti-single phasing protection. Anti-single
phasing requires the optional stored energy mechanism (SEM). Fuselogic is available on
both HVL/cc™ and HVL switches.
Table 11.35: 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand
Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses
Catalog No. kV Rating Fuse Range Enclosure Type
HVL305DEG 4.76 10–450E NEMA 1
11
Table 11.36: 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for S&C Boric Acid
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses [8]
Catalog No. kV Rating Fuse Range Enclosure Type
HVL305BG 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 1
HVL305BW 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 3R
HVL315BG 15 10E–400E NEMA 1
HVL315BW 15 10E–400E NEMA 3R
HVL317BG 17 10E–400E NEMA 1
HVL317BW 17 10E–400E NEMA 3R
[8] Boric acid fuses may increase lead times. Contact the factory for availability.
11-28 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/9/2022
HVL Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed
www.se.com/us
Switchgear
Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201 or Brochure 6040BR9401
Provisions for Future Expansion
All “single” Digest switches have provisions for future expansion on either side. Order
kits HVMB for top crossover copper 600 A bus and HVLC for line connections to the top
bus. (See Table 11.44 Factory Modifications, page 11-30.)
HVL Switches for Power-Dry II™, Power-Cast II™, and Uni-Cast
II™ Transformer Connections
HVL switches can be configured for close coupling cable connections to listed dry type
transformers for primary main switches of unit substations. These are listed in the tables
below with current-limiting or boric acid fuses. Both single and duplex switch mains are
included in this selection. Transformers are listed on page and may not be suitable for
close coupling. For transformer availability and specific configurations, contact your local
Schneider Electric sales office. All connections in this digest are based on standard
Square D™ brand transformer connections. If these switches are used to connect to
other manufacturers’ transformers, then connections must coordinate with
standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. (Cable connections are furnished
with the transformer.)
Table 11.40: 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand
Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry
II, Power-Cast II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers
(FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left
Catalog kV Fuse Range Enclosure Type
Rating RH / LH
No.
HVL405DEGR 4.76 10–450E NEMA 1 RH
HVL405DEGL 4.76 10–450E NEMA 1 LH
HVL405DEWRH 4.76 10–450E NEMA 3R RH
HVL405DEWLH 4.76 10–450E NEMA 3R LH
HVL415DEGR1 15 10–100E NEMA 1 RH
HVL415DEGR2 15 125–200E NEMA 1 RH
HVL415DEGL1 15 10–100E NEMA 1 LH
HVL415DEGL2 15 125–200E NEMA 1 LH
Table 11.41: 600 A “Duplex” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand
Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry
II, Power-Cast II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers
(FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left
Catalog kV
Rating Fuse Range Enclosure Type RH / LH
No.
HVL505DEGR 4.76 10–450E NEMA 1 RH
HVL505DEGL 4.76 10–450E NEMA 1 LH
HVL505DEWRH 4.76 10–450E NEMA 3R RH
HVL505DEWLH 4.76 10–450E NEMA 3R LH
HVL515DEGR1 15 10–100E NEMA 1 RH
HVL515DEGR2 15 125–200E NEMA 1 RH
HVL515DEGL1 15 10–100E NEMA 1 LH
HVL515DEGL2 15 125–200E NEMA 1 LH
11
HVL515DEWR1H 15 10–100E NEMA 3R RH
HVL515DEWR2H 15 125–200E NEMA 3R RH
HVL515DEWL1H 15 10–100E NEMA 3R LH
HVL515DEWL2H 15 125-200E NEMA 3R LH
Table 11.42: 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for S&C Boric Acid
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast II,
and Uni-Cast II Transformers [9]
(FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left
Catalog kV
Fuse Range Enclosure Type RH / LH
No. Rating
HVL405BGR 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 1 RH
HVL405BGL 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 1 LH
HVL405BWRH 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 3R RH
HVL405BWLH 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 3R LH
HVL415BGR 15 10E–400E NEMA 1 RH
HVL415BGL 15 10E–400E NEMA 1 LH
HVL415BWRH 15 10E–400E NEMA 3R RH
HVL415BWLH 15 10E–400E NEMA 3R LH
[9] Includes fuse holder only. See Table 11.46 Boric Acid Fuses , page 11-32 for fuse refills. Boric acid fuses may increase lead times. Contact the factory for availability.
Catalog Description
No.
HVMB Main Bus Kit, 600 A copper
Line side connector kit (main bus) 600 A
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
Standard Features
• Switches for transformer primaries are cable connected only.
• Key interlocks must be ordered and coordinated by customer.
• Standard color is ANSI 61 for standalone units; ANSI 49 for switches connecting to
transformers.
• If switches are purchased to coordinate with Square D™ brand transformers,
composite drawings and shipment coordination will not be available.
• Switches are not designed for any special dimensions for retrofit purposes. For
dimensions other than shown, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or
your local Schneider Electric distributor.
Ordering Information
1. Select switch catalog number based on fused or unfused and enclosure type.
2. Select catalog numbers for factory modifications from the table above.
3. If fused, select fuse from Table 11.45 DIN/E Current-Limiting Fuses, Non-
Disconnecting Type (Extended Travel Blown Fuse Indicator), page 11-31 or Table
11.46 Boric Acid Fuses, page 11-32.
4. Price switch and fuses separately. Switches are furnished with provisions only for
current-limiting fuse or boric acid fuse.
[10] Includes fuse holder only. See Table 11.46 Boric Acid Fuses , page 11-32 for fuse refills. Boric acid fuses may increase lead times. Contact the factory for availability.
[11] Load side connected
11-30 © 2022 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/9/2022
HVL Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed
www.se.com/us
Switchgear
Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201 or Brochure 6040BR9401
Square D™ Brand DIN/E Fuse Selection Tables—HVL
Table 11.45: DIN/E Current-Limiting Fuses, Non-Disconnecting Type [12][13][14]
(Extended Travel Blown Fuse Indicator)
Fuse Mounting Clip [15]
Continuous Catalog
Current Centers Diameter No. [16][17]
(in) (mm)
5 kV Fuse
10E 17.4 51 55DE010
15E 17.4 51 55DE015
20E 17.4 51 55DE020
25E 17.4 51 55DE025
30E 17.4 51 55DE030
40E 17.4 51 55DE040
50E 17.4 51 55DE050
65E 17.4 51 55DE065
80E 17.4 51 55DE080
100E 17.4 51 55DE100
125E 17.4 76 55DE125
150E 17.4 76 55DE150
175E 17.4 76 55DE175
200E 17.4 76 55DE200
250E 17.4 76 55DE250
300E 17.4 76 55DE300
350E 17.4 76 55DE350
400E 17.4 76 55DE400
450E 17.4 76 55DE450
15 kV Fuse
10E 17.4 51 175DE010
15E 17.4 51 175DE015
20E 17.4 51 175DE020
25E 17.4 51 175DE025
30E 17.4 51 175DE030
40E 17.4 76 175DE040
50E 17.4 76 175DE050
11
[12] Square D™ brand DIN/E fuses are shown in this table. For fuses produced by other manufacturers, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric
distributor.
[13] Current-limiting fuses will increase the integrated short-circuit ratings beyond the non-fusible units. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric
distributor.
[14] Caution—These fuses will not work for the MiniBreak. See Table 11.17 Current-Limiting Fuses, page 11-17 for the appropriate MiniBreak fuses.
[15] All fuses are single barrel arrangement with ferrule diameters per the chart.
[16] Contact your Schneider Electric representative for current stock quantities.
[17] Includes one set of three fuses, packed in a single box.
11
Nominal voltage
(kV) 15 27 38 15 27 38 15 27 38 15 27 38 15 27 38
Busbar system
1200/2000 1200/2000 1200/2000 1200/2000 1200/2000
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
O
I D
VIP
11
– disconnector operating mechanism
– operating mechanism of the circuit breaker
– protection relay VIP, Sepam, or Micom
– zero sequence current transformer CSH 30
YO 1 Mitop VIP
• MV cable compartment
– bushings for cable connection
CSH 30
– Three CRc current sensors per phase
• Stainless steel, gas-tight tank
– busbar system
– three position disconnector
– circuit breaker
Module D
D+O
DO
Transformer protection + Outgoing line
(I + D + O)
I DO Incoming line + Transformer protection +
Outgoing line
(I + I + D + O)
I I DO Two Incoming lines + Transformer
protection + Outgoing line
Recommended Configurations
11
• Automatic shutters driven by breaker racking mechanism
• Closed door breaker position indication
• Closed door breaker racking mechanism
• Insulated main bus—aluminum or copper
• Standard glass polyester insulators or optional epoxy and porcelain insulators
• Mechanical interlocks
• Disconnect type CPT and VT trucks
• Grounded breaker truck in and between test/disconnected and connected positions
Masterclad 27 kV, Outdoor • Low voltage instrument/control compartment isolated from primary voltage areas
Non Walk-in, Metalclad Switchgear • Compliance to ANSI/IEEE standards C37.20.2 and C37.55 (designed and tested to
comply with or exceed ANSI and IEEE standards)
• ISO 9001 Certification (Designed and manufactured in a facility that is Quality
Systems Certified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.® to ISO 9001)
• Indoor NEMA 1 enclosure
• Outdoor NEMA 3R enclosure
– Walk-in enclosure
– Non walk-in enclosure
Ratings
• Up to 63 kA arc containment for 0.5 seconds
• Voltage ratings from 2.4 kV to 15 kV up to 4,000 A
11
11
, P-, and R-frame molded case circuit breakers are available with electronic trip units.
Additional options include PowerLogic™ and ION™ series metering, surge arresters, and
I-Line™ plug-on units with a Surgelogic™ Surge Protective Device (SPD).
Model III Package Unit Substation
with HVL/cc Load Interrupter Switch (on left)
Transformer Section
Special barrel wound dry-type transformers employing resin encapsulated VPI (Vacuum
Pressure Impregnation) techniques are used to achieve the low-loss, compact design
necessary for the space-saving package substation concept. Class H, 220 °C insulation
is used throughout. Temperature rise is 150 °C as standard, although 80°C or 115 °C low
temperature premium transformers are available through 750 kVA. Aluminum windings
are standard with copper as an option. Four full capacity 2-1/2 percent taps are provided-
two above nominal voltage and two below.
Fan cooling is optional. When selected, it increases the capacity rating of the transformer
an additional 33 percent. The Model 98 digital controller is employed. This system
provides precision control through the use of three high accuracy thermocouple type
sensors—one in each phase of the windings.
The controller has a membrane front panel for displaying the temperature of all three
phases with individual readings. The hottest phase is automatically displayed. The
Model 98 digital controller features simple three-button operation with fan, alarm and trip
function settings and is Powerlogic™ compatible.
HVL/cc™ switch, I-Line panelboard
top feed
Nameplate
Removable
cover 5.45
(138)
85.0
(2159)
11
80.00
(2032)
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
Distribution Section
I-Line™ Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Molded case circuit breakers are group mounted in an I-Line panelboard section offering
the inherent ease of installation for which the plug-on I-Line circuit breaker has become
known. All circuit breakers are quick-make, quick-break, thermal magnetic, permanent
trip type and are factory-calibrated and sealed for accurate overcurrent response and
maximum short-circuit strength. PowerPact™ P and R circuit breakers are available with
solid-state MicroLogic™ trip units. Current limiting high interrupting capacity FI, KI, and
LI circuit breakers are also available. Circuit breakers may be safely back-fed for use as
main circuit breakers. All circuit breakers are UL listed and carry integrated equipment
rating when used exclusively with other Square D™ brand circuit breakers in intended
assemblies.
I-Line panel is available in 1200 A. Maximum mounting space is 108 inches.
Tin-plated copper bus is standard.
Dimensions shown
in Inches (mm). See
table below for A, B,
A C, D, E dimensions. 8.6
1.0 (218) 8.0
(25) D Typ. E (203) 4.0
(102)
5.0 13.9
17.5 Medium voltage (353)
(445) (127)
conduit area
(top entry)
40.0
22.0 (1016)
29.3
(559) (744)
7.5
7.0 (191)
(178)
4.0
(102)
1.2 3.3 4.0
(30) 9.3 9.3
Low voltage conduit 1.6 C (84) (102)
(41) 1.5 0.50 (13) dia. (236) (236)
provision; 2 places; B 0.63 (16) dia.
Low voltage (38) bolt-down bolt-down Low voltage
1.125 (29) dia. 1.5
Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for ordering assistance.
1200 A Max. Main Lugs or
SN
1200 A Max. Main Breaker
11
Full front and or front and rear accessibility are provided. A full height cable pulling area
is standard.
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR
Listed Controllers
Controller voltage ratings range from 2.3–7.2 kV vacuum contactors feature a drawout
design and have ratings of 200, 400, 450, and 720 A.
Options include live line indicators, blown fuse tripping, solid state protective relays,
power factor correction capacitors, surge arresters, surge capacitors and a cable
grounding switch.
Section 12
Busway
Powerbus™ Busway 12-2
Feeder Style
Power-Zone™ Busway 12-18
BUSWAY
• Measurement Services are offered for your critical and complex projects. Schneider
Electric will assist with field measurement and assume responsibility for the layout and
exact fit of all components. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for exact
details.
• Emergency Service; we are on call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.
For emergencies, call 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).
• Quick Ship program provides product availability for time sensitive orders. The
program is available through the product selectors and offers a limited selection of I-
Line busway footage and fittings. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for
I-Line Plug-in Units exact details.
12
Power-Zone Busway
Powerbus Busway
Construction
Powerbus busway construction consists of a light-weight electrical grade all-aluminum
housing with up to five (5) silver-plated copper conductor bars for maximum electrical
efficiency. The total product offer includes straight sections, fittings, accessories, and
plug-in units for a total installation. This busway is available in 400 A, 225 A and 100 A
ratings. A 50% integral ground is standard.
Straight Sections
Straight sections of busway are available in 10 ft. and 4 ft. lengths in a painted black
finish. The Enhanced busway offer includes 10 plug-in openings on each side of a 10 ft.
section and 3 plug-in openings on each side of a 4 ft. section.
Metering and Communications Options
Single phase systems and DC systems are also available. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative.
Powerbus busway tap boxes and plug-in units are available with optional metering and
communication capabilities, which include an integrated display and the ability to
remotely monitor the busway.
[1] Busway catalog numbers shown include a black painted finish. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for a natural aluminum finish option.
[2] For 100 A busway only, add an (L), for top cable access, or a (U), for bottom cable access, before the last letter in the catalog no., which is (B).
[3] Replace the ( ) in the Tap Box w/Meter catalog number with the meter suffix number in Table 12.3 Meter Suffix Number, page 12-3. The meter will be configured based on system voltage.
12-2 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
Powerbus Plug-In Units Powerbus™ Busway
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.se.com/us
Busbar
Configuration
BUSWAY
12
Table 12.7: 120 V Factory Assembled Units: 1-pole QO/QOB circuit breakers with
NEMA 5-15R or 5-20R receptacles[8][9]
Circuit Breaker 4A Configuration 5A Configuration 5B Configuration
Rating Type Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Type 1 (3 circuit breakers w. 3 duplex receptacles)
15 QO PBPQOR4A100M115 PBPQOR5A100M115 PBPQOR5B100M115
15 QOB PBPQOR4A100M115B PBPQOR5A100M115B PBPQOR5B100M115B
20 QO PBPQOR4A100M120 PBPQOR5A100M120 PBPQOR5B100M120
20 QOB PBPQOR4A100M120B PBPQOR5A100M120B PBPQOR5B100M120B
Type 2 (3 circuit breakers w. 2 duplex/1 locking recpt.)
15 QO PBPQOR4A100M215 PBPQOR5A100M215 PBPQOR5B100M215
15 QOB PBPQOR4A100M215B PBPQOR5A100M215B PBPQOR5B100M215B
20 QO PBPQOR4A100M220 PBPQOR5A100M220 PBPQOR5B100M220
20 QOB PBPQOR4A100M220B PBPQOR5A100M220B PBPQOR5B100M220B
Type 3 (3 circuit breakers w. 1 duplex/2 locking recpt.)
15 QO PBPQOR4A100M315 PBPQOR5A100M315 PBPQOR5B100M315
15 QOB PBPQOR4A100M315B PBPQOR5A100M315B PBPQOR5B100M315B
20 QO PBPQOR4A100M320 PBPQOR5A100M320 PBPQOR5B100M320
20 QOB PBPQOR4A100M320B PBPQOR5A100M320B PBPQOR5B100M320B
Type 4 (3 circuit breakers w. 3 locking receptacles)
15 QO PBPQOR4A100M415 PBPQOR5A100M415 PBPQOR5B100M415
15 QOB PBPQOR4A100M415B PBPQOR5A100M415B PBPQOR5B100M415B
20 QO PBPQOR4A100M420 PBPQOR5A100M420 PBPQOR5B100M420
20 QOB PBPQOR4A100M420B PBPQOR5A100M420B PBPQOR5B100M420B
Table 12.8: Factory Assembled Units: One (1) QOU circuit breaker and one (1) drop cord with connector[10][11]
Circuit Breaker NEMA Drop Cord 4A Configuration 5A Configuration 5B Configuration
Rating Poles Connector Length (ft) Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
15 A 1 L5-15 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL515 PBPQOU5A100COOL515 PBPQOU5B100COOL515
20 A 1 L5-20 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL520 PBPQOU5A100COOL520 PBPQOU5B100COOL520
30 A 1 L5-30 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL530 PBPQOU5A100COOL530 PBPQOU5B100COOL530
15 A 2 L6-15 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL615 PBPQOU5A100COOL615 PBPQOU5B100COOL615
20 A 2 L6-20 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL620 PBPQOU5A100COOL620 PBPQOU5B100COOL620
12
[8] Many more factory assembled units are available using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA receptacles. Maximum of 3 breaker spacess available. Consult your
local Schneider Electric representative.
[9] See Digest Section 7, QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers, page 7-11 for QOU circuit breaker information.
[10] Factory assembled units are available using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA and IEC type receptacles. Maximum of three drop cords with six breaker spaces
available. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative.
[11] See Digest Section 7, QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers, page 7-11 for QOU circuit breaker information. Catalog numbers shown have the breaker in the top slot in the front cover
and the drop cord in the left position in the base of the unit. Other combinations are available.
12-4 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
Powerbus Plug-In Units Powerbus™ Busway
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.se.com/us
Table 12.9: Factory Assembled Units with NEMA Connectors and Metering[12][13]
Circuit Breaker NEMA Drop Cord Catalog Number[14][15]
Rating Poles Connector Length (ft) 4A Configuration 5A Configuration 5B Configuration
15 A 1 L5-15 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL515M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOL515M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOL515M( )
20 A 1 L5-20 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL520M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOL520M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOL520M( )
30 A 1 L5-30 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL530M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOL530M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOL530M( )
15 A 2 L6-15 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL615M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOL615M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOL615M( )
20 A 2 L6-20 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL620M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOL620M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOL620M( )
30 A 2 L6-30 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL630M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOL630M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOL630M( )
20 A 3 L21-20 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL2120M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOL2120M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOL2120M( )
30 A 3 L21-30 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL2130M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOL2130M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOL2130M( )
15 A 1 L5-15 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL515M( ) PBPEDU5A100FOOL515M( ) PBPEDU5B100FOOL515M( )
20 A 1 L5-20 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL520M( ) PBPEDU5A100FOOL520M( ) PBPEDU5B100FOOL520M( )
30 A 1 L5-30 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL530M( ) PBPEDU5A100FOOL530M( ) PBPEDU5B100FOOL530M( )
15 A 2 L6-15 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL615M( ) PBPEDU5A100FOOL615M( ) PBPEDU5B100FOOL615M( )
20 A 2 L6-20 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL620M( ) PBPEDU5A100FOOL620M( ) PBPEDU5B100FOOL620M( )
30 A 2 L6-30 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL630M( ) PBPEDU5A100FOOL630M( ) PBPEDU5B100FOOL630M( )
20 A 3 L21-20 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL2120M( ) PBPEDU5A100FOOL2120M( ) PBPEDU5B100FOOL2120M( )
30 A 3 L21-30 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL2130M( ) PBPEDU5A100FOOL2130M( ) PBPEDU5B100FOOL2130M( )
Table 12.10: Factory Assembled Units with IEC Connectors and Metering[12][13]
Circuit Breaker Drop Cord Catalog Number[15][17]
Rating Poles IEC 60309 Connector[16] Length (ft) 4A Configuration 5A Configuration 5B Configuration
20 2 2-Pole, 3-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS3420M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS3420M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS3420M( )
30 2 2-Pole, 3-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS3430M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS3430M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS3430M( )
60 2 2-Pole, 3-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS3460M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS3460M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS3460M( )
20 3 3-Pole, 4-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS4420M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS4420M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS4420M( )
30 3 3-Pole, 4-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS4430M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS4430M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS4430M( )
60 3 3-Pole, 4-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS4460M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS4460M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS4460M( )
20 3 4-Pole, 5-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS5420M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS5420M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS5420M( )
30 3 4-Pole, 5-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS5430M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS5430M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS5430M( )
60 3 4-Pole, 5-Wire Grounding 3 PBPEDU4A100COOS5460M( ) PBPEDU5A100COOS5460M( ) PBPEDU5B100COOS5460M( )
BUSWAY
Table 12.13: NEMA Receptacles and Connectors[20]
NEMA Non-Locking NEMA Locking
Wiring Voltage
15 A 20 A 30 A 15 A 20 A 30 A
2-pole, 3-wire grounding 120 5–15 5–20 5–30 L5–15 L5–20 L5–30
2-pole, 3-wire grounding 240 6–15 6–20 6–30 L6–15 L6–20 L6–20
3-pole, 4-wire grounding 120/240 14–15 14–20 14–30 — L14–20 L14–30
3-pole, 4-wire grounding 3Ø 240 15–15 15–20 15–30 — L15–20 L15–30
4-pole, 5-wire grounding 3ØY
120/208 — — — — L21–20 L21–30
12
Short-Circuit Current Rating
Product KA, RMS Symmetrical
UL 3–Cycle Test
100 A 14 kA
225 A 22 kA
400 A 35 kA
[12] See Digest Section 9, For NF Merchandised Panelboards, page for ED circuit breaker information. Catalog numbers shown have the breaker in the top slot in the front cover and the drop
cord in the left position in the base of the unit. Other combinations are available. The Power Meter display will be located below the breaker space. For remote monitoring capabilities, a
gateway is required. The gateway is located in the tap box with metering or in a separate gateway plug-in unit listed below. The units with metering can be daisy-chained together back to the
gateway. A maximum of 30 units should be daisy-chained together to one gateway.
[13] Factory assembled units are available using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA and IEC type receptacles. Maximum of three drop cords with three breaker spaces
available. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative.
[14] For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix.
[15] For metering, replace ( ) in catalog number with the appropriate number in Table 12.11 Meter Suffix Number, page 12-5. Connectors must be rated for appropriate voltages.
[16] Other IEC Connectors are available.
[17] For the offer without metering, do not use the suffix “M” or any numbers following.
[18] Replace ( ) in above tables with the appropriate meter suffix number. Connectors must be rated for appropriate voltages.
[19] For remote monitoring capabilities, a gateway is required. The gateway is located in the tap box with metering or in a separate gateway plug-in unit listed above. Units with metering can be
daisy-chained together back to the gateway. A maximum of 30 units should be daisy-chained together to one gateway.
[20] Additional NEMA, IEC, and California Standard type receptacles and connectors are available.
[21] See 5600CT9101 for fuse and circuit breaker series connected ratings.
[1] Add “I” for inside elbow; add “O” for outside elbow.
[2] For seismic applications, seismic hangers must be used with horizontal mount flatwise or edgewise busway. Vertical mount busway may use standard fixed or spring hangers.
12-6 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
800 A–5000 A Busway I-Line™ II Busway
www.se.com/us
Class 5615 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
Number Ampere
of Poles Rating
End Tap Box Edgewise Elbow Flatwise Elbow End Tap Box Edgewise Elbow Flatters Elbow
Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No.
800 AF2308GETBMB AF2308GLEM11 AF2308GLFM11 CF2308GETBMB CF2308GLEM11 CF2308GLFM11
1000 AF2310GETBMB AF2310GLEM11 AF2310GLFM12 CF2310GETBMB CF2310GLEM11 CF2310GLFM11
1200 AF2312GETBMB AF2312GLEM11 AF2312GLFM12 CF2312GETBMB CF2312GLEM11 CF2312GLFM12
BUSWAY
1350 AF2313GETBMB AF2313GLEM11 AF2313GLFM13 CF2313GETBMB CF2313GLEM11 CF2313GLFM12
3Ø3W 1600 AF2316GETBMB AF2316GLEM11 AF2316GLFM13 CF2316GETBMB CF2316GLEM11 CF2316GLFM12
with Integral 2000 AF2320GETBMB AF2320GLEM11 AF2320GLFM15 CF2320GETBMB CF2320GLEM11 CF2320GLFM13
Ground Bus 2500 AF2325GETBMB AF2325GLEM11 AF2325GLFM17 CF2325GETBMB CF2325GLEM11 CF2325GLFM15
3000 AF2330GETBMB AF2330GLEM11 AF2330GLFM18 CF2330GETBMB CF2330GLEM11 CF2330GLFM16
3200 — — — CF2332GETBMB CF2332GLEM11 CF2332GLFM17
4000 AF2340GETBMB AF2340GLEM11 AF2340GLFM22 CF2340GETBMB CF2340GLEM11 CF2340GLFM21
5000 — — — CF2350GETBMB CF2350GLEM11 CF2350GLFM21
800 AF2508GETBMB AF2508GLEM11 AF2508GLFM11 CF2508GETBMB CF2508GLEM11 CF2508GLFM11
1000 AF2510GETBMB AF2510GLEM11 AF2510GLFM12 CF2510GETBMB CF2510GLEM11 CF2510GLFM11
1200 AF2512GETBMB AF2512GLEM11 AF2512GLFM12 CF2512GETBMB CF2512GLEM11 CF2512GLFM12
1350 AF2513GETBMB AF2513GLEM11 AF2513GLFM13 CF2513GETBMB CF2513GLEM11 CF2513GLFM12
3Ø4W 1600 AF2516GETBMB AF2516GLEM11 AF2516GLFM13 CF2516GETBMB CF2516GLEM11 CF2516GLFM12
12
with Integral 2000 AF2520GETBMB AF2520GLEM11 AF2520GLFM15 CF2520GETBMB CF2520GLEM11 CF2520GLFM13
Ground Bus 2500 AF2525GETBMB AF2525GLEM11 AF2525GLFM17 CF2525GETBMB CF2525GLEM11 CF2525GLFM15
3000 AF2530GETBMB AF2530GLEM11 AF2530GLFM18 CF2530GETBMB CF2530GLEM11 CF2530GLFM16
3200 — — — CF2532GETBMB CF2532GLEM11 CF2532GLFM17
4000 AF2540GETBMB AF2540GLEM11 AF2540GLFM22 CF2540GETBMB CF2540GLEM11 CF2540GLFM21
5000 — — — CF2550GETBMB CF2550GLEM11 CF2550GLFM21
[1] To complete the catalog number, replace the blank with an “H” for the plug-in unit to be mounted on horizontally—oriented busway and “V” for the plug-in unit to be mounted on vertically-
oriented busway.
[2] Cannot be used for 800 A copper busway.
[3] Feeder style available in lengths from 16 to 120 inches.
[4] Plug-in style also available in 4, 6, and 8 foot lengths.
[5] For seismic applications, seismic hangers must be used with horizontal mount flatwise or edgewise busway. Vertical mount busway may use standard fixed or spring hangers.
[6] For seismic applications, seismic hangers must be used with horizontal mount flatwise or edgewise busway. Vertical mount busway may use standard fixed or spring hangers.
12-8 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
800 A to 5000 A “Factory Assembled" I-Line™ II Busway
www.se.com/us Busway Systems (or Components)
Class 5615 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
BUSWAY
Unfused reducers are used to reduce from a higher amperage busway to a lower
amperage.
NOTE: The National Electric Code does not allow the use of unfused reducers in
vertical riser installations. Refer to the NEC for restrictions in industrial installations.
Fused or Circuit Breaker Cubicle
These are used as in-line overcurrent protection devices. They can be used in
conjunction with an unfused reducer to offer a device which reduces a run of busway in
ampacity and offers overcurrent protection.
I-Line to I-Line II Adapter
12
This adapter is used to join I-Line II busway (800 A–5000 A) to existing installations of
original I-Line busway. If connecting to an existing “slot end” of original I-Line, use a “bolt
end” adapter (-12B), and vice versa.
Expansion Fittings
The expansion fitting is built into a 3 ft. – 4 in. straight length for 800 A–5000 A and a 5
feet – 0 inch straight length for 225 A–600 A. Limit of expansion or contraction is ±1-1/2
inches. Not available in outdoor construction.
Bussed Transformer Connection
A bussed transformer connection is used when the busway physically attaches (other
than cable) to a three phase transformer. For power company vault termination
information, consult the factory.
Transformer Taps
Transformer taps are used to make cable connection to transformers. Lugs other than
standard Square D brand lugs are available. Note that taps need NOT be located directly
above transformers for cable connections.
Connection to Competitive Busway
Consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
Table 12.21: Short Circuit Ratings: UL 3 Cycle Test (KA, RMS Symmetrical)[7]
Aluminum Copper
Ampere APH CPH
Rating AOF2 AOFH AP COF2 COFH CP
APH2/ CPH2/
AF2 AFH2 AP2/AR2 CF2 CFH2 CP2/CR2 CRH2
ARH2
225 — — 22 — — — 22 —
400 — — 22 42 — — 22 42
600 — — 22 42 — — 22 42
800 50 85 50 75 50 85 50 75
1000 50 100 50 100 50 85 50 75
1200 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 100
1350 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 100
1600 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 100
2000 100 150 125 150 50 100 65 100
2500 100 150 125 150 100 150 125 150
3000 100 150 125 150 100 150 125 150
3200 — — — — 100 150 125 150
4000 150 200 200 200 150 200 200 200
5000 — — — — 150 200 200 200
[11] [11]
PTQ36100G ( ) PTQ46100G ( )
1000 Bolt-on — — [11] [11]
PTQ36120G ( ) PTQ46120G ( )
1200 — — [11] [11]
Class J Fuses – Provisions for installing Class J fuses are included in 30 through 600 A fusible devices. Conversion
to Class J fuse spacing requires relocating the load side fuse base assembly from standard Class H fuse location to
an alternate position in the enclosure.
“Hook-Swing” Mounting
There are three different types of plug-in connections:
A
• High Ampere Bolt-On Connection (catalog numbers that begin with “PT”)—bolted
BUSWAY
[7] 6–cycle and 30–cycle, and fuse/circuit breaker series connected ratings are available. Please reference 5600CT9101.
[8] For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix.
[9] For use on vertical riser applications only.
[10] For vertical riser applications, order auxiliary mounting kit—Catalog Number PBQ4060RMK.
[11] This device uses bolt-on connection. It may be used only on plug-in busway with same number of poles. To complete the catalog number, replace the blank with an “H” for the plug-in unit to
be mounted on horizontally—oriented busway and “V” for the plug-in unit to be mounted on vertically-oriented busway. Not for use on 800 A copper busway.
[12] Kit must be field installed.
[13] Contains parts to convert two units.
12-10 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
Plug-In Units I-Line™ II Busway
www.se.com/us
Class 5615, 5630 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
BUSWAY
12
Table 12.33: H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W
D Interrupting G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting
Trip Rating Trip Trip Unit
Ampere Function [16] [17] Catalog Number[18][19][20] Catalog Number[18][19] Catalog Number[18][19][20] Catalog Number[18][19][20]
[20]
MicroLogic Standard Trip Unit
3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
60 PHD36060GNU31X PHG36060GNU31X PHJ36060GNU31X PHL36060GNU31X
100 PHD36100GNU31X PHG36100GNU31X PHJ36100GNU31X PHL36100GNU31X
LI 3.2
150 PHD36150GNU31X PHG36150GNU31X PHJ36150GNU31X PHL36150GNU31X
250 PJD36250GNU31X PJG36250GNU31X PJJ36250GNU31X PJL36250GNU31X
60 PHD36060GNU33X PHG36060GNU33X PHJ36060GNU33X PHL36060GNU33X
100 PHD36100GNU33X PHG36100GNU33X PHJ36100GNU33X PHL36100GNU33X
LSI 3.2 S
150 PHD36150GNU33X PHG36150GNU33X PHJ36150GNU33X PHL36150GNU33X
250 PJD36250GNU33X PJG36250GNU33X PJJ36250GNU33X PJL36250GNU33X
MicroLogic Ammeter Trip Unit
3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
60 PHD36060GNU43X PHG36060GNU43X PHJ36060GNU43X PHL36060GNU43X
100 PHD36100GNU43X PHG36100GNU43X PHJ36100GNU43X PHL36100GNU43X
LSI 5.2 A
150 PHD36150GNU43X PHG36150GNU43X PHJ36150GNU43X PHL36150GNU43X
250 PJD36250GNU43X PJG36250GNU43X PJJ36250GNU43X PJL36250GNU43X
60 PHD36060GNU44X PHG36060GNU44X PHJ36060GNU44X PHL36060GNU44X
100 PHD36100GNU44X PHG36100GNU44X PHJ36100GNU44X PHL36100GNU44X
LSIG 6.2 A
150 PHD36150GNU44X PHG36150GNU44X PHJ36150GNU44X PHL36150GNU44X
BUSWAY
250 PJD36250GNU44X PJG36250GNU44X PJJ36250GNU44X PJL36250GNU44X
MicroLogic Energymeter Trip Unit
3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
60 PHD36060GNU53X PHG36060GNU53X PHJ36060GNU53X PHL36060GNU53X
100 PHD36100GNU53X PHG36100GNU53X PHJ36100GNU53X PHL36100GNU53X
LSI 5.2 E
150 PHD36150GNU53X PHG36150GNU53X PHJ36150GNU53X PHL36150GNU53X
250 PJD36250GNU53X PJG36250GNU53X PJJ36250GNU53X PJL36250GNU53X
60 PHD36060GNU54X PHG36060GNU54X PHJ36060GNU54X PHL36060GNU54X
100 PHD36100GNU54X PHG36100GNU54X PHJ36100GNU54X PHL36100GNU54X
LSIG 6.2 E
150 PHD36150GNU54X PHG36150GNU54X PHJ36150GNU54X PHL36150GNU54X
250 PJD36250GNU54X PJG36250GNU54X PJJ36250GNU54X PJL36250GNU54X
12
[16] If alternate trip functions are required, contact your local Schneider Electric field office for pricing.
[17] For Trip Unit information, refer to MicroLogic Trip Units, page 7-61.
[18] For communication capabilities, add the communication suffix as shown in Table 12.36 Communication Suffix, page 12-15. The communication package will be configured based on the
system voltage specified by the communication suffix.
[19] For availability on 100% rated, see 5600CT9101.
[20] For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix.
Table 12.35: L-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W
G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting R Interrupting
Trip Rating Trip Function
Ampere [21][22] Trip Unit[23] Catalog Number[24][25][26] Catalog Number[24][25][26] Catalog Number[24][25][26] Catalog Number[24][25][26]
[27] [27] [27] [27]
Basic Electronic Trip Unit
3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
250 PBLG36250GN PBLJ36250GN — —
300 PBLG36300GN PBLJ36300GN — —
350 PBLG36350GN PBLJ36350GN — —
LI 1.0
400 PBLG36400GN PBLJ36400GN — —
500 PBLG36500GN PBLJ36500GN — —
600 PBLG36600GN PBLJ36600GN — —
MicroLogic Standard Trip Unit
3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
250 PBLG36250GNU31X PBLJ36250GNU31X PBLL36250GNU31X PBLR36250GNU31X
400 LI 3.3 PBLG36400GNU31X PBLJ36400GNU31X PBLL36400GNU31X PBLR36400GNU31X
12
[21] If alternate trip functions are required, contact your local Schneider Electric field office for pricing.
[22] L-frame circuit breaker plug-in units with basic electronic trip units have a fixed, long-time and adjustable, instantaneous setting.
[23] For Trip Unit information, refer to MicroLogic Trip Units, page 7-61.
[24] For communication capabilities, add the communication suffix as shown in Table 12.36 Communication Suffix, page 12-15. The communication package will be configured based on the
system voltage specified by the communication suffix.
[25] For availability on 100% rated, see 5600CT9101.
[26] For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix.
[27] For vertical riser applications, order auxiliary mounting kit—Catalog Number PBQ4060RMK.
12-14 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
PowerPactTM M-Frame Plug-in Units with I-Line™ II Busway
www.se.com/us
Basic Electronic Trip
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
H- , J-, and L-Frame Plug-In Units with Electronic Trip and
Communication
Hardware communication packages are now available on Powerpact H-, J-, and
L-Frame Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip. These hardware communication packages
will provide you the capability to access and monitor circuit breaker data from these plug-
in units. The packages are available in Modbus and Ethernet.
Add the appropriate communication system voltage suffix to the end of the associated
H-, J-, or L-Frame breaker with electronic trip, for example: PHD36060GNU31XIFE4.
BUSWAY
12
[28] Communication packages are housed in a separate enclosure mounted adjacent to the plug-in units.
[29] The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted.
[30] All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. To complete the catalog number, replace the
blank with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications.
[31] All M-frame plug-in units are 800 A frame, and the trip setting can be adjusted to 300 A, 350 A, 400 A, 450 A, 500 A, 600 A, 700 A, or 800 A.
[32] For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix.
[33] The 250 A is available as a special device. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for ordering information.
[34] If alternate trip functions are required, contact your local Schneider Electric field office for pricing.
[35] For Trip Unit information, refer to MicroLogic Trip Units, page 7-61.
[36] Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers, replace the blank with an “HC” for horizontal applications and “VC” for vertical applications. For
example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with standard LI trip functions at 800 A 3Ø3W for a horizontal application would be PTPG36080GHCU31A.
[37] The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the "A" rating plug. To specify an alternative rating plug, replace the "A" at the end of the catalog number with the applicable suffix
letter. See Table 7.126 Rating Plugs, page 7-64 for rating plug catalog suffix letters.
[38] All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. To complete the catalog number, replace the
blank with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications.
[39] For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix.
12-16 © 2021 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/2021
PowerPactTM R-Frame Plug-in Units I-Line™ II Busway
www.se.com/us
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
BUSWAY
800 PTRG36080GN( )U41A PTRJ36080GN( )U41A PTRL36080GN( )U41A
1000 PTRG36100GN( )U41A PTRJ36100GN( )U41A PTRL36100GN( )U41A
LI 3.0 A
1200 PTRG36120GN( )U41A PTRJ36120GN( )U41A PTRL36120GN( )U41A
1600 PTRG36160GN( )U41A PTRJ36160GN( )U41A PTRL36160GN( )U41A
800 PTRG36080GN( )U43A PTRJ36080GN( )U43A PTRL36080GN( )U43A
1000 PTRG36100GN( )U43A PTRJ36100GN( )U43A PTRL36100GN( )U43A
LSI 5.0 A
1200 PTRG36120GN( )U43A PTRJ36120GN( )U43A PTRL36120GN( )U43A
1600 PTRG36160GN( )U43A PTRJ36160GN( )U43A PTRL36160GN( )U43A
800 PTRG36080GN( )U44A PTRJ36080GN( )U44A PTRL36080GN( )U44A
1000 PTRG36100GN( )U44A PTRJ36100GN( )U44A PTRL36100GN( )U44A
LSIG 6.0 A
1200 PTRG36120GN( )U44A PTRJ36120GN( )U44A PTRL36120GN( )U44A
1600 PTRG36160GN( )U44A PTRJ36160GN( )U44A PTRL36160GN( )U44A
12
[40] The 600 A is available as a special device. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for ordering information.
[41] Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers, replace the blank with an “HC” for horizontal applications and “VC” for vertical applications. For
example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with standard LI trip functions at 800 A 3Ø3W for a horizontal application would be PTPG36080GHCU31A.
[42] The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the "A" rating plug. To specify an alternative rating plug, replace the "A" at the end of the catalog number with the applicable suffix
letter. See Table 7.126 Rating Plugs, page 7-64 for rating plug catalog suffix letters.
[43] All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. To complete the catalog number, replace the
blank with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications.
[44] For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix.
Non-Segregated Bus
• Non-segregated phase bus
• 600 V through 38 kV (1200 A–6000 A)
• Aluminum, steel or stainless steel housing
• Aluminum or copper bus bars
• Insulated with fluidized bed epoxy (5 kV–38 kV)
• Complete line of fittings provides for any configuration
• Indoor trapeze and outdoor column supports
• For use in utilities, industrial and commercial facilities
Power-Zone bus is custom designed, manufactured and tested per ANSI C37.23
standards to meet customer specifications. The 600 V product is also UL Listed. It is a
completely coordinated package of equipment with all the auxiliary material and supports
for connecting transformers, switchgear, MCCs, and motors, in all types of utility,
industrial, and commercial facilities.
Bus Options
Some available options are special momentary rating, special housing material and/or
finish, special conductor supports, heaters and thermostats, and ground bus.
Weatherproof Bus
12
All weatherproof runs must be equipped with strip heaters to eliminate condensation and,
if applicable, a thermostat. A heater should be used for every seven (7) foot of bus and
no more than 20 heaters can be controlled by one thermostat. Also, each bus run should
have its own thermostat. The heaters are rated 240 V, 500 watts and operate at 120 V,
125 watts.
Flanged Ends
A flanged end is used to terminate the bus into switchgear, motor control centers,
BUSWAY
Transformer/Generator Connection
This type of termination should be used whenever the bus is connecting to a transformer,
generator, motor, switch or any connection where the bus bars are connecting to
porcelain mounted equipment terminals. It will include the same components as a
flanged end plus one set of flexible braid type connectors and a terminal box (if required).
Ground Bus
The bus housing is designed and constructed to provide an electrically continuous
ground path. The side rails of the bus housings are capable of carrying the full rated
phase current continuously and, under short circuit conditions, are capable of carrying up
to 60 kA RMS asymmetrical fault current for 3 seconds. Consequently, a separate
ground bus is not necessary unless specified.
Expansion Fittings
An expansion fitting is used to counteract the strain placed on the bus due to the
expansion and contraction of the building or the bus itself. One should be used whenever
the bus run crosses a building expansion joint and whenever a straight run of bus
exceeds 60 feet.
BUSWAY
Table 12.43: Hangers/Supports
Support Description Maximum Height Options
Indoor Trapeze Hanger —
Outdoor, Single
Column Support 12 feet
Outdoor, Double
Column Support 22 feet
12
Standard Construction
Standard construction is as follows:
• Conductor (plating): Copper (silver) or Aluminum (tin)
• Conductor Insulation (5 kV through 38 kV only): epoxy
• Conductor
kV)
Supports: Glass reinforced polyester blocks (5 kV and 15 kV); porcelain (38
Section 13
Wire Management
Wireway 13-2
Wall Duct
Trench Duct
WIRE MANAGEMENT
13
11/20/2019
Wireway Wireway
Class 5100
www.se.com/us
Painted Hinge-Cover
Type LDB—ANSI 49 Gray
Polyester Powder Finish
Sizes
2-1/2”, 4”, and 6” sizes are manufactured from 16 gauge steel. Straight lengths are
available with or without knockouts. Knockouts are of various sizes in sides and bottom
of wireway. 8”, 10”, and 12” sizes are made of 14 gauge steel and are furnished without
knockouts.
Table 13.1: General Purpose (Connectors not supplied; order separately)[1][2]
2-1/2" x 2-1/2" 4" x 4" 6" x 6" 8" x 8" 10" x 10" 12" x 12"[3]
Component Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
With Without With Without With Without Without Without Without
Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts
1' Length LDB21KO LDB21 LDB41KO LDB41 LDB61KO LDB61 LDB81 LDB101 LDB121
2' Length LDB22KO LDB22 LDB42KO LDB42 LDB62KO LDB62 LDB82 LDB102 LDB122
3' Length LDB23KO LDB23 LDB43KO LDB43 LDB63KO LDB63 LDB83 LDB103 LDB123
4' Length LDB24KO LDB24 LDB44KO LDB44 LDB64KO LDB64 LDB84 LDB104 LDB124
5' Length LDB25KO LDB25 LDB45KO LDB45 LDB65KO LDB65 LDB85 LDB105 LDB125
6' Length — — LDB46KO LDB46 LDB66KO LDB66 LDB86 LDB106 —
10' Length LDB210KO LDB210 LDB410KO LDB410 LDB610KO LDB610 LDB810 LDB1010 LDB1210
90o L — LDB290L — LDB490L — LDB690L LDB890L LDB1090L LDB1290L
90o Sweep L — LDB290LS — LDB490LS — LDB690LS LDB890LS LDB1090LS LDB1290LS
45o L — LDB245L — LDB445L — LDB645L LDB845L LDB1045L LDB1245L
Tee — LDB2T — LDB4T — LDB6T LDB8T LDB10T LDB12T
Junction Box — LDB2J — LDB4J — LDB6J LDB8J LDB10J LDB12J
Telescope Ftg. — LDB2TF — LDB4TF — LDB6TF LDB8TF LDB10TF LDB12TF
Connector[2] — LDB2C — LDB4C — LDB6C LDB8C LDB10C LDB12C
Drop/Brkt Hgr. — LDB2H — LDB4H — LDB6H LDB8H LDB10H LDB12H
Support Hanger — LDB2SH — LDB4SH — LDB6SH LDB8SH LDB10SH LDB12SH
Closing Plate LDB2CPKO LDB2CP LDB4CPKO LDB4CP LDB6CPKO LDB6CP LDB8CP[4] LDB10CP[4] LDB12CP[4]
Panel Adapter — LDB2A — LDB4A — LDB6A LDB8A LDB10A LDB12A
Open Adapter — LDB2OA — LDB4OA — LDB6OA LDB8OA LDB10OA LDB12OA
— — — LDB42R — LDB64R LDB86R LDB108R LDB1210R
Reducer
— — — — — — — — LDB128R
Adapter
to “LD”[5] — LDB2GASK — LDB4GAS — LDB6GAS LDB8GASK LDB10GASK —
Barrier Kit—5 ft.
long w/hardware — — — LJB45B — LJB65B LJB85B — —
13
5 pc. Barrier
Pack—5 ft. long — — — LJB45BKM — LJB65BKM — — —
5 pc. Barrier Bracket—
2 compartment — — — LJB4BB2C — LJB6BB2C — — —
5 pc. Barrier
Bracket— — — — LJB4BB3C — LJB6BB3C — — —
3 compartment
WIRE MANAGEMENT
Oiltight—NEMA Type 12
Type LJB Oiltight lay-in wireway is fully gasketed and used to protect runs of electrical
wiring from oil, water, coolants, dirt, or dust as well as physical damage. This wireway is
manufactured to exceed oiltight and NFPA standards for industrial control equipment.
Lengths and fittings are made of 14 gauge steel with 10 gauge end flanges. Straight
lengths and fittings have hinged covers with oil resistant gasket all around and are held
closed with pull-down latches. All lengths and fittings are without knockouts. Type LJB
lay-in Wireway is finished with ANSI-49 gray polyester powder finish over a corrosion
resistant phosphate preparation. All Type LJB oiltight wireway is UL listed as steel
enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter. Conforms to NEMA Type 12.
WIRE MANAGEMENT
5 pc. Barrier Bracket—3 compartment — LJB4BB3C LJB6BB3C — —
13
Lay-In
Wall Duct
18 x 31⁄2" 18 x 31⁄2"
Trench Duct
WIRE MANAGEMENT
10"W RWT10S60 39.2 RWT10S60S 36.4
18"W RWT18S60 62.2 RWT18S60S 59.4
1'–6" Straight Length With Cover 6"W RWT06S18 12.6 RWT06S18S 12.6
10"W RWT10S18 16.4 RWT10S18S 16.3
18"W RWT18S18 23.3 RWT18S18S 23.3
Horizontal Elbow With Cover—90o 6"W RWT06HE 6.5 RWT06HES 6.0
10"W RWT10HE 9.3 RWT10HES 8.1
18"W RWT18HE 24.9 RWT18HES 23.7
Horizontal Elbow With Cover—45o 6"W — — RWT06HE45S 6.0
10"W — — RWT10HE45S 8.1
18"W — — RWT18HE45S 23.7
Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W RWT06EE 5.5 RWT06EES 5.5
10"W RWT10EE 7.5 RWT10EES 7.4
18"W RWT18EE 11.1 RWT18EES 11.0
Tee With Cover 6"W RWT06TE 6.2 RWT06TES 5.9
10"W RWT10TE 8.5 RWT10TES 7.3
18"W RWT18TE 24.1 RWT18TES 22.9
Cross With Cover 10"W RWT10XE 1.3 RWT10XES 6.2
18"W RWT18XE 1.8 RWT18XES 21.8
13
Flanged Cabinet Connector With Cover 10"W RWT10CUC 8.0 RWT10CUCS 7.8
Reverse Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W RWT06REE 5.8 RWT06REES 5.7
10"W RWT10REE 7.5 RWT10REES 7.4
18"W RWT18REE 11.1 RWT18REES 11.0
Sweep Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W — 10.0 RWT06SSEES 4.8
10"W RWT10SFEE 12.0 RWT10SSEES 11.8
18"W RWT18SFEE 16.5 RWT18SSEES 16.3
Sweep Edgewise Elbow Cabinet Connector 10"W — — RWT10SWEECC 14.0
18"W — — RWT18SWEECC 20.0
[1] All devices available in aluminum. Add “A” suffix to the catalog number.
13-5
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Wall Duct Wall Duct
Class 5250 / Refer to Catalog 5250CT9201
www.se.com/us
[2] All devices available in aluminum. Add “A” suffix to the catalog number.
[3] Tunnels form a 3" wide compartment.
13-6
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Trench Duct Trench Duct
Class 5200 / Refer to Catalog 5230CT9601
www.se.com/us
2 3/8 - 3 3/8"
Standard or
Depth Width Less 1.8"
3 - 4"
W + 3"
WIRE MANAGEMENT
18" REC18
24" REC24
30" REC30
6" RVE06
9" RVE09
12" RVE12
Vertical Elbows
18" RVE18
24" RVE24
30" RVE30
6" RRC06
Riser and Cabinet 9" RRC09
Connector 12" RRC12
(Removable Front) 18" RRC18
24" RRC24
30" RRC30
13
Z-Divider 5'-0"[4]
Adjustable Barrier and RZD60
Support Strip
[1] Straight length cover plates are shipped separately and must be ORDERED SEPARATELY.
[2] Covers and/or vertical elbows for connecting trench duct to lay-in wall duct—ORDER SEPARATELY.
[3] All devices through 18" width are available in aluminum. Height is factory-set to customer specifications from 2-1/2 to 4 inches. (Non-Adjustable)
[4] For 3" to 4" trench duct, add a “3” to end of catalog number.
13-7
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Trench Duct Trench Duct
Class 5200 / Refer to Catalog 5230CT9601
www.se.com/us
12" U-Compartment
Right Hand Reducer
18" to 12" RRV182100012RR 5'-0" Long x 3 -1/2" Wide with RUC60
Cover Included Adjustable Height Sides
15"
Reducing Tee Cover Lifter
18" to 12" RTV182100017 (Suction Cup Device) G1735S
Cover Included
[5] Includes cover; shipped attached. All coverplate corner notches are 1–1/2” deep.
13-8
© 2019 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
11/20/2019
Table of Contents
Section 14
Transformers
EZ Selector–Selection Assistance 14-2
Overview 14-3
General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Overview 14-3
DOE 2016 Energy Efficient Three Phase 14-4
DOE 2016 Energy Efficient Single Phase and Single Phase Watchdog 14-7
Accessories 14-8
Enclosures and Accessories 14-8
Mini Power-Zone Unit Substation 14-10
Sealed, Mini Power-Zone™ Unit Substation 14-10
Resin Encapsulated Three and Single Phase Transformers 14-11
Resin Encapsulated Export Model and Buck Boost Transformers 14-12
Non-Ventilated and Transformer House 14-13
PZC Transformer Enclosures 14-13
Industrial Control Transformers 14-14
TRANSFORMERS
14-2
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
Overview Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution
www.se.com/us
Transformers
Class 610
Distribution transformer means a transformer that (1) has an input voltage of 34.5 kV or
less; (2) has an ouput voltage of 600 V or less; (3) is rated for operation at a frequency of
60 Hz; and (4) has a capacity of 10 to 2500 kVA for liquid-immersed units and 15 to 2500
kVA for dry-type units.
Low voltage dry-type distribution transformer means a distribution transformer that: has
an input voltage of 600 V or less, is air-cooled, and not used oil as a coolant.
The following product offering must comply with the table above:
• Three- and single-phase
• Step up and step down transformers
• General purpose ventilated transformers (isolation transformers)
• Watchdog general purpose ventilated transformers (low temperature rise)
• Transformers designed for harmonic applications (K-rated, harmonic mitigating, data
center transformers, etc.)
• General purpose open core and coil transformers
The following low voltage transformers do not need to comply with the table above:
• Auto-transformers
• Drive isolation transformers
• Non-ventilated transformers
• Resin encapsulated transformers
• Buck boost transformers
• Control transformers (machine tool)
• Medical isolation panel transformers compliance with UL 1047 (tables 30.1 and 30.2)
(SPECIAL IZ — LOW LEAKAGE)
New Three-Phase Offering from Square D — DOE 2016 EX
• Exceed the efficiency levels from 10 CFR 431.196
• Terminals sized to handle wire ranges to match Square D circuit breakers, switches,
panelboards, etc. Located to meet NEC bending radius and layout to simplifiy
connections
• IZ Levels to allow for designing with the minimum AIC Panels available
• In-rush current limited to expand the Square D circuit breaker options at both 125 and
250% sizing
• Sound level at 3 dB for all designs, but up to 6–10 dB below on certain units—QUIET
TRANSFORMERS
QUALITY
• 1/2 in. clearance from the rear and side, UL 1561alcove testing all enclosures to
not exceed 90°C on adjacent walls
• Four product families of the DOE 2016 EX: General purpose, aluminum and copper
windings, 150°C rise; Watchdog, low temperature rise, aluminum and coover
windings, 115 or 80°C rise; Two solutions for harominic loads: K-13 Wye secondary,
harmonic mitigating transformers and K-9 ZigZag secondary, harmonic mitigating
transformers.
Association (NEMA) Standard TP–1–2002, Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers.)
14-3
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution DOE 2016 Energy Efficient Three Phase
Transformers www.se.com/us
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT1501
Table 14.2: EXN & EX Three-Phase 60 Hz, 480Y/277 Vac Secondary; UL Listed
Minimum Efficiency Degree C Insulation Sound Weight
kVA Catalog No. @ 35% 75°C Full Capacity Taps %IZ (lbs)[2] Enclosure[3]
Temp. Rise Class Level
208 Vac Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings [5]
15 EXN15T3155H 97.89% 192/200/208/216/232/240/248 150 220 4.01% 39 dB 191 17M
30 EXN30T3155H 98.23% 192/200/208/216/232/240/248 150 220 3.43% 39 dB 335 18M
45 EXN45T3155H 98.40% 192/200/208/216/232/240/248 150 220 3.86% 39 dB 395 19M
75 EXN75T3155H 98.60% 192/200/208/216/232/240/248 150 220 3.94% 44 dB 544 20M
112.5 EXN112T3155H 98.74% 192/200/208/216/232/240/248 150 220 3.67% 44 dB 735 21M
150 EXN150T3155H 98.83% 192/200/208/216/232/240/248 150 220 3.12% 44 dB 1020 22M
14
[2] Not for construction, Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints.
[3] For enclosure styles, see Table 14.8 Enclosure Dimensions and Accessories, page 14-8
[4] 3156 Catalog Numbers are shipped connected as 240 V.
[5] 3155 Catalog Numbers are shipped connected as 240 V.
14-4
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
DOE 2016 Energy Efficient Three Phase Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution
www.se.com/us
Transformers
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT1501
Table 14.3: EXN & EX Three Phase 60 Hz, 240 Vac Delta Secondary; UL Listed
120 Volt Center Tap - Limited to 7.5% Loading, Design for Ground Reference and Light Maintenance Loading.
Catalog No. Minimum Efficiency Full Capacity Taps Degree C Temp. Sound Weight (lbs)
kVA @ 35% 75°C Insulation Class %IZ Enclosure[7]
Rise Level dB [6]
480 Vac Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings
15 EXN15T6HCT 0.9789 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.70% 39 dB 193 17M
30 EXN30T6HCT 0.9823 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 2.99% 39 dB 361 18M
45 EXN45T6HCT 0.984 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.06% 39 dB 369 19M
75 EXN75T6HCT 0.986 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 5.08% 44 dB 529 20M
112.5 EXN112T6HCT 0.9874 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.47% 44 dB 730 21M
150 EXN150T6HCT 0.9883 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.08% 44 dB 1007 22M
225 EX225T6HCT 98.94% 6–2.5%2+4– 150 220 4.5% 52 dB 1820 25J
300 EX300T6HCT 99.02% 6–2.5%2+4– 150 220 5.2% 52 dB 1960 25J
500 EX500T63HCT 99.14% 4–2.5%2+2– 150 220 4.9% 57 dB 3090 30J
750 EX750T63HCT 99.23% 4–2.5%2+2– 150 220 4.9% 61 dB 4120 31J
15 EXN15T6H 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.70% 39dB 193 17M
30 EXN30T6H 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 2.99% 39dB 361 18M
45 EXN45T6H 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.06% 39dB 369 19M
75 EXN75T6H 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 5.08% 44dB 529 20M
112.5 EXN112T6H 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.47% 44dB 730 21M
150 EXN150T6H 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.08% 44dB 1007 22M
15 EXN15T6H 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.70% 39 dB 193 17M
30 EXN30T6H 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 2.99% 39 dB 361 18M
45 EXN45T6H 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.06% 39 dB 369 19M
75 EXN75T6H 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 5.08% 44 dB 529 20M
112.5 EXN112T6H 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.47% 44 dB 730 21M
150 EXN150T6H 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.08% 44 dB 1007 22M
Watchdog transformers, by design, reduct energy consumption at loads greater than
50% loading, giving fewer BTUs/hour at those loading levels. The life expectancy is
greater than that of 150°C rise General Purpose units.
• Aluminum or copper windings
• Two temperature rise options: 115°C rise on 220°C insulation systems (15%
continuous emergency overload capacity); 80°C rise on 220°C insulation systems
(30% continuous emergency overload capacity)
Table 14.4: EXN & EX Three Phase 60 Hz; UL Listed
Minimum Efficiency Degree C Temp. Sound Weight (lbs)
kVA Catalog No. @ 35% 75°C Full Capacity Taps Insulation Class %IZ Enclosure[7]
Rise Level [6]
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary, Aluminum Windings
15 EXN15T3HF 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 3.98% 39 dB 184 17M
30 EXN30T3HF 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 2.92% 39 dB 324 18M
45 EXN45T3HF 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 3.46% 39 dB 400 19M
75 EXN75T3HF 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 5.07% 44 dB 527 20M
112.5 EXN112T3HF 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 3.30% 44 dB 806 21M
150 EXN150T3HF 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 3.29% 44 dB 1012 22M
225 EX225T3HF 98.94% 6–2.5%2+4– 115 220 4.5% 49 dB 1825 24J
300 EX300T3HF 99.02% 6–2.5%2+4– 115 220 30.0% 49 dB 1975 25J
500 EX500T68HF 99.14% 4–2.5%2+2– 115 220 4.9% 56 dB 3100 30J
750 EX750T68HF 99.23% 4–2.5%2+2– 115 220 5.0% 58 dB 4125 31J
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary, Copper Windings
15 EXN15T3HFCU 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 3.90% 39 dB 219 17M
30 EXN30T3HFCU 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 3.98% 39 dB 358 18M
45 EXN45T3HFCU 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 3.72% 39 dB 412 19M
75 EXN75T3HFCU 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 4.01% 44 dB 653 20M
112.5 EXN112T3HFCU 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 3.42% 44 dB 899 21M
150 EXN150T3HFCU 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 115 220 4.56% 44 dB 1303 22M
225 EX225T3HFCU 98.94% 6–2.5%2+4– 115 220 6.8% 49 dB 1545 24J
300 EX300T3HFCU 99.02% 6–2.5%2+4– 115 220 5.0% 49 dB 1975 25J
500 EX500T68HFCU 99.14% 4–2.5%2+2– 115 220 4.8% 56 dB 3705 30J
750 EX750T68HFCU 99.23% 4–2.5%2+2– 115 220 5.3% 58 dB 4400 31J
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary, Aluminum Windings
15 EXN15T3HB 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 4.01% 39 dB 195 17M
30 EXN30T3HB 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 4.37% 39 dB 345 18M
45 EXN45T3HB 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 4.10% 39 dB 416 19M
75 EXN75T3HB 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 5.05% 44 dB 580 20M
112.5 EXN112T3HB 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 2.54% 44 dB 949 21M
150 EXN150T3HB 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 3.92% 44 dB 1208 22M
225 EX225T3HB 98.94% 6–2.5%2+4– 80 220 4.6% 49 dB 1975 25J
300 EX300T68HB 99.02% 4–2.5%2+2– 80 220 4.4% 56 dB 3100 30J
500 EX500T68HB 99.14% 4–2.5%2+2– 80 220 4.9% 58 dB 4125 31J
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary, Copper Windings
15 EXN15T3HBCU 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 4.53% 39 dB 235 17M
30 EXN30T3HBCU 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 2.76% 39 dB 407 18M
45 EXN45T3HBCU 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 4.12% 39 dB 509 19M
75 EXN75T3HBCU 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 80 220 5.61% 44 dB 690 20M
TRANSFORMERS
[6] Not for construction, Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints.
14
[7] For enclosure styles, see Table 14.8 Enclosure Dimensions and Accessories, page 14-8
14-5
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution DOE 2016 Energy Efficient Three Phase
Transformers www.se.com/us
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT1501
DOE 2016 Low Voltage Distribution Transformers designed for applications with
harmonic loads.
Square D offers offers Delta - Wye 30°Phase Shift transformers which reconfigure the
harmonic models and mitigate the harmful effects of triplens. UL Listed with the following
K-ratings to handle excess heat created by harmonic wave forms, K4 and K13. Available
with aluminum or copper windings and 150°C or 115°C Rise with 220C insulation
system.
Table 14.5: EXN & EX Three Phase 60 Hz, 30° Phase Shift, 480 Delta to 208Y/120; UL Listed, K-RATED
Minimum Weight (lbs)
Catalog No. Full Capacity Taps Degree C Temp. Sound Enclosure[9]
kVA Efficiency @ 35% Insulation Class %IZ [8]
75°C Rise Level
480 Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary, Aluminum Windings, 150°C Rise, 220C Insulation, K13 Listed
15 EXN15T3HNLP 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.51% 39 dB 195 17M
30 EXN30T3HNLP 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.18% 39 dB 336 18M
45 EXN45T3HNLP 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.71% 39 dB 400 19M
75 EXN75T3HNLP 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 5.26% 44 dB 580 20M
112.5 EXN112T3HNLP 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.70% 44 dB 802 21M
150 EX150T3HNLP 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.00% 44 dB 1825 25J
225 EX225T3HNLP 98.94% 6–2.5%2+4– 150 220 3.30% 49 dB 1975 25J
480 Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary, Copper Windings, 150°C Rise, 220C Insulation, K13 Listed
15 EXN15T3HCUNLP 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.96% 39 dB 235 17M
30 EXN30T3HCUNLP 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.06% 39 dB 407 18M
45 EXN45T3HCUNLP 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.41% 39 dB 509 19M
75 EXN75T3HCUNLP 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 5.56% 44 dB 700 20M
112.5 EXN112T3HCUNLP 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.33% 44 dB 1000 21M
150 EX150T3HCUNLP 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.60% 44 dB 1545 25J
225 EX225T3HCUNLP 98.94% 6–2.5%2+4– 150 220 3.80% 49 dB 1975 25J
480 Vac Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary, Aluminum Winding, K4
15 EXN15T3HNL 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.30% 39 dB 184 17M
30 EXN30T3HNL 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.15% 39 dB 324 18M
45 EXN45T3HNL 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.13% 39 dB 392 19M
75 EXN75T3HNL 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 5.21% 44 dB 527 20M
112.5 EXN112T3HNL 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.80% 44 dB 713 21M
150 EXN150T3HNL 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.37% 44 dB 1012 22M
480 Vac Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary, Copper Winding, K4
15 EXN15T3HCUNL 97.89% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.22% 39 dB 219 17M
30 EXN30T3HCUNL 98.23% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.23% 39 dB 358 18M
45 EXN45T3HCUNL 98.40% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.95% 39 dB 412 19M
75 EXN75T3HCUNL 98.60% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.15% 44 dB 548 20M
112.5 EXN112T3HCUNL 98.74% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 3.52% 44 dB 899 21M
150 EXN150T3HCUNL 98.83% 6-2.5%2+4- 150 220 4.35% 44 dB 1303 22M
14
TRANSFORMERS
[8] Not for construction, Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints.
[9] For enclosure styles, see Table 14.8 Enclosure Dimensions and Accessories, page 14-8
14-6
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
DOE 2016 Energy Efficient Single Phase Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution
www.se.com/us and Single Phase Watchdog Transformers
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601
TRANSFORMERS
[12] For enclosure styles, see Table 14.8 Enclosure Dimensions and Accessories, page 14-8
14-7
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution Accessories
Transformers www.se.com/us
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601
Style D and H—Type 2 Rated Style M—Type 2 Rated Style J—Type 1 Rated
Converts to Type 3R with Weathershield Converts to Type 3R Converts to Type 2 with Drip Shield
with Weathershield Converts to Type 3R with Weathershield
[13] These dimensions are not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric.
[14] Wall mounting brackets are used with units weighing no more than 700 lbs.
[15] Ceiling mounting brackets are used with units weighing no more than 1200 lbs.
14-8
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
Accessories Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution
www.se.com/us
Transformers
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601
Schneider Electric Low Voltage Transformers have been qualified to the site-specific
requirements of the following listed model building code and/or standard. (International
Building Code, California Buildling Code, Uniformed Building Code). Qualification based
on tri-axial shake table test results conduced in accordance with the AC156 test
protocol3 (Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Qualification Testing of Nonstructural
Components).
• Enclosure 1A to 11A, 12C to 16C, 12B to 15B (Resin Encapsulated Transformers)
• Enclosure 17D to 31D, 17H to 18H, 17K to 22K, 25J to 31J (Ventilated Transformers)
• Enclosure 17K to 20K with wall mounting bracket (Ventilated Transformres)
• Enclosure 17E to 31E (Non-ventilated Transformers)
• Enclosure MPZ A, AA, B, BB, C, CC (MPZB)
Product is Listed for installation in Hospitals State of California–OSHPD Special Seismic
Certification Preapproval OSP-0023-10.
Accessory Lables–required for Building Inspection–OSHPD
OSP Label Catalog Number Products Enclosure Style
7400CAOSHPDABC Resin encapsulated, buck boost Style A, B, C
transformers
7400CAOSHPDDH Ventilated Type EE, drive isolation, Style D, H
auto-transformers
7400CAOSHPDF Low voltage 750 and 1000 kVA Type Style F
TRANSFORMERS
EE
7400CAOSHPDJ Ventilated Type EX Style J
7400CAOSHPDK Ventilated Type EX Style K
7400CAOSHPDKO Ventilated Type EX, wall-mounted Style K with WMB
using Square D brackets
7400CAOSHPDMPZB Mini Power Zone Bolt-on A, AA, B, BB, C, CC
14
14-9
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution Mini Power-Zone Unit Substation
Transformers www.se.com/us
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7440CT0901
New MPU solution leverages the latest load center interiors, giving customers more
flexibility for branch circuit requirements. Additionally design with a tiered dead front
construction. The first dead front allows access to the secondary main circuit breaker,
distribution panel board, and the second dead front. The second dead front allows
access to the primary main circuit breaker and incoming voltage connection points.
Table 14.11: Distribution System Square D Load Centers (allowing plug-on QO circuit breakers only)
Primary Main Secondary
Full Capacity Circuit Main Circuit Spaces for Branch Circuit
kVA Catalog No. Enclosure Weight (lbs) Breaker Breaker
Taps[16] Breakers
Rating (A) Rating (A)
Single Phase Unit Substation Input: 480 Vac, 18 kAIC; Output: 120 / 240 Vac
3 MPU3S40F 2–5% FCBN MPU-A 85 15 15 10
5 MPU5S40F 2–5% FCBN MPU-A 135 15 30 10
7.5 MPU7S40F 2–5% FCBN MPU-A 145 20 40 10
10 MPU10S40F 2–5% FCBN MPU-A 220 30 60 10
15 MPU15S40F 2–5% FCBN MPU-B 350 60 80 22
25 MPU25S40F 2–5% FCBN MPU-B 425 100 125 22
Three-Phase Unit Substation Input: 480 Vac 18 kAIC; Output: 208Y / 120 Vac
15 MPU15T2F 2–5% FCBN MPU-C 510 40 60 27
22.5 MPU22T2F 2–5% FCBN MPU-C 670 60 80 27
30 MPU30T2F 2–5% FCBN MPU-C 695 90 100 27
14-10
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
Resin Encapsulated Three and Single Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution
www.se.com/us Phase Transformers Transformers
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT9601
[17] Not for construction, Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints.
[18] For enclosure styles, see Table 14.8 Enclosure Dimensions and Accessories, page 14-8
[19] For enclosure styles, see Enclosure Dimensions, page 14-12
14
Table 14.16: Single-Phase—110 / 220 Vac Secondary; 50/60 Hz; cULus Listed (240 x 480 Vac Primary to 120 / 240 Vac Secondary - 60 Hz
only)
220 x 440 Primary Degree C
Weight (lbs)[21] Enclosure[22] Full Capacity Taps Temperature Insulation
kVA Catalog No. Class
Rise
1 1S67F 21.2 7A 190/200/208/220 x 380/400/416/440 115 180
2 2S67F 39.1 9A 190/200/208/220 x 380/400/416/440 115 180
3 3S67F 55.2 10A 190/200/208/220 x 380/400/416/440 115 180
5 5S67F 135 13B 190/200/208/220 x 380/400/416/440 115 180
7.5 7S67F 165 13B 190/200/208/220 x 380/400/416/440 115 180
10 10S67F 165 13B 190/200/208/220 x 380/400/416/440 115 180
Fingersafe™ terminal block cover kits for encapsulated transformers can be used to
meet touch-safe requirements.
TRANSFORMERS
[21] Not for construction, Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints.
[22] For enclosure styles, see Enclosure Dimensions, page 14-12
14-12
© 2020 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
12/15/2020
Non-Ventilated and Transformer House Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution
www.se.com/us
Transformers
Class 7400 and 7414 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT9601 and 7414CT0201